Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2025.

Registration No. 333-285512

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

COREWEAVE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   82-3060021

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100

Livingston, NJ 07039

(973) 270-9737

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Michael Intrator

Chief Executive Officer

290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100

Livingston, NJ 07039

(973) 270-9737

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Michael A. Brown

Ran D. Ben-Tzur

Jennifer J. Hitchcock

Aman D. Singh

Chance L. Goldberg

Fenwick & West LLP
902 Broadway, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10010

(212) 430-2600

 

Kristen McVeety

General Counsel

Nisha Antony

Deputy General Counsel

CoreWeave, Inc.

290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100
Livingston, NJ 07039

(973) 270-9737

 

Richard A. Kline

Keith L. Halverstam

Salvatore Vanchieri

Erica D. Kassman

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

(212) 906-1675

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

    

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED   , 2025

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

     Shares

 

 

LOGO

CoreWeave, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of CoreWeave, Inc. We are offering     shares of our Class A common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering     shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by any of the selling stockholders. We expect that the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be between $   and $   per share.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “CRWV.” This offering is contingent upon final approval of our listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq.

We have two series of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of our Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the completion of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any, Michael Intrator, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, Brian Venturo, our co-founder, Chief Strategy Officer and a member of our board of directors, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Brannin McBee, our co-founder and Chief Development Officer, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee are our Co-Founders and collectively will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering. As a result, following this offering, our Co-Founders, together, may have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control transaction.

We will be treated as an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws for certain purposes until we complete this offering. As such, in this prospectus we have taken advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations that apply to emerging growth companies.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

      

Per Share

      

Total

 

Initial public offering price

       $            $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

       $            $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

       $            $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Selling Stockholders

       $            $    

 

(1)  

See the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters have the option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional      shares of our Class A common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock to purchasers on or about     , 2025.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   J.P. MORGAN   GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

 

 

 

BARCLAYS   CITIGROUP   MUFG
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES   JEFFERIES   MIZUHO   WELLS FARGO SECURITIES   BOFA SECURITIES

 

 

 

GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES   NEEDHAM & COMPANY   GALAXY DIGITAL

Prospectus dated     , 2025


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SELECT DEFINED TERMS

     ii  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     27  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     83  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     85  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     86  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     87  

CAPITALIZATION

     88  

DILUTION

     91  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     94  

BUSINESS

     129  

MANAGEMENT

     163  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     174  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     186  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     196  
     Page  

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

     201  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     210  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     220  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     223  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     228  

CONCURRENT SHARE ISSUANCE

     239  

LEGAL MATTERS

     240  

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

     241  

EXPERTS

     241  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     242  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  
 

 

 

Through and including    , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares of our Class A common stock. Our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “CoreWeave,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to CoreWeave, Inc. and our subsidiaries.

 

 

i


Table of Contents

SELECT DEFINED TERMS

Abstraction. The process of reducing complexity to simplify the way a developer or user interacts with an underlying system, component, or particular layer of a technology stack. OpenAI’s ChatGPT API is an example of an abstraction layer as it allows organizations to integrate conversational AI capabilities into their applications without requiring developers to build and fine-tune the underlying model or manage its computing resources.

Artificial Intelligence (“AI”). A technology that enables computers and machines to simulate human learning, comprehension, problem solving, decision making, creativity, and autonomy.

AI Enterprises. Large companies whose business and product are not AI, but are being driven by AI. These include Fortune 500 companies and other large enterprises with business models that are increasingly AI-enabled through their own development efforts and/or that leverage AI directly to drive internal efficiency gains.

AI infrastructure. The combination of high-performance computing, networking, and storage components that collectively enables the development and deployment of AI models.

AI Natives. Organizations whose core competency and singular focus is AI. These companies serve as important layers of abstraction for the market and enable end customers across industries to unlock the power of AI, typically by building and delivering access to their own foundational models or by providing solutions to make AI adoption easier.

Application Programming Interface (“API”). A set of protocols and tools that enable different software systems to communicate and share data, often to abstract complex functionality into simpler commands.

Bare Metal. Computing nodes that have removed the virtualization layer to provide direct access to resources to run training, inference, and experimentation with maximum performance and low latency.

Burn-in. The testing process where hardware components, such as processors or servers, are operated continuously for an extended period under stress conditions to identify potential failures or defects before deployment.

CoreWeave Kubernetes Service (“CKS”). A fully managed, cloud-based container management deployment framework and orchestration solution with automated processes specialized for handling AI workloads.

Central Processing Unit (“CPU”). The primary processor of a computer that performs general-purpose tasks by executing the instructions of a computer program.

Chips. Integrated circuits or processors such as GPUs and CPUs that are designed to perform specific computational tasks or general-purpose processing.

Compute. The processing power required to execute software tasks and applications, such as running AI workloads, and typically provided by GPUs, CPUs, or other specialized chips.

Containerized. Applications or processes that are packaged in a container. A container is an abstract, stand-alone unit of software that has everything needed to execute a specific task, including the code, runtime, system tools, and system libraries. Containers may be scaled across computer nodes using orchestration tools and run independently from one another, isolating AI models and their dependencies from others on the same machine.

CoreWeave Cloud Platform. Our integrated and proprietary software solution that enables the provisioning of cloud AI infrastructure, the orchestration of AI workloads, and the monitoring of our hardware fleet that is deployed in active purpose-built data centers.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Cluster. A collection of interconnected servers or nodes working together as a unified system on a single task simultaneously, distributing the workload across the system to improve computational efficiency.

Data centers. References to our data centers refer to a data center, or portion of a data center, that we may lease or own, for which we are receiving active power.

Data Processing Unit (“DPU”). A specialized processor designed to handle data-intensive tasks such as network processing, storage management, and security. DPUs are becoming increasingly critical in high-performance computing settings where they are used to offload data-intensive tasks, which frees up GPU and CPU resources for more critical compute tasks.

Data Loss Prevention (“DLP”). Tools and policies designed to prevent sensitive data from being leaked, stolen, or accidentally shared outside of an organization.

Fleet LifeCycle Controller (“FLCC”). An observability solution in the Mission Control suite that automates node provisioning, testing, and monitoring to validate nodes and systems for Day 1 operations and beyond.

Floating Point Operations per Second (“FLOPS”). A metric commonly used by industry participants to measure the computer performance of computing, calculated as the number of floating point operations (i.e., addition, subtraction, multiplication, division) that can be calculated in a single second.

Foundational models. AI models designed for broad applicability, including large language models (“LLMs”), which are a subset of foundational models that are trained on massive data sets and designed to process and generate human-like language.

Generalized clouds. Cloud computing platforms that offer a range of services (including compute, storage, and networking) not tailored to a specific purpose. These platforms were designed to excel at general purpose, CPU-based use cases such as e-commerce, web hosting, and databases.

Graphics Processing Unit (“GPU”). A type of processor optimized for parallel data processing, widely used in graphics rendering and high-performance computing tasks. GPUs are built on underlying design architectures that define how the GPU will operate, including its processing cores, memory systems, data pathways, and features. NVIDIA A100s and H100s are examples of GPUs that are based on the Ampere and Hopper architectures, respectively.

Hyperscaler. A cloud provider or technology company that is capable of delivering computing infrastructure and services at massive scale, typically through large data centers and geographically distributed networks.

Inference. The process of using a trained AI model to generate predictions or outputs based on new input data.

Instances. Virtualized computing environments or virtual machines that run on cloud infrastructure and can be scaled up or down based on usage need. In high-performance cloud computing settings, instances can include a specific allocation of GPU resources, memory, and storage allowing users to rent hardware resources that map to a node, part of a node, or multiple nodes, depending on the configuration.

ISO 27001. An international standard for managing information security, which outlines best practices for protecting sensitive data through a structured framework of processes, policies, and controls.

Kubernetes. A container orchestration platform designed to automate the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. Kubernetes is extensively used for inference workloads given its ability to scale and effectively handle dynamic, real time or batch requests across containers.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Liquid cooling. A method of heat removal being applied in high-performance computing data centers that uses liquid, such as water or a coolant, to absorb and transfer heat away from critical hardware components. Liquid cooling is generally considered superior to air cooling in high-performance compute settings because liquid cooling allows for more efficient heat transfer due to greater cooling capacity that can support higher heat loads, and generally supports high compute densities due to less reliance on bulky airflow management infrastructure.

Mission Control. A proprietary suite of software and operational services designed to ensure optimal setup and functionality of infrastructure components throughout their entire lifecycle, preventing and rapidly remediating issues and enhancing performance. This includes our Observability solution, which provides access to a rich collection of node and system-level metrics that help prevent or quickly identify system faults and restore system-level performance.

MLPerf. An industry-standard benchmark suite to fairly evaluate AI and machine learning system performance across both hardware and software.

Model FLOPS utilization (“MFU”). A metric commonly used by industry participants that measures how efficiently a model is using the computational power of the hardware it is running on by dividing the observed throughput by the theoretical system maximum if it operates at peak FLOPs.

Networking technology. The hardware and protocols that enable communication and data exchange between devices, systems, or servers.

Nimbus. A control and data-plane software service running on DPUs inside Bare Metal instances, performing the typical role of a hypervisor in enabling security, flexibility, and performance.

Nodes. Individual computing devices or units within a distributed compute system, often part of a cluster or network. Nodes typically contain one or more processors along with memory, storage, and a high-speed network connection to communicate with other nodes.

Node LifeCycle Controller (“NLCC”). An observability solution in the Mission Control suite that proactively assesses ongoing node health and performance to ensure problematic nodes are replaced with healthy ones before they cause failures.

Non-Volatile Memory Express Solid-State Drives (“NVMe SSDs”). High-performance storage devices that are designed to deliver ultra-low latency and high throughput, making them ideal for high-performance computing workloads. They use the NVMe protocol to access flash memory via the PCI-Express interface.

Observability. Tools and practices used to understand the state of a system by collecting and analyzing metrics, data logs, and health indicators to monitor performance and detect issues.

Orchestration. Refers to the automated coordination, management, and optimization of containers, services, or complex workloads across distributed computing environments to efficiently run AI applications.

PCI-Express (“PCIe”). A high-speed interface standard used to connect hardware components like GPUs, NVMe SSDs, and network cards directly to a system’s motherboard. It has a scalable architecture that allows for significant bandwidth, making it highly effective for data intensive tasks such as AI training.

Provisioning. The act of allocating and configuring computing resources such as GPUs to meet the needs of an application. This entails activities such as defining the type and quantity of compute resources needed based on the workload, installing the required operating system and necessary software frameworks, setting up networking rules and access permissions, and configuring firewalls and authentication protocols.

 

iv


Table of Contents

Rack. A standardized enclosure used in data centers to house servers, networking devices, and other hardware.

Remaining Performance Obligations (“RPO”). The aggregate total of our committed contract obligations that are yet to be delivered to our customers, inclusive of both billed and unbilled amounts.

Serving models. Providing access to deployed models in a production environment where they fulfill or “serve” real-time or batch processing of user requests.

Simple Linux Utility for Resource Management (“Slurm”). An open-source workload manager used in high-performance computing environments to allocate resources and schedule tasks across clusters. Slurm is particularly effective for model training, where large-scale parallelized computations need to be efficiently scheduled and distributed across compute nodes.

Service Organization Control 2 (“SOC2”). A cybersecurity compliance framework that ensures third-party service providers securely store and process client data.

Slurm on Kubernetes (“SUNK”). A proprietary offering that optimizes workload fungibility and enables greater resource flexibility by allowing customers to run Slurm jobs on Kubernetes and colocate jobs on the same cluster.

Take-or-pay. Contract arrangements where the customer commits to paying for a minimum specified amount of services or usage, regardless of whether they fully utilize those services.

Technology stack. The totality of the infrastructure hardware, software, and services that together support the operation of a system.

Tensorizer. A training and inference optimization solution that loads a model rapidly from storage directly into GPU memory from a variety of different endpoints.

Training. The iterative process of optimizing an AI model’s algorithm by exposing it to data and adjusting parameters to improve its accuracy or performance.

Validation. The process of confirming that a system or component, such as GPU node, meets predefined requirements and functions correctly under specified conditions.

Virtualization. The creation of virtual instances of computing resources (e.g., servers or storage) that operate independently of the underlying physical hardware.

Virtual Private Cloud (“VPC”). A private, isolated network hosted within a public cloud, allowing organizations to manage and secure their resources with the flexibility of cloud computing while maintaining control over access and traffic.

Workloads. The computational tasks or applications, such as training AI models or running inference, that consume resources like GPU, memory, and storage in a computing environment.

Extended Detection and Response (“XDR”). A security tool that combines and analyzes data from multiple sources to detect, investigate, and respond to cyber threats in an integrated manner.

 

v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our Class A common stock, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision.

Overview

CoreWeave powers the creation and delivery of the intelligence that drives innovation.

We are the AI HyperscalerTM driving the AI revolution.1 Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform consists of our proprietary software and cloud services that deliver the software and software intelligence needed to manage complex AI infrastructure at scale. Our platform supports the development and use of ground-breaking models and the delivery of the next generation of AI applications that are changing the way we live and work across the globe—our platform is trusted by some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, including Cohere Inc. (“Cohere”), International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), Meta Platforms, Inc. (“Meta”), Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”), Mistral AI SAS (“Mistral”), NVIDIA Corporation (“NVIDIA”), and OpenAI OpCo, LLC (“OpenAI”).

We believe AI is the next frontier for innovation in technology, driving productivity and efficiency gains and enabling new business models in nearly every industry and organization. According to IDC, AI will generate a cumulative global economic impact of $20 trillion, or 3.5% of global GDP, by 2030. The generalized cloud infrastructure that drove the cloud revolution beginning in the 2000s was built to host websites, databases, and SaaS apps that have fundamentally different needs than the high performance requirements of AI. As workloads and technologies evolve, so too must the infrastructure and cloud software and services that power them. We believe we are at the start of a new cloud era that will drive the AI revolution. The opportunity for a purpose-built AI cloud platform, including the infrastructure and integrated software, is massive. Based on market research from Bloomberg Intelligence, total spending on AI inference/fine-tuning, AI workload monitoring, and training infrastructure, including AI servers, AI storage, training compute, cloud workloads, and networking, will reach approximately $399 billion by 2028. For AI to reach its full potential, it needs a purpose-built AI cloud platform with infrastructure and managed cloud services that are delivered in an efficient, automated, and highly performant way. Enter CoreWeave, the AI HyperscalerTM.

We purpose-built our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to be the infrastructure and application platform for AI. Our platform manages the complexity of engineering, assembling, running, and monitoring state-of-the-art infrastructure at a massive scale to deliver high performance and efficiency to AI workloads. Through our proprietary software capabilities, we enable our customers to achieve substantially higher total system performance and more favorable uptime relative to other AI offerings within existing infrastructure cloud environments and unlock speed at scale. By delivering more compute cycles to AI workloads and thereby reducing the time required to train models, our capabilities can significantly accelerate the time to solution for customers in the ongoing hyper-competitive race to build the next bleeding-edge AI models. For example, in June 2023, our NVIDIA H100 Tensor Core GPU training cluster completed the MLPerf benchmark test (which

 

1 

Based on our exclusive focus on AI cloud computing at the scale and with the capabilities of our platform, solutions, and services as compared to competing hyperscalers and our customer relationships with leading AI labs and AI enterprises, which position us to be among the first to experience and solve the challenges facing the AI cloud computing industry at scale.

 

1


Table of Contents

benchmarks how quickly a system can train a model from scratch) in eleven minutes—a record and 29 times faster than the next best competitor at the time of the benchmark test.

These efficiencies also extend from training to inference use cases, as our CoreWeave Cloud Platform significantly improves both run-time efficiency for inference workloads and enables overall higher AI application uptime. These performance gains help to ensure lower performance-adjusted costs and a superior end-user experience. The supercomputers we build to power our platform are optimized to support many types of AI workloads, and they are augmented by our suite of cloud services to deliver meaningful time and cost savings to customers through our orchestration, automation, and monitoring capabilities.

Our multidisciplinary, customer-centric team has a proven ability to conceptualize, design, and implement solutions to solve the most complex engineering challenges in the pursuit of furthering AI. We hire individuals who help contribute to and maintain a culture centered around solving the most complex AI infrastructure scaling, performance, and reliability challenges.

Customers utilize our platform through a set of cloud services comprising Infrastructure Services, Managed Software Services, and Application Software Services, all augmented by our Mission Control and Observability software. Our comprehensive and integrated cloud services work together as a suite to deliver state-of-the-art compute, networking, and storage. These services enable the provisioning of infrastructure, the orchestration of workloads, and the proactive monitoring of our customers’ training and inference environments to increase performance and minimize interruptions.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is hosted in our distributed network of active purpose-built data centers that are interconnected using low latency connections to major metropolitan areas, and incorporate state-of-the-art data center networking equipment, enhanced access to power and, where appropriate, the latest liquid cooling technologies. As of December 31, 2024, our 32 data centers were running more than 250,000 GPUs in total, and were supported by more than 360 MW of active power. Our total contracted power extends to approximately 1.3 GW as of December 31, 2024, which we expect to roll out over the coming years.

We benefit from robust collaborations with leading chipmakers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), and software providers to supply us with infrastructure components and other products. We have a proven track record of rapidly expanding our power capacity to support the growth of our data center footprint along with our collection of managed cloud services. We deploy a sophisticated financing strategy and have efficiently financed the development of additional compute capacity through the use of asset-backed debt, having raised total commitments of $12.9 billion in debt through December 31, 2024 to support the development of our platform.

Our customers include some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises—the builders and integrators of AI—who depend on our platform for their core products and most promising innovations. We deliver significant benefits to our customers in terms of overall performance, time to market, and reduced cost of ownership, which results in our customers making large, long-term initial commitments and expanding those commitments with us over time. The vast majority of our revenue today is from multi-year committed contracts, whereby a customer purchases access to our platform over the contract term on a take-or-pay basis. We also sell access to our platform on an on-demand basis through a pay-as-you-go model. As of December 31, 2024, we had $15.1 billion of remaining performance obligations reflecting an increase of 53%, from $9.9 billion as of December 31, 2023.

Our ability to abstract away the complexity our customers would face in assembling, managing, and deploying this infrastructure themselves establishes us as a critical partner and leads to long-term, durable relationships that have the potential to expand over time. As evidence of this, three of our top five committed contract customers by total contract value (“TCV”) as of December 31, 2024 signed agreements for additional

 

2


Table of Contents

capacity within 12 months of their respective initial purchase dates. These agreements, measured during each respective 12-month period from the initial date of signing, represent a cumulative increase of approximately $7.8 billion in committed spend and a multiple of approximately 4x on initial contract value. Our deep relationships with customers are a competitive advantage, and our first-to-market track record with highly performant technology gives customers confidence in choosing CoreWeave.

Some of the most ambitious compute-intensive projects in the world are powered by our platform, and our business has grown rapidly since our inception. Our revenue was $16 million, $229 million, and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 1,346% and 737%, respectively. During these periods, we continued to invest in growing our business to capitalize on our market opportunity. As a result, our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $31 million, $594 million, and $863 million, respectively. Our adjusted net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $27 million, $45 million, and $65 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted net (loss) income and a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted net (loss) income.

Industry Background

AI represents the next major evolution of technology, and its impact is potentially greater than the transformational shifts of the past. It is akin to a new industrial revolution delivering significant productivity gains, enabling new products that are poised to radically reshape and transform industries, and helping organizations become far more efficient.

Demand and Supply Side Factors Enabling AI

A combination of demand and supply side factors is enabling the massive and unprecedented growth of AI and powering the new industrial revolution.

Demand Side Factors

 

   

AI has advanced significantly.

 

   

AI is significantly improving outcomes for businesses and individuals.

 

   

AI is a strategic priority for organizations.

Supply Side Factors

 

   

Foundational models are pervasive and effective.

 

   

The amount of data has grown rapidly.

 

   

Infrastructure has evolved to enable AI workloads.

Infrastructure is the Key Enabler of AI

We believe that specialized compute infrastructure is the key enabler that AI labs and AI enterprises need to train models, perform inference faster at scale, and accelerate their time to market. It has become generally accepted that there is a direct relationship between compute resources (FLOPs, training, and testing time) and model output quality. There has been a dramatic increase in the computational resources dedicated to training and hosting state-of-the-art AI models, with top models released by OpenAI, Google DeepMind, and Meta AI generally requiring exponentially greater quantities of compute compared to prior model generations to unlock performance gains. This principle applies for both training and inference: it states that the more compute power

 

3


Table of Contents

available, the better both the models and applications built on top of them become. To achieve greater compute capabilities and succeed in AI, AI labs and AI enterprises require specialized compute platforms that run at superior performance and efficiency and maximize the utilization of the underlying infrastructure.

Delivering Performant AI Infrastructure is Immensely Challenging

The highly specialized infrastructure that is required to unlock the potential of AI is immensely challenging to build and operate, especially at scale. The scale of the required infrastructure is staggering, with tens of thousands of GPUs, thousands of miles of high-speed networking cables, and hundreds of thousands of interconnects coming together to create “superclusters” for training and serving AI models, as well as hundreds of MW of power and petabytes of total storage. Depending on the configuration of the data center, a single 32,000-GPU cluster may require the deployment of approximately 600 miles of fiber cables and around 80,000 fiber connections. Acquiring the necessary high-performance components requires managing a complex global supply chain, and the data centers themselves need to be specifically designed for high-performance compute.

Software is Critical to Unlocking the Performance and Efficiency of AI Infrastructure

AI supercomputers are some of the most complex computing machines to have ever been created, requiring purpose-built software to unlock performance and efficiency at massive scale. These supercomputers require software to test and validate each component and to provision the infrastructure so that compute-intensive workloads can run with minimal downtime. Moreover, AI supercomputers often require multiple specialized orchestration frameworks to schedule complex workloads, which frequently need to be paired with substantial engineering resources. Once operational, these AI workloads put enormous pressure on infrastructure, frequently leading to high rates of component failures that cause training and inference jobs to fail, and thus require constant monitoring to manage and reduce failures and downtime.

AI Infrastructure Suffers from an MFU “Efficiency Gap”

Model FLOPS utilization is a measure of the observed throughput compared to the theoretical system maximum if it operates at peak FLOPs. The complexity of managing AI infrastructure means that a majority of the compute capacity embedded in GPUs is lost to system inefficiencies, with empirical evidence suggesting observed levels of performance within the 35% to 45% range. Minimizing the efficiency gap between the approximately 35% and the theoretical 100% represents a significant opportunity for unlocking AI infrastructure performance potential and therefore the improvement in quality of AI overall.

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

AI Requires a Purpose-Built Cloud

Generalized clouds operated by hyperscalers were not built to serve the specific requirements of AI. These clouds were created over a decade ago and were designed for general purpose use cases such as search, e-commerce, generalized web-hosting, and databases, and relied on CPU-based web-scale compute, and thus are not optimal for the high compute intensity requirements of AI.

Organizations need access to a fundamentally different GPU-based compute infrastructure that is built from the ground-up for AI and proven to perform at the scale and efficiency required to deliver AI. Cloud platforms therefore need to be fundamentally reimagined and purpose-built to deliver the capacity, performance, storage, and scalability requirements of AI workloads and increase the MFU of the underlying infrastructure.

Requirements of the AI Cloud

We believe the AI cloud requires a first-principles reimagining of how infrastructure is built, with the following requirements:

 

   

Superior infrastructure performance and efficiency. The AI cloud should deliver a combination of performance and resiliency to ensure maximum AI training and inference uptime.

 

   

Maximize performance. The AI cloud should run the latest and highest performance components and leverage an optimized technology stack that reduces latency and overhead to increase performance.

 

   

Minimize downtime and failure rates. The AI cloud should be able to identify and rapidly solve performance issues and prevent failures before they occur.

 

   

Rapid access to the latest advancements in infrastructure. AI advancement is limited by the infrastructure that supports it. Bleeding-edge AI training workloads today benefit from running on the latest GPUs, CPUs, and DPUs, from the most advanced storage, networking, and memory, and from high-density liquid-cooled data center racks to maximize performance and efficiency.

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Immediate “out-of-the-box” functionality. The AI cloud should deliver an autonomous, self-service approach with seamless deployment and automation, enabling developers and researchers to focus on delivering cutting-edge AI innovations. It should be built to minimize delays and resource intensity and work out-of-the-box at scale.

 

   

Ability to run and dynamically balance all types of AI workloads. The AI cloud should incorporate dynamic workload scheduling that allows customers to host a wide variety of AI workloads such as training and inference on the same clusters concurrently and seamlessly.

 

   

Flexibility and customization with a specialized technology stack. The AI cloud should be built to enable maximum composability, offering customers the freedom to tailor infrastructure and operational setup around their unique set of design requirements. Customers need a trusted partner with a track record of delivering performant and efficient AI cloud services at massive scale.

 

   

Lower performance-adjusted cost. The AI cloud should deliver superior value by prioritizing performance and efficiency to help ensure that customers get the maximum utilization out of their infrastructure investments.

We believe the AI revolution requires a cloud that is performant, efficient, resilient, and purpose-built for AI. Today’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises demand high-performance and cost-efficient compute, storage, networking, and managed software services integrated into a cloud platform that enables them to bring their innovations to market faster by maximizing the utilization of their infrastructure and training and deploying models seamlessly and out-of-the box.

Our Solution

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is an integrated solution that is purpose-built for running AI workloads such as model training and inference at maximum performance and efficiency. It includes Infrastructure Services, Managed Software Services, and Application Software Services, all of which are augmented by our Mission Control and Observability software. Our proprietary software enables the provisioning of infrastructure, the orchestration of workloads, and the monitoring of our customers’ training and inference environments to enable high availability and minimize downtime. Built on a microservices-based architecture, the components of our platform are fully fungible and composable. Customers can configure their use of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to best fit their needs. For instance, they can choose to bring their own storage or managed software services or run our respective solutions and choose the type and scale of deployment that best suits their workloads. This flexibility allows our customers to customize their use of our platform without compromising performance or efficiency. We have designed security as a fundamental component across our platform and technology stack. We leverage advanced security capabilities such as XDR and DLP, adhere to industry leading security standards such as SOC2 and ISO 27001, and employ our in-house information security teams to ensure that our customers operate in a secure environment.

The following is a summary of our Layered Architecture Stack.

 

6


Table of Contents

CoreWeave’s Layered Architecture Stack

 

LOGO

Infrastructure Services provide our customers with access to advanced GPU and CPU compute, highly performant networking (supported by DPUs), and storage.

Managed Software Services include CKS (a purpose-built-for-AI managed Kubernetes environment with a focus on efficiency, performance and ease of use), our flexible Virtual Private Cloud offering, and our Bare Metal service that runs Kubernetes directly on high-performance servers for maximum performance and efficiency.

Application Software Services build on top of our infrastructure and managed software services, integrating additional tools to further accelerate and improve training and inference for our customers. This includes SUNK, which allows customers to run Slurm-based workloads on top of Kubernetes and colocate jobs—including training and inference workloads—on a single cluster; CoreWeave Tensorizer, which significantly increases the efficiency of model checkpointing and enables high-speed model loading; and our inference optimization services. Our recently announced acquisition of Weights and Biases, Inc. (“Weights & Biases”) positions us to extend our application software following closing of the acquisition with an end-to-end, fully managed software platform and to accelerate development of our Application Software Services to target AI developers who are building, fine-tuning, and experimenting with AI models in order to deploy them to support production applications.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our purpose-built technology stack is augmented by our lifecycle management and monitoring software, Mission Control and Observability, and our advanced cluster validation, proactive health checking capabilities, and observability capabilities. Our AI cloud runs in a distributed network of 32 active purpose-built data centers, which are specifically engineered to support high intensity AI workloads with features including enhanced power, liquid cooling, and networking components, reinforcing the robustness of our entire technology stack. Our Third-Party Tooling and Solutions further enhance this flexibility by providing a composable architecture that allows customers to customize their solution by integrating additional third-party tools.

CoreWeave’s Data Center Network

 

LOGO

Key Benefits to Customers

Through our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, we offer the following key benefits to customers:

 

   

Highly efficient infrastructure. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform delivers more optimized MFU than the cloud infrastructure provided by generalized hyperscalers through performance optimizations throughout our cloud services stack. Based on internal testing, our CoreWeave Cloud Platform offers up to approximately 20% improvement in system MFU over comparative benchmark MFU performance.

 

   

Performance at scale. Our infrastructure is optimized to run AI workloads, delivering cutting-edge performance to AI model training and inference use cases. Our capabilities, such as Bare Metal GPU nodes, operate with highly performant system technologies, a scale-out network with one of the industry’s leading effective network speeds, storage services with data read speeds of up to 2GB per second per GPU, and software optimizations to efficiently utilize infrastructure performance. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform has broken performance records, including setting an MLPerf record that was 29 times faster than competitors in 2023.

 

   

Reliability and Resilience. Our Mission Control suite of capabilities help deliver and maintain vetted cloud infrastructure and provide observability into the health and performance of the entire solution. This helps ensure that our customers’ clusters continue to operate at ideal performance, quickly recover from any hardware events, and ultimately get better value by using our cloud solution.

 

8


Table of Contents

CoreWeave Helps Bridge the MFU Gap

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Based on internal testing

 

   

Faster access to latest AI infrastructure advancements. Our customers benefit from faster access to the latest AI infrastructure advancements, including our access to the latest GPU technologies at scale. We have a track record of being among the first to market with cutting-edge infrastructure technology. For instance, we were among the first to deliver NVIDIA H100, H200, and GH200 clusters into production at AI scale, and the first cloud provider to make NVIDIA GB200 NVL72-based instances generally available. We are able to deploy the newest chips in our infrastructure and provide the compute capacity to customers in as little as two weeks from receipt from our OEM partners such as Dell and Super Micro.

 

   

Highly performant on day 1. Our full-featured managed software services make the consumption of infrastructure seamless. Automated provisioning and node validation remove the need for manual burn-in testing and ensure our highly-performant CoreWeave Cloud Platform is up and running for new customers and ready for consumption in a matter of hours from customer acceptance. This shifts the burden of infrastructure management away from customers, significantly reducing costs and accelerating their time to solution.

 

   

Efficient GPU fleet utilization. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is architected to support all types of AI workloads across the same cluster simultaneously, enabled by our industry-leading Slurm integration, SUNK. Running different types of jobs on the same cluster at the same time increases the utilization of a customer’s AI infrastructure.

 

   

Flexible technology stack. We adapt to our customers’ needs, enabling our customers to obtain the platform most ideal for their AI applications to run on. Our team is committed to moving quickly and solving problems for our customers that have never been addressed before as they develop and serve the next generation of foundational models.

 

9


Table of Contents
   

Lower performance-adjusted cost. We deliver significantly improved infrastructure efficiency and higher MFU, which translates to lower costs relative to solutions provided by other cloud service providers for demanding AI workloads.

Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths, which we believe set us apart from the generalized cloud providers in the industry, include:

 

   

We are purpose-built for AI. Our platform is fundamentally architected from the ground up to deliver cutting-edge performance for AI workloads. We have reimagined the traditional cloud architecture to deliver the infrastructure and technology stack required for AI, optimizing it to remove services such as the hypervisor layer and other unnecessary managed services that would otherwise cause performance leakage. Our Managed Software Services, which include our orchestration solution, CKS, and our application services, are optimized for complex AI workloads. Our infrastructure is built on cutting-edge components, including the latest-generation GPUs, networking, and high-performance storage, all working cohesively to deliver unprecedented performance to our customers. Importantly, our data centers are also designed with our “no compromise” philosophy centered around AI, with our current builds incorporating liquid cooling where possible to maximize rack density and drive higher utilization of our data center footprint.

 

   

We live at the bleeding-edge of technology. We are fearless in facing and overcoming complex engineering challenges, and we hire individuals who help contribute to and maintain a culture centered around this philosophy. We have demonstrated this in our ability to create some of the largest and most performant GPU clusters assembled to date, deliver against an accelerated data center build schedule, and consistently be among the first to market with cutting-edge infrastructure components.

 

   

We operate at scale. We benefit from a network of 32 active purpose-built data centers that together ran more than 250,000 GPUs as of December 31, 2024. Our specialization in deploying AI infrastructure at massive scale enables us to serve some of the world’s leading providers of AI who require massive deployments, benefit from clear economies of scale, and detect issues and derive insights from across our AI infrastructure sooner than our competitors.

 

   

We have a proven track record of securing power. Power is a key enabler of the AI revolution and an asset that we have managed to secure at scale, as demonstrated by our agreement with Core Scientific for more than 500 MW of capacity as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024, we had more than 360 MW of active power and approximately 1.3 GW of total contracted power. This provides us with a durable, multi-year runway in power capacity. We relentlessly and creatively explore additional opportunities to add power capacity.

 

   

We have demonstrated unique financing capabilities. We have pioneered GPU infrastructure-backed lending, and to date, we have raised over $14.5 billion in debt and equity across 12 financings. Our recent raise of $7.6 billion in committed GPU infrastructure-backed debt led by Blackstone and Magnetar represents one of the largest private debt financings in history and signals the confidence that debt investors have in funding our company to build and scale the next generation AI cloud.

 

   

We maintain robust ecosystem relationships. We benefit from strong, mutually beneficial relationships with our suppliers and customers that strengthen our solution and market position. We work with NVIDIA to deploy the latest GPU technologies at scale. In turn, we are a partner to NVIDIA in that our proprietary software and purpose-built infrastructure help to minimize the efficiency gap between the observed GPU cluster performance and the theoretical maximum GPU cluster performance, help to diversify their customer base, and help to get their technology in the hands of end

 

10


Table of Contents
 

customers faster. Our relationships with some of the world’s leading and most discerning AI labs and AI enterprises, including Microsoft, Meta, and OpenAI, further position us as a cornerstone of the evolving AI ecosystem.

 

LOGO

We serve some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, which fosters a reinforcing cycle of continued innovation, as we are the first to experience and solve the challenges of the most compute intensive AI training and inference workloads. This data is a critical input into our engineering process and strengthens our technological differentiation as we continue to push the boundaries of what is possible in computing. This “economy of AI leadership” ensures we can continuously improve our CoreWeave Cloud Platform over time in a positive feedback loop, by enabling us to learn from any issues or misconfigurations detected across our large infrastructure base and apply those learnings to all our clusters, which in turn positions us as a leading-edge provider of choice for new customers.

Our Market Opportunity

The impact of AI will be immense for organizations of all sizes across all sectors, which will realize significant productivity gains and time and cost-efficiencies by deploying AI technologies. IDC estimates that AI will add nearly $20 trillion to global GDP by 2030.

We believe that CoreWeave will be one of the most sought-after platforms for the world’s AI workloads. We have estimated our total addressable market opportunity by evaluating the size of the large and rapidly growing AI compute software and infrastructure market that we are pioneering. According to Bloomberg Intelligence, the market for AI inference/fine-tuning, AI workload monitoring, and training infrastructure, including AI servers, AI storage, training compute, cloud workloads, and networking, will increase by over $300 billion from 2023 to 2028, growing at a CAGR of 38% from approximately $79 billion in 2023 to approximately $399 billion by 2028. This market opportunity is expected to include $330 billion related to training infrastructure, which includes AI servers, AI storage, training compute, LLM licensing revenue, cloud workloads, and networking; $49 billion related to inference infrastructure; and $20 billion related to workload monitoring, all of which are supportable by CoreWeave.

The AI compute market is centered on training the latest generations of models and increasingly leveraging those models to perform inference, including intensive inference workloads tied to complex reasoning tasks. In the long-term, as enterprise adoption of production workloads accelerates, we expect there to be an acceleration

 

11


Table of Contents

of inference workloads with varying levels of complexity and performance requirements. Our platform is ideally situated to capture all these workloads. Over time, as our geographically distributed compute base grows and includes older generations of infrastructure as current generations roll off existing contracts, we believe that the mix of hardware across generations that is optimized for different use cases in our compute base will ensure that we are optimally situated to capture all workload types, both inference and training.

Growth Strategies

Our principal growth strategies include:

 

   

Extend our product leadership and innovation by delivering new solutions and optimizing our technology stack to deliver substantial performance and efficiency gains for AI workloads at scale.

 

   

Continue capturing additional workloads from existing customers by focusing on some of the most powerful AI labs and AI enterprises that are building AI products today to achieve natural growth across this customer segment as AI continues to become ubiquitous.

 

   

Extend into broader enterprise customers across new industries and verticals, including regulated industries like banks, high-frequency trading, and pharmaceutical companies, as they begin to develop and build their own dedicated AI solutions. We anticipate that new industries and use cases will arise to take advantage of developing AI capabilities as AI models become more accessible and cheaper, presenting additional growth opportunities for our platform. We believe that our recently announced acquisition of Weights & Biases will enable us to improve our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to address the needs of customers who are researching, building, and deploying AI models and applications. Following closing of the acquisition, we plan to integrate Weights & Biases’ capabilities as a new entry point for customers to access our CoreWeave Cloud platform and take advantage of the differentiated infrastructure and managed software services that we offer.

 

   

Expand internationally to capitalize on growing demand for AI applications and solutions across the globe, driven by customers’ desire to build their AI applications locally, and minimize latency.

 

   

Increase our vertical integration.

 

   

Verticalize “up the stack” by innovating and adding to our software offerings to drive customer engagement and value. We believe our announced acquisition of Weights & Biases will help to accelerate the expansion of our developer tools for both fine-tuning and training models, as well as building AI applications, and reinforces our ability to continue adding functionality “up the stack” following closing of the acquisition.

 

   

Verticalize “down the stack” by enhancing our data center capabilities to bolster our access to data center capacity, future-proof our solutions, and drive further operational efficiency.

 

   

Maximize the economic life of our infrastructure by monetizing the infrastructure underlying expired contracts through either another contract for the remainder of its economic life or through an on-demand consumption pool.

Our Customers

Our customers today are segmented into two key verticals: AI Natives and AI Enterprises. Companies within these verticals include the builders of AI, the integrators of AI, and those that have business models whose success largely hinges on deploying AI capabilities in their core products and technology stack. We believe we are in the early stages of the AI revolution and, as a result, a substantial portion of our revenue is currently driven by a limited number of customers, which represent some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises. We recognized an aggregate of approximately 41% and 73% of our revenue from our top three customers for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We recognized an aggregate of approximately 77% of our revenue from our top two customers for the year ended December 31, 2024. None of

 

12


Table of Contents

our other customers represented 10% or more of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024. Our largest customer accounted for 16%, 35%, and 62% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively. In addition to the AI Natives and AI Enterprises who we sell to directly, there is a large segment of the market that uses our platform, solutions, and services indirectly. This includes the tens of thousands of enterprises that have not yet built in-house AI models or systems, but who use solutions developed by AI Natives. As AI continues to find product market fit, we expect these enterprises to grow their indirect consumption of our platform through AI labs. Furthermore, as these enterprises increase their consumption and our product roadmap evolves and verticalizes up-the-stack, we expect that we will serve more of these enterprise customers directly through our dedicated solutions and partnerships.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks, among others, include the following:

 

   

Our recent growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we do not effectively manage our future growth, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely affected.

 

   

We have a limited number of suppliers for significant components of the equipment we use to build and operate our platform and provide our solutions and services. Any disruption in the availability of these components could delay our ability to expand or increase the capacity of our infrastructure or replace defective equipment.

 

   

Our business would be harmed if we were not able to access sufficient power or by increased costs to procure power, prolonged power outages, shortages, or capacity constraints.

 

   

If our data center providers fail to meet the requirements of our business, or if the data center facilities experience damage, interruption, or a security breach, our ability to provide access to our infrastructure and maintain the performance of our network could be negatively impacted.

 

   

A substantial portion of our revenue is driven by a limited number of our customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, spend from one or a few of our top customers would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

   

If we fail to efficiently enhance our platform and develop and sell new solutions and services and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, and changing customer needs, requirements, or preferences, our platform may become less competitive.

 

   

The broader adoption, use, and commercialization of AI technology, and the continued rapid pace of developments in the AI field, are inherently uncertain. Failure by our customers to continue to use our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to support AI use cases in their systems, or our ability to keep up with evolving AI technology requirements and regulatory frameworks, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

   

Our operations require substantial capital expenditures, and we will require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and any inability to generate or obtain such capital on acceptable terms, if at all, or to lower our total cost of capital, may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

   

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

 

13


Table of Contents
   

We face intense competition and could lose market share to our competitors, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

   

We have a history of generating net losses as a result of the substantial investments we have made to grow our business and develop our platform, anticipate increases in our operating expenses in the future, and may not achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability. If we cannot achieve and, if achieved, sustain profitability, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects will be adversely affected.

 

   

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

 

   

Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, our ability to meet our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments, and we may still incur substantially more indebtedness in the future.

 

   

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

 

   

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting power with our Co-Founders, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

If we are unable to adequately address these or the other risks we face, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the investor relations page on our website (www.coreweave.com), press releases, public conference calls, public webcasts, our X account (@CoreWeave), and our LinkedIn page. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, these channels is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

The information disclosed in the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate Information

We were formed in September 2017 as a Delaware limited liability company under the name The Atlantic Crypto Corporation LLC and converted to a Delaware corporation in September 2018 under the name Atlantic Crypto Corporation. In December 2019, we changed our name to “CoreWeave, Inc.” Our principal executive

 

14


Table of Contents

offices are located at 290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100, Livingston, NJ 07039. Our telephone number is (973) 270-9737. Our website address is www.coreweave.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

CoreWeave, the CoreWeave logo, and other registered or common law trade names, trademarks, or service marks of CoreWeave appearing in this prospectus are the property of CoreWeave, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, logos, and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, logos, or service marks to imply a relationship with these other companies, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by these other companies. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, our trade names, trademarks, logos, and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor, to these trademarks, trade names, and service marks.

Director Nomination Process

In May 2024, we entered into a letter agreement (the “Director Nomination Letter”) with funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar (collectively, the “Magnetar DNL Parties”), pursuant to which, during the period beginning at the closing of this offering until the earlier of the date on which (i) no shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding and (ii) the Magnetar DNL Parties and their affiliates collectively no longer beneficially own at least 248,812 shares of our capital stock, if a designee or affiliate of the Magnetar DNL Parties is not then a member of our board of directors, the Magnetar DNL Parties have the collective right to nominate one individual for consideration to serve as a member of our board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Director Nomination Letter” for more information on the Director Nomination Letter.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We will be treated as an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) for certain purposes until the earlier of the date on which we complete this offering or December 31, 2025. As such, in this prospectus we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations that apply to emerging growth companies.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer treated as an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies. Further, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards. It is possible that some investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, which may result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.

 

15


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

  

  shares.

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  


  shares.

Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase shares of Class A common stock

  


The underwriters have the option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional  shares of our Class A common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Class A common stock offered by us in a concurrent share issuance

  


Immediately subsequent to the closing of this offering, we will issue to OpenAI, in accordance with the terms of our master services agreement with OpenAI and pursuant to a stock issuance agreement with OpenAI, a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $350.0 million valued at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this would be     shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of these shares to OpenAI. The issuance of the shares in the private placement is contingent upon the completion of this offering. The issuance of these shares to OpenAI will not be registered in this offering and will be subject to a market standoff agreement with us for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus and lock-up agreement with the underwriters for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements” for additional information regarding such restrictions. We refer to the private placement of these shares of our Class A common stock as the concurrent share issuance. For additional information regarding our master services agreement with OpenAI, see the section titled “Business—Our Customers.”

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance

  


  shares (or  shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance

  


  shares.

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance

  



  shares (or  shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

16


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $  (or approximately $  if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, increase our visibility in the marketplace, obtain additional capital, and increase our financial flexibility. We primarily intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We intend to use approximately $   of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the entire outstanding amount under our 2024 Term Loan Facility (as defined herein). We also intend to use approximately $   of the net proceeds to satisfy the anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement (as defined below). In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses that complement our business. We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders.

Voting rights

  

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.

 

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time at the election of the holders and will convert automatically upon certain transfers and upon the earlier of (i) a date that is fixed by our board of directors that is no more than

 

17


Table of Contents
  

61 days following the seventh anniversary of this offering, (ii) the date specified by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of the Class B common stock, or (iii) no more than 61 days following Michael Intrator’s Service Termination (as defined herein). Immediately following the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, Michael Intrator, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, will hold approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, Brian Venturo, our co-founder, Chief Strategy Officer and a member of our board of directors, will hold approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Brannin McBee, our co-founder and Chief Development Officer, will hold approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee are our Co-Founders and collectively will hold approximately      % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, which voting power may increase over time upon the exercise or settlement and exchange of equity awards held by our Co-Founders pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights (as defined below).

 

If all stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2024 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock held by our Co-Founders were exercised and exchanged for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights, then immediately following the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee would hold approximately   %,   %, and   %, respectively, of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

 

As a result, our Co-Founders may have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control transaction. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Additional information can be found in the sections titled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

18


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

  

Because an affiliate of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. is a lender under our 2024 Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) and will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under the 2024 Term Loan Facility, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc., each an underwriter in this offering, is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus.    has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof.    will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify    against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). See the sections titled “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information.

Risk factors

  

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the factors you should consider before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

  

“CRWV”

Dividend policy

  

Following the consummation of this offering, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, with the exception of any final dividend payment payable on our Series C redeemable preferred stock upon the consummation of this offering. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends or make distributions is currently restricted by the terms of our Credit Facilities (as defined herein) and may be further restricted by any further indebtedness we incur. For additional information regarding our Credit Facilities, see the section titled “Description of

 

19


Table of Contents
  

Material Indebtedness.” Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, restrictions in our debt instruments, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance is based on     shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and     shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Class B Conversion, the Option Exercise, and the RSU Net Settlement (each as defined below)), and excludes:

 

   

   shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under our 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “2019 Plan”), with a weighted-average exercise price of $   per share (after giving effect to the Option Exercise), of which   shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock at the election of our Co-Founders upon exercise pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights;

 

   

   shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan for which the service-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of December 31, 2024 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering (we expect that the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition of certain of these RSUs through    , 2025, the expected date of this offering, will result in the net issuance of     shares of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering, after withholding an aggregate of     shares of Class A common stock to satisfy the associated estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed    % tax withholding rate));

 

   

    shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs granted after December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan;

 

   

607,235 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, of which 390,365 had an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 216,870 had an exercise price equal to the Regular Warrants Exercise Price (as defined herein);

 

   

   shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 187,524 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan as of December 31, 2024 (which reserve does not reflect the stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock and RSUs settleable for shares of our Class A common stock granted after December 31, 2024), (ii)   shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)   shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2025 ESPP”), which will become effective on the date of this prospectus; and

 

20


Table of Contents
   

approximately    shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon the closing of our acquisition of Weights & Biases, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2019 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2019 Plan. Our 2025 Plan and 2025 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Pursuant to certain equity exchange agreements entered into between us and each Co-Founder, each Co-Founder has a right (but not an obligation) to require us to exchange, for shares of our Class B common stock, any shares of our Class A common stock received by him upon the exercise or settlement of equity awards (the “Equity Exchange Rights”). The Equity Exchange Rights apply to equity awards granted to our Co-Founders prior to September 2024. As of December 31, 2024, there were 276,641 shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock held by our Co-Founders and that may be exchanged, upon exercise, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

a  -for- forward split of our capital stock, which became effective on   , 2025;

 

   

the automatic conversion of (i) our Series A, B, and B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 on a one for one basis into shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 into an aggregate of 9,249,268 shares of our Class A common stock in connection with the closing of this offering pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect (the “Capital Stock Conversion”);

 

   

the conversion of     shares of our Class B common stock into     shares of our Class A common stock by certain holders of our Class B common stock in connection with the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by certain selling stockholders in this offering as described in “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “Class B Conversion”);

 

   

the cash exercise of stock options to purchase     shares of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering by certain selling stockholders, with a weighted-average exercise price of $    per share, for total gross proceeds to us of approximately $   , by certain selling stockholders in connection with the sale of all or a portion of such shares by such selling stockholders in this offering, as described in “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “Option Exercise”);

 

   

the net issuance of     shares of our Class A common stock in connection with the vesting and settlement of certain RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024, for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of December 31, 2024 and the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering (the “IPO Vesting RSUs”), after giving effect to the withholding of     shares of Class A Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed    % tax withholding rate) (the “RSU Net Settlement”);

 

21


Table of Contents
   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants or settlement of outstanding RSUs subsequent to December 31, 2024, except for the Option Exercise and RSU Net Settlement, as described above;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase   additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering; and

 

   

the issuance of approximately   shares of our Class A common stock to OpenAI upon the closing of the concurrent share issuance immediately subsequent to the closing of this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The assumed    % tax withholding rate used in this prospectus is an assumed blended withholding rate for the IPO Vesting RSUs that are subject to withholding in the RSU Net Settlement. The estimates in this prospectus relating to the RSU Net Settlement and related share withholding may differ from actual results due to, among other things, the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, actual forfeitures through the date of this prospectus, and actual tax withholding rates.

 

22


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We derived our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 (except for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders) and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any other period in the future.

You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and are qualified in their entirety by our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  
    

(in thousands, except

per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 15,830     $ 228,943     $ 1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenue(1)

     12,122       68,780       493,350  

Technology and infrastructure(1)

     18,106       131,855       960,685  

Sales and marketing(1)

     2,481       12,917       18,389  

General and administrative(1)

     6,001       29,842       118,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     38,710       243,394       1,591,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (22,880     (14,451     324,358  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (2,884     (533,952     (755,929

Interest expense, net

     (9,444     (28,404     (360,824

Other income, net

     192       18,760       48,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (35,016     (558,047     (744,201

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (4,150     35,701       119,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (30,866   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (189   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (937,765
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.42   $ (61.80   $ (86.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.02   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  
    

(in thousands, except

per share data)

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (3.44   $ (61.80   $ (86.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

     9,032       9,608       10,893  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      2024  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 133      $ 694      $ 1,307  

Technology and infrastructure

     624        7,100        10,137  

Sales and marketing

     74        1,740        3,408  

General and administrative

     659        5,620        16,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,490      $ 15,154      $ 31,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Notes 1 and 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2024
 
     (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $    

Pro forma adjustment to reverse the deemed dividend and accretion on Series C redeemable convertible preferred common stock

  

Pro forma adjustment to record stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs for which the service-based and performance-based vesting conditions will be satisfied in connection with this offering

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $    
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

              

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Capital Stock Conversion as if the conversion occurred on January 1, 2024

           

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Option Exercise

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the RSU Net Settlement

  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2024, gives effect to (i) the Capital Stock Conversion as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period, (ii) the Class B Conversion,

 

24


Table of Contents
 

(iii) the Option Exercise, and (iv) the issuance of     shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding     shares to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $    million (based on the assumed initial offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed    % tax withholding rate).

 

     As of December 31, 2024  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma, As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,361,083     $           $        

Working capital(4)

     (3,046,332     

Property and equipment, net

     11,914,774       

Total assets

     17,832,599       

Debt, non-current

     5,457,915       

Deferred revenue, non-current

     3,294,977       

Total liabilities

     16,524,086       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     1,722,111       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (413,598     

 

(1)

The pro forma column above reflects (i) the Capital Stock Conversion as if such conversion had occurred on December 31, 2024, (ii) the Class B Conversion, (iii) the Option Exercise and the receipt by us of gross proceeds of approximately $    in connection with the Option Exercise, (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (v) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock based compensation of $   million related to RSUs subject to the RSU Net Settlement, (vi) the net issuance of     shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding     shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $   million (based on the initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed   % tax withholding rate), and (vii) the increase in accrued liabilities and an equivalent decrease in additional paid-in capital of $ million in connection with the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column above gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above, (ii) the sale and issuance of    shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the concurrent share issuance at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (iii) the application of approximately $   of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repay the entire outstanding amount under our 2024 Term Loan Facility, and (iv) the use of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, if necessary, to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $  per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $  million, assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, an increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $  million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted operating income (loss) and adjusted operating income (loss) margin, and adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted net income (loss) margin, collectively, to help us evaluate our business. We use such non-GAAP financial measures to make strategic decisions, establish business plans and forecasts, identify trends

 

25


Table of Contents

affecting our business, and evaluate operating performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because they allow for greater transparency into what measures we use in operating our business and measuring our performance and enable comparison of financial trends and results between periods where items may vary independent of business performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information and reconciliations of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2022         2023         2024    
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (9,884   $  103,913     $  1,219,258  

Net loss margin

     (196 )%      (259 )%      (45 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (62 )%      45  %      64  % 

Adjusted operating income (loss)

   $ (21,390   $ 703     $ 355,845  

Operating income (loss) margin

     (145 )%      (6 )%      17  % 

Adjusted operating income (loss) margin

     (135 )%       %      19  % 

Adjusted net loss

   $ (26,681   $ (44,642   $ (64,908

Adjusted net loss margin

     (169 )%      (19 )%      (3 )% 

 

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results, financial condition and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below. See the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry  

Our recent growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we do not effectively manage our future growth, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely affected.

We were founded in September 2017 and launched our CoreWeave Cloud Platform in 2020 and have experienced significant growth in a short period of time. Our revenue was $16 million, $229 million, and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively. Investors should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. Even if our revenue continues to increase, our revenue growth rate is expected to decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the maturation of our business. Overall growth of our revenue will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to our ability to:

 

   

operate our cloud infrastructure, including due to supply chain limitations and data center or power availability;

 

   

compete with other companies in our industry, including those with greater financial, technical, marketing, sales, and other resources;

 

   

continue to develop new solutions and services and new functionality for our platform and successfully further optimize our existing infrastructure, solutions, and services;

 

   

retain existing customers and increase sales to existing customers, as well as attract new customers and grow our customer base;

 

   

successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

   

generate sufficient cash flow from operations and raise additional capital, including through indebtedness, to support continued investments in our platform to maintain our technological leadership and the security of our platform;

 

   

strategically expand our direct sales force and leverage our existing sales capacity;

 

   

introduce and sell our solutions and services to new markets and verticals;

 

   

recruit, hire, train, and manage additional qualified personnel for our research and development activities;

 

   

maintain our existing, and enter into new, more cost-efficient, financing structures; and

 

   

successfully identify and acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform.

In addition to the factors discussed above, our revenue growth may also be impacted by industry-specific factors, particularly the continued development of AI, including advancements in AI technology that may lead to further compute efficiencies, the broader adoption, use, and commercialization of AI and any impacts of the developing AI regulatory environment.

 

27


Table of Contents

As many of these factors are beyond our control, it is difficult for us to accurately forecast our future operating results. If the assumptions that we use to plan our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, we may be unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, the value of our stock could be volatile, and it may be difficult to achieve and, if achieved, maintain profitability. In addition, changes in the macroeconomic environment, including actual or perceived global banking and finance related issues, labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, volatile interest rates and inflation, spending environments, geopolitical instability, warfare and uncertainty, including the effects of the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan, weak economic conditions in certain regions, or a reduction in AI spending regardless of macroeconomic conditions may impact our growth.

In addition, as we have grown, our number of customers has also increased, and we have increasingly managed more complex deployments of our infrastructure in more complex computing environments. The rapid growth and expansion of our business places a significant strain on our management, operational, engineering, and financial resources. To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our infrastructure, including information technology (“IT”) and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, and our ability to manage headcount, capital, and processes in an efficient manner. If we do not manage future growth effectively, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects would be harmed.

If we continue to experience rapid growth, we may not be able to successfully implement or scale improvements to our systems, processes, and controls in an efficient, timely, or cost-effective manner. As we grow, our existing systems, processes, and controls may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud. Any future growth will continue to add complexity to our organization and require effective coordination throughout our organization. Failure to manage any future growth effectively could result in increased costs, cause difficulty or delays in deploying our platform to new and existing customers, reduce demand for our platform, and cause difficulties in introducing new solutions and services or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We have a limited number of suppliers for significant components of the equipment we use to build and operate our platform and provide our solutions and services. Any disruption in the availability of these components could delay our ability to expand or increase the capacity of our infrastructure or replace defective equipment.

We do not manufacture the components we use to build the technology infrastructure underlying our platform. We have a limited number of suppliers that we use to procure and configure significant components of the technology infrastructure that we use to operate our platform and provide our solutions and services to our customers. For example, as a result of our obligations in our current customer contracts, all of the GPUs used in our infrastructure today are NVIDIA GPUs. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2022, three suppliers accounted for 23%, 16%, and 10% of total purchases, for the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for 57%, 22%, and 11% of total purchases, and for the year ended December 31, 2024, three suppliers accounted for 46%, 16%, and 14% of total purchases. Utilizing a limited number of suppliers of the components for our technology infrastructure exposes us to risks, including:

 

   

asymmetry between component availability and contractual performance obligations, including where specified components are required;

 

   

shifts in market-leading technologies away from those offered by our current suppliers that could impact our ability to offer our customers the solutions and services that they are seeking;

 

   

reduced control over production costs and constraints based on the then current availability, terms, and pricing of these components, including any delays in our supply chain (such as the recent delays associated with NVIDIA’s Blackwell GPUs);

 

   

limited ability to control aspects of the quality, performance, quantity, and cost of our infrastructure or of its components;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

the potential for binding price or purchase commitments with our suppliers at higher than market rates;

 

   

reliance on our suppliers to keep up with technological advancements at the same pace as our business and customer demands, including their ability to continue to deliver next generation components that are substantially better than the prior generation;

 

   

consolidation among suppliers in our industry, which may harm our ability to negotiate and obtain favorable terms from our suppliers and the third-party suppliers that our suppliers rely on;

 

   

labor and political unrest at facilities we do not operate or own;

 

   

geopolitical disputes disrupting our or any of our suppliers’ supply chains;

 

   

business, legal compliance, litigation, and financial concerns affecting our suppliers or their ability to manufacture and ship components in the quantities, quality, and manner we require;

 

   

impacts on our supply chain from adverse public health developments, including outbreaks of contagious diseases or pandemics; and

 

   

disruptions due to floods, earthquakes, storms, and other natural disasters, particularly in countries with limited infrastructure and disaster recovery resources, or regional conflicts.

Our technology infrastructure components suppliers fulfill our supply requirements on the basis of individual purchase orders, which we often place on a just-in-time basis. We currently have no long-term contracts or arrangements with our suppliers that guarantee capacity or the continuation of any particular payment terms. Accordingly, our suppliers are not obligated to continue to fulfill our supply requirements, and the prices we are charged for their products and, if applicable, services could be increased on short notice. Further, because we often submit purchase orders to our suppliers on a just-in-time basis, any delay from our suppliers may result in our inability to provide our infrastructure and platform to our customers on a timely basis and fulfill our contractual requirements under our customer contracts. Additionally, our current customers have contractually specified our use of NVIDIA GPUs. If we are required to change suppliers, our ability to meet our obligations to our customers, including scheduled compute access, could be adversely affected and our solutions may not be as performant, which could cause the loss of sales from existing or potential customers, delayed revenue, or an increase in our costs, which could adversely affect our margins. Any production or shipping interruptions for any reason, such as a natural disaster, epidemics, pandemics, capacity shortages, quality problems, or strike or other labor disruption at one of our supplier locations or at shipping ports or locations, could adversely affect sales of our solution and services offerings.

In addition, we are continually working to expand and enhance our infrastructure features, technology, and network and other technologies to accommodate substantial increases in the computing power required by more compute-intensive workloads on our platform, the amount of data we host, and our overall number of total customers. We may be unable to project accurately the rate or timing of these increases or to allocate resources successfully to address such increases and may underestimate the data center capacity needed to address such increases. Our limited number of suppliers, in turn, may not be able to quickly respond to our needs, which would have a negative impact on customer experience and contractual performance. In the future, we may be required to allocate additional resources, including spending substantial amounts, to build, purchase, or lease or license data centers and equipment and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure in order to handle increased customer usage, and our suppliers may not be able to satisfy such requirements. In addition, our network or our suppliers’ networks might be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity high enough to effectively deliver our services. We may also face constraints on our ability to deliver our platform, solutions, and services if there is limited power supply. Our failure, or our suppliers’ failure, to achieve or maintain high data transmission capacity and sufficient electrical services would impact our ability to meet customer needs and could significantly reduce consumer demand for our services. Such reduced demand and resulting loss of compute, cost increases, or failure to upgrade our equipment or adapt to new technologies would harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

29


Table of Contents

Moreover, our suppliers themselves rely on a complex network of third-party suppliers for semiconductor manufacturing, hardware components, and other critical inputs, which introduces additional risks to our supply chain. For example, NVIDIA relies on suppliers such as Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company for semiconductor fabrication and other manufacturers for compute and networking components. Any disruption in the operations of these upstream suppliers, whether due to equipment failures, geopolitical factors such as the potential for military conflict between China and Taiwan, or supply chain constraints, could affect our suppliers’ ability to supply the significant components of the equipment we use to operate our platform and provide our solutions and services to our customers, which would, in turn, affect the availability of our solutions and services, as well as lead times.

In addition, to the extent any of our suppliers’ businesses are impacted by business, legal compliance, litigation, and financial concerns, including regulatory scrutiny and export controls, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely affected. For example, increasing use of tariffs, economic sanctions and export controls has impacted and may in the future impact the availability and cost of GPUs and other components of our platform. The current U.S. presidential administration has discussed imposing broad-based tariffs on imported goods, which, if implemented on components of our infrastructure and other products we use, could increase our costs. Further, the former U.S. presidential administration had released new export controls targeting semiconductor manufacturing equipment and other items related to advanced integrated circuits. It is possible that these and additional restrictions could impede the supply chain in this industry. Additional export restrictions imposed on components of our technologies by the U.S. government may also provoke responses from foreign governments that negatively impact our supply chain, increase the costs for affected imported goods, or limit our ability to obtain additional hardware components, which would also substantially reduce our ability to provide or develop our platform, solutions, and services.

In the event of a supplier unavailability, component shortage, or supply interruption, we may not be able to secure alternate sources in a timely manner. Securing alternate sources of supply for these components or services may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components or services on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these components or services, or the inability to obtain these components or services from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would harm our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our business would be harmed if we were not able to access sufficient power or by increased costs to procure power, prolonged power outages, shortages, or capacity constraints.

We depend on being able to secure power, which powers our data center facilities, in a cost-effective manner. Our inability to secure sufficient power or any power outages, shortages, supply chain issues, capacity constraints, or significant increases in the cost of securing power could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We rely on third parties, third-party infrastructure, governments, and global suppliers to provide a sufficient amount of power to maintain our leased or licensed data center facilities and meet the needs of our current and future customers. We have in the past experienced, and we may in the future experience, insufficient power to service a customer’s project. Any limitation on the delivered energy supply would limit our ability to operate our platform. These limitations would have a negative impact on a given data center or limit our ability to grow our business which could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Limitations on generation, transmission, and distribution may also limit our ability to obtain sufficient power capacity for potential expansion sites in new or existing markets. Power providers, other participants in the power market, and those entities that regulate it may impose onerous operating conditions to any approval or provision of power or we may experience significant delays and substantial increased costs to provide the level of electrical

 

30


Table of Contents

service required by our current or future leased or licensed data centers, or any data centers we may choose to construct in the future. Our ability to find appropriate sites for expansion, including existing sites to lease or license, will also be limited by access to power.

Our data center facilities are affected by problems accessing electricity sources, such as planned or unplanned power outages and limitations on transmission or distribution of power. Unplanned power outages, including, but not limited to those relating to large storms, earthquakes, fires, tsunamis, cyberattacks, physical attacks on utility infrastructure, war, and any failures of electrical power grids more generally, and planned power outages by public utilities, such as Pacific Gas and Electric Company’s practice of planned outages in California to minimize fire risks, could harm our customers and our business. Further, our data center facilities are located in leased buildings where, depending upon the lease requirements and number of tenants involved, we may or may not control some or all of the infrastructure, including generators and fuel tanks. As a result, in the event of a power outage, we could be dependent upon the landlord, as well as the utility company, to restore the power. Even if we attempt to limit our exposure to system downtime by using backup generators, which are in turn supported by onsite fuel storage and through contracts with fuel suppliers, these measures may not always prevent downtime or solve for long-term or large-scale outages. Any outage or supply disruption could adversely affect our customer experience, as well as our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

The global energy market is currently experiencing inflation and volatility pressures. Various macroeconomic and geopolitical factors are contributing to the instability and global power shortage, including the war in Ukraine, severe weather events, governmental regulations, government relations, and inflation. We expect the cost for power to continue to be volatile and unpredictable and subject to inflationary pressures, which could materially affect our financial forecasting, business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

If our data center providers fail to meet the requirements of our business, or if the data center facilities experience damage, interruption, or a security breach, our ability to provide access to our infrastructure and maintain the performance of our network could be negatively impacted.

We lease space in or otherwise license use of third-party data centers located in the United States, Europe and United Kingdom. Our business is reliant on these data center facilities. Given that we lease or license use of this data center space, we do not control the operation of these third-party facilities. Consequently, we could be subject to service disruptions as well as failures to provide adequate support for reasons that are outside of our direct control. Our data center facilities and network infrastructure are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources including earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, system failures, computer and other cybersecurity vulnerabilities, physical or electronic break-ins, human error, malfeasance or interference, including by employees, former employees, or contractors, as well terrorist acts and other catastrophic events. We and the data center facilities we lease space in or license use of have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including availability or sufficiency of power, infrastructure changes, and capacity constraints, occasionally due to an overwhelming number of customers accessing our infrastructure simultaneously. Our third-party data centers and network infrastructure may also be subject to cybersecurity attacks, including supply chain attacks, due to the actions of outside parties or human error, malfeasance, insider threats, system errors or vulnerabilities, insufficient cybersecurity controls, a combination of these, or otherwise, which may cause service outages and otherwise impact our ability to provide our solutions and services. While we review the security measures of our third-party data centers, we cannot ensure that these measures will be sufficient to prevent a cybersecurity attack or to protect the continued operation of our platform in the event of a cybersecurity attack, and any impact to our solutions and services may also impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Data center facilities housing our network infrastructure may also be subject to local administrative actions, changes to legal or permitting requirements, labor disputes, litigation to stop, limit, or delay operations, and other legal challenges, including local government agencies seeking to gain access to customer accounts for law

 

31


Table of Contents

enforcement or other reasons. In addition, while we have entered into various agreements for the lease of data center space, equipment, maintenance, and other services, those third parties could fail to deliver on their contractual obligations under those agreements, including agreements to provide us with certain data, equipment, and utilities information required to run our business. Furthermore, we may require the data centers we lease to have certain highly specific attributes in order to effectively run our business. For example, our state-of-the art data centers may also require networking equipment, high-speed interconnects, enhanced access to power, and liquid cooling infrastructure. In some cases, these third-party data centers are required to undergo extensive retrofitting and improvement efforts, including to incorporate novel developments in our industry, which are time consuming, expensive, and less efficient than if we were to lease from spaces already designed for our operations, and which may not ultimately be successful in meeting all of our requirements. If third parties fail to successfully deliver on such performance requirements, our ability to maintain the performance of our network would be negatively impacted.

Other factors, many of which are beyond our control, that can affect the delivery, performance, and availability of our platform include:

 

   

the development, maintenance, and functioning of the infrastructure of the internet as a whole;

 

   

the performance and availability of third-party telecommunications services with the necessary speed, data capacity, and security for providing reliable internet access and services;

 

   

the success or failure of our redundancy systems;

 

   

the success or failure of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans;

 

   

decisions by the owners and operators of the data center facilities where our infrastructure is installed or by global telecommunications service provider partners who provide us with network bandwidth to terminate our contracts, discontinue services to us, shut down operations or facilities, increase prices, change service levels, limit bandwidth, declare bankruptcy, breach their contracts with us, or prioritize the traffic of other parties;

 

   

our ability to enter into data center agreements and leases according to our business needs and on terms and with counterparties acceptable to us; and

 

   

changing sentiment by government regulators relating to data center development, including in response to public concerns regarding environmental impact and development, which may result in restrictive government regulation or otherwise impact the future construction of additional data centers.

In addition, many of the leases we have entered into for third-party data centers have multi-year terms and fixed capacity. If we do not accurately anticipate the data center capacity required by our customers, including if they use less or more of our infrastructure than expected, we would incur additional costs due to leasing more capacity than is used and paid for by our customers or, alternatively, in seeking additional data center capacity to fulfill unexpected demand on terms that may not be economically reasonable or acceptable to us, if we are able to lease additional capacity at all. We may also need to seek additional data center capacity in the event any leases with third parties are terminated or not renewed, which we may be unable to do on reasonable terms or at all.

The occurrence of any of these factors, or our inability to efficiently and cost-effectively fix such errors or other problems that may be identified, could damage our reputation, negatively impact our relationship with our customers, or otherwise materially harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

In the future, we may develop our own data centers, rather than relying on third parties and, because of our limited experience in this area, we could experience unforeseen difficulties. For example, any potential expansion of our data center infrastructure would be complex, and unanticipated delays in the completion of those projects or availability of components may lead to increased project costs, operational inefficiencies, or interruptions in the delivery or degradation of the quality of our platform. In addition, there may be issues related

 

32


Table of Contents

to this infrastructure that are not identified during the testing phases of design and implementation, which may only become evident after we have started to fully utilize the underlying equipment, that could further degrade our platform or increase our costs.

A substantial portion of our revenue is driven by a limited number of our customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, spend from one or a few of our top customers would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

A substantial portion of our revenue is driven by a limited number of customers. We recognized an aggregate of approximately 41% and 73% of our revenue from our top three customers for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We recognized an aggregate of approximately 77% of our revenue from our top two customers for the year ended December 31, 2024. None of our other customers represented 10% or more of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2022, our largest customer accounted for 16% of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, our largest customer was Microsoft, which accounted for 35% and 62% of our revenue, respectively. Any negative changes in demand from Microsoft, in Microsoft’s ability or willingness to perform under its contracts with us, in laws or regulations applicable to Microsoft or the regions in which it operates, or in our broader strategic relationship with Microsoft would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Following December 31, 2024, we entered into a master services agreement with OpenAI as described in the section titled “Business—Our Customers” that, as of March 2025, provided for payments to us of up to approximately $11.9 billion through October 2030, subject to satisfaction of delivery and availability of service requirements. As a result, we expect OpenAI to be a significant customer in future periods.

We anticipate that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers for the foreseeable future, and in some cases, the portion of our revenue attributable to certain customers may increase in the future. The composition of our customer base, including our top customers, may fluctuate from period to period given that our customer composition has evolved and is expected to continue to evolve significantly as our business continues to evolve and scale and as the use cases for AI continue to develop. However, we may not be able to maintain or increase revenue from our top customers for a variety of reasons, including the following:

 

   

customers may develop their own infrastructure that may compete with our services;

 

   

some of our customers may redesign their systems to require fewer of our services with limited notice to us and may choose not to renew or increase their purchases of our platform, solutions, and services; and

 

   

our customers may have pre-existing or concurrent relationships with, or may be, current or potential competitors that may affect such customers’ decisions to purchase our platform, solutions, and services.

Customer relationships often require us to continually improve our platform, which may involve significant technological and design challenges, and our customers may place considerable pressure on us to meet tight development and capacity availability schedules. Accordingly, we may have to devote a substantial amount of our resources to our strategic relationships, which could detract from or delay our completion of other important development projects. Delays in making capacity available could impair our relationships with our customers and negatively impact forecasted sales of the services under development. Moreover, it is possible that our customers may develop their own infrastructure that may compete with our services or adopt a competitor’s infrastructure for services that they currently buy from us. If that happens, our revenue would be adversely impacted and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

 

33


Table of Contents

If we fail to efficiently enhance our platform and develop and sell new solutions and services and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations, and changing customer needs, requirements, or preferences, our platform may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is relatively new and subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and regulatory changes, as well as changing customer needs, requirements, and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to, predict, adapt, and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. If we are unable to develop and sell new solutions and services that satisfy and are adopted by new and existing customers and provide enhancements, new features, and capabilities to our infrastructure that keep pace with rapid technological and industry change, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected. Further, prospective or existing customers may influence our product roadmap by requiring features optimal for their particular use case. If we are unable to adapt to meet customers’ requirements, they may use competitive offerings or internal solutions that eliminate reliance on third-party providers, and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected. Moreover, prioritizing development of such features may require significant engineering resources and may not be compatible with the requirements of other customers, which could impact overall adoption of our platform. If new technologies emerge that limit or eliminate reliance on AI cloud platform providers like us, or that enable our competitors to deliver competitive services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete. If our solutions do not allow us or our customers to comply with the latest regulatory requirements, sales of our platform, solutions, and services to existing customers may decrease and new customers will be less likely to adopt our platform.

Our future growth is dependent upon our ability to continue to meet the needs of new customers and the expanding needs of our existing customers as their use of our platform, solutions, and services grows. As sales of our platform grow, we will need to devote additional resources to expanding, improving, and maintaining our infrastructure and integrating with third-party applications. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support, to serve our growing customer base, and to improve our IT and financial infrastructure, operating and administrative systems, and our ability to effectively manage headcount, capital and processes, including by reducing costs and inefficiencies. Any failure of, or delay in, these efforts could result in impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction, which would negatively impact our revenue growth and our reputation. We may not be successful in developing or implementing these technologies. In addition, it takes a significant amount of time to plan, develop, and test improvements to our technologies and infrastructure, and we may not be able to accurately forecast demand or predict the results we will realize from such improvements. In some circumstances, we may also determine to scale our technology through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development, which may divert management’s time and resources. To the extent that we do not effectively scale our operations to meet the needs of our growing customer base and to maintain performance as our customers expand their use of our services, we will not be able to grow as quickly as we anticipate, our customers may reduce or terminate use of our platform and we will be unable to compete as effectively and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects will be adversely affected.

We continually work to upgrade and enhance our platform, solutions, and services in response to customer demand and to keep up with technological changes. Part of this process entails cycling out outdated components of our infrastructure and replacing them with the latest technology available. This requires us to make certain estimates with respect to the useful life of the components of our infrastructure and to maximize the value of the components of our infrastructure, including our GPUs, to the fullest extent possible. We cannot guarantee that our estimates will be accurate or that our attempts at maximizing value will be successful. Any changes to the significant assumptions underlying our estimates or to the estimates of our components’ useful lives, or any inability to redeploy components of our existing infrastructure to extend past their contracted life could significantly affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our platform must also integrate with a variety of network, hardware, storage, and software technologies, and we need to continuously modify and enhance the capabilities of our platform to adapt to changes and innovation in these technologies. If our customers widely adopt new technologies, we may need to redesign parts of our platform to work with those new technologies. These development efforts may require significant engineering, marketing, and sales resources, all of which would affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Any failure of our infrastructure’s capabilities to operate effectively with future technologies and software platforms could reduce the demand for our platform. If we are unable to respond to these changes in a cost-effective manner, our platform may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete, and our business may be harmed.

In addition, we must also continue to effectively manage our capital expenditures by maintaining and expanding our data center capacity, servers and equipment, grow in geographies where we currently have limited or no presence, and ensure that the performance, features, and reliability of our services and our customer service remain competitive in a rapidly changing technological environment. If we fail to manage our growth, the quality of our platform may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers and employees.

The broader adoption, use, and commercialization of AI technology, and the continued rapid pace of developments in the AI field, are inherently uncertain. Failure by our customers to continue to use our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to support AI use cases in their systems, or our ability to keep up with evolving AI technology requirements and regulatory frameworks, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

As part of our growth strategy, we seek to attract and acquire customers requiring high-performance computing, such as AI, machine learning, and automated decision-making technologies, including proprietary AI algorithms and models (collectively, “AI Technologies”).

AI has been developing at a rapid pace, and continues to evolve and change. As demand continues for AI services, AI providers, including our customers, have sought increased compute capacity to enable advancements in their AI models and service the demands of end users. We cannot predict whether additional computing power will continue to be required to develop larger, more powerful AI models, or if the practical limits of AI technology will plateau in the future regardless of available compute capacity. Further, there have been recent advancements in AI technology, including open-source AI models, that may lead to compute and other efficiencies that may impact the demand for AI services, including our platform, solutions, and services, which may adversely impact our revenue and profitability. In the event that existing scaling laws do not continue to apply as they have in the past, demand by our customers for compute resources, including our solutions and services, may not continue to increase over time, or may decrease if overall demand for AI is impacted by a lack of further technological development. If we are unable to keep up with the changing AI landscape or in developing services to meet our customers’ evolving AI needs, or if the AI landscape does not develop to the extent we or our customers expect, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely impacted.

Additionally, we may incur significant costs and experience significant delays in developing new solutions and services or enhancing our current platform to adapt to the changing AI landscape, and may not achieve a return on investment or capitalize on the opportunities presented by demand for AI solutions. Moreover, while AI adoption is likely to continue and may accelerate, the long-term trajectory of this technological trend is uncertain. Further, market acceptance, understanding, and valuation of solutions and services that incorporate AI Technologies are uncertain and the perceived value of AI Technologies used and/or provided by our customers could be inaccurate. If AI is not broadly adopted by enterprises to the extent we expect, or if new use cases do not arise, then our opportunity may be smaller than we expect. Further, if the consumer perception and perceived value of AI Technologies is inaccurate this could have a material adverse effect on our customers, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

35


Table of Contents

Concerns relating to the responsible use by our customers of new and evolving technologies, such as AI, which are supported by our platform, may result in collateral reputational harm to us. AI may pose emerging ethical issues and if our platform enables customer solutions that draw controversy due to their perceived or actual impact on society, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liability.

Furthermore, the rapid pace of innovation in the field of AI has led to developing and evolving regulatory frameworks globally, which are expected to become increasingly complex as AI continues to evolve. Regulators and lawmakers around the world have started proposing and adopting, or are currently considering, regulations and guidance specifically on the use of AI. Regulations related to AI Technologies have been introduced in the United States at the federal level and are also enacted and advancing at the state level. Additional regulations may impact our customers’ ability to develop, use and commercialize AI Technologies, which would impact demand for our platform, solutions, and services and may affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

AI and related industries, including cloud services, are under increasing scrutiny from regulators due to their concerns about market concentration, anti-competitive practices, and the pace of partnerships and acquisitions involving generative AI startups. As the industry continues to grow, transactions and business conduct will likely continue to draw scrutiny from regulators. Our customers may become subject to further AI regulations, including any restrictions on the total consumption of compute technology, which could cause a delay or impediment to the commercialization of AI technology and could lead to a decrease in demand for our customers’ AI infrastructure, and may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our operations require substantial capital expenditures, and we will require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and any inability to generate or obtain such capital on acceptable terms, if at all, or to lower our total cost of capital, may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We require substantial capital expenditures to support our growth and respond to business challenges. We have made significant financial investments in our business, and we intend to continue to make such investments in the future, including expenditures to procure components for, maintain, upgrade, and enhance our platform, including costs related to obtaining third-party chips and leasing and maintaining, enhancing, and expanding our data centers. While we have historically been able to fund capital expenditures from cash generated from operations, equity and debt financings, and borrowings under our term loan facilities, factors outside of our control, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, and particularly those under “—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness,” could materially reduce the cash available from operations, impede our ability to raise additional capital, or significantly increase our capital expenditure requirements, which may result in our inability to fund the necessary level of capital expenditures to maintain and expand our operations. This could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate financing is not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our existing stockholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights, preferences, and privileges that are superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. If we obtain additional funds through debt financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing on terms favorable to us. Further, the current global macroeconomic environment could make it more difficult to raise additional capital on favorable terms, if at all. Such terms may involve restrictive covenants making it difficult to engage in capital raising activities and pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. The trading prices of recently-public companies have been highly volatile as a result of multiple factors including, the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan, inflation, interest rate volatility, actual or perceived instability in the banking system, and market downturns, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression, or other sustained adverse market event

 

36


Table of Contents

could adversely affect our business and the value of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired and our business may be adversely affected, requiring us to delay, reduce, or eliminate some or all of our operations. Even if we are able to raise such capital, we cannot guarantee that we will deploy it in such a fashion that allows us to achieve better operating results or grow our business.

Moreover, in order to fund investments in our infrastructure, we have pioneered and scaled innovative financing structures that have enabled us to grow our business through timely and flexible access to capital. While we expect our cost of capital to continue declining as we benefit from economies of scale and access new forms of financing, including asset backed securitizations and rated parent-level debt, our ability to lower our cost of capital depends upon a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including broader macroeconomic conditions. If we are unable to continue lowering our cost of capital, our ability to effectively compete, especially with larger competitors that have greater financial and other resources, as well as our operating results, financial condition, and business, may be adversely impacted.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our operating results have varied significantly from period to period in the past, and we expect that our operating results will continue to vary significantly in the future such that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. In addition, in future periods, we may experience fluctuations in remaining performance obligations, given the nature of our committed contract business, the size of those contracts, and period-to-period variation in new business signed and revenue recognized from existing contracts. This could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Accordingly, our financial results in any one quarter should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively impact the trading price of our Class A common stock. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including, without limitation:

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our business;

 

   

any power outages, shortages, supply chain issues, capacity constraints, or significant increases in the cost of securing power;

 

   

general global macroeconomic and political conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets that could impact some or all regions where we operate, including global economic slowdowns, actual or perceived global banking and finance related issues, increased risk of inflation, potential uncertainty with respect to the federal debt ceiling and budget and potential government shutdowns related thereto, interest rate volatility, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, increases in energy costs and potential global recession;

 

   

the impact of natural or man-made global events on our business, including wars and other armed conflict, such as the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan;

 

   

changes in our legal or regulatory environment, including developments in regulations relating to AI and machine learning;

 

   

our ability to attract new and retain existing customers, increase sales of our platform, or sell additional solutions and services to existing customers;

 

   

the budgeting cycles, seasonal buying patterns, and purchasing practices of customers;

 

   

the timing and length of our sales cycles;

 

   

changes in customer requirements or market needs;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

changes in the growth rate of the cloud infrastructure market generally;

 

   

the timing and success of new solution and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other competitive developments, including consolidation among our customers or competitors;

 

   

any disruption in our strategic relationships;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

   

equity or debt financings and the capital markets environment, including interest rate changes;

 

   

our ability to reduce our cost of capital over time;

 

   

decisions by organizations to purchase specialized AI cloud infrastructure from larger, more established vendors;

 

   

our ability to successfully and timely deliver our solutions and services to customers under our committed contracts, including due to data center lead times;

 

   

our ability to successfully and timely deploy launches of additional data centers;

 

   

the timing and success of the integration of new infrastructure, including new GPU generations, into our platform;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, including bankruptcy or liquidation, due to individual, macroeconomic, and regulatory factors, including those specifically impacting early-stage AI ventures, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our platform;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the use of our platform or other cybersecurity incidents;

 

   

extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments or outcomes, taxes, regulatory fines or penalties;

 

   

the timing of revenue recognition and revenue deferrals;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies or practices;

 

   

negative media coverage or publicity; and

 

   

increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Any of the above factors, individually or in the aggregate, could result in significant fluctuations in our financial condition, cash flows, and other operating results from period to period.

We face intense competition and could lose market share to our competitors, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

The market for AI cloud infrastructure and software is intensely competitive and is rapidly evolving, characterized by changes in technology, customer requirements, industry standards, regulatory developments, and frequent introductions of new or improved solutions and services. Key competitors that offer general purpose cloud computing as part of a broader, diversified product portfolio include Amazon (AWS), Google (Google Cloud Platform), IBM, Microsoft (Azure), and Oracle, a number of which are also our current customers. We also compete with smaller cloud service providers focused on AI, including Crusoe and Lambda. We expect to continue to face intense competition from current competitors, including as our competitors complete strategic acquisitions or form cooperative relationships and/or customer requirements evolve, as well as from new entrants into the market. If we are unable to anticipate or react to these challenges, our competitive position could weaken, and we would experience a decline in revenue or reduced revenue growth, and loss of market share that could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our ability to compete effectively depends upon numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

changes in customer or market needs, requirements, and preferences and our ability to fulfill those needs, requirements, and preferences;

 

   

our ability to expand and augment our platform, including through infrastructure and new technologies, or increase sales of our platform;

 

   

any power outages, shortages, supply chain issues, capacity constraints, or significant increases in the cost of securing power;

 

   

our ability to attract, train, retain, and motivate talented employees;

 

   

our ability to retain existing customers and increase sales to existing customers, as well as attract and retain new customers;

 

   

the budgeting cycles, seasonal buying patterns, and purchasing practices of our customers, including any slowdown in technology spending due to U.S. and general global macroeconomic conditions;

 

   

price competition;

 

   

stagnation in the adoption rate or changes in the growth rate of AI and AI cloud infrastructure sectors, including due to emerging AI technologies, which may lead to further compute efficiencies;

 

   

the timing and success of new solution and service introductions by us or our competitors, including new competing technologies that may displace cloud infrastructure, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or customers and strategic partnerships entered into by and between our competitors;

 

   

changes in our mix of solution and services sold, including changes in the average contracted usage of our platform;

 

   

our ability to successfully and continuously expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

   

our ability to secure necessary funding;

 

   

deferral of orders from customers in anticipation of new or enhanced solutions and services announced by us or our competitors;

 

   

significant security breaches or, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to the use of our platform, including data security;

 

   

the timing and costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses or entry into strategic partnerships;

 

   

our ability to execute, complete, or efficiently integrate any acquisitions that we may undertake;

 

   

increased expenses, unforeseen liabilities, or write-downs and any impact on our operating results from any acquisitions we consummate;

 

   

our ability to increase the size and productivity of our sales teams;

 

   

decisions by potential customers to purchase cloud infrastructure and associated services from larger, more established technology companies;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, which could increase due to U.S. and global macroeconomic issues and which would adversely affect our customers’ ability to purchase or pay for our platform in a timely manner or at all;

 

   

the cost and potential outcomes of litigation, regulatory investigations or actions, or other proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

our ability to comply with applicable domestic and international regulations and laws and to obtain the necessary licenses to conduct our business;

 

   

general global macroeconomic and political conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets that could impact some or all regions where we operate, including global economic slowdowns, actual or perceived global banking and finance related issues, increased risk of inflation, potential uncertainty with respect to the federal debt ceiling and budget and potential government shutdowns related thereto, interest rate volatility, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and potential global recession; and

 

   

the impact of natural or man-made global events on our business, including outbreaks of contagious diseases or pandemics and wars and other armed conflicts, such as the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and the tensions between China and Taiwan.

Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, sales, and other resources, greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and a larger base of customers than we do. Our competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and sale of their solutions and services than we can, and they may offer lower pricing than we do or bundle certain competing solutions and services at lower prices. Our competitors may also have greater resources for research and development of new technologies, customer support, and to pursue acquisitions, and they have other financial, technical, or other resource advantages. Our larger competitors have substantially broader and more diverse solution and service offerings and more mature distribution and go-to-market strategies, which allows them to leverage their existing customer relationships and any distributor relationships to gain business in a manner that discourages potential customers from purchasing our platform. Further, our current and future competitors may include our customers and suppliers, if any of these customers or suppliers were to cease purchasing services from us or supplying us with components as a result, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected.

Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements, including but not limited to increased advancements and proliferation in the use of AI and machine learning, partnerships between or acquisitions by our competitors, or continuing market consolidation, including consolidation of potential or existing customers with our competitors. Some of our competitors have recently made or could make acquisitions of businesses or have established cooperative relationships that may allow them to offer more directly competitive and comprehensive solutions and services than were previously offered and adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs. These competitive pressures in our market or our failure to compete effectively may result in price reductions, fewer orders, reduced revenue and operating margin, increased net losses, and loss of market share.

Even if there is significant demand for specialized AI cloud infrastructure like ours, if our competitors include functionality that is, or is perceived to be, equivalent to or better than ours in legacy solutions and services that are already generally accepted as necessary components of an organization’s operational architecture, we may have difficulty increasing the market penetration of our platform. Furthermore, even if the functionality offered by other cloud infrastructure providers is different and more limited than the functionality of our platform, organizations may elect to accept such limited functionality in lieu of purchasing our solutions and services. If we are unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to take aggressive action with respect to pricing or other actions, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects would be adversely affected.

A network or data security incident against us, or our third-party providers, whether actual, alleged, or perceived, could harm our reputation, create liability and regulatory exposure, and adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Companies are subject to an increasing number, and wide variety, of attacks on their networks on an ongoing basis. Traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing attempts,

 

40


Table of Contents

ransomware, account takeover, business email compromise, employee fraud or bad actors, theft or misuse, denial of service attacks, misconfigurations, bugs, or other vulnerabilities in commercial software that is integrated into our (or our suppliers’ or service providers’) IT systems, and sophisticated nation-state sponsored actors engage in cyber intrusions and attacks that create risks for our infrastructure and the data, including personal information, which it hosts and transmits. State-supported and geopolitical-related cyberattacks may rise in connection with regional geopolitical conflicts such as the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan. Moreover, the ongoing war in Ukraine and associated activities in Russia as well as in the Middle East, have increased the risk of cyberattacks on various types of infrastructure and operations. Additionally, bad actors are beginning to utilize AI-based tools to execute attacks, creating unprecedented cybersecurity challenges. We may be a valuable target for cyberattacks given the critical data which we host and transmit.

Although we have implemented security measures designed to prevent such attacks, including a review of our third-party providers’ measures, we cannot guarantee that such measures will operate effectively to protect our and our third-party providers’ infrastructure, systems, networks, and physical facilities from breach due to the actions of outside parties or human error, malfeasance, insider threats, system errors or vulnerabilities, insufficient cybersecurity controls, a combination of the foregoing, or otherwise, and as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to our, our third-party providers’ or our customers’ systems, networks, or data. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems or sabotage systems, or disable or degrade services, change frequently and are often unrecognizable until launched against a target, and therefore we may be unable to anticipate these techniques and implement adequate preventative measures. Our servers may be vulnerable to computer viruses or physical or electronic break-ins that our security measures may not detect. Protecting our own assets has become more expensive and these costs may increase as the threat landscape increases, including as a result of use by bad actors of AI. We may face difficulties or delays in identifying or otherwise responding to any attacks or actual or potential security breaches or threats. These risks are exacerbated by developments in generative AI. A breach in our or our third-party providers’ data security or an attack against our platform could and have impacted our infrastructure and systems, creating system disruptions or slowdowns and providing access to malicious parties to information hosted and transmitted by our infrastructure, resulting in data, including the data of our customers, being publicly disclosed, misused, altered, lost, or stolen, which could subject us to liability and reputational harm and adversely affect our financial condition. While to date no incidents have had a material impact on our operations or financial results, we cannot guarantee that material incidents will not occur in the future. If compromised, our own systems could be used to facilitate or magnify an attack. Further, the increase in remote work by companies and individuals in recent years has generally increased the attack surface available to bad actors for exploitation, and as such, the risk of a cybersecurity incident potentially occurring has increased. Finally, we have acquired and expect to continue to acquire companies with cybersecurity vulnerabilities or unsophisticated security measures, which exposes us to significant cybersecurity, operational and financial risks.

Any actual, alleged, or perceived security breach in our third-party providers’ or partners’ systems or networks, or any other actual, alleged or perceived data security breach that we or our third-party providers or partners suffer, could result in damage to our reputation, negative publicity, loss of customers and sales, loss of competitive advantages over our competitors, increased costs to remedy any problems and otherwise respond to any incident, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, fines and penalties, costly litigation (including class actions), and other liability. We would also be exposed to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability under laws, regulations, and contracts that protect the privacy and security of personal information. For a description of the privacy and security laws, regulations and other industry requirements to which our business is subject, see the risk factor below “—We are subject to laws, regulations, and industry requirements related to data privacy, data protection and information security, and user protection across different markets where we conduct our business and such laws, regulations, and industry requirements are constantly evolving and changing. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws, regulations, and industry requirements, or our privacy policies, could harm our business.”

Due to concerns about data security and integrity, a growing number of legislative and regulatory bodies have adopted breach notification and other requirements in the event that information subject to such laws is

 

41


Table of Contents

accessed by unauthorized persons and additional regulations regarding security of such data are possible. We may need to notify governmental authorities and affected individuals with respect to such incidents. For example, laws in the European Union, the United Kingdom, and the United States may require businesses to provide notice to individuals whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data security breach. Complying with such numerous and complex regulations in the event of a data security breach can be expensive and difficult, and failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and additional liability. In addition, certain of our customer agreements, as well as privacy laws, may require us to promptly report security incidents involving our systems or those of our third-party partners that compromise the security, confidentiality, or integrity of certain processed customer data. Regardless of our contractual protections, these mandatory disclosures could be costly, result in litigation, harm our reputation, erode customer trust, and require significant resources to mitigate issues stemming from actual or perceived security breaches.

Although we maintain cybersecurity insurance, there can be no guarantee that any or all costs or losses incurred will be partially or fully recouped from such insurance or that applicable insurance in the future will be available on economically reasonable terms or at all.

We may also incur significant financial and operational costs to investigate, remediate, eliminate, and put in place additional tools and devices designed to prevent actual or perceived security breaches and other security incidents, as well as costs to comply with any notification obligations resulting from any security incidents. Any of these negative outcomes could adversely affect the market perception of infrastructure and customer and investor confidence in our company, and would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Further, from time to time, government entities (including law enforcement bodies) may in the future seek our assistance with obtaining access to our customers’ data. Although we strive to protect the privacy of our customers, we may be required from time to time to provide access to customer data to government entities. In light of our privacy commitments, although we may legally challenge law enforcement requests to provide access to our systems or other customer content, we may nevertheless face complaints that we have provided information improperly to law enforcement or in response to non-meritorious third-party complaints. We may experience adverse political, business, and reputational consequences, to the extent that we do not provide assistance to or comply with requests from government entities in the manner requested or challenge those requests publicly or in court or provide, or are perceived as providing, assistance to government entities that exceeds our legal obligations. Any such disclosure could significantly and adversely impact our business and reputation.

We have a history of generating net losses as a result of the substantial investments we have made to grow our business and develop our platform, anticipate increases in our operating expenses in the future, and may not achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability. If we cannot achieve and, if achieved, sustain profitability, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects will be adversely affected.

We incurred net losses of $31 million, $594 million, and $863 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively, and we may not achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability in the future. As of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.5 billion. While we have historically experienced significant growth in revenue over the last two years, we cannot predict whether we will maintain this level of growth or when we will achieve profitability. We also expect our operating expenses to increase in the future, including our general and administrative expenses as a result of increased costs associated with operating as a public company and as we continue to invest for our future growth, including expanding our research and development function to drive further development of our platform, continuing to invest in the technology infrastructure underlying our platform and data center expansion, expanding our sales and marketing activities, developing the functionality to expand into adjacent markets, and reaching customers in new geographic locations and new verticals, which will negatively affect our operating results if our total revenue does not increase.

 

42


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs will result in increases in our expenses in future periods, in particular in the quarter in which this offering is completed for RSUs for which the time condition has been satisfied and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon completion of this offering. Additionally, we may expend substantial funds in connection with the tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the settlement of certain of our RSUs.

Our operating efficiencies may decrease as we scale, and our revenue growth may slow as we grow. Our revenue could also decline for a number of other reasons, including reduced demand for our offerings, increased competition, a decrease in the growth or reduction in size of our overall market, or if we cannot capitalize on growth opportunities, including acquisitions and through new and enhanced solutions and services. Furthermore, to the extent our anticipated cash payback period is longer than we expect, or if we fail to maintain or increase our revenue to offset increases in our operating expenses or manage our costs as we invest in our business, including if we do not maintain or improve our operating efficiencies, we may not achieve or sustain profitability, and if we cannot achieve and sustain profitability, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects will be adversely affected.

We make substantial investments in our technology and infrastructure and unsuccessful investments could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

The industry in which we compete is characterized by rapid technological change, changes in customer requirements, frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements, short product cycles, and evolving industry standards. In order to remain competitive, we have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in our technology and infrastructure. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, technology and infrastructure expenses were $18 million, $132 million, and $961 million, respectively. If we fail to further develop our platform or develop new and enhanced solutions, services, and technologies, if we focus on technologies that do not become widely adopted, or if new competitive technologies or industry standards that we do not support become widely accepted, demand for our solutions and services may be reduced. Increased investments in technology and infrastructure or unsuccessful improvement efforts could cause our cost structure to fall out of alignment with demand for our solutions and services, which would have a negative impact on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our platform is complex and performance problems or defects associated with our platform may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our platform performance, especially during peak demand spikes and as our customer base grows and our platform becomes more complex. If our platform is unavailable or if our customers are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time or at all, we could experience a loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance of our platform, delays in payment to us by customers or issuance of credits to impacted customers, injury to our reputation and brand, warranty and legal claims against us, significant cost of remedying these problems, and the diversion of our resources. For example, in the past, we have experienced, and we may in the future experience, insufficient power to service a customer’s project and have been required to provide service credits to that customer due to resulting performance issues. In addition, to the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects, as well as our reputation, may be adversely affected.

Further, the hardware and software technology underlying our platform is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when new solutions and services are first introduced or when new features or capabilities are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our platform, and new defects or errors may be detected in the future by us or our customers. We cannot ensure that our platform, including any new solutions and services that we release, will not contain defects. Any real or perceived errors,

 

43


Table of Contents

failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity or lead to data security, access, retention, or other performance issues, all of which could harm our business. We also rely on third-party suppliers for the most significant components of the equipment we use to operate our infrastructure. These third-party suppliers may also experience defects or errors in the products that we utilize in our platform, which would impact our platform and may result in performance problems or service interruptions. The costs incurred in correcting any such defects or errors, including those in third-party components, may be substantial and could harm our business. Moreover, the harm to our reputation and legal liability related to such defects or errors may be substantial and could similarly harm our business.

In addition, most of our customer agreements and terms of service contain service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments due to performance problems or defects, we may be contractually obligated to provide the affected customers with service credits or refunds, which could significantly affect our revenue in the periods in which any issues occur and the credits or refunds are applied. As a result of degradation of service and interruptions to our platform, we have provided, and may continue to provide, service credits and/or refunds to certain of our affected customers with whom we had service level commitments. We could also face customer terminations with refunds of prepaid amounts, which could significantly affect both our current and future revenues. Any service level failures could harm our business.

Any failure of our IT systems or those of one or more of our IT service providers, business partners, vendors, suppliers, or other third-party service providers, or any other failure by such third parties to provide services to us may negatively impact our relationships with customers and harm our business.

Our business depends on various IT systems and outsourced IT services. We rely on third-party IT service providers, business partners, vendors, and suppliers to provide critical IT systems, corporate infrastructure, and other services and are, by necessity, dependent on them to adequately address cybersecurity threats to, and other vulnerabilities, defects, or deficiencies of or in their own systems. This includes infrastructure such as electronic communications, finance, marketing, and recruiting platforms and services such as IT network development and network monitoring, and third-party data center hosting of our systems for our internal and customer use. We do not own or control the operation of the third-party facilities or equipment used to provide such services. Our third-party vendors and service providers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, including with respect to service levels and cost, or at all, we may be required to transition to a new provider, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, such service providers could decide to close their facilities or change or suspend their service offerings without adequate notice to us. Moreover, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by such vendors, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict, may harm our business. Since we cannot easily switch vendors without making other business trade-offs, any disruption with respect to our current providers would impact our operations and our business may be harmed. Furthermore, our disaster recovery systems and those of such third parties may not function as intended or may fail to adequately protect our business information in the event of a significant business interruption, Any termination, failure, or other disruption of any of such systems or services of our third-party IT providers, business partners, vendors, and suppliers could lead to operating inefficiencies or disruptions, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We have a limited operating history at our current scale, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and increases the risks associated with investment in our Class A common stock.

We have a relatively short history operating our business at our current scale and have grown rapidly during that time. We were founded in September 2017 and launched our CoreWeave Cloud Platform in 2020. Moreover, prior to 2022, we had limited revenue, most of which was derived from our crypto mining offerings, which we have discontinued. Our limited operating history, including our limited history of selling our cloud infrastructure offering, the dynamic and rapidly evolving market in which we sell our platform, and the concentration of our revenue from a limited number of customers, as well as numerous other factors beyond our control, may make it

 

44


Table of Contents

difficult to evaluate our current business, future prospects and other trends. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries and sectors, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. Any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable or established market. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to fluctuations in our markets, any material reduction in AI or machine learning spending, changes in demand for specialized AI cloud infrastructure, or otherwise, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects would be adversely affected. We cannot ensure that we will be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future. The risks associated with having a limited operating history may be exacerbated by current macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions discussed herein.

We have a limited history selling access to our platform under our current business model and are continuing to scale our operations and evolve our go-to-market strategy, which may make it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects and increase the risks associated with an investment in our Class A common stock.

We have a limited history selling access to our AI infrastructure and proprietary managed software and application services through our CoreWeave Cloud Platform under our current business model and we are continuing to scale our operations and evolve our go-to-market strategy. We currently sell access to our platform either through committed contracts, which are take-or-pay, or on-demand, which are pay-as-you-go. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, committed contracts accounted for 20%, 88%, and 96% of our revenue, respectively. There is no guarantee that in the future customers will continue to be willing to enter into, and that the industry will continue to support, a take-or-pay model, and any move towards a pay-as-you-go model will impact our ability to forecast our expected cash flows and operating results, impact our margins, and affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Moreover, our committed contracts typically include a prepayment from our customers prior to them receiving any of our services. As of December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, the weighted-average prepayment across all our active contracts was 15% to 25% of the TCV. The level of prepayments we receive from customers may fluctuate over time as we continue to scale our operations and evolve our go-to-market strategy, customer base, and the use cases for our platform. Moreover, any changes in the timing or level of customer payments, including prepayments, would impact our cash flows. Furthermore, scaling our operations and evolving our go-to-market strategy may take more time and require more effort to implement than anticipated and may have results that are difficult to predict which could result in decreased revenue from our customers. Our business and pricing models have not been fully proven, and we have only a limited operating history with our current business and pricing models to evaluate our business and future prospects, which subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Moreover, our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance.

If we are unable to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and/or expand sales of our platform, solutions, and services to such customers, we may not achieve the growth we expect, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

In order to grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers in a cost-effective manner and enable these customers to realize the benefits associated with our platform. We may experience difficulties demonstrating to customers the value of our platform and any new solutions and services that we offer. As we develop and introduce new solutions and services and add new and upgraded components of our platform (such as next-generation NVIDIA GPUs), we face the risk that customers may not value or be willing to adopt these newer offerings, and may forgo adopting one or more newer generations of our existing offerings. Regardless of the improved features or superior performance of the newer offerings, customers may be unwilling to adopt our platform due to design or pricing constraints, among other reasons. Even if customers choose to adopt our platform or new solutions and services that we develop, they may be slow to do so. Because of the extensive time

 

45


Table of Contents

and resources that we invest in research and development, if we are unable to sell new solutions and services, our revenue may decline and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be negatively affected. Historically, we have used an internal sales team that is focused on responding to inbound inquiries, outbound prospecting targeting specific customers, expanding sales of our platform to existing customers, and expanding our revenue in specific markets to drive revenue growth. If our sales team is not successful at growing our customer base, our future growth will be impacted.

In addition, we must persuade potential customers that our platform offers significant advantages over those of our competitors. As our market matures, our solutions and services evolve, and competitors introduce lower cost and/or differentiated solutions or services that are perceived to compete with our platform, our ability to maintain or expand sales of our platform, solutions, and services could be impaired. Even if we do attract new customers, the cost of new customer acquisition, implementation of our platform, and ongoing customer support may prove higher than anticipated, thereby adversely impacting our profitability.

Other factors, many of which are out of our control, may now or in the future impact our ability to retain existing customers, attract new customers, and expand sales of our platform, solutions, and services to such customers in a cost-effective manner, including:

 

   

potential customers’ commitments to existing solutions or services or greater familiarity or comfort with other solutions or services;

 

   

our ability to secure sufficient power for our platform and solutions;

 

   

decreased spending on specialized AI cloud infrastructure or AI or machine learning development generally;

 

   

deteriorating general economic and geopolitical conditions;

 

   

future governmental regulation, which could adversely impact growth of the AI sector;

 

   

negative media, industry, or financial analyst commentary regarding our platform, AI, and the identities and activities of some of our customers;

 

   

our ability to expand, retain, and motivate our sales, customer success, cloud operations, and marketing personnel;

 

   

our ability to obtain or maintain industry security certifications for our platform;

 

   

the perceived risk, commencement, or outcome of litigation; and

 

   

increased expenses associated with being a public company following this offering.

Some of our customer contracts are on-demand and based on our terms of service, which do not require our customers to commit to a specific contractual period, and which permit the customer to terminate their contracts or decrease usage of our services with limited notice. Any service terminations could cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our customer retention may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with the security, performance, and reliability of our platform, our prices and usage plans, our customers’ AI development and use and related budgetary restrictions, the perception that competitive solutions and services provide better or less expensive options, negative public perception of us or our customers, and deteriorating general economic conditions.

Our future financial performance also depends in part on our ability to expand sales of our platform, solutions, and services to our existing customers. In order to expand our commercial relationship with our customers, existing customers must decide that the increased cost associated with additional purchases of our platform, solutions, and services is justified by the additional functionality. Our customers’ decision whether to increase their purchase is driven by a number of factors, including customer satisfaction with the security, performance, and reliability of our platform, the functionality of any new solutions and services we may offer,

 

46


Table of Contents

general economic conditions, and customer reaction to our pricing model. If our efforts to expand our relationship with our existing customers are not successful, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may materially suffer.

If we are unable to successfully build, expand, and deploy our sales organization in a timely manner, or at all, or to successfully hire, retain, train, and motivate our sales personnel, our growth and long-term success could be adversely impacted.

We have grown, and may continue to grow, our direct sales force and our sales efforts have historically depended on the significant direct involvement of our senior management team, including Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors. The successful execution of our strategy to increase our sales to existing customers, identify new potential customers, expand our customer base, and enter new U.S. and non-U.S. markets will depend, among other things, on our ability to successfully build and expand our sales organization and operations. We have and plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs and to expand our sales and marketing capabilities to target additional potential customers and achieve broader market adoption of our platform, but there is no guarantee that we will be successful in attracting and maintaining additional customers. Moreover, identifying, recruiting, training, and managing sales personnel requires significant time, expense, and attention, including from our senior management and other key personnel, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects in the short and long term.

In order to successfully scale our current top-down sales model and as AI use cases expand, we may need to increase the size of our direct sales force, both in the United States and outside of the United States, while preserving the cultural and mission-oriented elements of our company. If we do not hire a sufficient number of qualified sales personnel, our future revenue growth and business could be adversely impacted. It may take a significant period of time before our sales personnel are fully trained and productive, particularly in light of our current sales model, and there is no guarantee we will be successful in adequately training and effectively deploying our sales personnel. In addition, we have invested, and may need to continue investing, significant resources in our sales operations to enable our sales organization to run effectively and efficiently, including supporting sales strategy planning, sales process optimization, data analytics and reporting, and administering incentive compensation arrangements. Furthermore, hiring personnel in new countries requires additional setup and upfront costs that we may not recover if those personnel fail to achieve full productivity in a timely manner. Our business would be adversely affected if our efforts to build, expand, train, and manage our sales organization are not successful. We periodically make adjustments to our sales organization in response to market opportunities, competitive threats, management changes, product introductions or enhancements, acquisitions, sales performance, increases in sales headcount, cost levels, and other internal and external considerations. Any future sales organization changes may result in a temporary reduction of productivity, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. In addition, any significant change to the way we structure and implement the compensation of our sales organization may be disruptive or may not be effective and may affect our revenue growth. If we are unable to attract, hire, develop, retain, and motivate qualified sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve sufficient sales productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or at all, if our marketing programs are not effective or if we are unable to effectively build, expand, and manage our sales organization and operations, our sales and revenue may grow more slowly than expected or materially decline, and our business, operating results, financing condition, and future prospects may be significantly harmed.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our platform with our customers’ existing technology, including third-party technologies that our customers use in their businesses, our business may be adversely affected.

The functionality and popularity of our platform depend, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform with our customers’ existing technology, including other third-party technologies that our customers use in their businesses. Our customers, or the third parties whose solutions and services our customers utilize, may change

 

47


Table of Contents

the features of their technologies, restrict our access to their technologies, or alter the terms governing use of their technologies in a manner that makes our platform incompatible with their technologies, and which would adversely impact our ability to service our customers. Such changes could functionally limit or prevent our ability to use these third-party technologies in conjunction with our platform, which would negatively affect adoption of our platform and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with our customers’ technologies and with third-party technologies that our customers use, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers want or need, which could adversely impact our business.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely affected.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand and our reputation is critical to continued market acceptance of our platform, our relationship with our existing customers and our ability to attract new customers. The successful promotion of our brand will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to continue to provide reliable solutions and services that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from those of competitors, and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. Further, industry standards continue to evolve and there is no consensus around performance benchmarks applied to us and our competitors, which may impact our ability to promote our platform and our brand. Although we believe it is important for our growth, our brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be harmed.

In addition, independent industry and research firms often evaluate our offerings and provide reviews of our platform, as well as the solutions and services of our competitors, and perception of our platform in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ solutions and services, our brand may be adversely affected. Our offerings may experience capacity and operational issues for a number of reasons that may or may not be related to the efficacy of our offerings in real world environments. To the extent potential customers, industry analysts, or research firms believe that the occurrence of capacity or computing issues is a flaw or indicates that our platform does not provide significant value, we may lose such potential customer opportunities, and our reputation, business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be harmed.

As we expand our customer base, we may become further subject to counterparty credit risk, which would adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Although we currently generate the majority of our revenue from large, established customers in the AI industry, we intend to increase the number of our customers over time, including customers in their early stages and/or private companies who may have increased risk of insolvency, bankruptcy, or other issues impacting their creditworthiness. For example, in March 2025, we entered into a master services agreement with OpenAI, a private company, pursuant to which OpenAI has committed to pay us up to approximately $11.9 billion through October 2030. Our business is, and may in the future be, subject to the risks of non-payment and non-performance by these customers, which risk is heightened given that a substantial portion of our revenue is currently, and is expected for the foreseeable future to be, driven by a limited number of customers. We manage our exposure to credit risk through receipt of prepayments under our committed contracts, credit analysis and monitoring procedures, and may use letters of credit, prepayments, and guarantees. However, these procedures and policies cannot fully eliminate customer credit risk, and to the extent our policies and procedures prove to be inadequate, it could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. In addition, some of our customers may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating and regulatory risks and, even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience risks of non-payment and non-performance in our dealings with such parties. In such event, we may remain responsible for expenditures for components, infrastructure, and data center leases and build-outs, as well as related financing that we have undertaken for which we may not receive corresponding revenue. We do not currently maintain

 

48


Table of Contents

credit insurance to insure against customer credit risk. If our customers fail to fulfill their contractual obligations, it may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sale of our platform to customers located outside of the United States and our current, and any further, expansion of our international operations exposes us to risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We generate a small portion of our revenue outside of the United States, and conduct our business activities in various foreign countries, where we have limited experience, where the challenges of conducting our business can be significantly different from those we have faced in more developed markets and where business practices may create internal control risks including:

 

   

slower than anticipated demand for AI and machine learning solutions offered by existing and potential customers outside the United States and slower than anticipated adoption of specialized AI cloud-based infrastructures by international businesses;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could add volatility to our operating results;

 

   

limitations within our debt agreements that may restrict our ability to make investments in our foreign subsidiaries;

 

   

new, or changes in, regulatory requirements, including with respect to AI;

 

   

tariffs, export and import restrictions, restrictions on foreign investments, sanctions, and other trade barriers or protection measures;

 

   

exposure to numerous, increasing, stringent (particularly in the European Union), and potentially inconsistent laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security;

 

   

costs of localizing our platform;

 

   

lack of acceptance of localized solutions and services;

 

   

the need to make significant investments in people, solutions, and infrastructure, typically well in advance of revenue generation;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits, and compliance programs;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining our corporate culture with a dispersed and distant workforce;

 

   

treatment of revenue from international sources, evolving domestic and international tax environments, and other potential tax issues, including with respect to our corporate operating structure and intercompany arrangements;

 

   

different or weaker protection of our intellectual property, including increased risk of theft of our proprietary technology and other intellectual property;

 

   

economic weakness or currency-related disparities or crises;

 

   

compliance with multiple, conflicting, ambiguous or evolving governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, data privacy, anti-corruption, import/export, antitrust, data transfer, storage and protection, and industry-specific laws and regulations, including regulations related to AI;

 

   

generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

our ability to adapt to sales practices and customer requirements in different cultures;

 

   

the lack of reference customers and other marketing assets in regional markets that are new or developing for us, as well as other adaptations in our market generation efforts that we may be slow to identify and implement;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

dependence on certain third parties, including third-party data center facility providers;

 

   

natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, or pandemics, including the armed conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan;

 

   

actual or perceived instability in the global banking system;

 

   

cybersecurity incidents;

 

   

corporate espionage; and

 

   

political instability and security risks in the countries where we are doing business and changes in the public perception of governments in the countries where we operate or plan to operate.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense.

Our go-to-market approach currently focuses on a top-down sales model to drive demand and pipeline from the large AI labs and AI enterprises. Sales to such customers involves longer and more unpredictable sales cycles. Customers often view the purchase of our platform as a significant strategic decision and, as a result, frequently require considerable time to evaluate, test, and qualify our platform prior to entering into or expanding a relationship with us. Large enterprises in particular, often undertake a significant evaluation process that further lengthens our sales cycle.

Our direct sales team develops relationships with our customers, and works on account penetration, account coordination, sales, and overall market development. We spend substantial time and resources on our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce a sale. Cloud infrastructure capacity purchases are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unanticipated administrative, processing, and other delays. As a result, it is difficult to predict whether and when a sale will be completed. The failure of our efforts to secure sales after investing resources in a lengthy sales process would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

The sales prices of our offerings may decrease, which may reduce our margins and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our platform. As the market for cloud infrastructure and AI and machine learning solutions mature, or as new competitors introduce new infrastructure solutions or services that are similar to or compete with ours, we may be unable to effectively optimize our prices through increases or decreases or attract new customers at our offered prices or based on the same pricing model as we have used historically. Further, competition continues to increase in the market segments in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse offerings may reduce the price of any offerings that compete with ours or may bundle them with other solutions and services. This could lead customers to demand greater price concessions or additional functionality at the same price levels. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices or provide more features and services without corresponding increases in price, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Existing and future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

As part of our business strategy, we have in the past and expect to continue to make investments in and/or acquire complementary companies, services, products, technologies, or talent. We have also invested, including in the form of providing computing services, in certain privately held companies, and we may not realize a return on these investments. All of our acquisitions and venture investments are subject to a risk of partial or total loss

 

50


Table of Contents

of investment capital. Our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, services, or technologies in a successful manner is not guaranteed.

In the future, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Our due diligence efforts may fail to identify all of the challenges, problems, liabilities, or other shortcomings involved in an acquisition. Further, current and future changes to the U.S. and foreign regulatory approval process and requirements related to acquisitions may cause approvals to take longer than anticipated, not be forthcoming or contain burdensome conditions, which may prevent the transaction or jeopardize, delay or reduce the anticipated benefits of the transaction, and impede the execution of our business strategy. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or ability to achieve our business objectives, and any acquisitions we announce or complete could be viewed negatively by our customers or investors. For example, in February 2025, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Weights & Biases, an AI developer platform. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that any or all such approvals will be obtained. We will not control Weights & Biases until completion of the acquisition, and the business and results of operations of Weights & Biases may be adversely affected by events that are outside of our control during the interim period.

In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating existing and future acquisitions, or the technologies and personnel associated with such acquisitions, including our pending acquisition of Weights & Biases, into our company, the business, operating results, financing condition, and future prospects of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, causing unanticipated write-offs or accounting (including goodwill) charges. Additionally, integrations could take longer than expected, or if we move too quickly in trying to integrate an acquisition, strategic investment, partnership, or other alliance, we may fail to achieve the desired efficiencies.

We have, and may in the future have, to pay cash, incur debt, issue equity securities or provide computing services, to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition and the market price of our Class A common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders, which, depending on the size of the acquisition, may be significant. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

Furthermore, our ability to make acquisitions and finance acquisitions through the sale of equity or issuance of debt is limited by certain restrictions contained in our debt agreements.

Additional risks we may face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

   

diversion of management’s time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges;

 

   

the inability to coordinate research and development and sales and marketing functions;

 

   

the inability to integrate solution and service offerings;

 

   

retention of key employees from the acquired company;

 

   

changes in relationships with strategic partners or the loss of any key customers or partners as a result of acquisitions or strategic positioning resulting from the acquisition;

 

   

cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

   

integration of the acquired company’s accounting, customer relationship management, management information, human resources, and other administrative systems;

 

51


Table of Contents
   

the need to implement or improve controls, procedures, and policies at a business that prior to the acquisition may have lacked sufficiently effective controls, procedures, and policies;

 

   

unexpected security risks or higher than expected costs to improve the security posture of the acquired company;

 

   

higher than expected costs to bring the acquired company’s IT infrastructure up to our standards;

 

   

additional legal, regulatory, or compliance requirements;

 

   

financial reporting, revenue recognition, or other financial or control deficiencies of the acquired company that we do not adequately address and that cause our reported results to be incorrect;

 

   

liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, and other known and unknown liabilities;

 

   

failing to achieve the expected benefits of the acquisition or investment; and

 

   

litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from or against terminated employees, customers, current and former stockholders, or other third parties.

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. Even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Further, if AI is not broadly adopted by enterprises to the extent we expect, or if new use cases do not arise, then our opportunity may be smaller than we expect.

The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable customers covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our platform at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in the markets in which we operate depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecast, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, our forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We have in the past, and may in the future, enter into collaborations or strategic alliances with third parties. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining strategic relationships with these third parties or if these third parties fail to deliver certain operational services, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected.

We have in the past, and may in the future, enter into collaborations or strategic alliances with third parties in connection with the development, operation, and enhancements to our platform and the provision of our solutions and services. Identifying strategic relationships with third parties, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, may be time-consuming and complex and may distract management. Moreover, we may be delayed, or may not be successful, in achieving the objectives that we anticipate as a result of such strategic

 

52


Table of Contents

relationships. In evaluating counterparties in connection with collaborations or strategic alliances, we consider a wide range of economic, legal, and regulatory criteria depending on the nature of such relationship, including the counterparties’ reputation, operating results, and financial condition, operational ability to satisfy our and our customers’ needs in a timely manner, efficiency and reliability of systems, certifications costs to us or to our customers, and licensure and compliance status. Despite this evaluation, third parties may still not meet our or our customers’ needs which may adversely affect our ability to deliver solutions and services to customers and may adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Counterparties to any strategic relationship may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may subject us to additional risks to the extent such third party becomes the subject of negative publicity, faces its own litigation or regulatory challenges, or faces other adverse circumstances. Conflicts may arise with our strategic partners, such as the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, which may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining strategic relationships with third parties, our ability to compete or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected.

The anticipated benefits of potential joint ventures may not be fully realized or take longer to realize than expected. In addition, our joint venture investments could expose us to risks and liabilities in connection with the formation of the new joint ventures, the operation of such joint ventures without sole decision-making authority, and our reliance on joint venture partners who may have economic and business interests that are inconsistent with our business interests.

We may enter into joint ventures in the future, including to develop and operate data centers. Certain sites that are intended to be utilized in joint ventures require investment for development. The success of these joint ventures will also depend, in part, on the successful development of the data center sites, and we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits. Such development may be more difficult, time-consuming, or costly than expected and could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues, and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Additionally, if it is determined these sites are no longer desirable for the joint ventures, we would need to adapt such sites for other purposes.

The success of any joint ventures will depend, in part, on the successful relationship between us and our joint venture partners. A failure to successfully partner, or a failure to realize our expectations for the joint ventures, including any contemplated exit strategy from a joint venture, could materially impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. These joint ventures could also be negatively impacted by inflation, supply chain issues, an inability to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all, an inability to fill the data center sites with customers as planned, and development and construction delays.

Further, in the future, we may co-invest with other third parties through partnerships, joint ventures, or other entities in the future. These joint ventures could result in our acquisition of non-controlling interests in, or shared responsibility for, managing the affairs of a property or portfolio of properties, partnership, joint venture, or other entity. We may be subject to additional risks, including:

 

   

we may not have the right to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the properties, partnership, joint venture, or other entity;

 

   

if our partners become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions, we may choose to or be required to contribute such capital;

 

   

our partners may have economic, tax, or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our interests or objectives;

 

   

our joint venture partners may take actions that are not within our control, which could require us to dispose of the joint venture asset or purchase the partner’s interests or assets at an above-market price;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

our joint venture partners may take actions unrelated to our business agreement but which reflect poorly on us because of our joint venture relationship;

 

   

disputes between us and our partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our management from focusing their time and effort on our day-to-day business;

 

   

we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party partners or guarantee all or a portion of the joint venture’s liabilities, which may require us to pay an amount greater than its investment in the joint venture;

 

   

we may need to change the structure of an established joint venture or create new complex structures to meet our business needs or the needs of our partners which could prove challenging; and

 

   

a joint venture partner’s decision to exit the joint venture may not be at an opportune time for us or in our business interests.

Each of these factors may result in returns on these investments being less than we expect or in losses, and business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be adversely affected.

Future acquisitions could include real property and subject us to the general risks associated with the ownership of real property.

We currently lease all of our data centers and office locations. However, we could in the future make acquisitions that include real property, which would most likely be one or more data centers. As a result of any such acquisition, we would directly own real property and become subject to the general risks associated with the ownership of real property, including:

 

   

changes in governmental laws and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act and zoning ordinances, and the related costs of compliance;

 

   

increased upfront costs of purchasing real property;

 

   

the ongoing need for repair, maintenance and capital improvements;

 

   

natural disasters, including earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, and acts of war or terrorism;

 

   

general liability, property and casualty losses, some of which may be uninsured;

 

   

liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination; and

 

   

liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business.

If negative publicity arises with respect to us, our employees, our third-party suppliers, service providers, or our partners, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected, regardless of whether the negative publicity is true.

Negative publicity about our company or our platform, solutions, or services, even if inaccurate or untrue, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in our platform, solutions, or services, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Harm to our reputation can also arise from many other sources, including employee misconduct, which we have experienced in the past, and misconduct by our partners, consultants, suppliers, and outsourced service providers. Additionally, negative publicity with respect to our partners or service providers could also affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects to the extent that we rely on these partners or if our customers or prospective customers associate our company with these partners.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our ability to maintain customer satisfaction depends in part on the quality of our customer support and cloud operations services. Our failure to maintain high-quality customer support and cloud operations services could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We believe that the successful use of our platform requires a high level of support and engagement for many of our customers. In order to deliver appropriate customer support and engagement, we must successfully assist our customers in deploying and continuing to use our platform, resolve performance issues, address interoperability challenges with the customers’ existing IT infrastructure, and respond to security threats and cyber-attacks and performance and reliability problems that may arise from time to time. Increased demand for customer support and cloud operations services, without corresponding increases in revenue, could increase our costs and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to hire sufficient support personnel as and when needed, particularly if our sales exceed our internal forecasts. We expect to increase the number of our customers, and that growth may put additional pressure on our customer support and cloud operations services teams. Our customer support and cloud operations services teams may need additional personnel to respond to customer demand. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for services. To the extent that we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, and retaining adequate support resources, our ability to provide high-quality and timely support to our customers will be negatively impacted, and our customers’ satisfaction and their purchase of our infrastructure could be adversely affected.

In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and expand outside of the United States, we need to be able to provide efficient services that meet our customers’ needs globally at scale, and our customer support and cloud operations services teams may face additional challenges, including those associated with operating the platforms and delivering support, training, and documentation in languages other than English and providing services across expanded time-zones. If we are unable to provide efficient customer support services globally at scale, our ability to grow our operations may be harmed, and we may need to hire additional services personnel which could increase our expenses, and negatively impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects.

Risks Related to our People

We rely on our management team and other key employees and will need additional personnel to grow our business, and the loss of one or more key employees or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including members of our board of directors, could harm our business.

Our future success is dependent, in part, on our ability to hire, integrate, train, manage, retain, and motivate the members of our management team and other key employees throughout our organization as well as members of our board of directors. The loss of key personnel, particularly Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, Brian Venturo, our Chief Strategy Officer, and Brannin McBee, our Chief Development Officer, as well as certain of our key marketing, sales, finance, support, network development, people team, or technology personnel, could disrupt our operations and have an adverse effect on our ability to grow our business.

Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, especially in the New York City, San Francisco Bay, and Seattle areas where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel, and we may not be successful in hiring or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. More generally, the technology industry, and the cloud infrastructure industry more specifically, is also subject to substantial and continuous competition for engineers with high levels of experience in designing, developing, and managing infrastructure and related services. Moreover, the industry in which we operate generally experiences high employee attrition. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. For example, in recent years, recruiting, hiring, and retaining employees with expertise in the AI computing industry has become increasingly difficult as the demand for AI computing infrastructure has increased as a result of the increase in AI and

 

55


Table of Contents

machine learning development, deployment, and demand. We may be required to provide more training to our personnel than we currently anticipate. Further, labor is subject to external factors that are beyond our control, including our industry’s highly competitive market for skilled workers and leaders, cost inflation, overall macroeconomics, and workforce participation rates. Should our competitors recruit our employees, our level of expertise and ability to execute our business plan would be negatively impacted.

Additionally, many of our key personnel are, or will soon be, vested in a substantial number of shares of our common stock, RSUs, or stock options. Employees may be more likely to terminate their employment with us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested RSUs or options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, exercise price of the options, or grant date values of the RSUs, or, conversely, if the exercise price of the options that they hold are significantly above the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Moreover, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. Our competitors also may be successful in recruiting and hiring members of our management team, sales team, or other key employees, and it may be difficult for us to find suitable replacements on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all. We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to allegations that employees we hire have been improperly solicited, or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information or that their former employers own such employees’ inventions or other work product, or that they have been hired in violation of non-compete provisions or non-solicitation provisions.

In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards and other compensation they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our compensatory package declines or is subject to significant value fluctuations, it may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We may also change the composition of our compensation package to employees, including the amount or ratio of cash and equity compensation. Any increases to the amount of cash compensation will increase our cash expenditures, which may impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Further, our competitors may be successful in recruiting and hiring members of our management team or other key employees as well as directors, and it may be difficult for us to find suitable replacements on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all. In recent years, the increased availability of hybrid or remote working arrangements has expanded the pool of companies that can compete for our employees and employment candidates. We have entered into offer letters with certain of our key employees, however these agreements are on an “at-will” basis, meaning they are able to terminate their employment with us at any time and we do not have employment agreements with all of our key employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be severely harmed.

We believe that our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that our corporate culture has been, and will continue to be, a key contributor to our success. If we do not continue to maintain our corporate culture, which includes our focus on our customers, as we grow and evolve, including as we continue to grow in headcount, it could harm our ability to foster the drive, innovation, inclusion, creativity, and teamwork that we believe is important to support our growth. As we implement more complex organizational structures, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively impact our future success.

 

56


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Failure to obtain, maintain, protect, or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights could enable others to copy or use aspects of our platform without compensating us, which could harm our brand, business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret, patent, unfair competition, and other related laws in the United States and internationally, as well as confidentiality agreements and contractual provisions with our customers, third-party manufacturing partners, joint venture partners, employees, and consultants to protect our technology and intellectual property rights. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our platform or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. In particular, we are unable to predict or assure that:

 

   

our intellectual property rights will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or, in the case of third-party intellectual property rights licensed to us, be licensed to others;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;

 

   

rights previously granted by third parties to intellectual property licensed or assigned to us, including portfolio cross-licenses, will not hamper our ability to assert our intellectual property rights or hinder the settlement of currently pending or future disputes;

 

   

any of our pending or future trademark or patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought;

 

   

we will be able to enforce our intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions where competition is intense or where legal protection may be weak; or

 

   

we have sufficient intellectual property rights to protect our solutions and services or our business.

We customarily enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors, and customers, and make significant efforts to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, such agreements may not be enforceable in full or in part in all jurisdictions and any breach could negatively affect our business and our remedy for such breach may be limited. The contractual provisions that we enter into may not prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights. Lastly, the measures we employ to limit the access and distribution of our proprietary information may not prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property. As such, we cannot guarantee that the steps taken by us will prevent infringement, violation, or misappropriation of our technology.

We pursue the registration of our trademarks, service marks, patents, and domain names in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions. These processes are expensive and may not be successful in all jurisdictions or for every such application, and we may not pursue such protections in all jurisdictions that may be relevant, for all our goods or services or in every class of goods and services in which we operate. As such, policing unauthorized use of our technology or platform is difficult. Additionally, we may not be able to obtain, maintain, protect, exploit, defend, or enforce our intellectual property rights in every foreign jurisdiction in which we operate. For example, effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our platform is available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our platform by copying functionality. Any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. In addition, we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand and maintaining goodwill and if we do not adequately protect our rights in trademarks from infringement, any goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our business. The legal systems of certain countries do not favor the enforcement of trademarks trade secrets, and

 

57


Table of Contents

other intellectual property and proprietary protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation, dilution, or other violation of our intellectual property or marketing of competing platforms, solutions, or services in violation of our intellectual property rights generally. Any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, intellectual property laws may compromise our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights. If we fail to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property rights, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects may be harmed.

In addition, defending our intellectual property rights through litigation might entail significant expense. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we could find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time, and effort required to create our platform and other innovative offerings that have enabled us to be successful to date. Moreover, we may need to expend additional resources to defend our intellectual property rights in foreign countries, and our inability to do so could impair our business or adversely affect our international expansion.

Third parties may claim that our platform infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates their intellectual property rights, and such claims could be time-consuming or costly to defend or settle, result in the loss of significant rights, or harm our relationships with our customers or reputation in the industry.

Third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that our current or future offerings infringe their intellectual property rights, and such claims may result in legal claims against us, our third-party partners, and our customers. These claims may be time consuming, costly to defend or settle, damage our brand and reputation, harm our customer relationships, and create liability for us. Contractually, we are expected to indemnify our partners and customers for these types of claims. We expect the number of such claims (whether warranted or not) to increase, particularly as a public company with an increased profile and visibility, as the level of competition in our market grows, as the functionality of our offerings overlap with that of other cloud infrastructure companies, and as the volume of issued hardware and software patents and patent applications continues to increase. We generally agree in our customer and partner contracts to indemnify customers for certain expenses or liabilities they incur as a result of third-party intellectual property infringement claims associated with our platform. To the extent that any claim arises as a result of third-party technology we have licensed for use in our platform, we may be unable to recover from the appropriate third party any expenses or other liabilities that we incur.

Companies in the cloud infrastructure and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, may own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Furthermore, patent holding companies, non-practicing entities, and other adverse patent owners that are not deterred by our existing intellectual property protections have sought, and may in the future seek, to assert patent claims against us. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these leading companies, have invited us to license their patents and may, in the future, assert patent, copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property rights against us, our third-party partners, or our customers. We may in the future receive notices that claim we have misappropriated, misused, or infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights, and, to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims.

There may be third-party intellectual property rights that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods and assets. In the event that we engage software engineers or other personnel who were previously engaged by competitors or other third parties, we may be subject to claims that those personnel inadvertently or deliberately incorporate proprietary technology of third parties into our platform or have improperly used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information. We may also in the future be subject

 

58


Table of Contents

to claims by our third-party manufacturing partners, employees, or contractors asserting an ownership right in our intellectual property as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market, and support potential offerings and platform enhancements, which could severely harm our business.

Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate, and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights, and may require us to indemnify our customers for liabilities they incur as a result of such claims. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. Alternatively, we could be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant time, effort, and expense, and may affect the performance or features of our platform. If we cannot license or develop alternative non-infringing substitutes for any infringing technology used in any aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our platform and may be unable to compete effectively. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We license technology from third parties for the development of our solutions, and our inability to maintain those licenses could harm our business.

We currently incorporate, and will in the future incorporate, technology that we license from third parties, including software, into our offerings. If we are unable to continue to use or license these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies become unreliable, unavailable, or fail to operate properly, we may not be able to secure adequate alternatives in a timely manner or at all, and our ability to offer our solutions and remain competitive in our market would be harmed. Further, licensing technologies from third parties exposes us to increased risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement and vulnerabilities due to, among other things, our lower level of visibility into the development process with respect to such technology and the care taken to safeguard against risks. We cannot be certain that our licensors do not or will not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties or that our licensors have or will have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions in which we may sell our platform. Some of our agreements with our licensors may be terminated by them for convenience, or otherwise provide for a limited term. If we are unable to continue to license technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, or if we are unable to continue our license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to develop and sell our platform containing or dependent on that technology would be limited, and our business, including our financial condition, cash flows, and operating results could be harmed.

Additionally, if we are unable to license technology from third parties, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology, which we may be unable to do in a commercially feasible manner, or at all, and may require us to use alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This could limit or delay our ability to offer new or competitive offerings and increase our costs. Third-party software we rely on may be updated infrequently, unsupported, or subject to vulnerabilities that may not be resolved in a timely manner, any of which may expose our solutions to vulnerabilities. Any impairment of the technologies or of our relationship with these third parties could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

59


Table of Contents

Some of our technology incorporates “open-source” software, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open-source software licenses could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.

We use open-source software in our solutions and services and may continue to use open-source software in the future. Certain open-source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create. If we combine our proprietary software with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open-source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract may allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and, ultimately, could result in a loss of sales for us.

The use and distribution of open-source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open-source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code, which they are not typically required to maintain and update, and they can change the license terms on which they offer the open-source software. Although we believe that we have complied with our obligations under the applicable licenses for open-source software, it is possible that we may not be aware of all instances where open-source software has been incorporated into our proprietary software or used in connection with our solutions or our corresponding obligations under open-source. We take steps to monitor our use of open-source software in an effort both to comply with the terms of the applicable open-source licenses and to avoid subjecting our platform to conditions we do not intend, but there are risks associated with use of open-source software that cannot be eliminated and could negatively affect our business. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary software and, while we take steps to vet software before it is incorporated into our proprietary software and monitor the software incorporated into our proprietary software, we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open-source software into our proprietary software that we intend to maintain as confidential or that they will not do so in the future. In addition, the wide availability of source code used in our offerings could expose us to security vulnerabilities. Such use, under certain circumstances, could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects, as well as our reputation, including if we are required to take remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts.

On occasion, companies that use open-source software have faced claims challenging their use of open-source software or compliance with open-source license terms. There is evolving legal precedent for interpreting the terms of certain open-source licenses, including the determination of which works are subject to the terms of such licenses. The terms of many open-source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in ways that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize any offerings incorporating such software. Moreover, we cannot ensure that our processes for controlling our use of open-source software in our platform will be effective. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties asserting ownership of, or demanding release of, the open-source software or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open-source license. These claims, regardless of validity, could result in time consuming and costly litigation, divert management’s time and attention away from developing the business, expose us to customer indemnity claims, or force us to disclose source code. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, result in paying damages, entering into unfavorable licenses, have a negative effect on our business, operating results. financial condition, and future prospects, or cause delays by requiring us to devote additional research and development resources to change our solution.

 

60


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Matters

We are subject to laws and regulations, including governmental export and import controls, sanctions, and anti-corruption laws, that could impair our ability to compete in our markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

We are subject to laws and regulations, including governmental export and import controls, that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in our markets. Our platform and related technology are subject to U.S. export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations (also known as “EAR”), and we and our employees, representatives, contractors, agents, intermediaries, and other third parties are also subject to various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and other U.S. government agencies. Changes to sanctions and export or import restrictions in the jurisdictions in which we operate could further impact our ability to do business in certain parts of the world and to do business with certain persons and entities, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. In particular, we are continuing to monitor recent and forthcoming developments in export controls with respect to the semiconductor industry and their impact on our sourcing of equipment for our computing infrastructure. In addition, we are monitoring the January 29, 2024 proposed rule from the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”), which if implemented as proposed, would impose requirements on Infrastructure-as-a-Service providers and their foreign resellers to verify the identity and beneficial ownership of foreign person customers and to perform related reporting to BIS, as well as provide BIS authority to restrict certain IaaS transactions with foreign persons. While we have implemented certain procedures to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we cannot ensure that these procedures are fully effective or that we, or third parties who we do not control, have complied with all laws or regulations in this regard. Failure by our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, or other third parties to comply with applicable laws and regulations also could have negative consequences to us, including reputational harm, government investigations, loss of export privileges and penalties. Changes in our platform, and changes in or promulgation of new export and import regulations, may create delays in the introduction of our platform into international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our platform globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our platform to certain countries, governments, or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions, or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased sales of our platform, solutions, and services, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform, to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased sales of our platform, solutions, and services or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We are also subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”), the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”), and other anti-corruption, sanctions, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws in the United States and other countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, which have been enforced aggressively and are interpreted broadly, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, intermediaries, and other third parties from promising, authorizing, making, or offering improper payments or other benefits to government officials and others in the public, and in certain cases, private sector. We leverage third parties, including intermediaries and agents, to conduct our business in the United States and abroad, to sell our platform. We and these third parties may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, and other third parties, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We cannot ensure that our policies and procedures to address compliance with FCPA, the Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption, sanctions, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, will be effective, or that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, agents, intermediaries, or other third parties have not taken, or will not take actions, in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and

 

61


Table of Contents

business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, severe criminal or civil sanctions, settlements, prosecution, loss of export privileges, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, and other consequences. Any investigations, actions, or sanctions could harm our reputation, business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We are subject to laws, regulations, and industry requirements related to data privacy, data protection and information security, and user protection across different markets where we conduct our business and such laws, regulations, and industry requirements are constantly evolving and changing. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws, regulations, and industry requirements, or our privacy policies, could harm our business.

Various local, state, federal, and international laws, directives, and regulations apply to our collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and processing of personal information. These data protection and privacy laws and regulations are subject to uncertainty and continue to evolve in ways that could adversely impact our business. These laws have a substantial impact on our operations both in the United States and internationally and compliance with new and existing laws may result in significant costs due to implementation of new processes, which could ultimately hinder our ability to grow our business by extracting value from our data assets.

In the United States, state and federal lawmakers and regulatory authorities have increased their attention on the collection and use of user data. For example, in California, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (as amended, the “CCPA”) requires companies that hit certain broad revenue or data processing related thresholds to, among other things, provide new disclosures to California users, and affords such users new privacy rights such as the ability to opt-out of certain processing of personal information and expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is collected, used, and shared. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for security breaches that may increase security breach litigation. In addition, other states have enacted laws that contain obligations similar to the CCPA that have taken effect or will take effect in coming years and many others continue to propose similar laws, or are considering proposing similar laws. We cannot fully predict the impact of recently proposed or enacted laws or regulations on our business or operations, but compliance may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies incurring costs and expense. Further, to the extent multiple state-level laws are introduced with inconsistent or conflicting standards, it may require costly and difficult efforts to achieve compliance with such laws. Our failure or perceived failure to comply with state or federal privacy laws or regulations passed in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, including how we use personal information, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects and could expose us to regulatory investigations or possible fines.

Additionally, many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union, United Kingdom, Canada, and other jurisdictions in which we operate or conduct our business, have laws and regulations concerning the collection, use, processing, storage, and deletion of personal data obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the United States. Such laws and regulations may require companies to implement new privacy and security policies, permit individuals to access, correct, and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, require that certain types of data be retained on local servers within these jurisdictions, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ affirmative opt-in consent to collect and use personal information for certain purposes. The increased focus on data sovereignty and data localization requirements around the world could also impact our business model with respect to the storage, management, and transfer of data.

 

62


Table of Contents

We are subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation and the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation (collectively, the “GDPR”), which comprehensively regulate our use of personal data, including cross-border transfers of personal data out of the European Economic Area (“EEA”) and the U.K. The GDPR imposes stringent privacy and data protection requirements, and could increase the risk of non-compliance and the costs of providing our services in a compliant manner. A breach of the GDPR could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, fines and sanctions, orders to cease or change our processing of our data, enforcement notices, or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). For example, if regulators assert that we have failed to comply with the GDPR, we may be subject to fines. Since we are subject to the supervision of relevant data protection authorities under multiple legal regimes (including separately in both the EU and the UK), we could be fined under those regimes independently in respect of the same breach. We may also face civil claims including representative actions and other class action type litigation (where individuals have suffered harm), potentially amounting to significant compensation or damages liabilities, as well as associated costs, diversion of internal resources, and reputational harm.

The GDPR prohibits transfers of personal data from the EEA or U.K. to countries not formally deemed adequate by the European Commission or the U.K. Information Commission Office, respectively, including the United States, unless a particular compliance mechanism (and, if necessary, certain safeguards) is implemented. The mechanisms that we and many other companies, including our customers, rely upon for European and U.K. data transfers (for example, Standard Contractual Clauses or the EU-US Data Privacy Framework) are the subject of legal challenge, regulatory interpretation, and judicial decisions by the Court of Justice of the European Union. The suitability of Standard Contractual Clauses for data transfer in some scenarios has recently been the subject of legal challenge, and while the United States and the European Union reached agreement on the EU-US Data Privacy Framework (and similar agreements were reached with respect to the U.K.), there are legal challenges to that data transfer mechanism as well. We expect the legal complexity and uncertainty regarding international personal data transfers to continue, and as the regulatory guidance and enforcement landscape in relation to data transfers continues to develop, we could suffer additional costs, complaints, and/or regulatory investigations or fines; we may have to stop using certain tools and vendors and make other operational changes; we may have to implement alternative data transfer mechanisms under the GDPR and/or take additional compliance and operational measures; and/or it could otherwise affect the manner in which we provide our services, and could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We are also subject to evolving U.S., E.U., and UK privacy laws governing cookies, tracking technologies, and e-marketing. In the United States, plaintiffs are increasingly making use of existing laws such as the California Invasion of Privacy Act to litigate use of tracking technologies. In the European Union, regulators are increasingly focusing on compliance with requirements in the online behavioral advertising ecosystem. In the European Union, informed consent, including a prohibition on pre-checked consents and a requirement to ensure separate consents for each cookie, is required for the placement of a non-essential cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device and for direct electronic marketing. As regulators start to enforce the strict approach in recent guidance, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, negatively impact our efforts to understand users, adversely affect our margins, increase costs, and subject us to additional liabilities.

There is a risk that as we expand, we may assume liabilities for breaches experienced by the companies we acquire. Additionally, there are potentially inconsistent world-wide government regulations pertaining to data protection and privacy. Despite our efforts to comply with applicable laws, regulations and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, it is possible that our practices, offerings, or platform could fail, or be alleged to fail to meet applicable requirements. For instance, there are changes in the regulatory landscape relating to new and evolving technologies, such as generative AI. Changes to existing regulations, their interpretation or implementation, or new regulations could impede any potential use or development of AI Technologies, which could impair our competitive position and result in an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Our failure, or the failure by our third-party providers or partners, to comply with applicable laws or regulations and to prevent unauthorized access to,

 

63


Table of Contents

or use or release of personal information, or the perception that any of the foregoing types of failure has occurred, even if unfounded, could subject us to audits, inquiries, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, severe criminal, or civil sanctions, damage our reputation, or result in fines or proceedings by governmental agencies and private claims and litigation, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with those laws and regulations could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local, and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety and environmental laws, including those related to energy usage and energy efficiency requirements, privacy and data protection laws, AI, financial services laws, anti-bribery laws, sanctions, national security, import and export controls, anti-boycott, federal securities laws, and tax laws and regulations.

For example, governmental authorities have in the past sought to restrict data center development based on environmental considerations and have imposed moratoria on data center development, citing concerns about energy usage, requiring new data centers to meet energy efficiency requirements. We may face higher costs from any laws requiring enhanced energy efficiency measures, changes to cooling systems, caps on energy usage, land use restrictions, limitations on back-up power sources, or other environmental requirements.

In certain foreign jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. These laws and regulations are subject to change over time and thus we must continue to monitor and dedicate resources to ensure continued compliance. In particular, the global AI regulatory environment continues to evolve as regulators and lawmakers have started proposing and adopting, or are currently considering, regulations and guidance specifically on the use of AI. Non-compliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties, or injunctions and jail time for responsible employees and managers. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We may become involved in litigation that may adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may be subject to claims, suits, and other proceedings. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of legal costs and diversion of management attention and resources, and could cause us to incur significant expenses or liability, adversely affect our brand recognition, or require us to change our business practices. The expense of litigation and the timing of this expense from period to period are difficult to estimate, subject to change, and could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. It is possible that a resolution of one or more such proceedings could result in substantial damages, settlement costs, fines, and penalties that would adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, operating results, or cash flows in a particular period. These proceedings could also result in reputational harm, sanctions, consent decrees, or orders requiring a change in our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses, and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we have meritorious claims or defenses, by agreeing to settlement agreements. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot ensure that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

64


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Financial and Accounting Matters

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control, over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting, and other procedures that are designed to ensure information required to be disclosed by us in our financial statements and in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Beginning with our second annual report following this offering, we will be required to provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting, as well as an attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm were required to, and therefore did not, perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of or for any period included in our financial statements, nor any period subsequent in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, while preparing the financial statements that are included in this prospectus, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified pertained to the lack of effectively designed, implemented, and maintained IT general controls over applications that support our financial reporting processes, insufficient segregation of duties across financially relevant functions, and lack of sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting, finance, and operations functions who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to provide reasonable assurance that transactions were being appropriately recorded and disclosed. We have concluded that these material weaknesses existed because we did not have the necessary business processes, systems, personnel, and related internal controls.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, management completed the following remedial actions to help address these material weaknesses:

 

   

consulted with experts on technical accounting matters, internal controls, and in the preparation of our financial statements;

 

   

performed a risk assessment over the organization and IT systems used as part of financial reporting and business processes, including the various layers of technology; and

 

   

hired additional accounting, finance, and operations resources, including critical leadership roles with public company and internal control experience responsible for designing, implementing, and monitoring our internal controls, including the Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Information Officer.

 

65


Table of Contents

While management has made improvements to our control environment and business processes to support and scale with our growing operations, the identified material weaknesses remain un-remediated. We expect our remediation efforts to continue to take place in 2025 and 2026, and to include the following:

 

   

designing, developing, and deploying an enhanced IT General Controls (“ITGC”) framework, including the implementation of a number of systems, processes, and tools to enable the effectiveness and consistent execution of these controls;

 

   

continuing to implement ITGCs to manage access and program changes within our IT environment and to support the evaluation, monitoring, and ongoing effectiveness of key application controls and key reports;

 

   

continuing to implement processes and controls to better manage and monitor our segregation of duties, including enhancing the usage of technology and tools for segregation of duties within the Company’s systems, applications, and tools; and

 

   

continuing to expand our resources with the appropriate level of expertise within our accounting, finance, and operations functions; to implement, monitor, and maintain business processes and ITGCs.

We may not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and the internal controls have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. This evaluation process, including testing the effectiveness of the remediation efforts, is expected to extend into 2026. Additionally, as stated above, we have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting; accordingly, we cannot ensure that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, beginning with our second annual report after the completion of this offering.

The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with the disclosure and attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will be time consuming and costly. If during the evaluation and testing process we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or determine that existing material weaknesses have not been remediated, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our stock could be adversely affected and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Further, upon becoming a public company, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We will incur significant increased costs and management resources as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, compliance, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time and incur significant expense in connection with compliance initiatives. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and

 

66


Table of Contents

procedures, retain a transfer agent, and adopt an insider trading policy. As a public company, we will bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws.

In addition, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the related rules and regulations implemented by the SEC have increased legal and financial compliance costs and will make some compliance activities more time-consuming. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention from our other business activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed. In connection with this offering, we intend to increase our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage, which will increase our insurance cost. In the future, it may be more expensive or more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain and maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors would also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

We may be required to repurchase a significant number of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock for cash upon the exercise of the holders’ “put” rights, which would affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, as well as divert our cash flow from operations for such repurchases.

Approximately   shares of our Class A common stock that will be issued to holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with the Capital Stock Conversion (the “Put Shares”) are subject to a right to be “put” to us (the “Put Right”) on the first trading day immediately after the earlier to occur of (i) May 16, 2029 and (ii) the second anniversary of the closing of this offering (such earlier date, the “Public Sale Date”). Upon exercise of the Put Right, holders of the Put Shares would be entitled to receive from us an amount in cash equal to the original issue price per share of the Series C convertible preferred stock, of $   (the “Series C OIP”), plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends on each share Series C convertible preferred stock of $   (assuming this offering closes on   , 2025) per share of our Class A common stock. The Put Right will automatically terminate (on a share by share basis) on the date on which (i) such share is assigned, sold or transferred publicly or (ii) our Class A common stock has a 20 day volume-weighted average price in any consecutive 30 trading day period of at least 175% of the Series C OIP at any point following this offering and on or prior to the Public Sale Date during which Coatue Management, L.L.C. is not subject to a contractual lock-up agreement (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, an “Exercise Termination Event”). If (i) there is a sale of the Company prior to the Public Sale Date and (ii) there has not yet occurred an Exercise Termination Event, the Class A common stockholders still holding Put Shares shall be entitled in such sale transaction to receive the greater of (x) the consideration received per share the holders of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive in such sale transaction and (y) an amount in cash equal to the Series C OIP per share. See “Description of Capital Stock—Series C Preferred Stock Put Right” for additional information regarding the Put Shares and Put Right.

We may not have enough available cash at the time we are required to repurchase the Put Shares, and we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity or debt capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive in order to make these repurchases. Further, any payments of cash used to repurchase the Put Shares will divert our cash flow from our business operations and could impact our business initiatives. Any significant repurchase of the Put Shares would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

67


Table of Contents

We could be subject to additional tax liabilities and United States federal and global income tax reform could adversely affect us.

We are subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes, sales, and other taxes in the United States and income taxes, withholding taxes, transaction taxes and other taxes in numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and our worldwide provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many activities and transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In addition, our future income tax obligations could be adversely affected by changes in, or interpretations of, tax laws in the United States or in other jurisdictions in which we operate.

For example, the United States tax law legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 significantly reformed the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), reducing U.S. federal tax rates, making sweeping changes to rules governing international business operations, and imposing significant additional limitations on tax benefits, including the deductibility of interest and the use of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2022, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also required capitalization of research and certain software development expenses and amortization of such expenses over a period of five years if incurred in the United States and fifteen years if incurred outside the United States. On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the “IRA”) into law. The IRA contains certain tax measures, including a corporate alternative minimum tax of 15% on some large corporations and an excise tax of 1% on certain corporate stock buy-backs taking place after December 31, 2022. In addition, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) Inclusive Framework of 137 jurisdictions have joined a two-pillar plan to reform international taxation rules. The first pillar is focused on the allocation of taxing rights between countries for in-scope multinational enterprises that sell goods and services into countries with little or no local physical presence and is intended to apply to multinational enterprises with global turnover above €20 billion. The second pillar is focused on developing a global minimum tax rate of at least 15% applicable to in-scope multinational enterprises and is intended to apply to multinational enterprises with annual consolidated group revenue in excess of €750 million. We are still evaluating the impact of the OECD pillar one and pillar two rules as they continue to be refined by the OECD and implemented by various national governments. However, it is possible that the OECD pillar one and pillar two rules, as implemented by various national governments, could adversely affect our effective tax rate or result in higher cash tax liabilities.

Due to the expanding scale of our international business activities, these types of changes to the taxation of our activities could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings, increase our worldwide effective tax rate, increase the amount of taxes imposed on our business, and harm our financial position. Such changes may also apply retroactively to our historical operations and result in taxes greater than the amounts estimated and recorded in our financial statements.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2024, we had aggregate U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards of $3.6 billion and $61 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future taxable income for U.S. income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2024, we had $3.6 billion in federal NOL carryforwards, almost all of which can be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2024, we had state NOL carryforwards of $61 million, of which $30 million can be carried forward indefinitely. If the NOL carryforwards are not utilized, $31 million will expire in varying amounts between the years 2032 and 2044. As of December 31, 2024, we had foreign NOL carryforwards of $5 million that can be carried forward indefinitely. Realization of these net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards depends on our future taxable income, and there is a risk that certain of our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

68


Table of Contents

In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% cumulative change (by value) in ownership by “5 percent shareholders” over a rolling three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research and development credits, to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, ownership changes as a result of shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change U.S. NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, we may undergo additional ownership changes in the future, including as a result of the offering, which could further limit our ability to use our NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax NOLs. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase our state income tax liabilities. As a result of the foregoing, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use all or a material portion of our net operating losses and other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

We could be required to collect additional sales, use, value added, digital services, or other similar taxes or be subject to other liabilities with respect to past or future sales, that may increase the costs our customers would have to pay for our solutions and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We do not collect sales and use, value added, or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales because we have determined in consultation with our advisors that our sales in certain jurisdictions are not subject to such taxes. Sales and use, value added, and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction and the application of such laws is subject to uncertainty. Jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes apply to our sales and seek to impose incremental or new sales, use, value added, digital services, or assert other tax collection obligations on us, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, to us or our customers for past sales, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. If we are unsuccessful in collecting such taxes from our customers, we could be held liable for such costs, which may adversely affect our operating results.

Further, an increasing number of U.S. states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. A successful assertion by one or more U.S. states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently collect such taxes, could result in substantial liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as interest and penalties. Furthermore, certain jurisdictions, such as the U.K., France, and Canada, have enacted a digital services tax, which is generally a tax on gross revenue generated from users or customers located in those jurisdictions, and other jurisdictions are considering enacting similar laws. A successful assertion by a U.S. state or local government or a foreign jurisdiction that we should have been or should be collecting additional sales, use, value added, digital services, or other similar taxes could, among other things, result in substantial tax payments, create significant administrative burdens for us, discourage potential customers from using our platform due to the incremental cost of any such sales or other related taxes, or otherwise harm our business.

Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements are subject to the tax laws of various jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes, which would harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

We are expanding our international operations and staff to support our business and growth in international markets. We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and are or may be required to report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our corporate structure and associated transfer pricing policies contemplate future growth in international markets, and consider the functions, risks, and assets of the various entities involved in intercompany transactions. Furthermore, increases in tax rates, new or revised tax laws, and new interpretations

 

69


Table of Contents

of existing tax laws and policies by taxing authorities and courts in various jurisdictions, could result in an increase in our overall tax obligations which could adversely affect our business. Our intercompany relationships and intercompany transactions are subject to complex transfer pricing rules administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions in which we operate with potentially divergent tax laws. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions will depend on the application of the tax laws of the various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our intercompany transactions, international business activities, changes in tax rates, new or revised tax laws or interpretations of existing tax laws (which may have retroactive effect) and policies by taxing authorities and courts in various jurisdictions, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements.

It is not uncommon for tax authorities in different countries to have conflicting views, for instance, with respect to, among other things, the manner in which the arm’s length standard is applied for transfer pricing purposes, the transfer pricing and charges for intercompany services and other intercompany transactions, or with respect to the valuation of our intellectual property and the manner in which our intellectual property is utilized within our group. If taxing authorities in any of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our international operations were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing, we could be required to reallocate part or all of our income to reflect transfer pricing adjustments, which could result in an increased tax liability to us. In such circumstances, if the country from where the income was reallocated did not agree to the reallocation, we could become subject to tax on the same income in both countries, resulting in double taxation. Furthermore, the relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. We believe that our tax and financial accounting positions are reasonable and our tax reserves are adequate to cover any potential liability. We also believe that our assumptions, judgments, and estimates are reasonable and that our transfer pricing for these intercompany transactions are on arm’s-length terms. However, the relevant tax authorities may disagree with our tax positions, including any assumptions, judgments, or estimates used for these transfer pricing matters and intercompany transactions. If any of these tax authorities determine that our transfer pricing for these intercompany transactions do not meet arm’s-length criteria, and were successful in challenging our positions, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties related thereto, which could be in excess of any reserves established therefore, and which could result in higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency.

We may be audited in various jurisdictions, including in jurisdictions in which we are not currently filing, and such jurisdictions may assess new or additional taxes, sales taxes, and value added taxes against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of any tax audits or litigation could be materially different from our historical tax provisions and accruals, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which a determination is made.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect or financial reporting standards or interpretations change, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as discussed in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to those related to the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition, the valuation of stock-based awards, the valuation of derivatives and warrants, and accounting for leases, property and equipment, income taxes and variable interest entities. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of industry or financial analysts and investors, resulting in a potential decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

70


Table of Contents

Additionally, we regularly monitor our compliance with applicable financial reporting standards and review new pronouncements and drafts thereof that are relevant to us. As a result of new standards, changes to existing standards, and changes in their interpretation, we might be required to change our accounting policies, alter our operational policies, and implement new or enhance existing systems so that they reflect new or amended financial reporting standards, or we may be required to restate our published financial statements. For example, SEC proposals on climate-related disclosures may require us to update our accounting or operational policies, processes, or systems to reflect new or amended financial reporting standards. Such changes to existing standards or changes in their interpretation may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, and profit, or cause an adverse deviation from our revenue and operating profit target, which may adversely affect our financial results.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore a majority of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, strengthening of the U.S. dollar increases the real cost of our platform to our customers outside of the United States, which could lead to delays in the purchase of our platform and the lengthening of our sales cycle. If the U.S. dollar continues to strengthen, this could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. In addition, increased international sales in the future, including through continued international expansion, could result in foreign currency denominated sales, which would increase our foreign currency risk.

Our operating expenses incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies are increasing and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These expenses are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not currently hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations but may do so, or use other derivative instruments, in the future.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, our ability to meet our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments, and we may still incur substantially more indebtedness in the future.

We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. As of December 31, 2024, our total indebtedness was $8.0 billion and we had an aggregate of $4.4 billion of undrawn availability under our Revolving Credit Facility and DDTL 2.0 Facility (each as defined below). In July 2023, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC, our direct, wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 1.0 Facility”) providing for up to $2.3 billion in delayed draw term loans. In May 2024, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC, our direct, wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 2.0 Facility”) providing for up to $7.6 billion in delayed draw terms loans. All obligations under the DDTL 1.0 Facility and the DDTL 2.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by us. In October 2024, we amended our revolving credit facility (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) to provide for a $650 million revolving credit facility. In December 2024, we entered into a credit agreement providing for a $1.0 billion term loan facility (the “2024 Term Loan Facility”). In March 2025, we entered into a credit agreement (the “2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement”) providing for a $300 million unsecured term loan facility (the “2025 Term Loan Facility,” and together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the DDTL 1.0 Facility, the DDTL 2.0 Facility, and the 2024 Term Loan Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). Between February and December 2024, we entered into various agreements with an OEM and obtained financing for certain equipment with an aggregate notional balance of $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2024. In addition to

 

71


Table of Contents

our substantial debt, we lease all of our data centers and certain equipment under lease agreements, some of which are accounted for as operating leases. As of December 31, 2024, we recorded operating lease liabilities of $2.6 billion, which represents our obligation to make lease payments under those lease arrangements. Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreements that govern our Credit Facilities, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences, including the following:

 

   

it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including debt service requirements under our outstanding debt;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions, or other general corporate purposes may be impaired;

 

   

a substantial portion of cash flow from operations are required to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities, and other purposes;

 

   

we could be more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse industry conditions and our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry is more limited;

 

   

our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures, as compared to our competitors, may be compromised due to our high level of debt and the restrictive covenants in the credit agreements that govern our Credit Facilities;

 

   

our ability to borrow additional funds or to refinance debt may be limited; and

 

   

it may cause potential or existing customers to not contract with us due to concerns over our ability to meet our financial obligations under such contracts.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general and regional economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors, all of which are beyond our control, including the availability of financing in the international banking and capital markets. We cannot ensure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. For the year ended December 31, 2024, our cash flows dedicated for debt service requirements totaled $941 million, which includes principal payments of $588 million and interest payments of $353 million, inclusive of $169 million related to capitalized interest. For the year ended December 31, 2024, our net cash provided by operating activities was $2.7 billion, which includes interest paid, net of capitalized amounts, of $184 million. As such, our cash flows from operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, net of capitalized amounts, was $2.9 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2024, approximately 32% of our net cash provided by operating activities, before giving effect to the payment of interest, net of capitalized amounts, was dedicated to debt service, both principal and interest. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Further, any refinancing or restructuring of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates, may cause us to incur debt extinguishment costs, and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants that could further restrict our business operations. Moreover, in the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness could elect to declare such indebtedness be due and payable and/or elect to exercise other rights, such as the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility terminating their commitments thereunder and ceasing to make further loans or the lenders under our DDTL 1.0 Facility and DDTL 2.0 Facility instituting foreclosure proceedings against their collateral, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

72


Table of Contents

Further, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our debt instruments, some of which may be secured debt. Our existing debt agreements restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness, but if those restrictions are waived, or the facilities mature or are repaid, we may not be subject to such restrictions under the terms of any subsequent indebtedness.

Furthermore, all of the debt under our Credit Facilities bears interest at variable rates. If interest rates associated with our floating rate debt (e.g., the Secured Oversight Financing Rate (“SOFR”)) increase, our debt service obligations on our Credit Facilities would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. In addition, an increase in such interest rates could adversely affect our future ability to obtain financing or materially increase the cost of any additional financing.

In addition, we have issued letters of credit in favor of several of our third-party data center providers as a requirement to enter into leases for these facilities. These letters of credit are cash collateralized, these funds are reflected as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet, and we are limited in our ability to use these funds for our business operations.

Certain of our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The credit agreements that govern our Credit Facilities, as well as the related parent guarantees, impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

   

make certain investments or acquisitions;

 

   

incur certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the lenders;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase any subordinated indebtedness or enter into amendments to certain subordinated indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to the lenders;

 

   

designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

   

transfer or sell assets.

In addition, we are required to maintain specified financial covenant ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests under the credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities. As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include similar or more restrictive covenants. We cannot ensure that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants. Our failure to comply with the restrictive or financial covenants described above as well as the terms of any future indebtedness could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or are unable to refinance these borrowings, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

73


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects and the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be lower than the initial public offering price. The market price of our Class A common stock following this offering will depend on a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. In addition, the limited public float of our Class A common stock following this offering will tend to increase the volatility of the trading price of our Class A common stock. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock, since you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

our incurrence of any additional indebtedness or any fluctuations in interest rates impacting our existing indebtedness;

 

   

the exercise by holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock of the Put Right;

 

   

our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new offerings or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships, acquisitions, or capital commitments;

 

   

industry or financial analyst or investor reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

the overall performance of the stock market or technology companies;

 

   

the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock up agreements and sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

failure of industry or financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation or other proceedings involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property rights or our solutions, or third-party proprietary rights;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

74


Table of Contents
   

any major changes in our management or our board of directors;

 

   

the global political, economic, and macroeconomic climate, including but not limited to, actual or perceived instability in the banking industry, potential uncertainty with respect to the federal debt ceiling and budget and potential government shutdowns related thereto, labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, potential recession, inflation, and rising interest rates;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, armed conflict, including the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events; and

 

   

cybersecurity incidents.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies, particularly during the current period of global macroeconomic and geopolitical uncertainty. These economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions have and may continue to negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market or active private market for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. However, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the market price of your shares of Class A common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock into the public market, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with Rule 144 and any applicable lock-up agreements described below.

Subject to certain exceptions, we, all of our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, and substantially all of the holders of our common stock, including the investor in the concurrent share issuance, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, are subject to market stand-off agreements or will agree not to offer, sell, or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”), on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of   days from the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up period expires, we and our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off agreement will be able to

 

75


Table of Contents

sell our shares in the public market. In addition, Morgan Stanley may, in its sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, as of December 31, 2024, we had options to purchase 2,360,929 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 772,736 RSUs outstanding that, if fully exercised or vested and settled, as applicable, would result in the issuance of 2,360,929 shares of Class A common stock and 772,736 shares of Class A common stock, respectively, and we also had outstanding warrants exercisable for the purchase of 607,235 shares of Class A common stock. All of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise or settlement of stock options, warrants, or RSUs, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, will be registered for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance subject to existing lock-up or market standoff agreements and applicable vesting requirements.

Immediately following this offering, the holders of     shares of our Class A common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for us or other stockholders.

We may also issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, or otherwise. Any further issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting power with our Co-Founders, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock has one vote per share.

Following this offering and the concurrent share issuance of our Class A common stock, our Co-Founders will collectively hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Accordingly, upon the closing of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, Michael Intrator, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, will hold approximately   % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or   % of the voting power assuming all of Mr. Intrator’s options held as of December 31, 2024 to purchase    shares of Class A common stock are exchanged for shares of Class B common stock), Brian Venturo, our co-founder, Chief Strategy Officer, and a member of our board of directors, will hold approximately   % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or   % of the voting power assuming all of Mr. Venturo’s options held as of December 31, 2024 to purchase    shares of Class A common stock are exchanged for shares of Class B common stock), and Brannin McBee, our co-founder and Chief Development Officer, will hold approximately   % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or   % of the voting power assuming all of Mr. McBee’s options held as of December 31, 2024 to purchase    shares of Class A common stock are exchanged for shares of Class B common stock), and together our Co-Founders will hold approximately   % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or   % of the voting power assuming all of our Co-Founders’ options held as of December 31, 2024 to purchase    shares of Class A common stock are exchanged for shares of Class B common stock), which voting power may increase over time upon the exercise or settlement and exchange of equity awards held by our Co-Founders pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights which provide each Co-Founder with the right (but not

 

76


Table of Contents

obligation) to require us to exchange, for shares of our Class B common stock, any shares of our Class A common stock received by him upon the exercise or settlement of equity awards for shares of our Class A common stock granted prior to September 2024. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Transactions—Equity Exchange Right Agreements” for more information on the Equity Exchange Rights. Therefore, our Co-Founders, individually or together, will be able to significantly influence matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transactions. Our Co-Founders, individually or together, may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by the holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning or charitable purposes. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the earlier of (i) a date that is fixed by our board of directors that is no more than 61 days following the seventh anniversary of this offering, (ii) the date specified by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of the Class B common stock, or (iii) no more than 61 days following Michael Intrator’s Service Termination (as defined herein). For information about our dual class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.” If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could be adversely affected.

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, adverse publicity, or other adverse consequences. Certain stock index providers exclude or limit the ability of companies with multi-class share structures from being added to certain of their indices. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms and large institutional investors oppose the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices and may discourage such indices from selecting us for inclusion, notwithstanding our automatic termination provision, may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure, and may result in large institutional investors not purchasing shares of our Class A common stock. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, any exclusion from certain stock indices could result in less demand for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms or institutional investors critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

If financial analysts issue inaccurate or unfavorable research regarding, or do not or cease to cover, our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that financial analysts publish about us, our business, our market and our competitors. We do not control these analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. As a new public company, the analysts who publish information about our Class A common stock will have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. If any of the analysts who cover us issues an inaccurate or unfavorable opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, the stock prices of many companies in the technology industry have declined significantly after those companies have failed to meet, or significantly exceed, the financial guidance publicly announced by the companies or the expectations of analysts. If our financial results

 

77


Table of Contents

fail to meet, or significantly exceed, our announced guidance, if any, or the expectations of analysts or public investors, analysts could downgrade our Class A common stock or publish unfavorable research about us. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Class A common stock or fail to publish reports on us regularly, our visibility in the financial markets could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

Following the consummation of this offering, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, with the exception of any final dividend payment payable on our Series C redeemable preferred stock upon the consummation of this offering. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends or make distributions is limited by certain restrictions contained in our Credit Facilities. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, restrictions in our debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Because the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering and the concurrent share issuance, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately following this offering and the concurrent share issuance based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the issuance of   shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the concurrent share issuance, you will experience immediate dilution of $  per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2024 after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the concurrent share issuance, the RSU Net Settlement, and the Option Exercise. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, current or future outstanding warrants or equity awards are settled in shares of our capital stock, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our capital stock, you could experience further dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

 

78


Table of Contents

Although we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to this offering, we will continue to be treated as an emerging growth company for certain purposes through the completion of this offering and have decided to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure requirements in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We will cease to be an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, on December 31, 2024. However, because we will cease to be an emerging growth company on a date after we confidentially submit our draft registration statement related to this offering to the SEC, we will continue to be treated as an emerging growth company for certain purposes until the earlier of the date on which we complete this offering or December 31, 2025. As such, we have decided to take advantage of certain exemptions that allow us to comply with reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part that are not available to non-emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we have relied on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be less demand for our Class A common stock, and the market price of our Class A common stock may fall.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and members of our board of directors.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, acquisition or other change of control of the Company that the stockholders may consider favorable. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

permit our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

   

require supermajority voting to amend some provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

provide that only our chief executive officer or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

do not provide for cumulative voting;

 

   

provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

   

provide for a dual class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock may have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the election of directors and other significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

 

79


Table of Contents
   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

Moreover, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws will contain exclusive forum provisions for certain claims, which may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the federal district courts of the United States will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act (“Federal Forum Provision”). Our decision to adopt a Federal Forum Provision followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, the Federal Forum Provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court.

Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the Federal Forum Provision. These provisions may limit a stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of their choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

 

80


Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

Adverse global macroeconomic conditions, geopolitical risks, or reduced spending on AI and machine learning or on cloud infrastructure could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Our business depends on the overall demand for and adoption of AI and machine learning and cloud infrastructure and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. In addition, the purchase of our platform is often discretionary and may involve a significant commitment of capital and other resources. Weak global and regional economic conditions, including United States and global macroeconomic issues, actual or perceived global banking and finance related issues, labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, rising interest rates and inflation, spending environments, geopolitical instability, warfare and uncertainty, including the effects of the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine, and tensions between China and Taiwan, weak economic conditions in certain regions or a reduction in business spending, including spending on developing AI and machine learning capabilities and on cloud infrastructure, regardless of macroeconomic conditions, could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects, including resulting in longer sales cycles, a negative impact on our ability to attract and retain new customers, increase sales of our platform, or sell additional solutions and services to our existing customers, lower prices for our solutions and services, and slower or declining growth. Deterioration in economic conditions in any of the countries in which we do business could also cause slower or impaired collections on accounts receivable, which may adversely impact our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects.

Geopolitical risks, including those arising from trade tension and/or the imposition of trade tariffs, terrorist activity, or acts of civil or international hostility, are increasing. Similarly, the potential for military conflict between China and Taiwan could have negative impacts on the global economy, including by affecting the supply of semiconductors from Taiwan, contributing to higher energy prices and creating uncertainty in the global capital markets. While we do not currently have employees or direct operations in Taiwan, our suppliers rely heavily on semiconductors supplied by Taiwan which are an important component of our platform and any reduction in that supply could materially disrupt our operations.

We may be adversely affected by natural disasters, pandemics, and other catastrophic events, and by man-made problems such as war and regional geopolitical conflicts around the world, that could disrupt our business operations, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce, and the global economy, and thus could have an adverse effect on us. Our business operations are also subject to interruption by fire, power shortages, flooding, and other events beyond our control. In addition, our global operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics, which could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer. Further, acts of war, armed conflict, terrorism and other geopolitical unrest, such as the conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine and tensions between China and Taiwan, could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our partners or the economy as a whole.

In the event of a natural disaster, including a major earthquake, blizzard, or hurricane, or a catastrophic event such as a fire, power loss, cyberattack, or telecommunications failure, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in development of our platform, lengthy interruptions in service, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our future operating results. Climate change could result in an increase in the frequency or severity of such natural disasters. Moreover, any of our office locations or data centers may be vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change. For example, certain of our corporate offices and data centers are located in California, a state that frequently experiences earthquakes, wildfires, and resultant air quality impacts and power shutoffs associated with wildfire prevention, heatwaves, and droughts. These events can, in turn, have impacts on

 

81


Table of Contents

inflation risk, food security, water security, and on our employees’ health and well-being. Additionally, all the aforementioned risks will be further increased if we do not implement an effective disaster recovery plan or our partners’ disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate.

Investors’ expectations of our performance relating to environmental, social, and governance factors may impose additional costs and expose us to new risks.

There is an increasing focus from certain regulators, investors, employees, users, and other stakeholders concerning corporate responsibility, specifically related to environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) matters both in the United States and internationally. Some investors may use these non-financial performance factors to guide their investment strategies and, in some cases, may choose not to invest in us if they believe our policies and actions relating to corporate responsibility are inadequate. Further, there is particular focus on concerns relating to AI and its impact on the environment, including the power-intensive nature of the industry, high consumption of water, and reliance on critical minerals and rare elements, and we are focused on sustainability goals and initiatives to mitigate the environmental impacts of our operations. We may experience heightened scrutiny from our stakeholders and potential investors around these issues. We may also face reputational damage in the event that we do not meet the ESG standards set by various constituencies or fail, or are perceived to fail, in our achievement of our sustainability goals, initiatives, or commitments.

Our sustainability initiatives, goals, or commitments could be difficult to achieve or costly to implement. Moreover, compliance with recently adopted and potential upcoming ESG requirements, including California legislation that requires various climate-related disclosures, the European Union’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive and Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, and the United Kingdom’s Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting framework will require the dedication of significant time and resources. In addition, we may also be required to comply with the SEC’s comprehensive climate change disclosure rules, which have been stayed pending judicial review. Additionally, if our competitors’ corporate social responsibility performance is perceived to be better than ours, potential, or current investors may elect to invest with our competitors instead. Our business may face increased scrutiny related to these activities and our related disclosures, including from the investment community, and our failure to achieve progress or manage the dynamic public sentiment and legal landscape in these areas on a timely basis, or at all, could adversely affect our reputation, business, and financial performance.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Additionally, the dramatic increase in the cost of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance may cause us to opt for lower overall policy limits and coverage or to forgo insurance that we may otherwise rely on to cover significant defense costs, settlements, and damages awarded to plaintiffs, or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors.

 

82


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial condition, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “target,” “plan,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, operating margin, operating expenses, including changes in operating expenses, and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

   

our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth and maintain our corporate culture;

 

   

our total market opportunity;

 

   

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

market acceptance of our platform, solutions, and services;

 

   

beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

   

our ability to successfully retain and expand usage of our existing customers and attract new customers;

 

   

the percentages of remaining performance obligations that we expect to recognize as revenue over respective future periods;

 

   

our ability to develop and introduce new products and solutions and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

   

the expected timing for completion, benefits, and impacts of our proposed acquisition of Weights & Biases;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties, including IT service providers, business partners, vendors, suppliers, and cloud-based service providers;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to expand internationally;

 

   

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

   

our ability to identify, recruit, hire, and retain skilled personnel, including key members of senior management;

 

   

our intention to continue to make investments in talent and our platform infrastructure;

 

   

our ability to raise additional capital, including our ability to enter into new efficient financing structures;

 

   

future acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or products;

 

   

our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or may become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and availability of our platform and protect against data breaches and other security incidents;

 

   

economic and industry trends, projected growth, or trend analysis, particularly as it relates to AI compute;

 

   

general economic conditions in the United States and globally, including the effects of global geopolitical conflicts, inflation, interest rates, any instability in the global banking sector, and foreign currency exchange rates;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

our ability to operate and grow our business in light of macroeconomic uncertainty;

 

   

our ability to remediate our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

increased expenses associated with being a public company; and

 

   

other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition, and prospects and business strategies.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, and short-term and long-term business operations and objectives. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law. These forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

84


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources, including our own estimates, as well as assumptions that we have made that are based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products. This information involves important assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity, and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” as well as elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on publications or reports generated by third parties, or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are provided below:

 

   

Bloomberg Intelligence, Interactive Calculator: Generative AI Market Opportunity, accessed November 15, 2024.

 

   

The Global Impact of AI on the Economy and Jobs AI will Steer 3.5 percent of GDP in 2030, IDC, Aug 2024.

 

   

Kaplan, Jared et al. “Scaling Laws for Neural Language Models.” ArXiv abs/2001.08361 (2020): n. pag.

 

   

Stanford University Institute for Human-Centered AI, “The AI Index 2023 Annual Report,” April 2023.

 

85


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $   million, or $   million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $   million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $   million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $   , which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, increase our visibility in the marketplace, obtain additional capital, increase our financial flexibility, and facilitate an orderly distribution of shares for the selling stockholders. We primarily intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses that complement our business. We also intend to use approximately $   of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the entire outstanding amount under our 2024 Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2024, amounts borrowed under our Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to 9.65%. The 2024 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025. For a further description of our 2024 Term Loan Facility see the section titled “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds together with existing cash and cash equivalents, if necessary, to satisfy our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement. After withholding an aggregate of    shares of our Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and using a   % employer tax rate for all RSUs that are expected to vest upon the completion of this offering, we would use approximately $   to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the vesting of such RSUs.

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the remaining net proceeds to us from this offering. Pending their use as described above, we intend to invest a portion of net proceeds from this offering in one or more capital-preservation investments, which may include short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

86


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following the consummation of this offering, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, with the exception of any final dividend payment payable on our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the consummation of this offering. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends or make distributions is currently restricted by the terms of our Credit Facilities and may be further restricted by any further indebtedness we incur. For additional information regarding our Credit Facilities, see the section titled “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, restrictions in our debt instruments, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

87


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2024, on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Capital Stock Conversion as if such conversion had occurred on December 31, 2024, (ii) the Class B Conversion, (iii) the Option Exercise and the receipt by us of gross proceeds of approximately $     in connection with the Option Exercise, (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (v) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock based compensation of $   million related to RSUs subject to the RSU Net Settlement, (vi) the net issuance of shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $   million (based on the initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed   % tax withholding rate), and (vii) the increase in accrued liabilities and an equivalent decrease in additional paid-in capital of $   million in connection with the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) the sale and issuance of      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the concurrent share issuance at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (iii) the application of approximately $    of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repay the entire outstanding amount under our 2024 Term Loan Facility, and (iv) the use of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, if necessary, to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement.

The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following this offering and the concurrent share issuance will be adjusted based on, among other things, the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, the actual tax withholding rates, as well as the actual amount of RSUs settled in connection with this offering. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2024  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma as
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,361,083        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt, including current and long term:

        

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 1.0(2)

   $ 1,976,265        

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 2.0(3)

     3,787,692        

2024 Term Loan Facility(4)

     985,225        

Original Equipment Manufacturer financing arrangements

     1,177,158        

Revolving credit facility

     —         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt(5)

   $ 7,926,340        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 10,308 shares authorized, 9,232 shares issued and outstanding, actual;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 1,722,111        

 

88


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2024  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma as
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Redeemable Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value

per share;    shares authorized,    shares

issued and outstanding, actual;    shares

authorized,    shares issued and

outstanding, pro forma;    shares

authorized,    shares issued and

outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Class A common stock; $0.0001 par value per share; 27,034 shares authorized, 6,063 shares issued and outstanding, actual;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       

Class B common stock; $0.0001 par value per share; 7,500 shares authorized, 5,910 shares issued and outstanding, actual;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —        

Treasury stock, at cost, 329 shares, actual;    shares, shares pro forma;    shares pro forma as adjusted

     (33,524     

Preferred stock; $0.0001 par value per share;    shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;    shares authorized,    shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —        

Additional paid-in capital

     1,096,160       

Accumulated deficit

     (1,476,235     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (413,598     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 9,234,853       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $   million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $   million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization would increase by $   million, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and we would have      shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

(2)

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 1.0 consists of $2.0 billion of principal, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs of $36 million.

(3)

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 2.0 consists of $3.8 billion of principal, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs of $56 million.

(4)

2024 Term Loan Facility consists of $1.0 billion of principal, net of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs of $15 million.

(5)

On March 7, 2025, we entered into the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement providing for a $300.0 million unsecured term loan facility. As of the date of this prospectus, there have been no borrowings under the 2025 Term Loan Facility. All unfunded commitments of the lenders under the 2025 Term Loan Facility shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) April 7, 2025 and (ii) the closing of this offering.

 

89


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance is based on      shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and      shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Class B Conversion, the Option Exercise, and the RSU Net Settlement), and excludes:

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $   per share (after giving effect to the Option Exercise), of which      shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock at the election of our Co-Founders upon exercise pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan for which the service-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of December 31, 2024 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering (we expect that the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition of certain of these RSUs through     , 2025, the expected date of this offering, will result in the net issuance of      shares of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering, after withholding an aggregate of      shares of Class A common stock to satisfy the associated estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed    % tax withholding rate));

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs granted after December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan;

 

   

607,235 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, of which 390,365 had an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 216,870 had an exercise price equal to the Regular Warrants Exercise Price;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 187,524 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan as of December 31, 2024 (which reserve does not reflect the stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock and RSUs settleable for shares of our Class A common stock granted after December 31, 2024), (ii)      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

approximately      shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon the closing of our acquisition of Weights & Biases, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2019 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2019 Plan. Our 2025 Plan and 2025 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

90


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering and the concurrent share issuance.

As of December 31, 2024, our pro forma net tangible book value was $   million, or $   per share of our common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, after giving effect to (i) the Capital Stock Conversion, (ii) the Class B Conversion, (iii) the Option Exercise and the receipt by us of gross proceeds of approximately $     in connection with the Option Exercise, (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (v) the net issuance of shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding     shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $   million (based on the initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed   % tax withholding rate).

After giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance of      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the concurrent share issuance at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2024 would have been $   million, or $   per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $   per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $   per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors and the concurrent share issuance investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2024 before giving effect to this offering and the concurrent share issuance

   $          

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance

   $       
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering and the concurrent share issuance

      $       
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance

      $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on, among other things, the actual initial offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, the actual tax withholding rates, as well as the actual amount of RSUs settled in connection with this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $   per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance by $   per share, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this

 

91


Table of Contents

prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent share issuance by $   per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance by $   per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent share issuance would be $   per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance in this offering would be $   per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2024, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the difference between existing stockholders, new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us and investors being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid by investors purchasing shares in this offering or being issued shares in the concurrent share issuance at an assumed offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                  $               $       

New public investors

             $    

Concurrent share issuance investors

               N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders before this offering to be reduced to    shares, or   % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to    shares, or   % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $   million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own  %, our new public investors would own  %, and our concurrent share issuance investors would own  % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance.

In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or RSUs or any outstanding stock options are exercised or outstanding RSUs vest and settle, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors will experience further dilution.

 

92


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent share issuance is based on      shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and      shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Class B Conversion, the Option Exercise, and the RSU Net Settlement), and excludes:

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $   per share (after giving effect to the Option Exercise), of which      shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock at the election of our Co-Founders upon exercise pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan for which the service-based vesting condition was not satisfied as of December 31, 2024 and for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering (we expect that the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition of certain of these RSUs through    , 2025, the expected date of this offering, will result in the net issuance of     shares of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering, after withholding an aggregate of     shares of Class A common stock to satisfy the associated estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed   % tax withholding rate));

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs granted after December 31, 2024 under the 2019 Plan;

 

   

607,235 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, of which 390,365 had an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 216,870 had an exercise price equal to the Regular Warrants Exercise Price;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (i) 187,524 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, as of December 31, 2024 (which reserve does not reflect the stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock and RSUs settleable for shares of our Class A common stock granted after December 31, 2024), (ii)      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (iii)      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

approximately      shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable upon the closing of our acquisition of Weights & Biases, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under our 2019 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2019 Plan. Our 2025 Plan and 2025 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

93


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and other financial information, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to our historical results of operations and financial position, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any period in the future, and results for any interim period should not be construed as an inference of what our results would be for any full year or future period.

Overview

CoreWeave powers the creation and delivery of the intelligence that drives innovation.

We are the AI HyperscalerTM driving the AI revolution. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform consists of our proprietary software and cloud services that deliver the software and software intelligence needed to manage complex AI infrastructure at scale. Our platform supports the development and use of ground-breaking models and the delivery of the next generation of AI applications that are changing the way we live and work across the globe—our platform is trusted by some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, including Cohere, IBM, Meta, Microsoft, Mistral, NVIDIA, and OpenAI.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform includes:

 

   

Infrastructure Services. A fully-managed AI infrastructure layer that provides our customers with access to advanced GPU and CPU compute and highly performant networking, supported by DPUs, and storage.

 

   

Managed Software Services. Our proprietary compute orchestration and management layer that includes CKS, which schedules and orchestrates complex AI workloads, VPC, which provides a flexible, secure, and isolated private cloud, and our Bare Metal service, which runs Kubernetes directly on bare metal instances.

 

   

Application Software Services. Our dedicated software tools such as SUNK and Tensorizer, which allow customers to run Slurm-based workloads on top of Kubernetes, colocate training and inference jobs, and achieve high-speed model loading through efficient model checkpointing. Our recently announced acquisition of Weights & Biases positions us to extend our application software services offering to include additional developer-focused capabilities for the training of models and development of AI applications following closing of our acquisition.

 

   

Mission Control and Observability Software. Our lifecycle management and monitoring software that delivers advanced cluster validation, proactive health checking capabilities, and comprehensive observability capabilities through a customer-centric dashboard experience.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is hosted in our distributed network of active purpose-built data centers and gives customers access to the latest AI infrastructure, which includes the latest and most advanced high-performance GPUs, CPUs, DPUs, networking, and storage components that collectively enable the development and deployment of AI models. Our customers often make large infrastructure commitments to us structured as take-or-pay contracts with terms that are typically two to five years in length. These commitments provide us with highly visible, recurring revenue, and demonstrate the rapid adoption of our platform as customers recognize our differentiated capabilities and performance advantages. As of December 31, 2024, we had $15.1 billion of remaining performance obligations, reflecting an increase of 53%, from $9.9 billion as of December 31, 2023.

Some of the most ambitious compute-intensive projects in the world are powered by our platform, and our business has grown rapidly since our inception. Our revenue was $16 million, $229 million, and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 1,346% and

 

94


Table of Contents

737%, respectively. During these periods, we continued to invest in growing our business to capitalize on our market opportunity. As a result, our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $31 million, $594 million, and $863 million, respectively. Our adjusted net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $27 million, $45 million, and $65 million, respectively. See the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted net loss and a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted net loss.

Key Milestones Since Launching our CoreWeave Cloud Platform

Since we launched our CoreWeave Cloud Platform in 2020, we have achieved multiple milestones in scaling our infrastructure, breaking performance records for AI workloads, significantly growing our revenue and remaining performance obligations, and raising capital to finance our expansion. The timeline that follows summarizes select milestones we have achieved since we launched our CoreWeave Cloud Platform.

 

95


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

96


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We generate revenue by selling access to our AI infrastructure and proprietary managed software and application services through our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. Access to our platform, including compute, networking, managed software services, and application software services, is currently priced on a per GPU per hour basis. Storage is sold separately on a per gigabyte per month basis.

Ways Our Customers Buy from CoreWeave

Our customers purchase our CoreWeave Cloud Platform services through either committed contracts or on-demand.

Committed Contracts

 

   

We generate substantially all of our revenue from committed long-term contracts. Revenue from committed contracts is derived from sales of access to our CoreWeave Cloud Platform where customers reserve capacity over the contract length, typically two to five years, on a take-or-pay basis. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, committed contracts accounted for 20%, 88%, and 96% of our revenue, respectively. Our committed contract customers are AI labs and AI enterprises who require massive volumes of specialized compute at scale for high-intensity AI workloads. The vast majority of our committed contracts revenue is from contracts with customers with investment grade ratings, giving us confidence in the expected cash flows from these contracts.

 

   

Committed contracts are generally structured as take-or-pay arrangements whereby a customer is provided reserved capacity access to our platform over the contract term. For these arrangements, revenue is generally recognized ratably throughout the contract duration based on the customer’s reserved and committed use of capacity. Committed contracts generally have a fixed price for their duration, which is measured on a dollar per contracted GPU per hour basis, and are billed monthly based on the customer’s reserved usage commitments. Committed contracts generally have a predetermined term and start either on a fixed date or when we deliver the capacity specified in the contract. As of December 31, 2024, our committed contracts had a weighted-average contract duration of approximately four years. In the event we deliver GPU capacity to a customer prior to the specified start date for a contract, we typically bill on a per hour basis at the contracted price for the subset of systems that are delivered in advance of the commencement date.

 

   

Our committed contracts generally follow a contract to cash cycle that can be broken into three main phases: (1) contract signing, (2) infrastructure purchase and installation, and (3) go-live.

 

   

Contract signing. When we execute a committed contract, we typically receive a prepayment from our customer. The prepayment generally offsets customer payments due at the end of the contract. Upon receipt of the prepayment, we record the cash received as an asset and recognize a corresponding liability for deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, the weighted-average prepayment across all our active contracts was 15% to 25% of the TCV. We expect that this percentage will continue to fluctuate over time, as we continue to scale our operations and evolve our go-to-market strategy, customer base, and the use cases for our platform.

 

   

Infrastructure purchase and installation. Generally, we enter into a purchase order for new infrastructure components from our suppliers concurrently with entering into a customer contract, thereby avoiding unutilized capacity. We leverage our strong supplier relationships to secure access to the latest AI technologies for our customers, including GPUs. We pay our suppliers upon delivery of these systems. We then install the systems, which typically occurs over a three-month period. During the installation phase, certain costs for installation are capitalized.

 

   

Go-live. Once installation is complete, the contract goes live, and we start to recognize revenue. Revenue is recognized ratably throughout the contract duration, and we bill our customers on a

 

97


Table of Contents
 

monthly basis in arrears. Generally, in the final months of the contract, the initial customer prepayment is credited against amounts that would otherwise be billed, and no additional cash is collected by us. In certain instances, the initial prepayment is applied to amounts that would have otherwise been billed in the beginning months of the go-live phase of the contract.

 

   

Once a contract concludes, we seek to maximize the value of our associated GPU capacity. We do this by monetizing the infrastructure underlying the previously expired contract to other committed contract customers for the remainder of its economic life or to a consumption pool to be monetized on-demand. For example, we have successfully deployed former generation A100 GPUs into new contracts with the same or new counterparties, maintaining high utilization rates and extending their economic life.

On-Demand

 

   

We also sell on-demand access to our platform. On-demand access is billed monthly in arrears on a pay-as-you-go basis for the hourly usage of our platform. We recognize revenue from these arrangements at time of usage. Historically, a majority of our revenue from on-demand access to our platform has been from customers who have committed contracts with us and needed short-term access to additional compute capacity that they can scale up and down as needed to serve burst workloads.

The Scale of Our Platform Technology and Infrastructure

We invest in our platform through capital investments in our AI infrastructure and research and development spend on our software that automates, manages, and orchestrates our platform. We believe the scale of our platform provides a strong and durable competitive advantage for us. Of our total deployed GPUs, which exceeded 250,000 as of December 31, 2024, a majority were NVIDIA Hopper models, representing one of the world’s largest next generation GPU fleets. Additionally, we were among the first cloud providers to deploy high-performance infrastructure with NVIDIA H100, H200, and GH200, and the first cloud provider to make NVIDIA GB200 NVL72-based instances generally available demonstrating our ability to provide our customers with market-leading access to the latest cutting-edge technology. Our investments in our software engineering capabilities that drive our managed software and application services as well as our Mission Control and Observability software are key to our ability to deliver some of the world’s largest and most performant compute clusters. These investments unlock the performance of our GPU clusters, and we continue to release additional updates to our cloud software services to further enhance the capabilities of our infrastructure. For example, in the last two years we have released major products including CKS, Mission Control, Object Storage, and SUNK, all of which accelerate the ability of our customers to train models and run inference.

Attractive Unit Economics

We benefit from attractive unit economics underpinned by committed multi-year customer contracts and the long estimated economic life of our infrastructure. The initial prepayments from our customers and the investment grade credit ratings of some of our largest customers provide us with a high degree of confidence in our expected cash flows from signed contracts.

Additionally, we benefit from rapid time-to-value on our infrastructure investments. Using committed contracts that were in effect as of December 31, 2024 as a basis, we anticipate that our average cash payback period, including prepayments from customers, will be approximately 2.5 years. Our cash payback period is the time we anticipate it would take to break-even on our investment in GPUs and other property and equipment through adjusted EBITDA. The cash payback period reflects how efficiently we monetize our compute resources, providing a measure of the speed at which capital invested is expected to generate returns. The calculation is performed on a per-GPU basis, starting with the estimated cash spent on property and equipment (calculated as change in total property and equipment excluding the change in construction in progress) during the quarter, divided by the number of GPUs that went into service in the period. This investment is then adjusted for any

 

98


Table of Contents

prepayments received from customers under committed contracts, resulting in the net cash outlay on a per-GPU basis. This net figure is then divided by the product of our adjusted EBITDA margin and the average annualized committed contract revenue per GPU for the period. Given contract lengths generally range between two to five years, and the economic life of our infrastructure assets exceeds the typical contract length according to our estimates, our business model can generate attractive returns by creating opportunities to re-contract infrastructure after a customer’s initial contract expires. We closely monitor our unit economics to ensure that we continue to generate the highest possible return on invested capital at scale.

Customers and Go-to-Market Strategy

Our sales organization is focused on a direct named account strategy to drive demand from the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises. We supplement this with a product-led growth (“PLG”) motion serving individual users and developers working at AI labs and AI enterprises. We intend to further invest in sales and marketing to target broader enterprise customers on a direct basis over time, leveraging partnerships with other participants in the data infrastructure and AI ecosystem to extend our customer reach, and further penetrate our total addressable market opportunity. We expect that the announced acquisition of Weights & Biases, which, following closing of the acquisition, allows us to expand our customer acquisition capabilities, will accelerate our planned investment in sales and marketing. The successful execution of our sales and marketing strategy will depend, among other things, on our ability to successfully build and expand our sales organization and operations and identify, recruit, train, and manage sales personnel which may require significant time, expense, and attention, including from our senior management and other key personnel. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

We believe that enterprises of all sizes will need to integrate AI into their businesses in order to preserve and grow their competitive advantages. We have initially targeted a small cohort of massive enterprises and well-funded AI labs, such as Cohere, Meta, Microsoft, Mistral, NVIDIA, and OpenAI, that are consuming vast amounts of compute to train the next generation of foundational models, providing AI inference to customer or consumer queries, developing new AI-native products, incorporating AI into their existing products, and performing engineering development and research. Often, our target customers act as the means through which our CoreWeave Cloud Platform powers a downstream set of AI applications for a broad base of organizations, developers, and consumers.

We partner closely with our customers so that we can help them achieve their commercial objectives, which has positioned us as at the cornerstone of the evolving AI ecosystem. In addition, our customer focus has allowed us to scale rapidly and benefit from the advantages of operating at scale in this market, and has enabled us to evolve our platform in lockstep with the most cutting-edge foundational models, thereby strengthening our engineering advantage. Over time, as AI model training and inference broadens to a larger group of organizations, we intend to broaden our reach to a larger base of enterprises that are deploying AI.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is mission critical to our customers. Our ability to deliver high-performance AI infrastructure has established us as a critical partner to our customers and has allowed us to create long-term, durable relationships that expand over time. As evidence of this, three of our top five committed contract customers by TCV as of December 31, 2024 signed agreements for additional capacity within 12 months of their respective initial purchase dates. These agreements, measured during each respective 12-month period from the initial date of signing, represent a cumulative increase of approximately $7.8 billion in committed spend and a multiple of approximately 4x on initial contract value. Our deep relationships with customers are a competitive advantage, and our first-to-market track record with highly performant technology gives customers confidence in choosing CoreWeave.

Robust Supply Chain Relationships

We believe that success as a leading AI cloud platform is driven by, and dependent upon, deep, entrenched relationships with other pioneering AI ecosystem innovation leaders and access to a resilient and reliable supply

 

99


Table of Contents

of cutting-edge AI infrastructure such as GPUs, and data center equipment such as high-speed interconnects and liquid cooling systems. It also requires having optimized data center space (location, size, technical design, capacity ramp timelines, and the right unit costs) as well as the necessary power supply. We believe that access to power is, and will remain, a major bottleneck to the development of AI and will necessitate novel and creative power solutions. We have, and will continue to, relentlessly and creatively explore additional opportunities to add power capacity, as demonstrated by our agreement with Core Scientific for more than 500 MW of capacity as of December 31, 2024.

Today, the majority of our data center footprint is leased from leading data center providers where we pay all or our proportional share of the operating expenses in addition to rent, including real estate taxes, building insurance, maintenance, water, and power expenses. Our team has a depth of experience in hedging and risk managing power costs.

Our physical technology infrastructure is an essential component of our differentiation. We integrate cutting-edge design standards into our data centers, which incorporate specific design features customized for the performance requirements of AI workloads. This involves working with the data center owners from whom we lease data centers to expand and modify existing infrastructure and accommodate features such as high-density power distribution units, liquid cooling, and high-performance networking with thousands of miles of fiber cables. Furthermore, we work to ensure there is inter-data center connectivity including ring redundancy and dark fiber connectivity. Additionally, we have developed close relationships with leading chipmakers and OEMs, which, together with our dedicated infrastructure management and orchestration software, have helped enhance our ability to deliver the fastest, at-scale deployments of their hardware in a highly performant and reliable manner.

The capital expenditures for these components of our supply chain are significant and are reflected on our balance sheet as property and equipment once they are installed and operational. Some of these investments, namely the systems that we acquire, are classified on our balance sheet as Construction in Progress (“CIP”), which is part of property and equipment, when first acquired, and, once placed in service, are reclassified to Equipment within property and equipment and begin depreciating. The time between when systems are purchased and when they are installed is typically three months. We believe it is important to track our property and equipment, net of CIP, as this represents the effective compute from our infrastructure base that is in production and actively contributing to operations.

Over time, we may own data centers in addition to leasing them. While this would significantly increase our upfront capital expenditures, it would allow us to exert more control over our data center delivery timeline and we expect it would reduce our operating costs. It would also increase our ability to more directly manage data center design to ensure we can build in the required configurations for highly performant networking and power infrastructure and liquid cooling systems, which enable greater rack density and power efficiency.

Just-In-Time Funding Model

One of the largest cash expenses in our business is the purchase of AI infrastructure components to power our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. We utilize a combination of debt and equity financing as well as cash flow from operations to fund the cost of infrastructure components.

 

   

We typically do not submit purchase orders for systems without having a committed contract that matches the level of compute generated by such systems. We generally submit purchase orders for systems on a just-in-time basis at the time of contract signing. This ensures that, generally, we provide infrastructure to customers as needed, versus making large investments without certainty of payback.

 

   

Additionally, we have a proven track record of securing large asset-backed debt facilities to enable rapid scaling of our business model. These facilities consist of amortizing delayed draw term loans (“DDTLs”) that are collateralized with the assets underlying the contributed contracts and the pledged

 

100


Table of Contents
 

contractual cash flows, generally from investment grade counterparties. They are drawn as we build infrastructure to support customer requirements, and amortize over time as contracted cash flows are generated in a regular and predictable manner, with excess cash made available to us. As we have scaled, we have managed to drive lower cost of capital across our financings.

As of December 31, 2024, we had secured a cumulative $9.9 billion in financing commitments through our DDTLs. We secured $2.3 billion through the DDTL 1.0 Facility in July 2023 and subsequently secured $7.6 billion of commitments through the DDTL 2.0 Facility that was first announced in May 2024. In addition to our DDTLs, we have capitalized our business through other financing arrangements including a $650 million revolving credit facility, a $1.0 billion term loan facility, and an aggregate notional amount of $1.3 billion of equipment financing as of December 31, 2024. We plan to continue to look for the most efficient financing strategies to enable us to scale our business with greater access to capital at lower costs.

Key Factors Impacting Our Performance

We believe the growth and success of our business depends on a number of key factors. These factors each present significant opportunities for our business, but also pose challenges that we must address in order to sustain our rapid growth and ensure the durability of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform.

Adoption of AI in Society

The development and early adoption of AI models and the products built on top of them have contributed to our growth to date and our future success will depend in part on the continued adoption of AI. We believe AI is still in the early stages of its commercialization and that demand for model training and inference will continue to scale as organizations embrace new use cases for AI and experience the productivity and efficiency gains associated with deploying AI products. The infrastructure that supports the use cases for AI is expected to continue improving as new generations of AI technologies are released and their performance continues to improve. Moreover, the volume of data on which models are trained is expected to continue to increase as more data is produced and becomes accessible to foundational models. As AI becomes more widespread, chip technology continues to improve, the amount of available data for training grows and companies continue to invest in infrastructure for AI, we believe that the adoption of AI will scale significantly.

Securing Sufficient Power Capacity

We believe the data center installed base will need to scale significantly over the course of the coming years in terms of both space and power to keep pace with demand for AI products and high-performance compute. As of December 31, 2022, we had three data centers running more than 17,000 GPUs in total and supported by approximately 10 MW of active power, which grew to 10 data centers running more than 53,000 GPUs in total and supported by more than 70 MW of active power as of December 31, 2023, and grew further to 32 data centers running more than 250,000 GPUs in total and supported by more than 360 MW of active power as of December 31, 2024. Our total contracted power extends to approximately 1.3 GW as of December 31, 2024, which we expect to roll out over the coming years. Importantly, our power capacity is available in large individual deployments that are capable of serving large infrastructure clusters, which is critical for our larger customers. We plan to continue to build out our access to power capacity and explore alternative energy solutions to support our growing capacity needs, including, but not limited to non-emitting sources of power. We believe that limited access to power will favor platforms like ours that are purpose-built to deliver maximum performance from a constrained pool of resources.

Maintaining a Robust Supply Chain to Service AI and High-Performance Compute Requirements

Our future success depends in part on our access to the latest generation of high-performance chips and ancillary hardware, including GPUs, and other high-performance networking and storage equipment required to

 

101


Table of Contents

run our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. We have established close relationships with chipmakers and OEMs over time to secure our supply of hardware components and continue to strengthen these relationships through our demonstrated ability to deliver leading-edge compute at unparalleled scale and speed. Our future success also depends on our ability to access components such as chillers and HVAC systems for liquid cooling to maintain our data center infrastructure. We work actively with our suppliers on future capacity to ensure that our future resource needs are met while continuing to develop our relationships with leading component providers to incorporate the latest hardware innovations and assemble highly performant AI compute solutions for our customers.

Investing in Innovation and Technology Leadership

Our success is dependent on our ability to sustain innovation and technology leadership in order to maintain the competitive advantage of our solution and to bring the latest GPUs to market faster than our competition. We pioneered2 the AI Hyperscaler and have been able to nurture a unique technological differentiation across our CoreWeave Cloud Platform and a specialization in serving AI workloads. We have built a highly differentiated full stack solution for running AI training and inference workloads at maximum performance and efficiency, which we intend to continue to adapt and evolve with the support of our AI specific expertise. We plan to maintain our prioritization of investments in our engineering and product teams to continue to extend our technology leadership in AI infrastructure. Our engineering-led culture, coupled with our team’s embedded philosophy of embracing complex technical challenges, will be a critical factor to our future performance and in our ability to continue innovating.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is a critical part of the daily operations of the AI developers and providers of AI products and services that rely on our platform to train and inference their models. We remain committed to investing in and growing our business through continued technology leadership and expansion of our software suite to further optimize and enhance AI compute.

Driving More Workloads from Existing Customers

We have strategically aligned with some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises that are building the next generation of foundational models and providing AI capabilities to organizations across the world. These AI leaders are the primary channel through which many non AI-native organizations access the benefits of AI today, given that they deliver AI-powered products and services that leverage our infrastructure to users without requiring them to build and run their own models. We are focused on continuing to capture AI cloud spend across these organizations as they train new models and build new AI capabilities for businesses and individuals, and focused on enabling them to maintain their innovation edge and accelerate the speed to market of their next generation of models. The significant benefits we deliver to these customers in terms of overall performance, efficiency, and reduced cost of ownership results in them making large initial commitments and expanding those commitments with us over time. As of December 31, 2024, we had $15.1 billion of remaining performance obligations, reflecting an increase of 53%, from $9.9 billion as of December 31, 2023. Driving the continued retention and expansion of our customers will depend on our ability to handle the scale, performance, and efficiency required to accelerate their path to market and enable them to produce better AI products and services. Given the large initial commitments customers make for access to our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, we expect the growth of our remaining performance obligations to be in steps, which may include periods of decline, versus a smooth linear trajectory.

 

2 

Based on the capabilities of our platform, solutions, and services as compared to competing hyperscalers, our track record of being among the first to deliver bleeding-edge infrastructure and technology, and our collaboration with leading data center providers and AI labs and AI enterprises to accelerate innovative technology and infrastructure in the AI cloud computing industry.

 

102


Table of Contents

Increasing Customer Adoption of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform

We expect to see increasing adoption of AI globally as both existing industries innovate with AI and new industries arise. We anticipate that AI will expand beyond first movers to a broader set of enterprises that will utilize AI to drive internal efficiencies and implement AI into their products and services. These organizations are in their early stages of adopting the latest innovations in AI such as Generative AI, and are currently focused on running proof-of-concepts, adapting foundational models to optimize them for their specific use-cases and infusing them with their proprietary data for a broad range of vertical applications, from high frequency trading to drug discovery. As AI model capabilities grow and become more accessible and cheaper, we also expect to see the birth of new industries and use cases, which we may not be able to precisely anticipate today. Over time, as more non-AI-native organizations across a broader spectrum of industries run training and inference workloads on their own proprietary models, and as new industries with additional workload demands emerge, we believe we will be uniquely positioned to capture those workloads on our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. Our globally distributed and elastic infrastructure, which is optimized for performance and low latency, and our software stack, which makes it easy to deploy, manage, and monitor, are ideally suited to run and scale these workloads seamlessly. Successful acquisitions of new customers across these organizations will depend upon our ability to continue evolving our go-to-market organization and strategy, sufficient demand for AI compute, demand from end users of AI-enabled products and services, and overall pricing and competition. Our recently announced acquisition of Weights & Biases positions us to accelerate our customer acquisition through broader exposure to the developer community and through the expansion of our application software services offering. We expect that, following closing of the acquisition, the integration of Weights & Biases’ sales personnel and technology roadmap will increase our sales and marketing spend and technology and infrastructure spend respectively. Lastly, if AI is not broadly adopted by the enterprises to the extent we expect, or if new use cases do not arise, then our opportunity may be smaller than we expect.

Improving our Cost of Capital

Our business is driven by investments in infrastructure that is foundational to our platform. In order to fund these investments, we have pioneered and scaled innovative financing structures that have enabled us to grow our business at a rapid pace through timely and flexible access to capital. These include our use of DDTLs that are collateralized by contractual cash flows and infrastructure assets. These structures have allowed us to leverage the valuable infrastructure underpinning our contracts, the strong credit quality of many of our customers, and high visibility of our customer payments to drive down our cost of capital. We have also incorporated features such as investment grade tranches, as in the case of the DDTL 2.0 Facility, to further reduce our cost of capital. We expect our cost of capital to continue declining as we benefit from economies of scale and access new forms of financing including asset backed securitizations and rated parent level debt. We expect this trajectory towards a lower cost of capital to enable us to accelerate growth at the pace of innovation and help drive continued investments in the most cutting-edge technology. However, our ability to lower our cost of capital depends upon a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including broader macroeconomic conditions. If we are unable to continue lowering our cost of capital, our ability to effectively compete, especially with larger competitors that have greater financial and other resources, as well as our operating results, financial condition, and business, may be adversely impacted.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue by providing our customers with cloud computing services, including compute enabled by our software and infrastructure optimized for AI and high-performance computing. Our customers purchase our CoreWeave Cloud Platform services through either committed contracts or on-demand. Our revenue primarily comes from committed contracts.

 

103


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of direct costs for data centers, including costs associated with our facilities, such as rent, utilities including power, personnel costs for employees involved in data center operations and customer success, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, and other related expenses and depreciation and amortization, including depreciation of power installation and distribution systems.

We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollar terms as we continue to grow our platform and expand our customer base. However, we anticipate that cost of revenue may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue in the future due to the timing of when we achieve economies of scale and operational efficiencies.

Technology and Infrastructure

Technology and infrastructure expense consists of costs associated with our infrastructure, such as depreciation and amortization related to our servers, switches, networking equipment and internally developed software, personnel costs for employees associated with research and development of new and existing products and services or with maintaining our computing infrastructure, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, travel expenses, and other related expenses, and costs related to software subscriptions.

We expect our technology and infrastructure expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to focus on growth and innovation. However, we anticipate technology and infrastructure may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue in the future due to the timing of investments in our platform, as well as when we achieve economies of scale and operational efficiencies.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists of personnel costs associated with selling and marketing our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, such as salaries, stock-based compensation expense, commissions, bonuses, travel expenses, and other related expenses, third-party professional services costs, and advertising costs associated with marketing programs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists of costs associated with corporate functions including our finance, legal, human resources, IT, and facilities. These costs include personnel costs, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, and other related expenses, third-party professional services costs, such as legal, accounting, and audit services, corporate facilities, depreciation for equipment, furniture, and fixtures, and other costs necessary to operate our corporate functions, including expenses for non-income taxes, insurance, and office rental.

We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, expenses related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as higher expenses for general and director and officer insurance, investor relations, and professional services.

Loss on Fair Value Adjustments

Loss on fair value adjustments consists of gains and losses as a result of recording our derivative and warrant liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period, as well as recording our warrants and embedded derivatives prior to settlement of the associated instruments.

 

104


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists of interest associated with our finance leases, notes, and loans, and amortization of discount, debt issuance costs associated with our debt obligations and undrawn fees. Interest expense, net is reflected net of capitalized interest.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists of investment income, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, interest income, and other non-operating gains and losses.

Provision for (benefit from) Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Foreign jurisdictions typically have different statutory tax rates from those in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates may vary depending on the impact of the valuation allowance and nondeductible fair value adjustments to derivatives, as well as the relative proportion of foreign income to domestic income, generation of tax credits, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 15,830     $ 228,943     $ 1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenue(1)

     12,122       68,780       493,350  

Technology and infrastructure(1)

     18,106       131,855       960,685  

Sales and marketing(1)

     2,481       12,917       18,389  

General and administrative(1)

     6,001       29,842       118,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     38,710        243,394       1,591,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (22,880     (14,451     324,358  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (2,884     (533,952     (755,929

Interest expense, net

     (9,444     (28,404     (360,824

Other income, net

     192       18,760       48,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (35,016     (558,047     (744,201

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (4,150     35,701       119,247  

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (30,866   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (189   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

105


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022      2023      2024  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 133      $ 694      $ 1,307  

Technology and infrastructure

     624        7,100        10,137  

Sales and marketing

     74        1,740        3,408  

General and administrative

     659        5,620        16,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,490      $  15,154      $ 31,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Revenue

     100     100     100

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenue

     77       30       26  

Technology and infrastructure

     114       58       50  

Sales and marketing

     16       6       1  

General and administrative

     38       13       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     245       106       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (145     (6     17  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (18     (233     (39

Interest expense, net

     (60     (12     (19

Other income, net

     1       8       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (221     (244     (39

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (26     16       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (195     (259     (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (1            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (196 )%      (259 )%      (45 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note:

Totals may not sum due to rounding.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2023 and 2024

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023      2024      Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 228,943      $ 1,915,426      $ 1,686,483        737

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1.7 billion, or 737%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This substantial growth was related to increased demand from both existing and new customer contracts and our ability to rapidly scale our operations, emphasizing the strength of our customer relationships and our ability to meet the evolving needs of the industry. Over 95% of the increase in revenue was attributable to expansion within our existing customer base and the remaining increase was attributable to new customers.

 

106


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
      2023       2024       Change       % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $  68,780     $   493,350     $   424,570        617

Percentage of revenue

     30     26     

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $425 million, or 617%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to higher costs directly related to running our data centers to support the significant increase in customer demand, driven by the successful deployment of new data centers, which resulted in an increase in rent expense of approximately $290 million, an increase in data center utilities and power spend of approximately $76 million, an increase in personnel costs of approximately $22 million, which includes headcount growth of employees directly associated with data centers, and an increase in depreciation and amortization related to power installation and distribution systems of approximately $18 million.

Technology and Infrastructure

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Technology and infrastructure

   $ 131,855     $   960,685     $   828,830        629

Percentage of revenue

     58     50     

Technology and infrastructure expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $829 million, or 629%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to an increase in depreciation and amortization of approximately $742 million, from $101 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, to $843 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, resulting from investments in our platform and servers, switches, and other networking equipment fixed assets within our infrastructure, as well as an increase of approximately $56 million of personnel costs and an increase of approximately $45 million of equipment support and software expenses.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $  12,917     $    18,389     $     5,472        42

Percentage of revenue

     6     1     

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $5 million, or 42%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to an increase of approximately $3 million in personnel costs to help our efforts in driving customer demand.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $  29,842     $   118,644     $    88,802        298

Percentage of revenue

     13     6     

 

107


Table of Contents

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $89 million, or 298%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to an increase of approximately $41 million in personnel-related expenses, which includes headcount growth to support our expanding operations. Professional services expenses also increased by approximately $28 million, primarily from accounting, tax, legal, and advisory services necessary to support our growth and public company preparation activities. Additional increases of approximately $10 million were attributable to higher overhead costs, including facilities expenses and software costs.

Loss on Fair Value Adjustments

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loss on fair value adjustments

   $ (533,952   $ (755,929   $ (221,977     42

Loss on fair value adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $222 million, or 42%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was driven by an increase in the valuation of derivatives and warrants tied to our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock within the periods presented.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $  (28,404   $ (360,824   $ (332,420     1,170

Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $332 million, or 1,170%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to higher borrowing levels under our Credit Facilities, resulting in an increase in interest expense, partially offset by capitalized interest associated with investments in our platform and data center infrastructure.

Other Income, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023      2024      Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income, net

   $  18,760      $   48,194      $   29,434        157

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $29 million, or 157%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to an increase in investment income of approximately $30 million and interest income of approximately $15 million, partially offset by a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $11 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023     2024     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $  35,701     $  119,247     $   83,546        234

Effective tax rate

     (6 )%      (16 )%      

 

108


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $84 million, or 234%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. We recorded income tax expense in all periods presented despite experiencing pre-tax losses in part due to nondeductible losses on fair value adjustments and projected limitations on our ability to realize certain tax benefits, which has resulted in us maintaining a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets. The increase in year over year income tax expense primarily resulted from an increase in pre-tax income excluding these nondeductible losses and the inability to record a net benefit from deferred tax assets generated in the period.

Our effective tax rate might fluctuate significantly in the future due to additional impacts from non-deductible items and future changes in the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2022 and 2023

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $  15,830      $   228,943      $   213,113        1,346

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $213 million, or 1,346%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This substantial growth was related to increased demand from both new and existing customer contracts and our ability to rapidly scale our operations and meet the evolving needs of the industry. Approximately 88% of the increase in revenue was from sales to new customers and the remaining increase was attributable to sales to existing customers.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $  12,122     $    68,780     $    56,658        467

Percentage of revenue

     77     30     

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $57 million, or 467%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to higher costs directly related to running our data centers to support the significant increase in customer demand, driven by the successful deployment of new data centers, which resulted in an increase in rent expense of approximately $48 million and an increase in personnel costs of approximately $2 million, which includes headcount growth of employees directly supporting data center operations.

Technology and Infrastructure

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Technology and infrastructure

   $  18,106     $  131,855     $  113,749        628

Percentage of revenue

     114     58     

Technology and infrastructure expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $114 million, or 628%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to an increase in depreciation and amortization of approximately $90 million, from $11 million for the year ended December 31,

 

109


Table of Contents

2022, to $101 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, driven by investments in our platform and servers, switches, and other networking equipment fixed assets within our infrastructure, as well as an increase of approximately $17 million of personnel costs and an increase of approximately $4 million of equipment support and software expenses.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 2,481     $ 12,917     $ 10,436        421

Percentage of revenue

     16     6     

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $10 million, or 421%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to an increase of approximately $7 million in personnel costs to help our efforts in driving customer demand.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      Change        % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 6,001      $ 29,842      $ 23,841          397

Percentage of revenue

     38      13        

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $24 million, or 397%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to an increase of approximately $16 million in personnel related expenses, which includes headcount growth to support our expanding operations. Professional services expenses also increased by approximately $3 million, primarily from accounting, tax, legal, and advisory services necessary to support our growth.

Loss on Fair Value Adjustments

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loss on fair value adjustments

   $ (2,884    $ (533,952    $ (531,068      NM  

 

NM - Not meaningful.

Loss on fair value adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $531 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was driven by an increase in the valuation of derivatives and warrants tied to our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock within the periods presented.

Interest Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (9,444    $ (28,404    $ (18,960      201

 

110


Table of Contents

Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $19 million, or 201%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to higher borrowing levels under our Credit Facilities, resulting in an increase in interest expense, partially offset by capitalized interest associated with investments in our platform and data center infrastructure.

Other Income, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022        2023        Change        % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income, net

   $ 192        $ 18,760        $ 18,568          NM  

 

NM - Not meaningful.

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by $19 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to an increase in investment income of approximately $21 million.

Provision for (benefit from) Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023     Change        % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ (4,150    $ 35,701     $ 39,851          (960 )% 

Effective tax rate

     12      (6 )%        

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 changed by $40 million, or 960%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. We recorded income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 despite experiencing pre-tax losses in part due to nondeductible losses on fair value adjustments and projected limitations on our ability to realize certain tax benefits, which has resulted in us maintaining a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets. The increase in year over year income tax expense primarily resulted from an increase in pre-tax income excluding these nondeductible losses and, the inability to record a net benefit from deferred tax assets generated in the period.

Our effective tax rate might fluctuate significantly in the future due to additional impacts from non-deductible items and future changes in the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, we use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted operating income (loss) and adjusted operating income (loss) margin, and adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted net income (loss) margin, collectively, to help us evaluate our business. We use such non-GAAP financial measures to make strategic decisions, establish business plans and forecasts, identify trends affecting our business, and evaluate operating performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because they allow for greater transparency into what measures we use in operating our business and measuring our performance and enable comparison of financial trends and results between periods where items may vary independent of business performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the

 

111


Table of Contents

related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, as well as our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We believe excluding items that neither relate to the ordinary course of business nor reflect our underlying business performance or that other companies, including companies in our industry, frequently exclude from similar non-GAAP measures enables us and our investors to compare our underlying business performance from period to period. Accordingly, we believe these adjustments facilitate a useful evaluation of our current operating performance and comparison to our past operating performance and provide investors with additional means to evaluate cost and expense trends. In addition, we also believe these adjustments enhance comparability of our financial performance and are similar measures that are widely used by analysts and investors as a means of evaluating a company’s performance.

There are a number of limitations related to our non-GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are that these measures, to the extent applicable, exclude:

 

   

loss on fair value adjustments, a non-cash expense, which represents gains and losses as a result of recording our derivative and warrant liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period, as well as recording our derivatives and warrants and prior to settlement of the associated instruments;

 

   

depreciation and amortization, a non-cash expense, where the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future and these measures do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

interest expense, net, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness, which reduces cash available to us;

 

   

stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

   

provision for income taxes, which may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

   

other income, net, for certain non-cash or non-routine items that are not reflective of our ongoing operational results, which currently primarily relate to interest income and loss on extinguishment of debt.

In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate these non-GAAP measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our disclosure of non-GAAP measures as a tool for comparison.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider these non-GAAP measures along with other financial performance measures, including our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss, excluding (i) loss on fair value adjustments, (ii) depreciation and amortization, (iii) interest expense, net, (iv) stock-based compensation, (v) other income, net, and (vi) provision for (benefit from) income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss and net loss margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
     (dollars in thousands, except percentages)  

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448

Loss on fair value adjustments(1)

     2,884       533,952       755,929  

Depreciation and amortization

     11,695       103,210       863,413  

Interest expense, net

     9,444       28,404       360,824  

Stock-based compensation

     1,490       15,154       31,487  

Other income, net

     (192     (18,760     (48,194

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (4,150     35,701       119,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (9,884   $ 103,913     $ 1,219,258  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $  15,830     $  228,943     $  1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

     (196 )%      (259 )%      (45 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (62 )%      45     64

 

(1)

Represents adjustments related to recording our derivative liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period for our 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, warrant liabilities related to our 2022 Senior Secured Notes, and the fair value remeasurement of the option liability in connection with our Series B financing. Refer to Note 3. Fair Value Measurements to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) and Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) Margin

We define adjusted operating income (loss) as operating income (loss), excluding stock-based compensation and adjusted operating income (loss) margin as adjusted operating income (loss) divided by revenue.

The following table presents a reconciliation of operating income (loss) and operating income (loss) margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted operating income (loss) and adjusted operating income (loss) margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
     (dollars in thousands, except percentages)  

Operating income (loss)

   $ (22,880   $ (14,451   $ 324,358  

Stock-based compensation

     1,490       15,154       31,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income (loss)

   $ (21,390   $ 703     $ 355,845  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 15,830     $  228,943     $  1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) margin

     (145 )%      (6 )%      17

Adjusted operating income (loss) margin

     (135 )%          19

Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) Margin

We define adjusted net income (loss) as net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, excluding (i) loss on fair value adjustments, (ii) stock-based compensation, (iii) other adjustments for certain non-cash or non-routine items that are not reflective of our ongoing operational results, and (iv) income tax effect adjustments. Adjusted net income (loss) margin is defined as adjusted net income (loss) divided by revenue.

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss and net loss margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net loss and adjusted net loss margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
     (dollars in thousands, except percentages)  

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448

Loss on fair value adjustments(1)

     2,884        533,952       755,929  

Stock-based compensation

     1,490       15,154       31,487  

Other adjustments(2)

                 11,124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss(3)

   $ (26,681   $ (44,642   $ (64,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 15,830     $ 228,943     $  1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

     (196 )%      (259 )%      (45 )% 

Adjusted net loss margin(3)

     (169 )%      (19 )%      (3 )% 

 

(1)

Represents adjustments related to recording our derivative liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period for our 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, warrant liabilities related to our 2022 Senior Secured Notes, and the fair value remeasurement of the option liability in connection with our Series B financing. Refer to Note 3. Fair Value Measurements to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

(2)

Primarily relates to loss on extinguishment of debt related to the conversion of our 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes and settlement of our 2022 Senior Secured Notes.

(3)

There were no material income tax effects on our non-GAAP adjustments for all periods presented.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. In our opinion, the unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for any particular quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period. The following unaudited quarterly financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 188,684     $ 395,371     $ 583,941     $ 747,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenue(1)

     59,220       108,838       143,134       182,158  

Technology and infrastructure(1)

     92,881       182,886       285,509       399,409  

Sales and marketing(1)

     4,050       4,172       4,554       5,613  

General and administrative(1)

     15,686       21,754       33,628       47,576  

Total operating expenses

     171,837       317,650       466,825       634,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     16,847       77,721       117,116       112,674  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (97,500     (310,231     (341,133     (7,065

Interest expense, net

     (40,656     (66,766     (104,375     (149,027

Other income, net

     7,460       16,406       10,244       14,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (113,849     (282,870     (318,148     (29,334

Provision for income taxes

     15,399       40,151       41,659       22,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (129,248   $ (323,021   $ (359,807   $ (51,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

 

(1) 

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024      June 30, 2024      September 30,
2024
     December 31,
2024
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 388      $ 350      $ 271      $ 298  

Technology and infrastructure

     2,357        2,080        2,161        3,539  

Sales and marketing

     867        848        847        846  

General and administrative

     4,577        4,382        4,338        3,338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 8,189      $ 7,660      $ 7,617      $ 8,021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for each of the quarters indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
 

Revenue

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     31     28     25     24

Technology and infrastructure

     49     46     49     53

Sales and marketing

     2     1     1     1

General and administrative

     8     6     6     6

Total operating expenses

     91     80     80     85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     9     20     20     15

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (52 )%      (78 )%      (58 )%      (1 )% 

Interest expense, net

     (22 )%      (17 )%      (18 )%      (20 )% 

Other income, net

     4     4     2     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (60 )%      (72 )%      (54 )%      (4 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     8     10     7     3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (68 )%      (82 )%      (62 )%      (7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: Totals may not sum due to rounding

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

On a quarterly basis, revenue increased during each period presented as a result of increased demand from both existing and new customer contracts and our ability to rapidly scale our operations, emphasizing the strength of our customer relationships and our ability to meet the evolving needs of the industry. Substantially all of the increase in revenue was attributable to expansion within our existing customer base and the remaining increase was attributable to new customers.

Cost of Revenue

On a quarterly basis, cost of revenue increased during each period presented. This increase was attributable to higher costs directly related to running our data centers to support the significant increase in customer demand, driven by the successful deployment of new data centers, which resulted in an increase in rent expense, data center utilities and power spend. As a percentage of revenue, however, cost of revenue decreased in each consecutive period, reflecting initial efficiency gains as we expand our operations. We expect cost of revenue to

 

115


Table of Contents

fluctuate over time as a percentage of revenue due to the timing of expanding our data center footprint in relationship to the corresponding revenue and our ongoing efforts to optimize the costs of operating those facilities.

Technology and Infrastructure

On a quarterly basis, technology and infrastructure expense increased during each period presented. This increase was attributable to an increase in depreciation and amortization, resulting from investments in our platform and servers, switches and other networking equipment within our infrastructure. As a percentage of revenue, technology and infrastructure expense fluctuated moderately in each period, due to the timing of investments in our growth and innovation of our platform, which we expect to continue over time.

Sales and Marketing

On a quarterly basis, sales and marketing expense slightly increased during each period presented. This increase was attributable to an increase in personnel costs to help our efforts in driving customer demand.

General and Administrative

On a quarterly basis, general and administrative expense increased during each period presented. The increase was attributable to a rise in personnel-related and professional services expenses, necessary to support our growth and public company preparation activities. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense remained relatively consistent in each period.

Loss on Fair Value Adjustments

On a quarterly basis, loss on fair value adjustments has varied significantly during each period presented. This variability is based on the valuation of derivatives and warrants tied to our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock within the periods presented. In the quarter ended September 30, 2024, all of the outstanding 2021 Convertible Senior Notes converted into shares of common stock, and as a result, the fair value adjustments recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2024 decreased relative to prior periods.

Interest Expense, Net

On a quarterly basis, interest expense, net increased during each period presented. This increase was attributable to higher borrowing levels under our Credit Facilities.

Provision for Income Taxes

On a quarterly basis, our provision for income taxes has remained relatively consistent as a percentage of revenue, with the exception of the fourth quarter during which the provision for income taxes decreased relative to prior quarters. Our effective tax rates may vary depending on the impact of the valuation allowance and nondeductible fair value adjustments to derivatives, as well as the relative proportion of foreign income to domestic income, generation of tax credits, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws.

Quarterly Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss and net loss margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

116


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2024     December 31, 2024  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (129,248   $ (323,021   $ (359,807   $ (51,372

Loss on fair value adjustments(1)

     97,500       310,231       341,133       7,065  

Depreciation and amortization

     79,510       164,460       254,024       365,419  

Interest expense, net

     40,656       66,766       104,375       149,027  

Stock-based compensation

     8,189       7,660       7,617       8,021  

Other income, net

     (7,460     (16,406     (10,244     (14,084

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     15,399       40,151       41,659       22,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 104,546     $ 249,841     $ 378,757     $ 486,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 188,684     $ 395,371     $ 583,941     $ 747,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

     (68 )%      (82 )%      (62 )%      (7 )% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     55     63     65     65

 

(1) 

Represents adjustments related to recording our derivative liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period for our 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, warrant liabilities related to our 2022 Senior Secured Notes, and the fair value remeasurement of the option liability in connection with our Series B financing. Refer to Note 3. Fair Value Measurements to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Quarterly Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) and Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) Margin

The following table presents a reconciliation of operating income (loss) and operating income (loss) margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted operating income (loss) and adjusted operating income (loss) margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating income

   $ 16,847     $ 77,721     $ 117,116     $ 112,674  

Stock-based compensation

     8,189       7,660       7,617       8,021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

   $ 25,036     $ 85,381     $ 124,733     $ 120,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 188,684     $ 395,371     $ 583,941     $ 747,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income margin

     9     20     20     15

Adjusted operating income margin

     13     22     21     16

Quarterly Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted Net Income (Loss) Margin

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss and net loss margin, the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net loss and adjusted net loss margin, respectively, for each of the periods presented:

 

117


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (129,248   $ (323,021   $ (359,807   $ (51,372

Loss on fair value adjustments(1)

     97,500       310,231       341,133       7,065  

Stock-based compensation

     8,189       7,660       7,617       8,021  

Other adjustments(2)

                 11,124        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss)(3)

   $ (23,559   $ (5,130   $ 67     $ (36,284
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 188,684     $ 395,371     $ 583,941     $ 747,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

     (68 )%      (82 )%      (62 )%      (7 )% 

Adjusted net income (loss) margin(3)

     (12 )%      (1 )%          (5 )% 

 

 

(1) 

Represents adjustments related to recording our derivative liabilities at fair value at the end of each reporting period for our 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, warrant liabilities related to our 2022 Senior Secured Notes, and the fair value remeasurement of the option liability in connection with our Series B financing. Refer to Note 3. Fair Value Measurements to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

(2) 

Primarily relates to loss on extinguishment of debt.

(3) 

There were no material income tax effects on our non-GAAP adjustments for all periods presented.

For further details on our use of non-GAAP financial measures and their inherent limitations, see the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have generated significant losses from operations, as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, we have generated significant negative cash flows from investing activities as we continue to support the growth of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. We anticipate making significant investments for the foreseeable future, including in our infrastructure and go-to-market capabilities, to maintain our leadership and position us to continue to capitalize on the AI revolution.

Our non-cancellable commitments are disclosed in Note 8. Leases, Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 10. Debt to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We believe our existing balance of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, in addition to amounts available for borrowing under our various debt agreements, will be sufficient to meet our obligations due or anticipated to be due within one year from the date of this prospectus, including operating expenses, working capital, and current commitments for capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements may depend on many factors, including those set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.” We anticipate that future investments may require significant debt and/or equity financing. The sale of additional equity would result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of additional debt would result in debt service obligations, and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operational and/or financial covenants that further restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms or at all. The inability to raise capital could adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.

 

118


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our principal sources of liquidity:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2023      2024  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 217,147      $ 1,361,083  

Short-term investments

     2,368         

Availability under existing facilities(1)

     925,076        4,406,181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liquidity

   $ 1,144,591      $ 5,767,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Refers to secured commitments under the revolving credit facility and delayed draw term loan agreements.

Revolving Credit Facility

On June 21, 2024, we entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto. The credit agreement matures on June 21, 2027. On October 7, 2024, the credit agreement was amended to provide for a $650 million senior revolving credit facility consisting of (i) a $500 million secured facility and (ii) a $150 million unsecured facility. On December 2, 2024, the credit agreement was further amended to provide for the $650 million senior revolving credit facility to be fully secured (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). Our Revolving Credit Facility may be increased by the sum of $300 million plus an unlimited amount that does not result in our total net leverage ratio exceeding 6.00x or our secured net leverage ratio exceeding 4.00x, pursuant to the exercise of an uncommitted accordion feature through which existing and new lenders may, at their option, agree to provide additional financing. The proceeds of our Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and investments). Our Revolving Credit Facility includes a $175 million letter of credit sub-facility. As of December 31, 2024, we had not drawn from our Revolving Credit Facility. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.”

Amounts borrowed under our Revolving Credit Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (a) the federal funds effective rate and (b) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three or six month interest period. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs.

Additional Secured Commitments

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 1.0

On July 30, 2023, one of our subsidiaries entered into a delayed draw term loan with various lenders and U.S. Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent. The agreement provides for a delayed draw term loan facility of up to $2.3 billion (as amended, the “DDTL 1.0 Facility”). All obligations under the DDTL 1.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by us and secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the subsidiary’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in the subsidiary. Borrowings under the DDTL 1.0 Facility were used to finance a portion of the purchase consideration, fees, and expenses relating to the acquisition of computing equipment. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—Delayed Draw Term Loan 1.0 Facility.”

On May 15, 2024, the interest rate was modified to Term SOFR plus 9.62% or the alternative base rate plus 8.62%. The principal amount of the loans is required to be repaid in quarterly installments, with the final balloon payment due on March 28, 2028. The loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at our option, and are

 

119


Table of Contents

required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default or change of control of us, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions or incurrences of indebtedness. If the loans are prepaid prior to the fourth anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, in addition to principal and accrued interest, we are required to pay an applicable premium equal to (a) with respect to prepayments made prior to the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, an amount equal to the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued on the principal amount of the loans being prepaid through the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect plus 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid and (b) with respect to prepayments made between the third and fourth anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, we had $1.4 billion and $2.0 billion outstanding, respectively, under the DDTL 1.0 Facility. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the actual average interest rate being charged on the amounts borrowed against the DDTL 1.0 Facility was 14.12% and 14.11%, respectively.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 2.0

On May 16, 2024, another of our subsidiaries entered into a second delayed draw term loan facility with various lenders and U.S. Bank, N.A. as the administrative agent. The agreement provides for a delayed draw term loan facility of up to $7.6 billion assuming the relevant collateralization requirements are met (as amended, the “DDTL 2.0 Facility”). Under the DDTL 2.0 Facility, additional loans may be drawn until June 2025, with an option to extend the commitment period by three months subject to lender consent. The total loans available are limited to a percentage of the depreciated purchase price of GPU servers and related infrastructure for the contract that the loans are being used to finance, with such percentage based upon the credit rating of the applicable customer. All obligations under the DDTL 2.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by us and secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the subsidiary’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in the subsidiary. Borrowings under the DDTL 2.0 Facility will be used to finance a portion of the purchase consideration, fees, and expenses relating to the acquisition of computing equipment. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—Delayed Draw Term Loan 2.0 Facility.”

Interest on outstanding borrowings on the DDTL 2.0 Facility accrued at a rate per annum equal to either, at our election, Term SOFR or the alternative base rate plus a spread based on the credit quality of the associated customer contracts. For specified investment-grade customers, the spread is equal to 6.00% for Term SOFR loans and 5.00% for base rate loans. For investment-grade customers, the spread is equal to 6.50% for Term SOFR loans and 5.50% for base rate loans. For non-investment-grade customer contracts, the spread is equal to 13.00% for Term SOFR loans and 12.00% for base rate loans.

The principal amount of the loans is required to be repaid in quarterly installments, beginning in October 2025, with the final balloon payment due five years after the applicable loan was funded. The loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at our option, and are required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default or change of control of us, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions or incurrences of indebtedness. If the loans are prepaid prior to the 30-month anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, in addition to principal and accrued interest, we are required to pay an applicable premium equal to the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued on the principal amount of the loans being prepaid through the 30-month anniversary of the loan commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect.

As of December 31, 2024, we had borrowed $3.8 billion against the DDTL 2.0 Facility and $3.8 billion remained available for borrowing. As of December 31, 2024, the actual average interest rate being charged on the amounts borrowed against the DDTL 2.0 Facility was 10.53%.

 

120


Table of Contents

2024 Term Loan Facility

On December 16, 2024, we entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $1.0 billion term loan facility consisting of (i) a $229.0 million secured facility and (ii) a $771.0 million unsecured facility. On December 16, 2024, we borrowed the full $1.0 billion of loans available under the 2024 Term Loan Facility. Our 2024 Term Loan Facility may be increased by $500.0 million pursuant to the exercise of an uncommitted accordion feature. The proceeds of our 2024 Term Loan Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and investments). As of December 31, 2024, $1.0 billion was outstanding under our 2024 Term Loan Facility. The 2024 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—2024 Term Loan Facility.”

Amounts borrowed under our 2024 Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 4.25% to 5.25%, depending on how long the loans are outstanding) plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (A) the federal funds effective rate and (B) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 5.25% to 6.25%, depending on how long the loans are outstanding) plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three, or six month interest period. The loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at our option, and are required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or all of the proceeds of this offering.

Additional Unsecured Commitments

2025 Term Loan Facility

On March 7, 2025, we entered into the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $300.0 million unsecured term loan facility. The obligations under our 2025 Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by our subsidiary guarantors as described in the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement. Amounts borrowed under the 2025 Term Loan Facility may only be borrowed in a single funding. As the date of this prospectus, there have been no borrowings under the 2025 Term Loan Facility. The proceeds of our 2025 Term Loan Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and other investments). The 2025 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—2025 Term Loan Facility.”

Amounts borrowed under our 2025 Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (A) the federal funds effective rate and (B) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three, or six month interest period plus, in the case of either of clauses (a) or (b), a fee of 2.25% payable to the lenders thereof. Once drawn, the loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at our option, and are required to be prepaid with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or all of the proceeds of this offering. All unfunded commitments of the lenders under the 2025 Term Loan Facility shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) April 7, 2025 and (ii) the closing of this offering.

 

121


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 910     $ 1,832,650     $ 2,749,168  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (79,183     (3,147,710     (8,658,058

Net cash provided by financing activities

     81,454       1,787,751       7,464,648  

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was driven by cash received for upfront payments from our committed contracts from new and expanded customer contracts, as well as higher accounts payable and accrued expenses due to the growth of our business and timing of accrual payments. The increase was partially offset by higher cash payments and an increase in accounts receivable.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by cash received for upfront payments from our committed contracts due to the increased demand for both new and expanded customer contracts.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $8.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to $3.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was driven by increased capital investments in our infrastructure, including our GPU fleet, networking equipment, and software development. The increase was partially offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities and available-for-sale marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $3.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $79 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by increased capital investments in our infrastructure, including our GPU fleet, networking equipment, and software development.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $7.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was driven by borrowings under our delayed draw term loans, proceeds from the issuance of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, and proceeds from the issuance of our 2024 Term Loan Facility. The increase was partially offset by the settlement of our 2022 Senior Secured Note and higher payments on debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to $81 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by borrowings under our DDTL 1.0 Facility and proceeds from the issuance of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

122


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the delivery of cloud computing services. Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services are delivered. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for these goods or services. We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606. We account for revenue by applying the following steps:

 

  1.

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer.

 

  2.

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  3.

Determination of the transaction price.

 

  4.

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  5.

Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied.

We allocate the total transaction price to each distinct performance obligation in an arrangement containing multiple performance obligations on a relative stand-alone selling price (“SSP”) basis. The SSP reflects the price we would charge for a specific service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. If a contract contains a single performance obligation, no allocation is required.

Revenue includes both committed contracts and on-demand access. Committed contracts generally consist of two stand-ready obligations to process transactions, store data, and run customers’ programs over a specified period, one being the compute infrastructure services and the other being the related support services. As these are both delivered ratably and over the same term, they are accounted for as one combined performance obligation. As a result, revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period. On-demand access is provided to customers on a consumption basis and is billed monthly in arrears based on usage of compute, storage, and other services in the period. As these contracts include an unknown quantity of transactions at a fixed contractual rate per transaction executed on a monthly basis, the contract price is deemed variable. We allocate the variable consideration to the month in which we have the contractual right to bill under the contract as this represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled for the transfer of services during that month.

Income Taxes

Management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will be realized. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation based upon historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. To the extent we increase or decrease the allowance in a period, we recognize the change in the allowance within “Provision for (benefit from) income taxes” in the audited consolidated statements of operations. Unforeseen changes in tax rates and tax laws, as well as differences in the projected taxable income as compared to actual taxable income, may affect these estimates.

We believe that there is a reasonable possibility that sufficient positive evidence may become available in the near-term to allow us to reach a conclusion that a portion of the valuation allowance may no longer be needed. If, as a result of the above, all or a portion of the valuation allowance is released, we would recognize a decrease to income tax expense for the period during which such release is recorded. The timing and amount of the valuation allowance release, if any, are subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability, if any, that we are able to actually achieve. Estimates of future taxable income are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans.

 

123


Table of Contents

We calculate the current and deferred income tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years and record adjustments based on filed tax returns when identified. The amount of income taxes paid is subject to examination by U.S. federal and state tax authorities.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of common stock underlying our stock-based awards has historically been determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the prices paid for common or convertible preferred stock sold to third-party investors by us and in secondary transactions for shares repurchased by us in arm’s-length transactions, including any tender offers;

 

   

the lack of marketability inherent in our common stock and involving securities in a private company;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance and estimated trends and prospects for our future performance;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering (“IPO”), direct listing, or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, the fair value of our business was determined using various valuation methods, including combinations of income and market approaches, with input from management. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that we may generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar business operations as of each valuation date, adjusted to reflect the inherent risks in our cash flows. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business and may also include backsolves, which infers our value from recent financing rounds or tender offers. From these comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s financial forecasts to estimate its value.

For each valuation, the fair value of our business determined by the income and market approaches was then allocated to the common stock using either the option-pricing method (“OPM”), or a hybrid of the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) and OPM methods. The OPM is based on the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, which identifies a range of possible future outcomes, each with an associated probability. This method is appropriate when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict,

 

124


Table of Contents

resulting in highly speculative forecasts. PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of potential future outcomes for the enterprise, including an IPO and other market-based outcomes. After determining and allocating the equity value to the various classes of securities, a discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) is applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. The DLOM reflects the theory that private company stockholders have limited opportunities to sell their stock, and any such sale would involve significant transaction costs, thereby reducing the overall fair market value.

In addition, we also considered any secondary transactions involving our capital stock. In evaluating those transactions, we took into account the facts and circumstances of each transaction to determine the extent to which they represented a fair value exchange and assigned the transactions an appropriate weighting in the valuation of our common stock. Factors considered include the number of different buyers and sellers, transaction volume, timing relative to the valuation date, whether the transactions occurred between willing and unrelated parties, and whether the transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

The application of these approaches and methodologies involves the use of highly complex and subjective estimates, judgments, and assumptions, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and cash flows; discount rates; market multiples; the selection of comparable public companies; and the probability and timing of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions, or the relationships between those assumptions, impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a significant impact on the valuation of our common stock.

For valuations after the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying our Class A common stock based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options that are expected to vest is recognized as stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of RSUs is estimated based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. We grant RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition. The fair value of RSUs that are expected to vest is recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, using the accelerated attribution method, once the performance-based vesting condition becomes probable of being achieved. As of December 31, 2024, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized for RSUs because the performance-based vesting condition had not been probable of being satisfied.

Upon the closing of this offering, we may recognize a significant non-cash cumulative stock-based compensation charge for stock-based awards for which the service-based vesting condition has been satisfied. As of December 31, 2024, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $600 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years. Of that amount, approximately $78 million relates to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied or partially satisfied as of December 31, 2024, calculated using the accelerated attribution method. We expect to recognize the remaining unrecognized non-cash compensation expense for stock-based awards that were outstanding as of the closing of this offering ratably, using the accelerated attribution method, net of forfeitures, as the service-based vesting condition is satisfied. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options was $91 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.

Subsequent to December 31, 2024, our board of directors granted     RSUs. These RSUs will vest upon satisfaction of both a service-based and performance-based vesting condition. For stock-based awards granted after the closing of this offering, we expect to record stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, as these awards are anticipated to include no additional vesting conditions beyond a graded vesting service condition.

 

125


Table of Contents

Valuation of Derivatives and Warrants

We are involved in certain debt financing transactions that contain embedded derivatives and include the issuance of common stock warrants. We measured the fair value of the embedded derivatives on the date of issuance and recognized derivative liabilities. The derivative liabilities are remeasured to fair value each reporting period until settlement or extinguishment, with changes in the fair value recorded in loss on fair value adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations.

We account for warrants issued in connection with debt financings as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms at the time of issuance for each warrant and as of each subsequent reporting period while the warrants are outstanding. For equity-classified warrants, the relative fair value of the warrants at issuance is recorded in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheets and no changes in fair value are recognized after the issuance date. For liability-classified warrants, the relative fair value of the warrants at issuance is included within other derivative and warrant liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and warrants are measured at fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded in loss on fair value adjustment to warrants in the audited consolidated statements of operations.

We may continue to adjust the derivative liabilities and warrant liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of conversions, exercise, or expirations. The fair value measurement of derivative liabilities and warrant liabilities are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value. We estimate the fair value of derivative liabilities and warrant liabilities using a binomial lattice approach that incorporates a Monte Carlo simulation that considers our future stock price.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement meets the definition of a lease at the inception of the lease, with leases classified at commencement as either operating or finance leases. Operating leases are reported separately in our audited consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are recognized within property and equipment, net, and as a finance liability separately presented in our audited consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease during the lease term. ROU assets are measured based on the discounted present value of the remaining lease payments, initial direct costs incurred, and prepaid lease payments, excluding lease incentives received prior to lease commencement. Lease liabilities are measured based on the discounted present value of the remaining lease payments at commencement date. We utilize our incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to discount the present value of the remaining lease payments. The IBR is based on our estimated rate of interest for a collateralized borrowing with a similar term and payments as the lease.

Many of our leases include escalation clauses, renewal options and termination options that are factored into the determination of lease payments when reasonably certain that we would exercise that option. Certain future minimum lease payments due under the operating lease agreements contain rent-free periods or escalating rent payment provisions. Our finance leases generally include purchase options and declining minimum payments. Short-term leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheets.

We account for lease components and non-lease components as a single lease component. Payments under our lease agreements are primarily fixed. However, certain lease agreements contain variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the ROU assets and lease liabilities. Variable lease payments are mainly composed of common area maintenance, utilities, real estate taxes, and payments affected by changes in indexes.

Operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The expense for finance leases includes both interest and amortization expense components, with the interest component calculated based on the

 

126


Table of Contents

effective interest method over the lease term and the amortization component calculated based on the straight-line amortization of the ROU asset over the lease term.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See the sections titled “Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted” and “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted” in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We will be treated as an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the JOBS Act for certain purposes until the earlier of the date on which we complete this offering or December 31, 2025. The JOBS Act allows EGCs to take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies and delay adoption of such pronouncements until they are made applicable to private companies. The JOBS Act does not preclude an EGC from early adopting new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to use extended transition periods permissible under the JOBS Act, while also early adopting certain accounting pronouncements. When we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to benefit from these exemptions or the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm were required to, and therefore did not perform, an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of or for any period included in our financial statements, nor any period subsequent in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, while preparing the financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified pertained to the lack of effectively designed, implemented, and maintained IT general controls over tools and applications that support our financial reporting processes; insufficient segregation of duties across financially relevant functions, and lack of sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting, finance, and operations functions who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to provide reasonable assurance that transactions were being appropriately recorded and disclosed. We have concluded that these material weaknesses existed because we did not have the necessary business processes, systems, personnel and related internal controls. The deficiencies identified did not result in a material misstatement to our financial statements.

We have taken and will continue to take action to remediate these material weaknesses, including:

 

   

implementation of IT general controls to manage access and program changes within our IT environment;

 

   

implementation of processes and controls to better identify and manage segregation of duties risks;

 

   

continued hiring of additional accounting and finance resources with appropriate and sufficient technical expertise and to better allow for segregation of conflicting duties; and

 

   

consulting with experts on technical accounting matters, internal controls, and in the preparation of our financial statements.

We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. Additionally, as stated above, we have not performed

 

127


Table of Contents

an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we cannot ensure that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, beginning with our second annual report after the completion of this offering.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $1.4 billion. In addition, we had $704 million of restricted cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities consisting of bank deposits related to collateralized loan facilities and letters of credit. Our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our DDTL 1.0 Facility, DDTL 2.0 Facility, 2024 Term Loan Facility, and Revolving Credit Facility (described above), which bear floating interest rates, and a rising interest rate environment may increase the amount of interest paid on these loans. For the year ended December 31, 2024, each 100-basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would have increased or decreased our interest expense related to these facilities by approximately $31 million.

 

128


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

CoreWeave powers the creation and delivery of the intelligence that drives innovation.

We are the AI HyperscalerTM driving the AI revolution. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform consists of our proprietary software and cloud services that deliver the software and software intelligence needed to manage complex AI infrastructure at scale. Our platform supports the development and use of ground-breaking models and the delivery of the next generation of AI applications that are changing the way we live and work across the globe—our platform is trusted by some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, including Cohere, IBM, Meta, Microsoft, Mistral, NVIDIA, and OpenAI.

We believe AI is the next frontier for innovation in technology, driving productivity and efficiency gains and enabling new business models in nearly every industry and organization. According to IDC, AI will generate a cumulative global economic impact of $20 trillion, or 3.5% of global GDP, by 2030. The generalized cloud infrastructure that drove the cloud revolution beginning in the 2000s was built to host websites, databases, and SaaS apps that have fundamentally different needs than the high performance requirements of AI. As workloads and technologies evolve, so too must the infrastructure and cloud software and services that power them. We believe we are at the start of a new cloud era that will drive the AI revolution. The opportunity for a purpose-built AI cloud platform, including the infrastructure and integrated software, is massive. Based on market research from Bloomberg Intelligence, total spending on AI inference/fine-tuning, AI workload monitoring, and training infrastructure, including AI servers, AI storage, training compute, cloud workloads, and networking, will reach approximately $399 billion by 2028. For AI to reach its full potential, it needs a purpose-built AI cloud platform with infrastructure and managed cloud services that are delivered in an efficient, automated, and highly performant way. Enter CoreWeave, the AI HyperscalerTM.

We purpose-built our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to be the infrastructure and application platform for AI. Our platform manages the complexity of engineering, assembling, running, and monitoring state-of-the-art infrastructure at a massive scale to deliver high performance and efficiency to AI workloads. Through our proprietary software capabilities, we enable our customers to achieve substantially higher total system performance and more favorable uptime relative to other AI offerings within existing infrastructure cloud environments and unlock speed at scale. By delivering more compute cycles to AI workloads and thereby reducing the time required to train models, our capabilities can significantly accelerate the time to solution for customers in the ongoing hyper-competitive race to build the next bleeding-edge AI models. For example, in June 2023, our NVIDIA H100 Tensor Core GPU training cluster completed the MLPerf benchmark test (which benchmarks how quickly a system can train a model from scratch) in eleven minutes—a record and 29 times faster than the next best competitor at the time of the benchmark test.

These efficiencies also extend from training to inference use cases, as our CoreWeave Cloud Platform significantly improves both run-time efficiency for inference workloads and enables overall higher AI application uptime. These performance gains help to ensure lower performance-adjusted costs and a superior end-user experience. The supercomputers we build to power our platform are optimized to support many types of AI workloads, and they are augmented by our suite of cloud services to deliver meaningful time and cost savings to customers through our orchestration, automation, and monitoring capabilities.

Our multidisciplinary, customer-centric team has a proven ability to conceptualize, design, and implement solutions to solve the most complex engineering challenges in the pursuit of furthering AI. We hire individuals who help contribute to and maintain a culture centered around solving the most complex AI infrastructure scaling, performance, and reliability challenges.

Customers utilize our platform through a set of cloud services comprising Infrastructure Services, Managed Software Services, and Application Software Services, all augmented by our Mission Control and Observability

 

129


Table of Contents

software. Our comprehensive and integrated cloud services work together as a suite to deliver state-of-the-art compute, networking, and storage. These services enable the provisioning of infrastructure, the orchestration of workloads, and the proactive monitoring of our customers’ training and inference environments to increase performance and minimize interruptions.

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is hosted in our distributed network of active purpose-built data centers that are interconnected using low latency connections to major metropolitan areas, and incorporate state-of-the-art data center networking equipment, enhanced access to power and, where appropriate, the latest liquid cooling technologies.

As of December 31, 2022, we had three data centers running more than 17,000 GPUs in total and supported by approximately 10 MW of active power, which grew to 10 data centers running more than 53,000 GPUs in total and supported by more than 70 MW of active power as of December 31, 2023, and grew further to 32 data centers running more than 250,000 GPUs in total and supported by more than 360 MW of active power as of December 31, 2024. Our total contracted power extends to approximately 1.3 GW as of December 31, 2024, which we expect to roll out over the coming years.

We benefit from robust collaborations with leading chipmakers, OEMs, and software providers to supply us with infrastructure components and other products. We have a proven track record of rapidly expanding our power capacity to support the growth of our data center footprint along with our collection of managed cloud services. We deploy a sophisticated financing strategy and have efficiently financed the development of additional compute capacity through the use of asset-backed debt, having raised total commitments of $12.9 billion in debt through December 31, 2024 to support the development of our platform.

Our customers include some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises — the builders and integrators of AI — who depend on our platform for their core products and most promising innovations. We deliver significant benefits to our customers in terms of overall performance, time to market, and reduced cost of ownership, which results in our customers making large, long-term initial commitments and expanding those commitments with us over time. The vast majority of our revenue today is from multi-year committed contracts, whereby a customer purchases access to our platform over the contract term on a take-or-pay basis. We also sell access to our platform on an on-demand basis through a pay-as-you-go model. As of December 31, 2024, we had $15.1 billion of remaining performance obligations reflecting an increase of 53%, from $9.9 billion as of December 31, 2023.

Our ability to abstract away the complexity our customers would face in assembling, managing, and deploying this infrastructure themselves establishes us as a critical partner and leads to long-term, durable relationships that have the potential to expand over time. As evidence of this, three of our top five committed contract customers by TCV as of December 31, 2024 signed agreements for additional capacity within 12 months of their respective initial purchase dates. These agreements, measured during each respective 12-month period from the initial date of signing, represent a cumulative increase of approximately $7.8 billion in committed spend and a multiple of approximately 4x on initial contract value. Our deep relationships with customers are a competitive advantage, and our first-to-market track record with highly performant technology gives customers confidence in choosing CoreWeave.

Some of the most ambitious compute-intensive projects in the world are powered by our platform, and our business has grown rapidly since our inception. Our revenue was $16 million, $229 million, and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 1,346% and 737%, respectively. During these periods, we continued to invest in growing our business to capitalize on our market opportunity. As a result, our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $31 million, $594 million, and $863 million, respectively. Our adjusted net loss for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 was $27 million, $45 million, and $65 million, respectively. See the section titled

 

130


Table of Contents

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted net (loss) income and a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted net (loss) income.

Industry Background

Over the past five decades, technology has experienced multiple secular shifts that have revolutionized productivity. In the 1960s, mainframes introduced compute and storage technology to hundreds of thousands of organizations and helped to introduce new product capabilities such as high-volume transaction processing in banking. In the 1980s, the development of client-server architecture dramatically reduced the cost of compute, which enabled the personal computer (“PC”) revolution and resulted in widespread access to PCs and significant productivity gains. In the 1990s, the internet fundamentally changed the way people worked, interacted, shopped, and learned. In the 2000s and 2010s, mobile and cloud adoption unlocked new customer and developer experiences and led to a fundamental improvement in the flexibility of compute, creating millions of new digital products and experiences. AI represents the next major evolution of technology, and its impact is potentially greater than these transformational shifts of the past. AI is expected to support tens of billions of connected users, devices and applications. It is also expected to penetrate half of all U.S. households in three years, based on data demonstrating that the time to adoption by 50% of U.S. households of new technology has halved each cycle, measured in years. This expected penetration time is six times faster than PC adoption and two times faster than mobile adoption, and, since 2012, the amount of compute used in the largest AI training runs has been increasing exponentially, doubling every three to four months. It is akin to a new industrial revolution delivering significant productivity gains, enabling new products that are poised to radically reshape and transform industries, and helping organizations become far more efficient.

Demand and Supply Side Factors Enabling AI

A combination of demand and supply side factors is enabling the massive and unprecedented growth of AI and powering the new industrial revolution.

Demand Side Factors

 

   

AI has advanced significantly. There is a proliferation of new use cases as AI models become more advanced and their capabilities extend beyond simple prediction and rules-based pattern recognition, to foundational model-based applications with human-like reasoning and judgment capabilities. AI is moving beyond generative AI, which is focused on content creation, to agentic AI that takes action to assist and advise across myriads of use cases.

 

   

AI is significantly improving outcomes for businesses and individuals. AI is enabling a tectonic shift in productivity that is fundamentally changing the way we interact with technology on a daily basis and is driving material impacts such as faster drug discovery, personalized education, shorter software development cycles, better sales and customer support, and a multitude of other use cases. AI is also helping to narrow the skills gap that exists in specialized, yet highly in-demand occupations, including engineering, law, design, and medicine.

 

   

AI is a strategic priority for organizations. AI has become a primary source of competitive differentiation. Management teams and boards are reshaping their technology budgets and rearchitecting their broader corporate strategies through the lens of AI as a strategic imperative.

Supply Side Factors

 

   

Foundational models are pervasive and effective. The explosion of commercially available foundational models, both proprietary and open-source, is democratizing access to AI and enabling more enterprises to develop AI products and services. Furthermore, continued investments in and the resulting effects of scaling have made these models more impactful and useful. Availability of performant and efficient cloud infrastructure is critical to run these models effectively.

 

131


Table of Contents
   

The amount of data has grown rapidly. The vast amount of enterprise data and accessible public data is being further supplemented by the emergence and rapid growth of AI-generated synthetic data, creating a massive volume of data used to build and train AI models. Enormous amounts of compute and storage capacity will be required to process this data so that it can be deployed for AI use cases.

 

   

Infrastructure has evolved to enable AI workloads. New generations of infrastructure deliver significantly greater performance for AI workloads, with much greater speed and at dramatically lower cost, which in turn spurs more innovation as the infrastructure becomes more accessible. GPU performance, which powers AI model training and inference, has increased 7,000 times over the past two decades.

Infrastructure is the Key Enabler of AI

To unlock the full potential of AI, continuous improvements in model architecture, access to data, and scalable, specialized, high-performance compute infrastructure are essential. We believe that specialized compute infrastructure is the key enabler that AI labs and AI enterprises need to train models, perform inference faster at scale, and accelerate their time to market. It has become generally accepted that there is a direct relationship between compute resources (FLOPs, training, and testing time) and model output quality. There has been a dramatic increase in the computational resources dedicated to training and hosting state-of-the-art AI models, with top models released by OpenAI, Google DeepMind, and Meta AI generally requiring exponentially greater quantities of compute compared to prior model generations to unlock performance gains.

This race towards more performant models and the resulting demand for increasingly significant amounts of compute resources should come as no surprise. According to various papers that analyze scaling laws such as ‘Scaling Laws for Neural Language Models,’ as compute infrastructure scales, the performance of the foundational models also increases. This principle applies for both training and inference: it states that the more compute power available, the better both the models and applications built on top of them become. To achieve greater compute capabilities and succeed in AI, AI labs and AI enterprises require specialized compute platforms that run at superior performance and efficiency and maximize the utilization of the underlying infrastructure.

Delivering Performant AI Infrastructure is Immensely Challenging

The highly specialized infrastructure that is required to unlock the potential of AI is immensely challenging to build and operate, especially at scale. Additionally, the software architectures utilized in generalized clouds for provisioning, orchestrating, and running AI workloads are neither purpose-built nor suitable for AI and cannot deliver the required efficiency and performance. The scale of the required infrastructure is staggering, with tens of thousands of GPUs, thousands of miles of high-speed networking cables, and hundreds of thousands of interconnects coming together to create “superclusters” for training and serving AI models, as well as hundreds of MW of power and petabytes of total storage. Depending on the configuration of the data center, a single 32,000-GPU cluster may require the deployment of approximately 600 miles of fiber cables and around 80,000 fiber connections. Acquiring the necessary high-performance components requires managing a complex global supply chain, and configuring and deploying those components in data centers requires deep operational experience. The data centers themselves need to be specifically designed for high-performance compute, which requires specialized heat management capabilities such as liquid cooling, with heat exchangers and subfloors to support high density racks and high power supply per rack.

Software is Critical to Unlocking the Performance and Efficiency of AI Infrastructure

AI supercomputers are some of the most complex computing machines to have ever been created, requiring purpose-built software to unlock performance and efficiency at massive scale. These supercomputers require software to test and validate each component and to provision the infrastructure so that compute-intensive workloads can run with minimal downtime. Moreover, AI supercomputers often require multiple specialized orchestration frameworks to schedule complex workloads, which frequently need to be paired with substantial

 

132


Table of Contents

engineering resources. Once operational, these AI workloads put enormous pressure on infrastructure, frequently leading to high rates of component failures that cause training and inference jobs to fail, and thus require constant monitoring to manage and reduce failures and downtime. While training foundational models, failure of a single system component adversely impacts the entire cluster, translating to either significantly reduced training performance or, more commonly, failure of the entire job. High failure rates result in a significant loss of efficiency and increased cost if not properly monitored and managed.

AI Infrastructure Suffers from an MFU “Efficiency Gap”

Designing, provisioning, and maintaining the health of infrastructure is highly complex. Additionally, significant inefficiencies are associated with scheduling AI workloads on infrastructure at scale. Together, these complexities substantially increase the difficulty of maximizing the compute potential of infrastructure components, as measured by the MFU of the chips. MFU is a measure of the observed throughput compared to the theoretical system maximum if it operates at peak FLOPs. The complexity of managing AI infrastructure means that a majority of the compute capacity embedded in GPUs is lost to system inefficiencies, with empirical evidence suggesting observed levels of performance within the 35% to 45% range. Minimizing the efficiency gap between the approximately 35% and the theoretical 100% represents a significant opportunity for unlocking AI infrastructure performance potential and therefore the improvement in quality of AI overall. Moreover, the complexity of managing this high-performance infrastructure as it scales increases exponentially, making it increasingly challenging to extract high MFU and efficiency out of larger GPU clusters, which is what the market is currently demanding.

 

 

LOGO

AI Requires a Purpose-Built Cloud

The complexity and resource demands of AI workloads necessitate that they run in a cloud environment purpose-built for AI, with high-performance infrastructure as well as software and application services that alleviate the specific complexities and inefficiencies associated with running training and inference jobs.

 

133


Table of Contents

Generalized clouds operated by hyperscalers were not built to serve the specific requirements of AI. These clouds were created over a decade ago and were designed for general purpose use cases such as search, e-commerce, generalized web-hosting, and databases, and relied on CPU-based web-scale compute, and thus are not optimal for the high compute intensity requirements of AI.

Organizations need access to a fundamentally different GPU-based compute infrastructure that is built from the ground-up for AI and proven to perform at the scale and efficiency required to deliver AI. Cloud platforms therefore need to be fundamentally reimagined and purpose-built to deliver the capacity, performance, storage, and scalability requirements of AI workloads and increase the MFU of the underlying infrastructure.

Requirements of the AI Cloud

We believe the AI cloud requires a first-principles reimagining of how infrastructure is built, with the following requirements:

 

   

Superior infrastructure performance and efficiency. The AI cloud should be able to extract the maximum possible output from the underlying GPUs and other infrastructure components. To achieve this, it needs to deliver a combination of performance and resiliency to ensure maximum AI training and inference uptime.

 

   

Maximize performance. The AI cloud should run the latest and highest performance components and leverage an optimized technology stack that reduces latency and overhead to increase performance. Generalized clouds include virtualized compute, storage, and networking, and a host of managed services that are not required by AI workloads and typically consume additional resources, degrading performance.

 

   

Minimize downtime and failure rates. The AI cloud should be able to identify and rapidly solve performance issues and prevent failures before they occur. AI workloads push infrastructure to its limits, causing nodes to fail and inducing storage, memory, and network latencies, which interrupt training runs. This creates delays and increases the cost of compute. GPU offerings from generalized clouds do not have capabilities required for high-performance AI workloads due to their CPU-centric heritage. CPU-based clouds lack the remediation capabilities, such as predictive maintenance and proactive health monitoring, needed to avoid the types of issues and outages experienced by GPU nodes, which are significantly more complex than CPU nodes. Traditional workload migrations that shift jobs away from impacted compute nodes in CPU-based clouds do not work for GPU-based infrastructure, which has far greater data and memory dependencies and job restart complexities. Moreover, due to their built-in layers of abstraction (e.g., virtualization), CPU-based clouds lack the complete node level visibility and the automation required to rapidly detect and remediate issues in GPU-based infrastructure.

 

   

Rapid access to the latest advancements in infrastructure. AI advancement is limited by the infrastructure that supports it. To continuously push the AI frontier, customers should be able to access the latest advancements in technology for each component of their AI infrastructure. Bleeding-edge AI training workloads today benefit from running on the latest GPUs, CPUs, and DPUs, from the most advanced storage, networking, and memory, and from high-density liquid-cooled data center racks to maximize performance and efficiency. Moreover, the latest advancements in infrastructure technology are not in and of themselves enough. Customers benefit from an integrated solution that enables seamless deployment, automation, orchestration and monitoring of their infrastructure and workloads.

 

   

Immediate “out-of-the-box” functionality. The AI cloud should deliver an autonomous, self-service approach with seamless deployment and automation, enabling developers and researchers to focus on delivering cutting-edge AI innovations. If not set up in the right way, due to the newness and the sheer scale of AI infrastructure deployments, GPU acceptance, provisioning, burn-in and testing issues can take months, which can significantly delay time to solution for the latest AI models and the products

 

134


Table of Contents
 

built on top of them. Moreover, when infrastructure is ready, it typically takes significant involvement from engineering resources to consume the infrastructure and deploy workloads due to a lack of provisioning automation. The AI cloud should be built to minimize delays and resource intensity and work out-of-the-box at scale.

 

   

Ability to run and dynamically balance all types of AI workloads. The AI cloud should incorporate dynamic workload scheduling and balancing between inference and training to optimize resource utilization and performance. At present, many AI developers use Slurm and Kubernetes as their orchestration and scheduling frameworks for training and inference compute, respectively, and are forced to run separate pools of capacity for each. This results in underutilization of their infrastructure, which results in a material reduction of efficiency and increase in cost. Customers should be able to host a wide variety of AI workloads such as training and inference on the same clusters concurrently and seamlessly.

 

   

Flexibility and customization with a specialized technology stack. Generalized cloud environments lack the flexibility to meet the specialized needs of AI applications, often forcing customers into rigid, predefined solutions. The AI cloud should be built to enable maximum composability, offering customers the freedom to tailor infrastructure and operational setup around their unique set of design requirements. Customers need a trusted partner with a track record of delivering performant and efficient AI cloud services at massive scale.

 

   

Lower performance-adjusted cost. The AI cloud should deliver superior value by prioritizing performance and efficiency to help ensure that customers get the maximum utilization out of their infrastructure investments. Generalized clouds that are not purpose-built for AI burden customers running AI workloads with lengthy setup times, higher failure rate, longer downtime, and manual engineering workflows. As a result, running AI workloads on them requires more time, effort, and compute, degrading cost relative to performance.

We believe the AI revolution requires a cloud that is performant, efficient, resilient, and purpose-built for AI. Today’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises demand high-performance and cost-efficient compute, storage, networking, and managed software services integrated into a cloud platform that enables them to bring their innovations to market faster by maximizing the utilization of their infrastructure and training and deploying models seamlessly and out-of-the box.

Our Solution

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is an integrated solution that is purpose-built for running AI workloads such as model training and inference at maximum performance and efficiency. It includes Infrastructure Services, Managed Software Services, and Application Software Services, all of which are augmented by our Mission Control and Observability software. Our proprietary software enables the provisioning of infrastructure, the orchestration of workloads, and the monitoring of our customers’ training and inference environments to enable high availability and minimize downtime. Built on a microservices-based architecture, the components of our platform are fully fungible and composable. Customers can configure their use of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to best fit their needs. For instance, they can choose to bring their own storage or managed software services or run our respective solutions, and choose the type and scale of deployment that best suits their workloads. This flexibility allows our customers to customize their use of our platform without compromising performance or efficiency. We have designed security as a fundamental component across our platform and technology stack. We leverage advanced security capabilities such as XDR and DLP, adhere to industry leading security standards such as SOC2 and ISO 27001, and employ our in-house information security teams to ensure that our customers operate in a secure environment.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of our Layered Architecture Stack.

CoreWeave’s Layered Architecture Stack

 

 

LOGO

Infrastructure Services provide our customers with access to advanced GPU and CPU compute, highly performant networking (supported by DPUs), and storage.

Managed Software Services include CKS (a purpose-built-for-AI managed Kubernetes environment with a focus on efficiency, performance and ease of use), our flexible Virtual Private Cloud offering, and our Bare Metal service that runs Kubernetes directly on high-performance servers for maximum performance and efficiency.

Application Software Services build on top of our infrastructure and managed software services, integrating additional tools to further accelerate and improve training and inference for our customers. This includes SUNK, which allows customers to run Slurm-based workloads on top of Kubernetes and colocate jobs—including training and inference workloads—on a single cluster; CoreWeave Tensorizer, which significantly increases the efficiency of model checkpointing and enables high-speed model loading; and our inference optimization services. Our recently announced acquisition of Weights & Biases positions us to extend our application software following closing of the acquisition with an end-to-end, fully managed software platform and to accelerate development of our Application Software Services to target AI developers who are building, fine-tuning, and experimenting with AI models in order to deploy them to support production applications.

 

136


Table of Contents

Our purpose-built technology stack is augmented by our lifecycle management and monitoring software, Mission Control and Observability, and our advanced cluster validation, proactive health checking capabilities, and observability capabilities. Our AI cloud runs in a distributed network of 32 active purpose-built data centers, which are specifically engineered to support high intensity AI workloads with features including enhanced power, liquid cooling, and networking components, reinforcing the robustness of our entire technology stack. Our Third-Party Tooling and Solutions further enhance this flexibility by providing a composable architecture that allows customers to customize their solution by integrating additional third-party tools.

Key Benefits to Customers

Through our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, we offer the following key benefits to customers:

 

   

Highly efficient infrastructure. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform delivers more optimized MFU than the cloud infrastructure provided by generalized hyperscalers, thereby minimizing the efficiency gap between the observed GPU cluster performance and the theoretical maximum. Based on internal testing, our CoreWeave Cloud Platform offers up to approximately 20% improvement in system MFU over comparative benchmark MFU performance. This is achieved through the performance at scale of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, including optimizations such as Tensorizer to accelerate modeling loading and checkpointing, our purpose-built infrastructure, and our rapid fault remediation and failure prevention capabilities. As a result, our customers either derive more performance out of their existing clusters or need less infrastructure to achieve the same level of performance.

 

   

Performance at scale. Our infrastructure is optimized to run AI workloads, delivering cutting-edge performance to AI model training and inference use cases. Our capabilities, such as Bare Metal GPU nodes, operate with highly performant system technologies, a scale-out network with one of the industry’s leading effective network speeds, storage services with data read speeds of up to 2GB per second per GPU, and software optimizations to efficiently utilize infrastructure performance. Our compute nodes spin up rapidly, our cloud enables seamless autoscaling to accommodate complex training runs, and our rapid model loading capabilities, facilitated by our Tensorizer solution, significantly reduce inference latency. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform has broken performance records, including setting an MLPerf record that was 29 times faster than competitors in 2023.

 

   

Reliability and Resilience. Our Mission Control suite of capabilities help deliver and maintain vetted cloud infrastructure and provide observability into the health and performance of the entire solution. This helps ensure that our customers’ clusters continue to operate at ideal performance, quickly recover from any hardware events, and ultimately get better value by using our cloud solution. Moreover, our automated GPU node validation capabilities ensure when nodes are remediated that they are immediately made available for use and do not remain idle. This allows our customers to focus more of their time and resources on building new products faster instead of managing AI infrastructure.

 

137


Table of Contents

CoreWeave Helps Bridge the MFU Gap

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Based on internal testing

 

   

Faster access to latest AI infrastructure advancements. Our customers benefit from faster access to the latest AI infrastructure advancements, including our access to the latest GPU technologies at scale. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform enables customers to run their AI workloads on highly performant compute, networking, and storage infrastructure, optimized through our dedicated infrastructure management and workload orchestration software. We have a track record of being among the first to market with cutting-edge infrastructure technology. For instance, we were among the first to deliver NVIDIA H100, H200, and GH200 clusters into production at AI scale, and the first cloud provider to make NVIDIA GB200 NVL72-based instances generally available. We are able to deploy the newest chips in our infrastructure and provide the compute capacity to customers in as little as two weeks from receipt from our OEM partners such as Dell and Super Micro. This allows our customers to take advantage of the latest innovations in AI infrastructure and performance to innovate, build new products, and serve customers faster.

 

   

Highly performant on day 1. Our full-featured managed software services make the consumption of infrastructure seamless. Automated provisioning and node validation remove the need for manual burn-in testing and ensure our highly-performant CoreWeave Cloud Platform is up and running for new customers and ready for consumption in a matter of hours from customer acceptance. Customers take receipt of the infrastructure and can immediately schedule and run training and inference jobs instead of investing significant time and resources in stress-testing compute nodes and verifying their health. CKS helps to ensure workloads of any type can be immediately scheduled on the infrastructure, while Mission Control automatically vets all the infrastructure to ensure on an ongoing basis that any faults are proactively detected and remediated. This shifts the burden of infrastructure management away from customers, significantly reducing costs and accelerating their time to solution.

 

   

Efficient GPU fleet utilization. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is architected to support all types of AI workloads, including training (consisting of pre-training and fine tuning), synthetic data generation, and inference, covering the full spectrum of customer requirements. Customers can orchestrate all these types of inference and training workloads across the same cluster simultaneously, enabled by our

 

138


Table of Contents
 

industry-leading Slurm integration, SUNK. Running different types of jobs on the same cluster at the same time increases the utilization of a customer’s AI infrastructure by allowing customers to seamlessly transition between Slurm based training jobs and containerized inference workloads on the same GPU cluster, negating the need to have two discrete clusters with lower efficiency. CKS, in conjunction with SUNK, enables this intelligent management of workload scheduling to prioritize serving inference demand spikes and better utilize GPU clusters across training and inference.

 

   

Flexible technology stack. We adapt to our customers’ needs, enabling our customers to obtain the platform most ideal for their AI applications to run on. Our team is committed to moving quickly and solving problems for our customers that have never been addressed before as they develop and serve the next generation of foundational models. This partnership extends beyond support. Our flexibility is a key asset for our customers as we do not ask them to compromise, but rather empower them to integrate with our platform in the way that best suits their needs. Our microservices-based architecture tailored to AI enables this flexibility. For instance, customers can choose to bring their own storage instance, opt to run on Bare Metal, can elect for committed or on-demand deployment, and can generally configure their use of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to best fit their requirements. This enables customers to obtain the platform most ideal for their AI applications to run on, providing them with exactly what they require without needing them to make tradeoffs or compromises that leads to reduced efficiency and increased costs.

 

   

Lower performance-adjusted cost. We deliver efficiency to our customers through fully optimized AI performance out-of-the-box, our rapid cluster remediation and failure prevention capabilities, and our differentiated ability to simultaneously and seamlessly run inference and training jobs on the same clusters. All this results in significantly improved infrastructure efficiency and higher MFU, which translates to lower costs relative to solutions provided by other cloud service providers for demanding AI workloads.

CoreWeave Cloud Platform’s performance advantage, day-one utility and reliability, higher run-time efficiency, resiliency, and overall AI infrastructure uptime ensures customers can confidently build AI products and services, while benefiting from a lower total cost of ownership. It enables customers to deliver superior intelligence faster, and to expand their compute footprint in lockstep with the commercialization of their solutions.

Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths, which we believe set us apart from the generalized cloud providers in the industry, include:

 

   

We are purpose-built for AI. Our platform is fundamentally architected from the ground up to deliver cutting-edge performance for AI workloads. We have reimagined the traditional cloud architecture to deliver the infrastructure and technology stack required for AI, optimizing it to remove services such as the hypervisor layer and other unnecessary managed services that would otherwise cause performance leakage. It is built to efficiently run workloads on Bare Metal nodes, which makes our CoreWeave Cloud Platform more transparent given the wealth of GPU node-level metrics generated by our stack that most competing solutions are unable to retrieve. Our Managed Software Services, which include our orchestration solution, CKS, and our application services, are optimized for complex AI workloads. Our infrastructure is built on cutting-edge components, including the latest-generation GPUs, networking, and high-performance storage, all working cohesively to deliver unprecedented performance to our customers. Importantly, our data centers are also designed with our “no compromise” philosophy centered around AI, with our current builds incorporating liquid cooling where possible to maximize rack density and drive higher utilization of our data center footprint. These innovations are what enable us to help bridge the efficiency gap between the approximately 35% real-world infrastructure MFU and the 100% theoretical maximum.

 

   

We live at the bleeding-edge of technology. Our diverse, multi-disciplinary team is founded on a culture of saying yes to delivering our customers’ needs. We are fearless in facing and overcoming

 

139


Table of Contents
 

complex engineering challenges, and we hire individuals who help contribute to and maintain a culture centered around this philosophy. We raise the standards of execution to meet the needs of our customers, which include some of the largest and most sophisticated organizations that themselves live on the bleeding-edge. We have demonstrated this in our ability to create some of the largest and most performant GPU clusters assembled to date, develop a rich suite of software and services that maximizes infrastructure utilization and efficiency, deliver against an accelerated data center build schedule, and consistently be among the first to market with cutting-edge infrastructure components. We were one of the first to deploy NVIDIA’s H100, H200 chips, NVIDIA Bluefield 2 and 3 DPUs, 4th Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Processors (formerly Sapphire Rapids), and InfiniBand 3200Gbps NDR high-performance networking in our infrastructure at production scale, and the first cloud provider to make NVIDIA GB200 NVL72-based instances generally available.

 

   

We operate at scale. We benefit from a network of 32 active purpose-built data centers that together ran more than 250,000 GPUs for AI workloads as of December 31, 2024. There is a massive operational capability difference between operating clusters of thousands versus tens of thousands of GPUs. Our track record of operating at scale enables us to participate in this market in ways that others cannot. Our specialization in deploying AI infrastructure at massive scale enables us to serve some of the world’s leading providers of AI who require massive deployments in order to effectively train and serve the latest foundational models. Moreover, it enables us to benefit from clear economies of scale. It lends us critical brand recognition in the AI ecosystem that accelerates inbound demand for our solutions. It strengthens our supply chain relationships and enhances our access to the best engineering and product talent. And, importantly, it enables us to detect issues and derive insights from across our AI infrastructure sooner than our competitors. Over the long term, our platform delivers superior performance and value as a result.

 

   

We have a proven track record of securing power. Power is a key enabler of the AI revolution and an asset that we have managed to secure at scale. As of December 31, 2024, we had more than 360 MW of active power and approximately 1.3 GW of total contracted power. This provides us with a durable, multi-year runway in power capacity. We relentlessly and creatively explore additional opportunities to add power capacity, as demonstrated by our agreement with Core Scientific for more than 500 MW of capacity as of December 31, 2024.

 

   

We have demonstrated unique financing capabilities. We have designed our capital structure to enable the investments needed to maintain growth at the pace of AI innovation. We have pioneered GPU infrastructure-backed lending, and to date, we have raised over $14.5 billion in debt and equity across 12 financings. Our recent raise of $7.6 billion in committed GPU infrastructure-backed debt led by Blackstone and Magnetar represents one of the largest private debt financings in history and signals the confidence that debt investors have in funding our company to build and scale the next generation AI cloud. This scale of funding has not been achieved by any established players or new entrants in the AI cloud space that we compete with today, demonstrating the confidence that investors have in our vision and execution capabilities. Our rapid growth and track record for creating high-performance compute clusters and financing them has enabled us to decrease our cost of capital over time. We intend to innovate the financing structures and strategies that we employ in order to access new forms of capital at the scale required to grow our business, while simultaneously driving down our overall cost of capital.

 

   

We maintain robust ecosystem relationships. We benefit from strong, mutually beneficial relationships with our suppliers and customers that strengthen our solution and market position. Our relationship with NVIDIA strengthens our supply chain. We work with NVIDIA to deploy the latest GPU technologies at scale. In turn, we are a partner to NVIDIA in that our proprietary software and purpose-built infrastructure help to minimize the efficiency gap between the observed GPU cluster performance and the theoretical maximum GPU cluster performance, help to diversify their customer base, and help to get their technology in the hands of end customers faster. Our relationships with some of the world’s leading and most discerning AI labs and AI enterprises, including Microsoft, Meta, and

 

140


Table of Contents
 

OpenAI, further position us as a cornerstone of the evolving AI ecosystem and creates a flywheel that strengthens our engineering advantage through continuous learning and development.

 

 

LOGO

These deep technical partnerships with our customers provide our engineers with exposure to unique technical challenges, enabling them to build an invaluable knowledge base regarding the complex requirements of running supercomputers efficiently to extract maximum performance, automate operations, and optimize total cost of management. This gives us the ability to deliver an AI cloud that can operate at the performance, scale and efficiency required by the world’s most complex workloads. Moreover, we serve some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, which fosters a reinforcing cycle of continued innovation, as we are the first to experience and solve the challenges of the most compute intensive AI training and inference workloads. This data, which is only used internally to improve our services for our customers, is a critical input into our engineering process and strengthens our technological differentiation as we continue to push the boundaries of what is possible in computing. This “economy of AI leadership” ensures we can continuously improve our CoreWeave Cloud Platform over time in a positive feedback loop, by enabling us to learn from any issues or misconfigurations detected across our large infrastructure base and apply those learnings to all our clusters, which in turn positions us as a leading-edge provider of choice for new customers.

Our Market Opportunity

The impact of AI will be immense for organizations of all sizes across all sectors, which will realize significant productivity gains and time and cost-efficiencies by deploying AI technologies. IDC estimates that AI will add nearly $20 trillion to global GDP by 2030. We believe businesses of all sizes will adopt AI products and services to enhance automation and improve decision making and will need to embed AI into their solutions to differentiate and remain competitive.

We believe that CoreWeave will be one of the most sought-after platforms for the world’s AI workloads. Our solution enables AI products, services and models to train and run with significantly greater speed and efficiency. We have estimated our total addressable market opportunity by evaluating the size of the large and rapidly growing AI compute software and infrastructure market that we are pioneering. According to Bloomberg Intelligence, the market for AI inference/fine-tuning, AI workload monitoring, and training infrastructure, including AI servers, AI storage, training compute, cloud workloads, and networking, will increase by over $300 billion from 2023 to 2028, growing at a CAGR of 38% from approximately $79 billion in 2023 to approximately $399 billion by 2028. This market opportunity is expected to include $330 billion related to training infrastructure, which includes AI servers, AI storage,

 

141


Table of Contents

training compute, LLM licensing revenue, cloud workloads, and networking; $49 billion related to inference infrastructure; and $20 billion related to workload monitoring, all of which are supportable by CoreWeave.

The AI cloud infrastructure and software market is dynamic and will continue to evolve as new models are introduced and inference continues to scale. We believe we are ideally positioned to capture the opportunity as the market develops and continues to expand. At present, the AI compute market is centered on training the latest generations of models, which is being driven by a select few hyperscalers and AI labs which are advancing model quality and the standard of intelligence they output. While it is likely that inference will grow to account for an increasingly larger proportion of AI workloads, we expect that training and fine-tuning new generations of models on updated infrastructure will continue to be an important addressable market as new generations of hardware, networking, and storage are released. We believe that our best-of-breed software and infrastructure solution and our track record of being among the first to market with the latest infrastructure modalities makes us optimally suited to capture these bleeding-edge training workloads.

In the near-term, we expect to see continued rapid growth in demanding inference workloads driven by an exponential increase in model size and complexity and complex reasoning skills, and we anticipate that these workloads will need to run on the latest generation of high-performance infrastructure. Over time, we expect there will be more widespread enterprise adoption of production workloads as enterprises train and serve their own models on high-performance cloud infrastructure leveraging proprietary data. These workloads will have a spectrum of complexity levels. Some of them will need to run on state-of-the-art infrastructure, while other, lower intensity workloads will run more efficiently on older generations of infrastructure. The acceleration of these lower intensity inference workloads will coincide with the growth of our geographically distributed compute base, which over time will consist of a broad range of cross-generation infrastructure as current generations roll off existing contracts and are superseded by new releases. We believe that the mix of hardware across generations that is optimized for different use cases in our compute base will ensure that we are optimally situated to capture all workload types, both inference and training.

Growth Strategies

Demand for AI training and inference continues to scale as models improve and AI drives enhancements to productivity and overall quality of life. Organizations are accessing AI either directly or through layers of abstraction, for instance through APIs that connect businesses to the leading foundational models in circulation today. We are committed to investing in our business to capitalize on the accelerating demand for AI compute and grow the adoption of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform, and are pursuing a number of strategies to enhance our ability to deliver the software and infrastructure to power the proliferation of intelligence across the world’s economy and society. Our principal growth strategies include:

 

   

Extend our product leadership and innovation. We pioneered the AI Hyperscaler and are committed to innovating to extend our technology leadership. Our team operates at the bleeding-edge of technological advancement and continues to deliver new solutions and optimize our technology stack to deliver substantial performance and efficiency gains for AI workloads at scale. We have delivered and unlocked the performance of some of the largest GPU clusters assembled to date, and we continue to release additional updates to our cloud software services to further enhance the capabilities of our infrastructure, as demonstrated for example by our recent product releases including CKS, Mission Control, and SUNK all of which accelerate the ability of our customers to train and serve models. We plan to continue to prioritize investing in our product and engineering teams to develop our cloud software services.

 

   

Continue capturing additional workloads from existing customers. Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform serves some of the most powerful AI labs and AI enterprises that are building AI products today. Through some of these cornerstone customers, it addresses a massive volume of AI workloads directly from them or through their APIs. As these leading providers of AI continue to achieve product market fit with the latest foundational models, their training and inference workload volume will scale exponentially. Our dedicated focus on both AI labs and AI enterprises will enable us to achieve natural

 

142


Table of Contents
 

growth across this customer segment as AI continues to become ubiquitous, and as these customers realize the performance and efficiency benefits of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. We have built dedicated teams of AI-experts across our engineering, product, sales and customer experience organization that understand customers’ needs for rapidly evolving AI use cases. These teams work hand-in-hand with our customers to help them better understand our product capabilities and innovations to best position us to capture increasing spend as they expand.

 

   

Extend into broader enterprise customers across new industries and verticals. Our current and potential customers include the world’s premier AI labs and AI enterprises, for whom AI is a core component of their product strategy and overall business model, and who depend on our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to deliver the next generation of AI models and applications. As AI continues to become ubiquitous in daily life and as other verticals and industries, including regulated industries like banks, high-frequency trading, and pharmaceutical companies, begin to develop and build their own dedicated AI solutions, we plan to expand to serve those verticals and capitalize on the opportunity to provide our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to host their workloads. Although it is early, we have already started to see strong interest from such industries. We also anticipate that new industries and use cases will arise to take advantage of developing AI capabilities as AI models become more accessible and cheaper, presenting additional growth opportunities for our platform. We believe that our recently announced acquisition of Weights & Biases will enable us to improve our CoreWeave Cloud Platform to address the needs of customers who are researching, building, and deploying AI models and applications. Following closing of the acquisition, we plan to integrate Weights & Biases’ capabilities as a new entry point for customers to access our CoreWeave Cloud platform and take advantage of the differentiated infrastructure and managed software services that we offer.

 

   

Expand internationally. We are expanding our business to capitalize on growing demand for AI applications and solutions across the globe, driven by customers’ desire to build their AI applications locally and minimize latency. In 2024, we established a presence in London, United Kingdom, Barcelona, Spain, and Falun, Sweden, with more than 40 MW of active power in these locations as of December 31, 2024. In addition, we have contracted data center capacity in Canada, Sweden, and Norway with additional capacity in the pipeline. In addition, regulatory frameworks are expected to increasingly restrict data from flowing across borders, meaning that AI models may eventually need to be trained on regional data pools and served locally. Expanding our reach in key international markets enables us to serve that regional demand for AI compute. We are methodical around our international expansion and tailor it to where we see the most demand for AI compute.

 

   

Increase our vertical integration. We plan to continue to verticalize “up the stack” by innovating and adding to our software offerings to drive customer engagement and value. At the same time, we may continue to verticalize “down the stack” by enhancing our data center capabilities to bolster our access to data center capacity, future-proof our solutions, and drive further operational efficiency. We intend to achieve further vertical integration either organically or through targeted acquisitions.

 

   

Verticalize “up the stack.” The strategic position of our solution as the control plane which drives the performance, efficiency and visibility into the underlying infrastructure enables us to build additional functionality and services on top of it, including dedicated layers of abstraction and automation to simplify the way customers interact with our infrastructure, as well as solutions for fine-tuning AI models and production environments for AI applications. This enables our customers to access AI infrastructure more easily, scale as their need for AI workloads grows, and get their products to market faster. For example, we plan to further increase ease of use by abstracting complexity for our customers through our Global Inferencing solution which enables customers to automate the management of their inference deployments by plugging in APIs and avoiding the need to manage GPUs at a more granular level. We plan to also create tools to empower developers and machine learning engineers to seamlessly access and fine-tune foundational models to power AI applications on our platform achieving greater efficiency and productivity. We believe our announced acquisition of Weights & Biases will help to accelerate the expansion of our developer tools for both fine-tuning and training

 

143


Table of Contents
 

models, as well as building AI applications, and reinforces our ability to continue adding functionality “up the stack” following closing of the acquisition. We are best positioned to add functionality “up the stack” given we control the underlying infrastructure, which is the most difficult layer of the technology stack to replicate given our investments into our infrastructure over time.

 

   

Verticalize “down the stack.” As data centers continue to evolve and take center stage as the next-generation supercomputers driving the AI revolution, our ability to further manage and customize our data center footprint will de-risk our future growth and expense. Currently, the majority of our data center portfolio is leased. We may make investments into data centers and increase the proportion of our data center footprint where we have direct ownership stakes. This will enable us to have more control and accountability over the delivery timeline of new builds, and allow us to exert more control over our data center costs.

 

   

Maximize the economic life of our infrastructure. We seek to maximize the value of our fleet of GPUs to the fullest extent possible, and do this by monetizing the infrastructure underlying expired contracts through either another contract for the remainder of its economic life or through an on-demand consumption pool. We expect a large number of GPUs to become available for the on-demand distributed compute pool as our customers renew contracts with future generations of chips. These current generation chips will be well-suited to handle inference workloads and lower intensity training workloads after contracts expire, which will lead to cost optimal solutions for our customers. As the AI revolution continues and more widespread enterprise adoption of AI workloads occurs, there will be a breadth of workload complexity levels which will need to be matched to infrastructure with varying levels of performance and cost. Some of those workloads will be less computationally intensive and can be served by older generations of infrastructure.

Our Platform and Product Offerings

Our CoreWeave Cloud Platform is an integrated solution that enables companies to run AI workloads with high performance and efficiency. It includes our Infrastructure Services, Managed Software Services, and Application Software Services, all bolstered by our Mission Control and Observability software. Our proprietary software underpins every component of the platform, allowing for highly secure provisioning of infrastructure, effective orchestration of workloads, and real-time monitoring of training and inference environments. Security is a fundamental component of our platform. We ensure our customers operate in a secure environment by implementing a zero trust model for data access and leveraging advanced security technologies, including XDR and DLP deployed across our endpoints. Additionally, we use single-sign-on and multi-factor authentication to ensure our CoreWeave Cloud Platform remains resilient against identity-based cyber threats.

 

144


Table of Contents

CoreWeave Cloud Platform

 

 

LOGO

Infrastructure Services: Delivering bleeding-edge compute, networking, and storage infrastructure

Our platform is powered by our foundational Infrastructure Services, which utilize our proprietary software and a combination of high-performance GPUs, CPUs, DPUs, storage, and networking equipment, all calibrated to deliver the performance at scale required to power AI workloads.

 

   

Compute. Our compute is delivered through combinations of GPU and CPU nodes interconnected with state-of-the-art, high-performance networking technology such as NVIDIA InfiniBand and optimized through DPUs in a high throughput network topology that provides extensive scalability for AI workloads. GPU nodes are the primary engines for AI compute and are supported by the latest generation of CPUs, memory, PCI-Express data interconnects, NVMe SSDs, and DPUs. These components help to extract maximum performance out of GPUs and also offload non-core tasks. We continuously monitor the health and performance of GPU and CPU nodes to ensure improved resilience and rapid recovery.

 

   

GPU Compute. We provide our customers with access to a vast portfolio of high-performance GPUs that are purpose-built for AI. This includes the NVIDIA H200, which we were among the first to market with at production scale, and NVIDIA H100. Our H100 architecture enabled us to break the MLPerf record in 2023, delivering training speeds 29 times faster than competitors at greater scale.

 

145


Table of Contents
   

CPU Compute. We offer versatile CPU instances to support AI workloads. Our infrastructure utilizes some of the industry’s highest performing and latest CPUs instead of prior generation technology that can degrade GPU performance and utility. Our CPUs complement our GPUs by performing tasks, including data pre-processing, control plane functions, and workload orchestration, which frees GPUs to focus on compute intensive tasks.

 

   

DPUs. DPUs optimize compute for AI workloads by offloading networking, security, and storage management tasks from GPUs and CPUs. They are a critical enabling component for increasing overall efficiency and performance.

 

   

Nimbus. Nimbus is our control and data-plane software running on our DPUs inside Bare Metal instances, performing the typical role of a hypervisor in enabling security, flexibility and performance. Nimbus-enabled DPUs remove the need for a virtualization layer and give customers the flexibility to run directly on our servers without a hypervisor, enabling greater compute performance. Nimbus also provides security through the isolation of customer models and data encryption, while enabling them to set up Virtual Private Cloud environments.

 

   

Networking. Our networking architecture is highly specialized and uniquely designed to meet the complex needs of AI use cases. It includes our high-performance InfiniBand based cluster networking, our data center network fabric which connects our GPU and CPU nodes to our control plane via DPUs for efficient offloading of certain processing tasks, our VPC networking framework, as well as our Direct Connect offering which provides enterprise-grade networking and supports multi-cloud deployments. The ultra-fast connection and superior throughput enabled by our networking architecture ensures faster training and inference times for our customers.

 

   

Cluster Networking is the result of our relationship with NVIDIA to design a networking architecture that is purpose-built for AI clusters. The NVIDIA InfiniBand network that we deploy is one of the largest in existence with up to 3,200Gbps of non-blocking GPU interconnect and provides industry-leading effective networking throughput to accelerate time to train and serve models. Our Blackwell deployments will further be supported by external NVLink Switches, a low latency, scalable, and energy-efficient protocol that allows GPUs to communicate with other GPUs and CPUs within the same and different systems more efficiently. These technologies enable us to offer our customers access to tens of thousands of GPUs connected in a single cluster, and the ability to create massive megaclusters. Our megacluster resilience is supported by Mission Control, which prevents and rapidly remediates any deficiencies that arise.

 

   

VPC Networking creates isolated virtual networks to manage CoreWeave Cloud Platform resources, allows customers to securely connect compute, storage, and networking resources to their development and deployment platforms using the latest security best practices including encryption, isolation, and access control.

 

   

CoreWeave Direct Connect plugs into our carrier grade networking backbone and enables embedded scale that supports our data centers. It is built to support multi-cloud needs, operates across the United States and Europe, and provides private, highly performant connections to transfer data with speed and security. It allows our customers to easily connect their CoreWeave clusters with resources available at other cloud providers or on-premises. Direct Connect boasts port speeds of up to 400Gbps, flexible options to connect through either dedicated ports or existing carriers, and budget-friendly costs with no data transfer or egress fees.

 

   

Storage. Our systems incorporate enterprise-grade, software-defined scale-out storage capabilities. Our highly performant, secure, and reliable storage capabilities are designed for the most complex and demanding AI workloads. They load data at rapid speeds, enabling large distributed AI workloads to be scaled up in seconds. These storage capabilities also allow customers to benefit from auto-provisioning of GPUs and store large volumes of model checkpoints and intermediate results so that teams can stay on track after interruptions to their training or inference jobs. Our purpose-built storage architecture

 

146


Table of Contents
 

enables our customers to achieve significantly faster load times. Our storage services, which include object storage and distributed file storage, leverage industry-best security practices, including encryption at rest and in transit, role-based identity access management, and authentication.

 

   

Object Storage. Given traditional object storage solutions are not designed for accelerated workloads, customers typically need to leverage a caching layer on top of object storage to run their GPU clusters at top performance. Our object storage solution is built from the ground-up specifically for AI. It eliminates the need for an intermediate cache based on a file storage system. It leverages our proprietary Local Object Transport Accelerator, which caches data locally onto GPU nodes to deliver the performance required to go straight from object storage to GPUs.

 

   

Distributed File Storage. We offer distributed file storage solutions that centralize asset storage and support parallel computation setups. For customers who require these features and prefer to utilize a distributed file storage system in addition to object storage, our Distributed File Storage system provides the flexibility to do so. Our platform also enables customers who run on-premise to integrate their own distributed file storage system into our platform, providing a truly flexible technology stack that is designed to support our customers’ storage needs.

 

   

Dedicated Storage Clusters. Our microservices based architecture allows us to support our customers’ choice of storage back-ends. We work with an ecosystem of storage cloud partners to provide flexibility and choice in order to get access to their preferred storage solutions that are well integrated with our CoreWeave Cloud Platform.

Managed Software and Application Software Services: Built for AI at Multiple Layers of the Cloud Technology Stack

 

LOGO

Managed Software Services: Fully managed deployment for the most efficient workloads

Our Managed Software Services include CoreWeave Kubernetes Service, our AI workload orchestration and auto-scaling solution, our VPC product, and our Bare Metal service.

 

   

CoreWeave Kubernetes Service. CKS is our AI-optimized, managed Kubernetes service that minimizes the burden of managing large GPU clusters. CKS is purpose-built for AI workloads and delivers fast performance, security, and flexibility in a fully managed Kubernetes solution. CKS has built-in guardrails and automated processes specialized for AI workloads that reduce the need for teams to spend countless hours managing complex Kubernetes clusters. CKS clusters leverage Bare Metal

 

147


Table of Contents
 

nodes without a hypervisor to maximize node performance, and our DPU-based architecture for complete isolation and acceleration with private-cluster VPCs. As such, CKS ensures that each node operates at peak performance within a secure, isolated environment. There are extensive customization options available to manage data, control access and policy, and handle authentication and other security controls, giving customers ultimate flexibility and authority over their specific data management practices.

 

   

Virtual Private Cloud. Our VPC solution allows customers to utilize an isolated, private section of our CoreWeave Cloud Platform where they can run their resources in a controlled network environment. It delivers a flexible experience backed by enhanced security, with both direct control and a high degree of customization. It enables hyper specific networking policies on a workload-by-workload basis, including terminating VPNs, managing routing, and access control. Our robust node isolation capabilities create both data and VPC segregation that deliver maximum security for our customer workloads.

 

   

Bare Metal. Our Bare Metal service is fast, reliable, and performant. The vast majority of AI workloads do not need virtualization. Instead, they need direct access to resources to run training, inference, and experimentation with maximum performance and low latency. We eliminate the need to have a hypervisor layer and enable our customers to run Kubernetes, or an orchestration platform of their choice, directly on Bare Metal instances. This allows us to combine the flexibility of cloud-like provisioning and the power and performance of dedicated hardware, unlocking higher performance, increasing reliability, freeing up compute resources, and allowing for in-depth insights on cluster health and performance through granular metrics. For customers who prefer a more managed experience, our Bare Metal service also enables customers to spin up Bare Metal nodes in CKS and offload certain basic functions such as storage and network drivers.

Application Software Services: Additional tools that accelerate and improve training and inferencing

Our Application Software Services allow companies to seamlessly integrate additional tools that accelerate and improve training and inference. Due to our microservices-based architecture, our platform is fully composable, with customers able to run their own orchestration solution or third-party applications seamlessly as part of our stack. As with all our other services, we follow security best practices at every step.

 

   

Slurm on Kubernetes Integration (SUNK). Slurm is an open-source workload manager popular among AI model developers and other users of high-performance compute. It is an industry leader for the orchestration of massive parallel scheduling jobs such as training LLMs. Kubernetes, on the other hand, is designed for containerized workloads in cloud-native environments making it particularly well suited for model serving. Customers previously had to either choose between Slurm or Kubernetes on a per cluster basis for their resource management needs, even though the two applications serve different use cases and excel in different environments. Often, this led to maintaining two distinct platforms and pools of compute. We have eliminated the need to choose between Slurm or Kubernetes by creating SUNK, a proprietary offering released in early 2024 that integrates Slurm with CKS and allows for Slurm jobs to run inside Kubernetes. This allows developers to leverage the resource management of both Slurm and Kubernetes and results in a seamless end-user experience. Different AI workloads can be co-located on the same cluster, including training, inference, and experimentation, unlocking greater workload fungibility. SUNK enhances the efficiency of compute by sharing resources between Slurm and Kubernetes and streamlining deployment of our system. Introducing Slurm into our stack has solved a major infrastructure pain point for our customers while reducing their total cost of ownership.

 

   

CoreWeave Tensorizer. CoreWeave Tensorizer is our training and inference optimization solution that spins up models rapidly from storage directly into GPU memory from a variety of different endpoints. It serializes models into a single binary file and incorporates a caching layer to quickly flow models to the closest node to the client, thereby dramatically cutting down resource expenditure caused by long loading times. When tested on a larger model size using a higher-performing GPU, the impact of

 

148


Table of Contents
 

Tensorizer on model load time becomes even more pronounced. In terms of relative performance, our Tensorizer had average model load times that were 1.7x and 1.4x faster than that of SafeTensors and HuggingFace respectively. Our Tensorizer solution also increases model training efficiency by enabling fast checkpoints and reducing restart times. Checkpointing ensures models are frequently saved and archived during the training process such that failures do not require full and time consuming restarts.

 

   

Weights & Biases Models. Following the closing of our announced acquisition of Weights & Biases, we intend to expand our platform to include their Models product-line, which will extend the capabilities we currently offer with SUNK and Tensorizer to include real-time tracking and visualization of training runs, customer packaging, and workflow optimization, and the ability to further optimize hyperparameters, track model lineage, and fine-tune both open-source and proprietary models.

 

   

Inference Optimization & Services. Our platform is optimized for inference, delivering unparalleled flexibility, efficiency and access to the compute required to serve these workloads effectively. Through our planned inference optimization services, customers will be able to right-size their workloads with access to a varied GPU fleet customized to their specific performance and cost requirements, and can provision what they need when they need it to match the complexity of their workloads. Following the closing of the acquisition, we intend to integrate Weights & Biases’ Weave product into our inference optimization services, enabling the real-time monitoring and debugging of LLMs and prompts, in addition to rigorous evaluation of generative AI applications.

Mission Control & Observability: Delivering full visibility into and control over infrastructure and workloads

AI compute infrastructure brings together multiple cutting-edge technologies including the latest and most powerful compute resources, high bandwidth memory, high-speed chip-to-chip interconnects, and node-to-node connectivity. While these technologies deliver unprecedented performance, they come with the additional overhead and complexity of dealing with node and system failures. Our Mission Control & Observability solution helps customers to manage their infrastructure and operations with a suite of services designed to ensure optimal setup and functionality of infrastructure components throughout their entire lifecycle, thereby preventing and rapidly remediating issues and enhancing performance. Mission Control consists of our FLCC and NLCC, and is complemented by our Observability solution.

 

   

Fleet LifeCycle Controller (FLCC). Our Fleet LifeCycle Controller automates node provisioning, testing, and monitoring to validate nodes and systems for Day 1 operations and beyond.

 

   

Node LifeCycle Controller (NLCC). Our Node LifeCycle Controller proactively assesses ongoing node health and performance to ensure problematic nodes are replaced with healthy ones before they cause failures. Both FLCC and NLCC are systems that are running on our back-end.

 

   

Observability. Our Observability solution provides access to a rich collection of node and system-level metrics to complement the capabilities of Mission Control that help prevent or quickly identify system faults and restore system-level performance. Faults can occur for various reasons, such as bad user configuration (memory allocation issues), misbehaving software updates, server component malfunctions, or issues in the high speed node-to-node network. Customers can collect and receive alerts on metrics across their fleet, using dashboards that visualize either the entire cluster or individual jobs, and identify root-cause issues in a matter of minutes, as well as early warning signs that enable them to replace or repair nodes that are close to failure. Our Observability solution gives customers deep insight into their infrastructure down to the temperature of individual GPUs.

 

149


Table of Contents

CoreWeave Real-Time Dashboard

 

 

LOGO

Deep Technical Partnerships

Our partnership strategy is to augment our capabilities by developing deep technical partnerships and relationships with companies that share our vision for empowering customers and accelerating the AI ecosystem. These partnerships are central to how we build our products and services: they enable us to unlock capabilities further up the stack and serve as layers of abstraction that extend our reach to a broader customer base who ultimately run on our infrastructure. Through our partnerships, we have been able to drive enhancements in AI Ops/inference (e.g., Run:ai), improve infrastructure capabilities (e.g., Datadog), and engineer new purpose-built data architectures (e.g., Vast Data and Pure Storage). Our partnership strategy further extends to our relationships and collaboration with suppliers like NVIDIA whose GPUs we bring to market in highly efficient and performant architecture for end customers, and to our data center providers such as Switch and Chirisa Technology Parks who we work with to integrate the most cutting-edge design and cooling standards customized for the performance requirements of AI workloads.

Customer Experience

All of our solutions are complemented by our highly skilled and AI specialized Customer Experience teams, which provide deep insights and expertise in AI compute, networking, and storage. Our teams’ deep AI expertise is fundamental to us gaining the trust of some of the world’s leading AI labs and AI enterprises, and so we have purposefully designed our Customer Experience organization in a way that seamlessly extends our expert capabilities to our customers. Our Customer Experience team is comprised of:

 

   

Fleet Ops and Cloud Ops: Teams that support our FLCC and NLCC solutions and function as operations centers supporting overall system resilience across our customers’ infrastructure. Our Fleet Ops team monitors how fleets are operating, while our Cloud Ops team monitors customer-specific deployments.

 

   

Support specialists: Dedicated Support Operations Engineers and Customer Success Engineers who are tasked with setting-up deployments and working with customers to scale workloads as quickly and efficiently as possible. These teams help our customers achieve their goals with our product through proactive support and resources and focus on understanding and assisting customers post-sale to foster long-term relationships. Our team of engineering experts is available 24/7 to assist customers and provide the support needed to ensure optimal cluster performance. Support specialists also include our Documentation team, which creates and maintains the technical documentation to support our customer success, sales, and marketing teams.

 

   

Solutions architects: Experts who work with our engineering teams to ensure customer infrastructure runs at peak performance. Our solutions architects focus on helping customers understand and derive

 

150


Table of Contents
 

value from our platform, and cover both pre-sale and post-sale processes including proof-of-concept, implementation, switching to new architectures, and ongoing management/deployment. They ensure customers derive maximum value from their infrastructure and assist with any tuning work required to unlock the leading performance of our platform.

Across our entire platform, we are committed to delivering robust security solutions that maintain system integrity, availability, and data security. We continuously test our platform for security vulnerabilities using automated testing methods and have teams dedicated to penetration testing, enterprise vulnerability management, and application security. We also have a Security Operations team that monitors security events in real time 24 hours a day to provide continuous protection.

Our Data Center Footprint

CoreWeave’s Data Center Network

 

LOGO

Our platform is powered by some of the largest and most sophisticated data centers in the world, consisting of complex installations of the most cutting-edge GPU accelerators. These large clusters are designed and built with pioneering network architectures and a “no compromise” philosophy that centers around maximizing performance for AI workloads. The state-of-the-art hardware deployed in our data centers requires the most forward thinking physical infrastructure designs to deliver highly performant networking, power, and cooling characteristics. Each component of our data center technology stack is purposefully selected to contribute to, and compound, this performance advantage. The result is a geographically distributed and highly performant data center footprint underpinned by cutting-edge components, high-density design configurations, and robust security standards.

 

   

Cutting-edge data center technologies maximize rack density. Our data centers are purposefully designed to maximize rack density and drive power per rack. They utilize advanced liquid cooling systems that enable the efficient use of space by removing the bulky chillers and airflow management equipment required in air cooling systems. The improved heat capacity of liquid cooling systems also allows us to stand up racks closer together, supporting higher power density while preventing performance degradation of our systems due to overheating. Liquid cooling systems, while highly efficient at supporting dense, power-intensive workloads, require a fundamental redesign of the data center in order to accommodate necessary piping, pumps, and heat exchangers. This often entails having a separate subfloor to contain routing and plumbing infrastructure while keeping the main floor more organized and compact to drive density.

 

151


Table of Contents

CoreWeave’s First NVIDIA GB200 NVL72 Cluster With Liquid Cooling

 

 

LOGO

These design requirements render traditional cloud service providers, who are tied to significant existing air-cooled data center footprints and buildout plans, incapable of maximizing their data center capacity without time intensive and costly retrofitting challenges. Liquid cooling systems and the greater power density and efficiency it unlocks, is not a nice-to-have feature but rather an essential component of any GPU-based infrastructure that is purpose-built for AI.

 

   

Broad Footprint. We have architected a distributed and interconnected portfolio of data centers that delivers a high density of compute close to major population centers, thereby minimizing latency for end users. Our portfolio covers cities spanning the United States and is rapidly expanding into new markets in Europe, delivering high-compute capacity to regions that are currently capacity constrained.

 

   

Massive Scale. Delivering highly performant and flexible infrastructure means building high capacity data centers that can quickly scale from tens to hundreds of megawatts in response to burst workloads, i.e., sudden surges in demand. We leverage dark fiber connectivity to deliver rapid and efficient inter-data-center connectivity and enable customer workloads to burst across regions. By connecting multiple active purpose-built data centers with high speed interconnects, we deliver the flexible compute required for large scale supercomputers optimized for AI workloads, and can scale this compute to match our customers’ needs.

 

   

Embedded Security. We reinforce our infrastructure with industry leading security standards and certifications, including SOC 2 and ISO 27001, to ensure that customers are met with the most robust data security practices. Our security measures also extend to our physical security, where we employ rigorous standards around background checks, access control, security awareness training, and a zero-trust framework. This multi-layered approach ensures a secure, resilient operating environment at every level of our data centers.

Altogether, these design considerations have enabled us to deliver some of the most performant, efficient, and secure infrastructure deployments in the industry, at unprecedented scale. Our innovation also extends beyond the physical hardware and infrastructure powering our data centers to the supporting software and infrastructure services. This allows customers to run their AI jobs without the burden of managing the underlying infrastructure themselves.

As of December 31, 2024, we had more than 360 MW of active power and approximately 1.3 GW of total contracted power. This includes 32 cutting-edge data center facilities in the United States across 15 states,

 

152


Table of Contents

as well as facilities in three countries. Importantly, our power capacity is available in large individual deployments that are capable of serving large infrastructure clusters, which is critical for our larger customers.

In May 2024, we opened our European headquarters in London to help facilitate our expansion to Europe. Our initial expansion to Europe includes five sites in the United Kingdom, Spain, and Sweden. In June 2024, we announced a $2.2 billion investment to expand in Spain and Sweden and launch in Norway, which we expect will more than double our MW of capacity by the end of 2025.

Our Culture and Values

Our mission is to power the creation and delivery of the intelligence that drives innovation. To succeed in this mission, we place great value on our team and emphasize the importance of a strong culture. Our diverse, multidisciplinary team is founded on a culture of saying yes and facing and overcoming complex engineering challenges. We have assembled leading engineering and go-to-market teams with what we believe is an unmatched knowledge base in accelerated computing at scale. These teams work synchronously to deliver our CoreWeave Cloud Platform and drive the maximum performance in AI workloads for our customers. To maintain this competitive advantage and continue to innovate, we remain focused on building an inclusive working environment in which our team members can push the boundaries of what is possible, and we empower our employees to grow and succeed with the right tools in a highly collaborative environment.

We have created and instilled a set of Core Values that our employees embrace and demonstrate each day.

Our Core Values include:

 

   

Be Curious at Your Core. We foster a mindset of continuous learning, understanding that curiosity drives innovation and is essential in staying ahead of our competition. Curiosity is a driving force that allows us to explore ideas and innovations that push boundaries, challenge the status quo, and better serve our customers.

 

   

Act Like an Owner. We take full responsibility for our work and our decisions to find the best solution to any challenge. We take initiative, hold ourselves accountable, and foster a culture where everyone feels empowered to contribute to our success.

 

   

Empower Employees. We trust each other to make decisions, communicate transparently, and are clear on our goals. We support each other with the tools, resources, and feedback necessary to succeed.

 

   

Deliver Best-in-Class Customer Experiences. We go above and beyond to understand our clients’ needs and aim to exceed expectations at every step. Our commitment to excellence ensures we build lasting partnerships and set the standard for exceptional service.

 

   

Achieve More Together. Collaboration is at the heart of our success. Together, we unlock greater potential and solve challenges more effectively. We believe that by leveraging diverse perspectives, supporting each other, and working as one team, we can accomplish more than we could ever do alone.

We are also committed to diversity, inclusion and belonging:

 

   

Diversity. Ensuring diversity—in background, skill set, and perspective—which is business critical to continuing to innovate and bring new products into the market to effectively serve our customer base and new AI use cases.

 

   

Inclusion. Ensuring all employees have opportunities to learn, grow, develop, and perform the best work of their lives.

 

   

Belonging. Ensuring that all our employees feel they are a meaningful part of CoreWeave and they matter.

 

153


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024, we had 881 employees, with 791 in the United States and 90 in five other countries. We work to identify, attract, and retain employees who are aligned with and will help us progress with our mission, and we seek to provide competitive cash and equity compensation. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees and our strong culture differentiates us and is a key driver of business success.

Our Customers

We offer a solution used by organizations of all sizes that require sophisticated AI compute, from the largest of enterprises to small, well-funded start-ups. Our customers today are segmented into two key verticals: AI Natives and AI Enterprises. Companies within these verticals include the builders of AI, the integrators of AI, and those that have business models whose success largely hinges on deploying AI capabilities in their core products and technology stack. Our differentiation lies in the specialized AI infrastructure that we deliver and make accessible to our customers on Day 1, which enables them to accelerate their time to market and achieve lower total costs of ownership. We shift the entire burden of managing infrastructure from our customers to our platform, allowing them to spend more time building models, serving models, or focusing on critical strategic priorities such as growing their customer base or developing their product roadmaps.

Our Customer Verticals

Our customers include:

 

   

AI Natives: Customers whose core competency and singular focus is AI. These companies serve as important layers of abstraction for the market and enable end customers across industries to unlock the power of AI by accessing the power of foundational models. This vertical includes:

 

   

AI Labs: Research organizations building their own foundational models through proprietary datasets, and creating products to deliver those models to the market. While these labs have tended to focus more on building general-purpose models, industry-specific AI labs, such as the AI cluster at the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative Foundation supporting research in the life sciences, are expected to become a growing part of this segment. These AI labs deliver their general purpose models or custom versions of those models via APIs to businesses of all shapes and sizes in order to power a growing range of applications. Our AI Lab customers include, among others, Cohere, Mistral AI, and OpenAI.

 

   

AI Ops / ML Ops: Organizations providing software or platform solutions “up the stack” from cloud infrastructure to make AI adoption easier for businesses with inference or training needs. These companies provide a range of solutions, including access to pre-trained model hubs and datasets, APIs to streamline model deployment, and dedicated tooling that helps optimize training and fine-tuning techniques. Companies within this space will be critical enablers of AI and its broader adoption as they will support customers who either lack the willingness, expertise, or financial means to build proprietary models through their own research teams and dedicated infrastructure. AI Ops / ML Ops customers include, among others, Replicate.

 

   

AI Enterprises: Large companies whose business and product are not AI, but are being driven by AI. These include Fortune 500 companies and other large enterprises with business models that are increasingly AI-enabled through their own development efforts and/or that leverage AI directly to drive internal efficiency gains. We have seen initial traction in adopting our platform from big tech, financial institutions, and life sciences companies to date with customers such as Meta, IBM, Microsoft, and Jane Street.

In addition to the AI Natives and AI Enterprises who we sell to directly, there is a large segment of the market that uses our platform, solutions and services indirectly. This includes the tens of thousands of enterprises that have not yet built in-house AI models or systems, but who use solutions developed by AI Natives. As AI continues to find product market fit, we expect these enterprises to grow their indirect consumption of our

 

154


Table of Contents

platform through AI labs. Furthermore, as these enterprises increase their consumption and our product roadmap evolves and verticalizes up-the-stack, we expect that we will serve more of these enterprise customers directly through our dedicated solutions and partnerships.

Contracted customers had a weighted average contract term of approximately four years as of December 31, 2024. Due to our focus on the leading organizations engaged in AI training and inference, we recognized an aggregate of approximately 41% and 73% of our revenue from our top three customers for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We recognized an aggregate of approximately 77% of our revenue from our top two customers for the year ended December 31, 2024. None of our other customers represented 10% or more of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2022, our largest customer accounted for 16% of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, our largest customer was Microsoft, which accounted for 35% and 62% of our revenue, respectively. Additionally, Microsoft will represent less than 50% of our expected future committed contract revenues when combining our RPO balance of $15.1 billion as of December 31, 2024 and up to $11.55 billion of future revenues from our recently signed Master Services Agreement with OpenAI as described below.

In February 2023, we entered into a Master Services Agreement (the “Microsoft Master Services Agreement”) with Microsoft, pursuant to which we provide Microsoft with access to our infrastructure and platform services through fulfillment of reserved capacity orders submitted to us by Microsoft and as may be amended upon our and Microsoft’s mutual agreement. We have recognized revenue of $81 million and $1.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, pursuant to the Microsoft Master Services Agreement. The Microsoft Master Services Agreement will remain in place until either all outstanding orders under the Microsoft Master Services Agreement are expired or terminated, or the Microsoft Master Services Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms. Either party may terminate the Microsoft Master Services Agreement for cause (i) upon 45 days’ written notice to the other party of a breach or (ii) if the other party becomes subject to a bankruptcy petition or other insolvency proceeding, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors.

In March 2025, we entered into a Master Services Agreement (the “OpenAI Master Services Agreement”) with OpenAI, pursuant to which we provide OpenAI access to cloud computing capacity through fulfillment of reserved capacity orders submitted to us by OpenAI and as may be amended upon our and OpenAI’s mutual agreement. As of March 11, 2025, subject to any termination described below and satisfaction of delivery and availability of service requirements, OpenAI has committed to pay us up to approximately $11.9 billion through October 2030. The OpenAI Master Services Agreement will remain in place until either all outstanding orders under the OpenAI Master Services Agreement are expired or terminated, or the OpenAI Master Services Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms. Either party may terminate the OpenAI Master Services Agreement (and any orders thereunder) for cause. As a condition to the entirety of OpenAI’s obligations under the outstanding order under the OpenAI Master Services Agreement, we have agreed to establish a special purpose vehicle by March 14, 2025 that is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to OpenAI that will hold the infrastructure, and we intend for the special purpose vehicle to incur indebtedness to finance the obligations under the OpenAI Master Services Agreement. As of March 11, 2025, we had established the special purpose vehicle and were in the process of finalizing the associated agreements to satisfy this condition.

We have agreed to issue to OpenAI, in accordance with the terms of the OpenAI Master Services Agreement and pursuant to a stock issuance agreement (the “OpenAI Stock Issuance Agreement”) with OpenAI, a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $350.0 million valued at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. For more information, see the section titled “Concurrent Share Issuance.”

Our focus on committed contracts and revenue from some of the world’s leading providers of AI is deliberate in that these close relationships have allowed us to scale rapidly and provide us with unique insights into delivering highly performant and efficient AI compute at scale. In turn, we enable these customers to incorporate better AI into their products to drive faster time to market and broader adoption, thereby reinforcing their continued adoption of our platform.

 

155


Table of Contents

Customer Case Studies

We believe the following case studies are examples of how some of our customers have selected, deployed and benefited from our platform, solutions and services. We have highlighted customers of varying size and types across different industries. Our customers experience different results depending on a number of factors, and these case studies are not necessarily representative of the results achieved by other customers of these types or otherwise.

 

 

LOGO

Replicate

 

   

Background: Replicate enables developers to easily run, fine-tune, and deploy both public and private machine learning models. Its cloud-based API allows for simple integration of AI capabilities without the need to manage the underlying infrastructure. Businesses rely on Replicate’s platform to integrate and scale inference workloads for generative AI applications – whether it be text, image, or video generation – across their end users.

 

   

Challenge: Many of the workloads that run on Replicate’s platform are for real-time applications where users expect near-instantaneous responses. The high variability nature of inference workloads meant that Replicate needed to be able to dynamically scale its platform in response to user demand. Other cloud solutions in the market did not offer the right set of capabilities and infrastructure to meet these needs – they lacked latest generation GPU-compute infrastructure, experienced bottlenecks that slowed down Replicate’s platform, and became cost prohibitive at scale for the level of performance required. To achieve its mission of making AI more accessible, Replicate needed a reliable, elastic, and highly performant solution that could accommodate burst workloads with minimal downtime, even as infrastructure was pushed to its maximum performance. Replicate also required a solution that provided lower performance-adjusted cost to support its pay-per-use pricing model in a cost-efficient way.

 

   

Solution & Outcomes:

 

   

Since 2022, Replicate has selected CoreWeave as its cloud provider to unlock access to high- performance compute for its inference needs, leveraging CoreWeave’s full-stack cloud platform delivered in a fully managed format.

 

   

Radically simplified infrastructure management enabled Replicate to focus more on innovating across its platform and building client engagement and less on operating highly complex infrastructure.

 

   

CoreWeave’s observability tools provided Replicate with valuable insights into billing and resource utilization.

 

   

Customer Quote:

 

   

“CoreWeave is our key cloud provider and has been instrumental in enabling our demanding inference workloads to scale seamlessly. CoreWeave has delivered high performance, resilience, and reliability that directly enables us to allow our customers to access and fine tune some of the best AI models on the market with minimal friction.” - Ben Firshman, CEO at Replicate

 

LOGO

Jane Street

 

   

Disclaimer: Jane Street is a customer and one of our investors.

 

156


Table of Contents
   

Background: Jane Street is a global, technology-driven liquidity provider and trading firm. It leverages sophisticated quantitative analysis and a deep understanding of market mechanics to trade in even the most challenging situations. Its cutting-edge research has become increasingly dependent on GPU-powered compute.

 

   

Challenge: Jane Street required a flexible, full-stack solution that would meet its demands for scalability, efficiency, and security. Jane Street needed reliable access to state-of-the-art GPU infrastructure to train its next generation of trading models while maintaining the agility to adapt to rapidly evolving technology.

 

   

Solution & Outcomes:

 

   

Since 2024, Jane Street has relied on CoreWeave to provide a full-stack compute solution purpose-built for the high performance and security requirements of Jane Street’s operations.

 

   

Jane Street benefited from the broad and flexible array of CoreWeave’s offerings, including direct connections, dedicated storage, upgrade options, and more, when designing, executing, and scaling its own proprietary models.

 

   

Through CoreWeave, Jane Street was able to obtain timely access to the latest cutting-edge infrastructure technologies, delivered in a fully managed fashion that enabled rapid deployment of workloads.

 

   

CoreWeave provided Jane Street with scalability, enabling Jane Street to grow its training and inference workloads.

 

   

Jane Street achieved higher overall compute performance thanks to CoreWeave’s high-performance compute specialization.

 

   

Customer Quote:

 

   

We decided on CoreWeave as our high-performance cloud provider after we saw how fast the CoreWeave team moved and got Hopper online first. We needed access to the latest cutting-edge hardware quickly, and we trusted CoreWeave to deliver it faster than any other provider. CoreWeave’s resilient, high-performance compute infrastructure is fundamental to allowing us to build quickly, as CoreWeave delivered a reliable cluster that could withstand our intense training requirements. CoreWeave’s deep technical capabilities and extensive scalability have been instrumental in pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in algorithmic trading.” - Craig Falls, Head of Quant Research, Jane Street

 

LOGO

Mistral AI

 

   

Background: Mistral AI is a leading Paris-based AI lab that develops open-source AI models. Its most recent model, Mistral Large, is one of the world’s highest-performance LLMs available through an API, demonstrating remarkable performance across multiple critical benchmarks, including the Measuring Massive Multitask Language Understanding (MMLU), math and coding tasks, and complex reasoning challenges. From inception, Mistral’s mission has been focused on making frontier AI ubiquitous and providing high-quality, tailor-made solutions to builders.

 

   

Challenge: To fulfill its mission and train bleeding-edge foundational models like Mistral Large, Mistral required a cloud computing platform for its training workloads that could provide access to rapid, flexible compute at a low performance-adjusted cost. Specifically, Mistral required a large high-

 

157


Table of Contents
 

performance GPU cluster that could scale to thousands of GPUs on a single InfiniBand fabric. Mistral also strongly desired to use Slurm to launch its jobs, due to its fluency with the scheduling system. In addition, Mistral could not afford to spend time on infrastructure management and needed a cloud solution that would offload the challenging operational aspects of managing bleeding-edge high-performance infrastructure.

 

   

Solution & Outcomes:

 

   

Mistral selected CoreWeave in 2023 due to the strength of CoreWeave’s ML Perf benchmarks and CoreWeave’s track record of delivering InfiniBand-based networks for large GPU clusters that provided significant performance gains over clusters with ethernet-based networking.

 

   

The CoreWeave Cloud Platform provided immediate access to NVIDIA H100 Tensor Core GPU-based infrastructure, which enabled Mistral to increase the speed of its training runs and release Mistral-7B only a few months after founding.

 

   

CoreWeave’s Mission Control lifecycle automation was instrumental in monitoring and maintaining infrastructure health while running massive training workloads at maximum performance. This automation offloaded the burden of managing infrastructure from Mistral’s small team, allowing the team to focus on its mission of building high-quality models, executing their AI roadmap efficiently, and ultimately getting their models to market faster.

 

   

CoreWeave’s deep technical partnership with Mistral as a customer involved a Kubernetes-based continuous delivery model in a shared GitOps repository, which ultimately removed operational responsibilities from Mistral’s hands.

 

   

Over time, CoreWeave has become Mistral’s compute provider of choice due to its ability to deliver more performant deployments with the latest state-of-the-art NVIDIA architecture while lowering its cost per FLOP through its automation, monitoring, and infrastructure health management software.

 

   

Customer Quote:

 

   

“CoreWeave’s Mission Control has been transformative for our infrastructure, unlocking higher cluster performance and dramatically accelerating our time to market. CoreWeave’s intelligent lifecycle management and optimization tools and robust support solutions, have been critical in our journey to becoming an industry-leading AI model developer.” - Arthur Mensch, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder at Mistral

Go-to-Market

Our go-to-market organization consists of Sales, Marketing, Partnerships, and Customer Experience. We operate as a lean team with a disciplined, long-term vision of the AI market trajectory, our ideal customers, and our growth levers, which allows us to maintain agility, operationalize our go-to-market strategy efficiently, and execute effectively. On that journey, we have developed significant brand awareness within an industry that has been historically dominated by trillion-dollar competitors, built an exceptional organic reputation in market among both customers and partners, and successfully executed on both bottoms-up and top-down sales models.

Since entering the specialized AI cloud market in the second half of 2020, our go-to-market strategy has been built upon a strong foundation of demand generation, solution selling, and a deep cultural commitment to delivering an exceptional customer experience. Our lean Sales team has afforded us the agility to adapt and direct our efforts towards the greatest business need for the long-run.

Initially, this meant focusing on a bottoms-up sales model that targeted engineering pain points through product-led growth. We focused on customer acquisition within our on-demand environment, supporting use cases across AI, Visual Effects, and Life Sciences companies that benefited from a managed solution that abstracted complexity and provided seamless, elastic consumption of compute resources. As our business

 

158


Table of Contents

continues to evolve, many of the PLG strategies we built to grow the business during this time continue to be critical to the growth and upsell strategies we deploy across our existing customer base moving forward.

Beginning in 2023, we transitioned our go-to-market motion to a direct named account strategy. This allowed us to transition from serving multiple high-growth start-ups delivering inference products built on top of open-source models, to securing billion-dollar contracts from some of the world’s leading and most important AI companies in the world. Our sales organization remains focused on this top-down sales model to drive demand and pipeline from the world’s most important AI Native and AI Enterprise businesses and is structured around a team of dedicated Account Managers, Account Executives, and Sales Development Representatives. We believe that, following closing of the acquisition, our announced acquisition of Weights & Biases enables us to accelerate this build and deployment of our direct named account strategy, while also improving our PLG strategy to land customers with additional functionality that targets AI developers and AI and machine learning engineers. We expect to diversify our pricing model over time as we offer additional services built for AI developers, as we intend to do following the closing of the acquisition of Weights & Biases.

Our Marketing organization is organized across three pillars: product marketing, demand-generation, and brand. Marketing is responsible for building and executing campaigns across the entirety of the customer journey, including brand awareness, demand generation, and customer and partner marketing.

Our Customer Experience organization is the first line of support in the post-sale portion of the customer journey. Our dedicated teams enable us to better serve our customers and establish a high degree of trust by ensuring they derive maximum value from our CoreWeave Cloud Platform. Our Customer Experience teams function as an extension of our customers’ engineering organizations, tackling challenges with the same level of urgency as their own teams and allowing them to leverage our deep AI infrastructure expertise to solve problems collaboratively. These close relationships give us unique insights into our customers’ most pressing needs and enable us to support them not only with creative problem solving but also with proactive capacity planning as they seek to scale their AI workloads. This intimate knowledge of our customers’ evolving needs allows us to anticipate and address future requirements in advance, and strategically positions us to continue expanding our business with them. Equally, these deep customer engagements add to our knowledge flywheel and increase our skill base in AI compute, allowing us to problem solve faster across all of our customers.

Sustainability

AI can drive numerous benefits. However, we recognize that there are also risks that need to be managed to ensure that our platform is built to maintain resiliency and assure its longevity. One of the challenges we will face is to ensure that we take appropriate steps to mitigate the environmental impacts of our operations. We are focused on the benefits our CoreWeave Cloud Platform can provide while managing the associated risks.

This strategy will be centered around: Climate Change Mitigation, Energy Efficiency Improvements, Responsible Resource Usage, Supplier Relationships, and ESG Oversight.

Climate Change Mitigation

Energy Consumption & Sustainable Infrastructure

Our fleet of 32 data centers necessarily uses a significant amount of power to enable our customers to train AI models, particularly large language, and deep learning models. This energy usage results in greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, which impact the environment. Our goal is to minimize our environmental impact. For example, several of the existing data centers in the United States and Europe in which we are a tenant are powered by non-emitting sources of energy, and we are exploring other ways we can reduce our environmental impact.

We are currently evaluating and measuring Scopes 1 and 2 GHG emissions from our facilities and data center operations and will soon begin to evaluate our emissions resulting from our supply chain (Scope 3). A large portion of our GHG emissions are currently Scope 2 emissions, which result from purchased electricity for our data centers. The mix of our GHG emissions could shift over time as we grow and begin to control more of our data centers, potentially increasing our ability to contract larger amounts of non-emitting sources of energy.

 

159


Table of Contents

As we continue to scale, we will seek to integrate GHG emissions management and other sustainability considerations into our lease negotiations for new data centers and the renewal of existing leases to reduce our data centers’ environmental impacts. We will also seek to establish our operations in buildings that meet high levels of environmental standards.

Energy Efficiency Improvements

To improve operational and energy efficiency, we are using energy-efficient computing and are expanding our use of innovative cooling solutions. These actions are designed to optimize data center operations and performance and to reduce energy consumption required to train AI models.

We are also investing in innovative cooling technologies that will allow us to manage the increased heat output stemming from our use of smaller and more dense servers and improve energy efficiency. We are also collecting the necessary data to improve our Power Use Effectiveness, which measures how efficiently data centers use energy.

Responsible Resource Usage

Water Stewardship

We are committed to responsible water consumption that seeks to balance our Water Usage Effectiveness, which measures how efficiently data centers use water. We will also explore opportunities to participate in water replenishment programs.

Waste Management

In addition to managing scarce resources such as water, we intend to extend our responsible resource usage to waste management. For example, we intend to evaluate the potential for heat recovery systems to repurpose heat generated by our data centers, which can optimize power consumption and improve environmental performance.

Supplier Relationships

We will also look for opportunities to utilize our relationships with suppliers to mitigate the environmental impacts of their operations, while improving our data centers’ environmental performance.

ESG Oversight

We intend to appropriately integrate material ESG considerations into our strategic decisions, risk assessments and enterprise risk management, including identifying material ESG risks and incorporating them into a long-term risk management strategy. The risk management strategy will be implemented by internal sustainability staff with oversight by our board of directors.

Competition

The end markets we target are highly competitive and are changing rapidly. As the technological landscape evolves, we anticipate continued competition from various industry participants.

Our primary competitors are larger, global enterprises that offer general purpose cloud computing as part of a broader, diversified product portfolio. Key companies in this category are Amazon (AWS), Google (Google Cloud Platform), IBM, Microsoft (Azure), and Oracle. While these businesses have greater resources than us across sales and marketing and research and development, and benefit from broad brand awareness, they are not purpose-built for the AI and accelerated compute use cases that we serve. As a result, some of these very

 

160


Table of Contents

competitors have become customers of, and partners to, CoreWeave in a number of cases, demonstrating our competitive differentiation and ability to deliver highly performant, purpose-built infrastructure that outperforms existing general purpose cloud solutions today.

In addition to these large companies, we also compete with smaller cloud service providers, including Crusoe and Lambda.

We believe we compete favorably based on the following factors:

 

   

our proven track record of delivering performance and reliability at scale;

 

   

our ability to service high-intensity AI workloads with greater efficiency;

 

   

our enhanced health monitoring and remediation capabilities;

 

   

our automation and ease of use that shifts infrastructure management from our customers to our platform;

 

   

our speed to market with the latest generation of GPUs;

 

   

the scale of GPU clusters;

 

   

our security;

 

   

our brand awareness and reputation within the AI community;

 

   

our customer experience, support, and service, with a focus on AI and accelerated computing use cases;

 

   

our customization that enables bespoke configurations for customers reliant on specific technology such as storage;

 

   

the price, total cost of ownership, and transparency; and

 

   

our features, functionalities, and quality of user interface.

The pace of our organic growth demonstrates that we have become one of the technological leaders in accelerated AI computing. Our competitive differentiation is underpinned by our ability to service AI compute use cases more rapidly and flexibly than many competitors because of our access to some of the most performant hardware available and our proprietary software that is specially tailored for model training and inference.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an important aspect of our business and helps us to maintain our competitive position. To establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technology, we rely upon a combination of trade secret and trademark laws and contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, licenses and intellectual property assignment agreements.

We control access to our intellectual property and confidential information through internal and external controls. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements to control access to and non-disclosure of our proprietary information. Intellectual property laws and our procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or violated.

Government Regulation

We are subject to the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions and governmental agencies affecting our operations and the sale of our infrastructure and services in areas including, but not limited to: AI, AI, intellectual property; tax; import and export requirements; anti-corruption; economic and trade sanctions; national security and

 

161


Table of Contents

foreign investment; foreign exchange controls and cash repatriation restrictions; data privacy and security requirements (such as the CCPA); competition; advertising; employment; product regulations; environment, health and safety requirements; and consumer laws. To date, costs and accruals incurred to comply with these governmental regulations have not been material to our capital expenditures and results of operations. Although there is no assurance that existing or future governmental laws and regulations applicable to our operations and the sale of our infrastructure services will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, operating results, and competitive position, we do not currently anticipate material expenditures for government regulations. Nonetheless, we believe that global trade regulations could potentially have a material impact on our business.

As a global company, the import and export of our infrastructure services and technology are subject to laws and regulations including international treaties, U.S. export controls and sanctions laws, customs regulations, and local trade rules around the world. The scope, nature, and severity of such controls varies widely across different countries and may change frequently over time. Such laws, rules, and regulations may delay the introduction of our infrastructure and services or impact our competitiveness through restricting our ability to do business in certain places or with certain entities and individuals. For example, the U.S. Department of Commerce continues to tighten export controls and add firms to the Entity List. These export restrictions, which would require that we obtain licenses from the U.S. Department of Commerce to allow us to export infrastructure services to such listed firms, could limit or prevent us from doing business with certain potential customers or potential suppliers. These restrictive governmental actions and any similar measures that may be imposed on U.S. companies by other governments could limit our ability to conduct business globally.

See the Risk Factors titled “We are subject to laws and regulations, including governmental export and import controls, sanctions, and anti-corruption laws, that could impair our ability to compete in our markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws,” “We are subject to laws, regulations, and industry requirements related to data privacy, data protection and information security, and user protection across different markets where we conduct our business and such laws, regulations, and industry requirements are constantly evolving and changing. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws, regulations, and industry requirements, or our privacy policies, could harm our business,” and “Our business is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with those laws and regulations could harm our business” for additional information regarding risks we face related to government regulation.

Facilities

We are headquartered in Livingston, New Jersey, where we occupy approximately 30,856 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that is expected to expire in October 2035, subject to the terms thereof. As of December 31, 2024, we also lease office space in the United States in New York, New Jersey, the State of Washington, Pennsylvania and California, and internationally in the United Kingdom, with an aggregate of approximately 100,000 square feet of office space, and lease or license data centers in the United States in 15 states and internationally in the United Kingdom, Spain, and Sweden. For additional information regarding our data centers, see “–Our Platform and Product Offerings–Our Data Center Footprint” above.

We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. We may in the future receive claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees, we may receive unfavorable preliminary or interim rulings in the course of litigation, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained.

 

162


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Non-Employee Directors, and Key Employees

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, non-employee directors, and key employees as of March 11, 2025:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

Michael Intrator

     56     

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Brian Venturo

     40     

Chief Strategy Officer and Director

Brannin McBee

     39     

Chief Development Officer

Nitin Agrawal

     45     

Chief Financial Officer

Kristen McVeety

     54     

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Chen Goldberg

     44     

Senior Vice President of Engineering

Key Employees:

     

Max Hjelm

     36     

Senior Vice President of Revenue

Peter Salanki

     38     

Chief Technology Officer

Sachin Jain

     47     

Chief Operating Officer

Chetan Kapoor

     44     

Chief Product Officer

Non-Employee Directors:*

     

Karen Boone(1)(2)

     51     

Director

Jack Cogen(1)(3)

     68     

Director

Glenn Hutchins(2)(3)(4)

     69     

Director

 

*

On March 11, 2025, Ernie Rogers resigned from our board of directors.

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

(4)

Lead independent director.

Executive Officers

Michael Intrator is one of our co-founders and has served as Chairman of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer and President since September 2017. Previously, from January 2013 to January 2018, Mr. Intrator was a co-founder and the Chief Executive Officer of Hudson Ridge Asset Management LLC, a natural gas hedge fund. From September 1998 to July 2014, he served in roles of increasing responsibilities, including as a Principal Portfolio Manager, for the asset management and advisory firm Natsource Asset Management LLC, where he oversaw investments in global environmental markets and related energy products. Mr. Intrator earned a B.A. in Political Science from Binghamton University, and an M.P.A. from Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs. We believe Mr. Intrator is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and President.

Brian Venturo is one of our co-founders and has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2019 and as our Chief Strategy Officer since March 2024. From October 2017 to March 2024, Mr. Venturo served as our Chief Technology Officer. Previously, from January 2013 to January 2018, Mr. Venturo was a Partner at Hudson Ridge Asset Management LLC, a natural gas hedge fund. From May 2007 to December 2012, he served as Portfolio Manager – Energy and Emissions for the asset management and advisory firm Natsource

 

163


Table of Contents

Asset Management LLC, where he managed a proprietary trading portfolio of investments in global environmental markets and related energy products. Mr. Venturo earned a B.A. in Economics from Haverford College. We believe Mr. Venturo is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as our co-founder and Chief Strategy Officer.

Brannin McBee is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Development Officer since March 2024. From September 2017 to March 2024, Mr. McBee served as our Chief Strategy Officer. Previously, he worked as a Proprietary Trader at Active Power Investments, a company in the North American Natural Gas, Power and Agriculture markets from April 2020 to January 2021. From March 2017 to August 2018, Mr. McBee was Vice President at Fourth Floor Coastal LLC, an exploration and production company in the oil and gas industry. Prior to that, from January 2013 to January 2018, he was a proprietary trader at Windy Bay Power LLC, a commodity-focused hedge fund. Mr. McBee earned a B.S. in Finance from the University of Colorado Boulder.

Nitin Agrawal has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2024. Prior to joining us, from May 2021 to March 2024, he served as Vice President, Finance of Google Cloud, the cloud computing services business segment of Alphabet Inc. From August 2019 to April 2021, Mr. Agrawal served as Chief Financial Officer of Mapbox, Inc., a location technology company. Prior to that, from January 2015 to July 2019, he served as Finance Director of the Compute Services division of Amazon Web Services, Inc., a cloud computing company and subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc. Mr. Agrawal holds a Bachelor of Technology, Engineering from the National Institute of Technology in Kurukshetra, India, and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.

Kristen McVeety has served as our General Counsel since March 2022 and as our Corporate Secretary since December 2024. Prior to joining us, from February 2003 to March 2022, Ms. McVeety was a founder and partner of Gabler & McVeety LLP, a law firm. Prior to founding Gabler & McVeety, Ms. McVeety was an Associate in the Corporate and M&A practice groups at Dorsey & Whitney LLP from March 1999 to February 2003. She earned a B.A. in International Relations and Business Management from Boston University and a J.D. from Brooklyn Law School.

Chen Goldberg has served as our Senior Vice President of Engineering since August 2024. Prior to joining us, from February 2016 to August 2024, Ms. Goldberg held multiple roles at Google Cloud, the cloud computing services business segment of Alphabet Inc, with her last role as General Manager & Vice President of Engineering, leading the Kubernetes and Serverless team and product portfolio. Earlier in her career, Ms. Goldberg served as Director of Engineering at HP. Ms. Goldberg holds a B.A. in Management and Computer Sciences and an M.B.A. from The Open University of Israel.

Key Employees

Max Hjelm has served as our Senior Vice President of Revenue since January 2024. From July 2020 to January 2024, he served in roles of increasing responsibility at our company, including most recently as Vice President of Sales from January 2022 to January 2024 and prior to that as Director of Sales from July 2020 to January 2022. Prior to joining us, from January 2020 to July 2020, Mr. Hjelm was employed as Director of Business Development of AspirelQ, Inc., an influencer and community intelligence marketing platform. Prior to that role, from January 2017 to December 2019, Mr. Hjelm served as the Head of Business Development and Strategic Partnerships for Curalate, Inc., a social commerce platform. Mr. Hjelm holds a B.S. in Sociology from Haverford College.

Peter Salanki has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2024. From June 2019 to March 2024, he served in roles of increasing responsibility at our company, including most recently as Vice President of Engineering from April 2022 to March 2024 and prior to that as Director of Engineering from June 2019 to April 2022. From January 2018 to June 2019, Mr. Salanki served as Director, Americas, Office of the CTO at Sandvine, an application and network intelligence company.

 

164


Table of Contents

Sachin Jain has served as our Chief Operating Officer since August 2024. From May 2024 to August 2024, he served as Senior Vice President at Oracle Cloud, the cloud computing service of Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”), where he led Oracle’s AI infrastructure, data center capacity and infrastructure product teams. Previously, from June 2020 to May 2024, Mr. Jain served as Vice President at Google Cloud, the cloud computing services business segment of Alphabet Inc. Prior to that, from January 2002 to June 2020, Mr. Jain served in roles of increasing responsibility at Amazon.com, Inc., including most recently as Vice President, Selling Partner Experience from August 2017 to June 2020. Mr. Jain holds a Bachelor of Technology in Manufacturing Science & Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur and an M.S. in Computer Science and an M.S. in Industrial Engineering from the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign.

Chetan Kapoor has served as our Chief Product Officer since June 2024. From August 2016 to June 2024, Mr. Kapoor served in roles of increasing responsibility at Amazon EC2 by Amazon Web Services, Inc., a cloud computing company and subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., including most recently as Director – Product Management from October 2021 to June 2024. Previously, from September 2015 to July 2016, he served as the Principal Product Manager at National Instruments Corporation, a producer of automated test equipment and virtual instrumentation software. Mr. Kapoor holds a Bachelor’s of Science in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Shivaji University and a Master’s of Science in Electrical and Computer Engineering from the University of Oklahoma.

Non-Employee Directors

Karen Boone has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2025. Ms. Boone previously served as the Interim Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (“Peloton”) from May 2024 to January 2025. Prior to her service at Peloton, Ms. Boone served as the President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Restoration Hardware, Inc., a home furnishings company, from May 2014 to August 2018 and as Chief Financial Officer from June 2012 to May 2014. Prior to that, from 1996 to 2012, Ms. Boone held various roles at Deloitte & Touche LLP, a public accounting firm, most recently as an Audit Partner. Ms. Boone currently serves on the board of directors of Peloton, Sonos, Inc., Rivian Automotive, Inc. and several private companies. Ms. Boone earned a B.S. in Business Economics from the University of California, Davis. We believe Ms. Boone is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to her financial expertise and her experience as a public company executive officer and director.

Jack Cogen has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2017. Mr. Cogen is a private investor. From September 1994 to December 2014, Mr. Cogen was a founder and the Chief Executive Officer of Natsource Asset Management LLC, an asset management and advisory firm focused on global environmental markets and related energy products. Additionally, from January 2008 to January 2011, Mr. Cogen served as Chair of the International Emissions Trading Association (the “IETA”), a non-profit trade organization committed to promoting high-integrity markets for corporate carbon footprint reduction, and Mr. Cogen continues to support the IETA as a Fellow. Mr. Cogen also previously served as a non-employee director of Hudson Ridge Asset Management LLC, a natural gas hedge fund, from November 2013 to June 2018. Mr. Cogen earned a B.A. from Rutgers University, as well as an M.S. in Mathematics and an M.B.A. from New York University. We believe Mr. Cogen is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his experience with technology companies and as an investor in our industry.

Glenn Hutchins has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2025. Mr. Hutchins currently serves as the Chairman of North Island, an investment firm, a role he has held since 2013, and as Chairman of North Island Ventures, an investment firm, since 2020. He was a co-founder of Silver Lake, a technology investment firm, which was founded in 1999, and of which Mr. Hutchins served as Co-Chief Executive Officer until 2011 and, prior to that, as Managing Director from 1999 to 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Hutchins was a Senior Managing Director at The Blackstone Group, a global investment firm, from 1994 to 1999. He has served as a director of AT&T Inc., a telecommunications company, since June 2014 and as Vice Chairman and Lead Independent Director of Banco Santander S.A., a financial services firm, since

 

165


Table of Contents

December 2022. Previously, Mr. Hutchins served as a director of Virtu Financial, Inc., a financial services firm, from July 2017 to August 2021 and as a director at Nasdaq, Inc., a global financial services technology company, from April 2005 to July 2017. Mr. Hutchins has served as the Co-Chairman of the Brookings Institution since November 2018 and was a director of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from 2011 to 2020. He holds an A.B. from Harvard College, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe Mr. Hutchins is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive operational, business planning, and investment expertise within the technology industry.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect, and the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement between us and other parties, dated May 16, 2024 (the “Voting Agreement”), our current directors were elected as follows:

 

   

Mr. Cogen was elected as the designee nominated by the then-serving Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Mr. Venturo was elected as the designee nominated by certain holders of our common stock then providing services to us as employees or consultants;

 

   

Ms. Boone and Mr. Hutchins were elected as designees nominated by us; and

 

   

Mr. Intrator was elected as our current Chief Executive Officer.

Our Voting Agreement will terminate and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering and, following this offering, these contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors will no longer be effective. After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of their successor, or until their earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of six members and be divided into three classes of directors that will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I director will be    and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

166


Table of Contents
   

the Class II directors will be    and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be    and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period after the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Additionally, compensation committee members must not have a relationship with us that is material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each director other than Michael Intrator and Brian Venturo is an “independent director” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and by us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our common stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We are utilizing the phase-in provisions of Rule 5615(b) of the Nasdaq rule for the requirement that the audit committee must include three members and, following the closing of this offering, we expect to appoint an additional director that will meet the independence and financial literacy requirements of applicable Nasdaq and SEC rules.

 

167


Table of Contents

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that provide that one of our independent directors will serve as our lead independent director. Our board of directors has appointed Glenn Hutchins to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Hutchins will provide leadership to our board of directors if circumstances arise in which the role of Chief Executive Officer and chairperson of our board of directors may be, or may be perceived to be, in conflict, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Director Nomination Letter

In May 2024, we entered into the Director Nomination Letter with the Magnetar DNL Parties, pursuant to which, during the period beginning at the closing of this offering until the earlier of the date on which (i) no shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding and (ii) the Magnetar DNL Parties and their affiliates collectively no longer beneficially own at least 248,812 shares of our capital stock, if a designee or affiliate of the Magnetar DNL Parties is not then a member of our board of directors, the Magnetar DNL Parties have the collective right to nominate one individual for consideration to serve as a member of our board of directors (the “Magnetar Nominee”). The rights provided in the Director Nomination Letter will terminate upon the earliest of (i) such time as the Magnetar DNL Parties and their affiliates no longer beneficially own at least 248,812 shares of our capital stock, (ii) such time no shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company that is effected (a) for independent business reasons unrelated to extinguishing such rights; and (b) for purposes other than (x) the reincorporation of the Company in a different state; or (y) the formation of a holding company that will be owned exclusively by the Company’s stockholders and will hold all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company’s successor.

Our nominating and governance committee may consider the Magnetar Nominee in its sole discretion in accordance with its charter and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. If our nominating and governance committee approves of the Magnetar Nominee for service on our board of directors, we will have the obligation to support the nomination of the Magnetar Nominee and to cause our board of directors to include the Magnetar Nominee in the slate of nominees recommended to our stockholders for election. To the extent that (a) our nominating and governance committee does not approve of the Magnetar Nominee for service on our board of directors or (b) the Magnetar Nominee ceases to serve as a director for any reason (other than the failure of our stockholders to elect the Magnetar Nominee as a director), the Magnetar DNL Parties will have the right to nominate another nominee in accordance with the terms of the Director Nomination Letter until such time as a Magnetar Nominee is elected to our board of directors.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks we face. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with our board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations, or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly and through various standing committees that address risks in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also reviews any related

 

168


Table of Contents

person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which, pursuant to its respective charter, will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is composed of Karen Boone and Jack Cogen. Ms. Boone is the chair of our audit committee. The members of our audit committee meet the independence requirements under Nasdaq and SEC rules. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Boone is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not, however, impose on him or her any supplemental duties, obligations, or liabilities beyond those that are generally applicable to the other members of our audit committee and board of directors. Our audit committee’s principal functions are to assist our board of directors in its oversight of:

 

   

selecting a firm to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

considering the adequacy of our internal controls;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions that are material or otherwise implicate disclosure requirements; and

 

   

approving, or as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is composed of Karen Boone and Glenn Hutchins. Mr. Hutchins is the chair of our compensation committee. The members of our compensation committee meet the independence requirements under Nasdaq and SEC rules. Each member of this committee is also a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors to approve the compensation of our non-employee directors;

 

169


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of any compensatory agreements with our executive officers;

 

   

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

establishing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is composed of Jack Cogen and Glenn Hutchins. Mr. Hutchins is the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the independence requirements under Nasdaq and SEC rules. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s principal functions include:

 

   

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

recommending directors to serve on board committees;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any changes to our corporate governance guidelines;

 

   

reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

 

   

overseeing any program relating to corporate responsibility and sustainability, including ESG matters;

 

   

overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

 

   

advising our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board or compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Director Compensation

2024 Director Compensation

In the year ended December 31, 2024, no compensation was paid to our non-employee members of our board of directors, and as of December 31, 2024, none of our non-employee directors held unvested equity awards.

2025 Director Compensation

Karen Boone

In January 2025, we granted Karen Boone two awards of RSUs: the first award for 878 RSUs in connection with the commencement of her service on our board of directors (the “First Boone Award”) and the second award for 53 RSUs in connection with the commencement of her service as chair of our audit committee (the “Second Boone Award,” and, together with the First Boone Award, the “Boone RSU Awards”), each under the 2019 Plan, which may vest and be settled for shares of our Class A common stock. Each of the Boone RSU Awards has a ten-year term and will vest based on the satisfaction of service-based and performance-based vesting conditions.

 

170


Table of Contents

The service-based vesting condition for the First Boone Award will be satisfied as to 1/12th of the total award quarterly over three years, with the first vesting date scheduled for April 6, 2025 and each subsequent vesting date occurring on the quarterly anniversary thereof, subject to Ms. Boone’s continued service with us. The service-based vesting condition for the Second Boone Award will be satisfied as to 1/4th of the total award quarterly over one year, with the first vesting date scheduled for April 6, 2025 and each subsequent vesting date occurring on the quarterly anniversary thereof, subject to Ms. Boone’s continued service with us.

The performance-based vesting condition for the Boone RSU Awards will be satisfied upon the earlier of the completion of this offering or a “Change of Control,” as defined in the 2019 Plan. Ms. Boone will also receive an annual cash fee of $25,000 in connection with her service on our board of directors, to be paid quarterly and in arrears and to be pro-rated for partial quarters served.

Glenn Hutchins

In February 2025, we granted Glenn Hutchins four awards of RSUs: the first award for 867 RSUs in connection with the commencement of his service on our board of directors (the “First Hutchins Award”), the second award for 52 RSUs in connection with the commencement of his service as our lead independent director (the “Second Hutchins Award”), the third award for 26 RSUs in connection with the commencement of his service as the chair of our compensation committee (the “Third Hutchins Award”), and the fourth award for 26 RSUs in connection with the commencement of his service as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee (the “Fourth Hutchins Award,” and, together with the First Hutchins Award, the Second Hutchins Award, and the Third Hutchins Award, the “Hutchins RSU Awards”), each under the 2019 Plan, which may vest and be settled for shares of our Class A common stock. Each of the Hutchins RSU Awards has a ten-year term and will vest based on the satisfaction of service-based and performance-based vesting conditions.

The service-based vesting condition for the First Hutchins Award will be satisfied as to 1/12th of the total award quarterly over three years, with the first vesting date scheduled for May 10, 2025 and each subsequent vesting date occurring on the quarterly anniversary thereof, subject to Mr. Hutchins’s continued service with us. The service-based vesting condition for the Second Hutchins Award, Third Hutchins Award, and Fourth Hutchins Award will each be satisfied as to 1/4th of the total award quarterly over one year, with the first vesting date scheduled for May 10, 2025 and each subsequent vesting date occurring on the quarterly anniversary thereof, subject to Mr. Hutchins’s continued service with us.

The performance-based vesting condition for the Hutchins RSU Awards will be satisfied upon the earlier of the completion of this offering or a “Change of Control,” as defined in the 2019 Plan. Mr. Hutchins will also receive an annual cash fee of $25,000 in connection with his service on our board of directors, to be paid quarterly and in arrears and to be pro-rated for partial quarters served.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Before this offering, we did not have a formal policy to provide any cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. See the section titled “—Director Compensation” above for a description of compensation paid to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2024 and year ending December 31, 2025.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved a non-employee director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the fees and equity awards described below. As described above, Mr. Hutchins and Ms. Boone received equity grants in January and February 2025, respectively, in connection with their joining our board of directors. As a result, they will not be eligible to receive the fees and equity awards under our non-employee director compensation policy until the date of our first annual meeting of our stockholders that occurs following the completion of this offering.

 

171


Table of Contents

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as members of our board of directors. Michael Intrator and Brian Venturo are each compensated as employees for their service as our Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Strategy Officer, respectively, and neither receives additional compensation for their service as members of our board of directors. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table” for information regarding each of Michael Intrator’s and Brian Venturo’s compensation as our employee.

Cash Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be entitled to receive the annual cash compensation set forth below, payable quarterly in arrears and prorated for partial quarters of service.

General Board Service Fee: $25,000.

Lead Independent Director Fee (in addition to the general service fee): $60,000.

Committee Chair Service Fee (in addition to the general service fee):

 

   

Audit committee chair: $30,000.

 

   

Compensation committee chair: $20,000.

 

   

Nominating and governance committee chair: $15,000.

Our non-employee directors may elect, on an annual basis, to convert all of his or her earned cash fees into a number of RSUs granted under the 2025 Plan, which will be fully vested on the date of grant.

Equity Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be entitled to receive certain equity awards as set forth below. All such equity awards will be granted under the 2025 Plan.

Initial Grant. Each non-employee director who joins our board of directors following the completion of this offering will be granted, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a non-employee director (or as soon as practicable thereafter), an initial award of a number of restricted stock units determined by dividing (i) $800,000 by (ii) by the average closing price of our Class A common stock for the 30 calendar day period ending on the last day prior to the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The initial award will vest quarterly with respect to 1/12th of the total number of RSUs subject to the award, so long as the non-employee director provides continuous service to us through each vesting date.

Annual Grant. On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders that occurs following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who is then-serving, and will continue to serve, on our board of directors will be granted an annual award of a number of RSUs determined by dividing (i) $275,000 by (ii) by the average closing price of our Class A common stock for the 30 calendar day period ending on the last day prior to the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The annual award will fully vest on the earliest to occur of (i) the date of the next annual meeting of our stockholders and (ii) the first anniversary of the grant date, in each case subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service through such date.

Each non-employee director’s then-outstanding equity awards granted under the non-employee director compensation policy will become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined in the 2025 Plan), subject to the non-employee director remaining in continuous service until immediately prior to the closing of the change in control.

 

172


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contains provisions that will limit the liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors and officers will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL;

 

   

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

   

with respect to officers, any action by or in the right of the corporation.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our amended and restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted, subject to very limited exceptions.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, and certain of our other employees. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such director, officer, or key employee in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers, and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons such as directors, officers, and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

173


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, as of December 31, 2024, were:

 

   

Michael Intrator, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

   

Brian Venturo, Chief Strategy Officer; and

 

   

Brannin McBee, Chief Development Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fiscal
Year
     Salary($)      Bonus ($)(1)      Stock
Awards(2)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total($)  

Michael Intrator,
Chief Executive Officer

     2024        750,000        2,000,000        —         18,252 (3)      2,768,252  

Brian Venturo,
Chief Strategy Officer

     2024        750,000        2,000,000        —         8,865 (4)      2,758,865  

Brannin McBee,
Chief Development Officer

     2024        400,000        2,000,000        —         6,154 (5)     
2,406,154
 

 

(1)

The amounts presented represent discretionary bonuses paid for contributions to our performance.

(2)

Each named executive officer was granted an RSU award that was subject to a time-based component and performance-based component (which constitutes the performance condition). As of the applicable grant date, we had not recognized stock-based compensation expense for these awards because achievement of the performance-based vesting component, as the performance condition, was not deemed probable. As a result, no value is included in the table for these awards. Assuming achievement of the performance-based vesting component, the aggregate grant-date fair values of the RSU awards for each of Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee would have been $83,230,875, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, and representing the highest level of performance condition achievement for these awards. The aggregate grant date fair values assuming achievement of the performance-based component are not calculable as of the date of this submission and are expected to be determined in the first quarter of 2025. For information regarding the assumptions used in determining the fair value of these awards, please refer to Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Amounts reported in this column for Mr. Intrator represent the following: $12,692 for company contributions to our 401(k) plan and $5,560 for spousal travel expenses incurred by us.

(4)

Amounts reported in this column for Mr. Venturo represent $8,865 for company contributions to our 401(k) plan.

(5)

Amounts reported in this column for Mr. McBee represent $6,154 for company contributions to our 401(k) plan.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

Our named executive officers receive a base salary to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities. Mr. Intrator’s annual base salary for 2024 was $750,000, Mr. Venturo’s annual base salary for 2024 was $750,000 and Mr. McBee’s annual base salary for 2024 was $400,000.

Annual Bonuses

We offer our named executive officers the opportunity to earn discretionary cash bonuses based upon individual performance. As described above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column titled “Bonus,” each of our named executive officers received a discretionary cash bonus equal to $2,000,000 with respect to their service during 2024.

 

174


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation

From time to time, we have granted equity awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock units to our named executive officers, which are subject to vesting based on each named executive officer’s continued service with us. Our stock options generally allow employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. Our stock options typically vest over a four-year period, with new hire grants vesting as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and in equal monthly installments over the following three-year period, and refresh, promotion, or merit-based grants vesting in equal monthly installments over the four-year period following the date of grant, in each case, subject to the holder’s continued service with us. Our restricted stock unit grants generally vest based on the satisfaction of a time-based vesting component and a performance-based vesting component. The performance-based vesting component will be satisfied upon completion of this offering. The time-based vesting component for newly hired employees is generally satisfied as to 25% of the restricted stock units on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date and in equal quarterly installments over the subsequent three years, and the time-based component for refresh, promotion, or merit-based grants is generally satisfied in equal quarterly installments over four years. From time to time, our board of directors may also construct alternate vesting schedules as it determines are appropriate to motivate particular employees.

Each of our named executive officers currently holds outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock that were granted under our 2019 Plan, as set forth in the “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2024 Year-End” below. The options we grant to employees are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” to the extent permitted under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Pursuant to certain equity exchange right agreements entered into with Michael Intrator, Brian Venturo, and Brannin McBee, each of Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee has been granted Equity Exchange Rights in connection with the shares of Class A common stock underlying their outstanding options to require us to exchange any shares of Class A common stock that the named executive officer acquires upon the exercise of such stock option awards for an equivalent number (or value) of shares of our Class B common stock. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Transactions—Equity Exchange Right Agreements” for more information on the Equity Exchange Rights.

In December 2024, our board of directors granted RSU awards in respect of 87,500 shares of our Class A common stock to each of Messrs. Intrator, Venturo, and McBee. The RSU awards vest upon satisfaction of both a service-based condition and a performance-based condition. The service-based condition is satisfied in 16 quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2025 through December 31, 2028, subject to continued service with us as of each such date. The performance-based condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering.

In connection with this offering, we have adopted the 2025 Plan in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers), and consultants of our company and to enable our company to obtain and retain services of these individuals. Following the effective date of the 2025 Plan, we will not make any further grants under our 2019 Plan, However, the 2019 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it. For additional information about the 2025 Plan, please see the section titled “Stock Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Welfare and Other Benefits

We provide health, dental, vision, life, and disability insurance benefits to our named executive officers, on the same terms and conditions as provided to all other eligible U.S. employees.

We also sponsor a broad-based 401(k) plan intended to provide eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to defer eligible compensation up to certain annual limits. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions (if

 

175


Table of Contents

any) made by us are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are generally not taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our 401(k) plan, on the same basis as our other employees. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we made matching contributions of up to 1.7% of each of our named executive officer’s base salary.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2024 Year-End

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock held as of December 31, 2024.

 

                Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name

  Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Michael Intrator

    2/26/2021     2/26/2021 (2)      25,000     —        7.47     2/25/2031      

Chief Executive Officer

    12/29/2022     12/29/2022 (3)      12,500     12,500     21.25       12/28/2027      
    6/28/2023     6/28/2023 (4)      56     94     55.81       6/27/2028      
    7/16/2023     7/16/2023 (5)      35,416     64,584     55.81       7/15/2028      
    12/31/2024     12/31/2024 (6)              87,500    

Brian Venturo

    8/31/2020     8/31/2020 (7)      120,000     —        2.56     8/30/2030      

Chief Strategy Officer

    12/29/2022     12/29/2022 (8)      12,500     12,500     21.25       12/28/2027      
    6/28/2023     6/28/2023 (9)      56     94     55.81       6/27/2028      
    7/16/2023     7/16/2023 (10)      35,416     64,584     55.81       7/15/2028      
    12/31/2024     12/31/2024 (11)              87,500    

Brannin McBee

    12/29/2022     12/29/2022 (12)      5,000     5,000     21.25       12/28/2027    

Chief Development Officer

    6/28/2023     6/28/2023 (13)      56     94     50.73       6/27/2033    
    7/16/2023     7/16/2023 (12)      17,708       32,292       50.73       7/15/2033    
    12/31/2024     12/31/2024 (14)              87,500    

 

(1)

All outstanding equity awards were granted under the 2019 Plan.

(2)

The fully vested option award vested as to 1/3rd of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Intrator’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(3)

The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Intrator’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(4)

The option award vests as to 1/4th of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Intrator’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights. Mr. Intrator was a holder of greater than 10% of our shares of common stock at the time of grant so, pursuant to Section 422 of the Code (as defined below), the exercise price of this incentive stock option award reflects 110% of the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant.

(5)

The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Intrator’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights. Mr. Intrator was a holder of greater than 10% of our shares of common stock at the time of grant so, pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, the exercise price of this incentive stock option award reflects 110% of the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant.

(6)

The RSUs vest based on the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition and performance-based vesting condition were not satisfied as to any of the RSUs as of December 31, 2024. The RSUs vest as to 1/16th of the total award and may be settled for shares of Class A common stock on each quarterly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, once the performance-based vesting condition has been satisfied and subject to Mr. Intrator’s continued service with us. The performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon completion of this offering. The fair value of our Class A common stock underlying this award as of December 31, 2024 is not available as of the date of this submission and is expected to be determined in the first quarter of 2025.

 

176


Table of Contents
(7)

The fully vested option award vested as to 1/3rd of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Venturo’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(8)

The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Venturo’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(9)

The option award vests as to 1/4th of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Venturo’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights. Mr. Venturo was a holder of greater than 10% of our shares of common stock at the time of grant so, pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, the exercise price of this incentive stock option award reflects 110% of the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant.

(10)

The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Venturo’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights. Mr. Venturo was a holder of greater than 10% of our shares of common stock at the time of grant so, pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, the exercise price of this incentive stock option award reflects 110% of the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant.

(11)

The RSUs vest based on the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition and performance-based vesting condition were not satisfied as to any of the RSUs as of December 31, 2024. The RSUs vest as to 1/16th of the total award and may be settled for shares of Class A common stock on each quarterly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, once the performance-based vesting condition has been satisfied and subject to Mr. Venturo’s continued service with us. The performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon completion of this offering. The fair value of our Class A common stock underlying this award as of December 31, 2024 is not available as of the date of this submission and is expected to be determined in the first quarter of 2025.

(12)

The option award vests as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. McBee’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(13)

The option award vests as to 1/4th of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48th of the total award on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. McBee’s continued service with us. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of this option award are exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

(14)

The RSUs vest based on the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a performance-based vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition and performance-based vesting condition were not satisfied as to any of the RSUs as of December 31, 2024. The RSUs vest as to 1/16th of the total award and may be settled for shares of Class A common stock on each quarterly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, once the performance-based vesting condition has been satisfied and subject to Mr. McBee’s continued service with us. The performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon completion of this offering. The fair value of our Class A common stock underlying this award as of December 31, 2024 is not available as of the date of this submission and is expected to be determined in the first quarter of 2025.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Executive Offer Letters

As our Co-Founders, our named executive officers did not enter into offer letters or any other formal arrangements or understandings with us regarding their employment. We currently do not have employment agreements or offer letters with any of our named executive officers. All of our named executive officers are employed on an at-will basis, with no fixed term of employment. Each of our named executive officers will receive benefits upon certain qualifying terminations as described in the section titled “—Change of Control and Severance Arrangements.”

Change of Control and Severance Arrangements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we anticipate adopting arrangements for our executive officers, including our named executive officers, that provide for payments and benefits on termination of employment or upon a termination in connection with a change of control.

 

177


Table of Contents

Stock Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable compensation tool that enables us to attract, retain, and motivate our employees, consultants, and members of our board of directors by aligning their financial interests with those of our stockholders. The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2019 Stock Option Plan

In July 2019, we adopted our 2019 Plan as most recently amended on December 6, 2023. The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to attract, retain, and motivate eligible employees, directors, and consultants whose contributions are important to the success of our business.

Share Reserve. As of December 31, 2024, we had 3,681,880 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to grants under our 2019 Plan of which 187,524 shares remained available for grant. As of December 31, 2024, options to purchase 360,691 shares had been exercised and options to purchase 2,360,929 shares remained outstanding, with a weighted-average exercise price of $34.85 per share. As of December 31, 2024, 772,736 awards of RSUs were granted under the 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2024, no shares of restricted stock and no stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) were granted under the 2019 Plan, and no such awards are expected to be granted prior to this offering; provided that certain options granted under the 2019 Plan are early exercisable and may be exercised for unvested shares of our common stock subject to a repurchase right. No new awards will be granted under the 2019 Plan after this offering.

Administration. Our 2019 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors, referred to herein as the “administrator.” Subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, the administrator has the authority to, among other things, select the persons to whom awards will be granted, construe and interpret our 2019 Plan as well as to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2019 Plan and awards granted thereunder. The administrator may modify awards subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan.

Eligibility. Pursuant to the 2019 Plan, we may grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”) only to our employees or the employees of our parent or subsidiaries, as applicable (including officers and directors who are also employees). We may grant non-statutory stock options (“NQSOs”), RSUs, SARs, and shares of restricted stock to our employees (including officers and directors who are also employees), non-employee directors, and consultants, or the employees, directors, and consultants of our parent and subsidiaries, as applicable.

Stock Options. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of both (i) ISOs, which are intended to qualify for tax treatment as set forth under Section 422 of the Code and (ii) NQSOs to purchase shares of our Class A common stock, each at a stated exercise price. The exercise price of each option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (unless otherwise determined by the administrator). However, the exercise price of any ISO granted to an individual who owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The administrator will determine the vesting schedule applicable to each option. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2019 Plan is ten years from the date of grant, except that the maximum permitted term of ISOs granted to an individual who owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock is five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Units. The 2019 Plan also allows for the grant of restricted stock units, or RSUs, with terms as generally determined by the administrator (in accordance with the 2019 Plan) and to be set forth in an award agreement. RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance

 

178


Table of Contents

conditions. Generally, the vesting of our RSUs granted under the 2019 Plan is upon satisfaction of both a performance-based vesting condition and a time-based vesting schedule on or before the expiration date of such RSUs. RSUs will be forfeited in case of a termination of employment or service before the satisfaction of both the performance-based vesting condition and the time-based vesting schedule or, otherwise, generally in case of non-satisfaction of either the performance-based vesting condition or the time-based vesting schedule. The performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement filed by us for purposes of this offering and (ii) a change of control (as defined in the 2019 Plan). Following the satisfaction of the performance-based vesting condition, RSUs that remain unvested as of the date of such liquidity event due to the RSUs’ time-based vesting schedule will continue to vest after the performance-based vesting condition for so long as the holder remains in continuous service status through each such time-based vesting date.

Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights. In addition, the 2019 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and SARs, with terms as generally determined by the administrator (in accordance with the 2019 Plan) and to be set forth in an award agreement. We have not granted any shares of restricted stock or any SARs under the 2019 Plan and no such awards are expected to be granted prior to this offering; provided that certain options granted under the 2019 Plan are early exercisable and may be exercised for unvested shares of our common stock subject to a repurchase right.

Limited Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, awards granted under the 2019 Plan generally may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor, or by gift to a qualified family member.

Change of Control. In the event that we are subject to an “acquisition” or “other combination” (as defined in the 2019 Plan and generally meaning, collectively, a merger, a sale or transfer of more than 50% of the voting power of all of our outstanding securities, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of ours), the 2019 Plan provides that awards will be subject to the agreement evidencing such acquisition or other combination, which agreement need not treat all awards in a similar manner. Such agreement may, without the participant’s consent, provide for the continuation of outstanding awards, the assumption or substitution of awards, the acceleration of vesting of awards, the settlement of awards (whether or not vested) in cash, securities, or other consideration, or the cancellation of such awards for no consideration.

Adjustments. In the event that the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure affecting our shares without consideration, then in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2019 Plan (i) the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, (ii) the exercise prices of and number of shares subject to outstanding options and SARs, and (iii) the purchase prices of and/or number of shares subject to other outstanding awards will (to the extent appropriate) be proportionately adjusted (subject to required action by the board or our stockholders).

Exchange, repricing, and buyout of awards. The administrator may modify, extend, or renew awards or issue new awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding awards, provided that any such action will require the consent of the respective participants to the extent that any such action would impair any of the participants’ existing rights. The administrator may, without prior stockholder approval, reduce the exercise price of options or SARs or buy an award previously granted with payment in cash, shares or other consideration, in each case, subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan.

Amendment; Termination. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time and may terminate any and all outstanding options, RSUs, or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of us, provided

 

179


Table of Contents

that certain amendments will require shareholder approval or participant consent. We expect to terminate the 2019 Plan and will cease issuing awards thereunder upon the effective date of our 2025 Plan (described below), which is the date immediately prior to the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Any outstanding awards granted under the 2019 Plan will remain outstanding following this offering, subject to the terms of our 2019 Plan and applicable award agreements, until such awards are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms.

2025 Equity Incentive Plan

In February 2025, our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2025 Plan as a successor to our 2019 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The 2025 Plan authorizes the award of both ISOs, which are intended to qualify for tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, and NQSOs, as well for the award of RSAs, SARs, RSUs, and performance and stock bonus awards. Pursuant to the 2025 Plan, ISOs may be granted only to our employees. We may grant all other types of awards to our employees, directors, and consultants.

Share Reserve. We have initially reserved    shares of our Class A common stock, plus any reserved shares of our Class A common stock not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2019 Plan on the effective date of the 2025 Plan, for issuance as our Class A common stock pursuant to awards granted under our 2025 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan will increase automatically on January 1 of each of 2026 through 2035 by the number of shares equal to the lesser of (a) five percent of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock plus the total number of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock (if any), in each case as of the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) such number of shares of our Class A common stock as may be determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee.

In addition, the shares set forth below will again be available for issuance pursuant to awards granted under our 2025 Plan:

 

   

shares subject to options or SARs granted under our 2025 Plan that cease to be subject to the option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the option or SAR;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under our 2025 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under our 2025 Plan that otherwise terminate without such shares being issued;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under our 2025 Plan that are surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

   

shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our 2019 Plan that, after the effective date of the 2025 Plan, are forfeited;

 

   

shares issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2019 Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us at the original price after the effective date of the 2025 Plan; and

 

   

shares subject to awards under our 2019 Plan or our 2025 Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

Shares of our Class A common stock that that were either reserved, but not issued under the 2019 Plan as of the date of this prospectus, or issued under the 2019 Plan and later become available for grant under our 2025 Plan, either as set forth above, shall be issued under the 2025 Plan only as shares of our Class A common stock.

Administration. Our 2025 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2025 Plan,

 

180


Table of Contents

the administrator will have the authority, among other things, to select the persons to whom awards may be granted, construe and interpret our 2025 Plan as well as to determine the terms of such awards and prescribe, amend, and rescind the rules and regulations relating to the 2025 Plan or any award granted thereunder. The 2025 Plan provides that the administrator may delegate its authority, including the authority to grant awards, to one or more executive officers to the extent permitted by applicable law, provided that awards granted to non-employee directors may only be determined by our board of directors.

Options. The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of both ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code, and NQSOs to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a stated exercise price. ISOs may only be granted to employees, including officers and directors who are also employees. The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2025 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. ISOs granted to an individual who holds, directly or by attribution, more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock must have an exercise price of at least 110% the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant.

Options may vest based on service and/or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the administrator. The administrator may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable, with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. No more than      shares may be issued pursuant to ISOs. The maximum term of options granted under our 2025 Plan is ten years from the date of grant, except that the maximum permitted term of ISOs granted to an individual who holds, directly or by attribution, more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock is five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. An RSA is an offer by us to grant or sell shares of our Class A common stock subject to restrictions, which may lapse based on the satisfaction of service and/or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by the administrator. Holders of RSAs, unlike holders of options, will have the right to vote and any dividends or distributions paid with respect to such shares will be subject to the same vesting terms and other restrictions as the RSA and will be accrued and paid when the vesting terms on such shares lapse. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares may be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock Appreciation Rights. An SAR provides for a payment, in cash or shares of our Class A common stock (up to a specified maximum of shares, if determined by the administrator), to the participant based upon the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise and a predetermined exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares. SARs may vest based on service and/or achievement of performance conditions. No SAR may have a term that is longer than ten years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Units. An RSU represents the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock at a specified date in the future and may be subject to vesting based on service and/or achievement of performance conditions. RSUs may be settled in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of both as soon as practicable following vesting or on a later date subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan and any applicable award agreement (which may provide for settlement only in shares). No RSU may have a term that is longer than ten years from the date of grant.

Performance Awards. A performance award granted pursuant to the 2025 Plan may be in the form of a cash bonus, or an award of performance shares or performance units denominated in shares of our Class A common stock that may be settled in cash, property, or by issuance of those shares, subject to the satisfaction or achievement of specified performance conditions.

Stock Bonus Awards. A stock bonus award provides for payment in the form of cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, based on the fair market value of shares subject to such award as

 

181


Table of Contents

determined by the administrator. The awards may be granted as consideration for services already rendered, or at the discretion of the administrator, may be subject to vesting restrictions based on continued service and/or performance conditions.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights may be granted at the discretion of the administrator and represent the right to receive the value of dividends, if any, paid by us in respect of the number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying an award. Dividend equivalent rights will be subject to the same vesting or performance conditions as the underlying award and will be paid only when the underlying award becomes vested or may be deemed to have been reinvested by us.

Change of Control. Our 2025 Plan provides that, in the event of a corporate transaction that constitutes a change of control of our company under the terms of the plan, outstanding awards will be subject to the agreement evidencing the change of control, which need not treat all outstanding awards in an identical manner, and may include one or more of the following: (1) the continuation of the outstanding awards, (2) the assumption of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation, (3) the substitution by the surviving corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation of new options or substantially equivalent equity awards for the outstanding awards, (4) the full or partial acceleration of exercisability or vesting or lapse of our right to repurchase or other terms of forfeiture and accelerated expiration of the award, or (5) may be settled for their intrinsic value (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with vesting restrictions applicable to such awards or the underlying shares) followed by the cancellation of such awards, provided however, that such awards may be cancelled without consideration if such awards have no value, as determined by our compensation committee, in its discretion, in each case without the participant’s consent. The successor corporation may also issue, as replacement of our outstanding shares held by a participant, substantially similar shares, or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the participant. In the event such successor corporation refuses to assume, substitute, or replace any award in accordance with the 2025 Plan, then notwithstanding any other provision in the 2025 Plan to the contrary, each such award shall become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable and any rights of repurchase or forfeiture restrictions thereon will lapse, immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction. Awards subject to performance-based vesting that are not assumed pursuant to the foregoing shall be deemed earned and vested at 100% of target level, unless otherwise indicated pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement.

If an award vests in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a corporate transaction as provided above, our board of directors or our compensation committee will notify the holder of such award in writing or electronically that such award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, and such award will terminate upon the expiration of such period without consideration. Any determinations by our board of directors or our compensation committee need not treat all outstanding awards in an identical manner, and shall be final and binding on each applicable participant. Our board of directors shall have full power and authority to assign our right to repurchase, right to re-acquire, and/or forfeiture rights to such successor or acquiring corporation.

The vesting of all awards granted to our non-employee directors under our 2025 Plan shall accelerate in full in the event of a corporate transaction.

Adjustment. In the event of a change in the number or class of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, without consideration, by reason of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, or distribution (whether in cash, shares, or other property, other than a regular cash dividend), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, reclassification, spin-off or similar change in our capital structure, proportional adjustments will be made to the number and class of shares reserved for issuance under our 2025 Plan; the exercise prices, number, and class of shares subject to outstanding options or SARs; the number and class of shares subject to other outstanding awards; and any applicable maximum award limits with respect to ISOs.

 

182


Table of Contents

Exchange, Repricing, and Buyout of Awards. The administrator may, without prior stockholder approval, (1) reduce the exercise price of outstanding options or SARs without the consent of any participant (provided that written notice of the repricing is provided to such participants) and (2) pay cash or issue new awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding awards, subject to the consent of any affected participant to the extent required by the terms of the 2025 Plan.

Director Compensation Limits. No non-employee director may receive awards under our 2025 Plan in consideration for such director’s service as a non-employee director with a grant date value that when combined with cash compensation received for such director’s service as a non-employee director, exceeds $1 million in a calendar year or $1.5 million in the calendar year of his or her initial service as a non-employee director with us. Awards granted, or cash compensation paid, to an individual while he or she was serving in the capacity as an employee or in consideration of services as a consultant will not count for purposes of this limitation.

Clawback; Transferability. All awards will be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by our board of directors or required by law, to the extent set forth in such policy or applicable agreement. Except in limited circumstances, awards granted under our 2025 Plan may generally not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Sub-plans. Subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan, the plan administrator may establish a sub-plan under the 2025 Plan and/or modify the terms of awards granted to participants outside of the United States to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to any such jurisdiction.

Amendment; Termination. Our board of directors or compensation committee may amend our 2025 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval as may be required. Our 2025 Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors adopts the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No termination or amendment of the 2025 Plan may adversely affect any then-outstanding award without the consent of the affected participant, except as is necessary to comply with applicable laws or as otherwise provided by the terms of the 2025 Plan.

2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In February 2025, our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2025 ESPP, which will become effective upon the date the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part becomes effective to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock with accumulated payroll deductions.

The 2025 ESPP includes two components: a “423 Component” and a “Non-423 Component.” We intend the 423 Component to qualify as options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the 2025 ESPP or determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee, the Non-423 Component (if any) will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

Share Reserve. We have initially reserved   shares of our Class A common stock for issuance and sale under our 2025 ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance and sale under our 2025 ESPP will increase automatically on January 1st of each of 2026 through 2035 by the number of shares equal to the lesser of (a) the number of shares equal to 1% of the sum of the total number of outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock plus the total number of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock (if any), in each case outstanding as of the immediately preceding December 31 and (b) such number of shares of our Class A common stock determined by our board of directors or compensation committee; provided, that our board of directors or our compensation committee may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular calendar year. Subject to stock splits, recapitalizations, or similar events, no more than   shares of our Class A common stock may be issued over the term of our 2025 ESPP.

 

183


Table of Contents

Administration. Our 2025 ESPP will be administered by our compensation committee or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee, subject to the terms and conditions of our 2025 ESPP. Among other things, the administrator will have the authority to determine eligibility for participation in our 2025 ESPP (to the extent permitted by applicable law), designate separate offerings under the plan (and determine the length of such offerings), and construe, interpret, and apply the terms of the plan.

Eligibility. Employees eligible to participate in any offering pursuant to our 2025 ESPP generally include any employee that is employed by us or certain of our designated subsidiaries at the beginning of the offering period. However, the administrator may exclude employees who have been employed for less than two years, are customarily employed for 20 hours or less per week, are customarily employed for five months or less in a calendar year, are certain highly compensated employees as determined in accordance with applicable tax laws or are certain employees who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction if such participation is prohibited under applicable local laws or would violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code (with respect to an offering under a 423 Component). In addition, any employee who owns (or is deemed to own because of attribution rules) 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock, or the capital stock of one of our qualifying subsidiaries, or who will own such amount because of participation in our 2025 ESPP, will not be eligible to participate in our 2025 ESPP. The administrator may impose additional restrictions on eligibility from time to time.

Offerings. Under our 2025 ESPP, eligible employees will be offered the option to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount over a series of offering periods through accumulated payroll deductions over the period. Each offering period may itself consist of one or more purchase periods. No offering period may be longer than 27 months. The purchase price for shares purchased under our 2025 ESPP during any given purchase period will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on (1) the first trading day of the applicable offering period or (2) the last trading day of the applicable purchase period.

No participant may purchase more than    shares of our Class A common stock (or such greater or lesser number as our compensation committee may determine) during any one purchase period and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares of our Class A common stock (determined as of the date the offering period commences) in any calendar year in which the offering is in effect.

Adjustments Upon Recapitalization. If the number or class of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock is changed by stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in our capital structure without consideration, then the administrator will proportionately adjust the number or class of shares of our Class A common stock that are available under our 2025 ESPP, the purchase price and number or class of shares any participant has elected to purchase as well as the maximum number of shares which may be purchased by participants.

Change of Control. If we experience a change of control transaction as determined under the terms of our 2025 ESPP, any offering period then in effect will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the purchase right, any offering period then in effect will be shortened and terminated on a final purchase date established by the administrator. The final purchase date will occur on or prior to the effective date of the change of control transaction, and our 2025 ESPP will terminate on the closing of the change of control.

Transferability. Participants may generally not assign, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of payroll deductions credited to their account or any rights regarding an election to purchase shares pursuant to our 2025 ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

Amendment; Termination. The board of directors or compensation committee may amend, suspend, or terminate our 2025 ESPP at any time without stockholder consent, except as required by law. Unless earlier terminated, our 2025 ESPP will terminate upon the earlier to occur of the issuance of all shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 ESPP, or the tenth anniversary of the effective date.

 

184


Table of Contents

Compensation Recovery Policy

In February 2025, we adopted a Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Compensation Recovery Policy”). The Compensation Recovery Policy is in accordance with the final rules regarding recovery of erroneously awarded executive officer compensation in connection with an accounting restatement, as adopted by the SEC in October 2022, and consistent with the corresponding Nasdaq listing standards (together, the “Clawback Rules”). Pursuant to the Compensation Recovery Policy, and subject to certain limited exceptions in the Clawback Rules, in the event we are required to restate our financial statements, we are required to recoup erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation (as described in the Clawback Rules, including both cash and equity compensation) paid to any current or former executive officer (as described in the Clawback Rules) during the three completed fiscal years immediately prior to the date the accounting restatement was required. The amount recoverable is the amount of any incentive-based compensation received by the executive officer based on the financial statements prior to the restatement that exceeds the amount that such executive officer would have received had the incentive-based compensation been determined based on the financial restatement.

 

185


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2022 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Tender Offers

2024 Tender Offer

In October 2024, certain existing stockholders and new stockholders offered to purchase shares of our Class A common stock (including certain shares of our Class A common stock issued upon (i) exercise of vested options to purchase common stock; and/or (ii) conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock and Class B common stock), Class B common stock, and convertible preferred stock, from certain of our securityholders for $939.85 per share in cash (the “2024 Tender Offer”). An aggregate of 692,562 shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and convertible preferred stock were tendered for an aggregate purchase price of $651 million. Each share of our Class B common stock and convertible preferred stock sold in the 2024 Tender Offer was automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to each purchase.

We did not receive any consideration from the sale proceeds of the 2024 Tender Offer, except for amounts received upon the net exercise of employee stock options by certain of our employees who exercised vested options to sell the subsequently issued shares in the 2024 Tender Offer. The aggregate amount received by us in respect of these net exercises for shares sold in the 2024 Tender Offer was $1 million.

Certain funds affiliated with Glenn Hutchins, who joined as a member of our board of directors in February 2025, participated in the 2024 Tender Offer as purchasers of our Class A common stock. Other than Mr. Hutchins, none of our directors or officers participated as purchasers in the 2024 Tender Offer. Certain funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar Financial LLC (“Magnetar”) and certain entities affiliated with FMR LLC (“Fidelity”), each beneficial owners of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, participated in the 2024 Tender Offer as purchasers of our Class A common stock. The following table summarizes the shares of Class A common stock purchased by our directors and officers and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Class A
Common Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(1)

     70,817      $ 66,557,577  

Funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar(2)

     96,749      $ 90,929,848  

Funds affiliated with Glenn Hutchins(3)

     10,639      $ 9,999,097  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by certain affiliates of Fidelity, which beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)

Consists of shares held by certain funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, which beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Ernie Rogers, a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Operating Officer of Magnetar.

(3)

Consists of shares held by certain funds for which Glenn Hutchins, a member of our board of directors, serves as investment manager.

Certain of our directors and officers and their affiliates participated as sellers in the 2024 Tender Offer. The following table summarizes the shares of our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, and our convertible preferred stock sold by our directors and officers and their affiliated parties in the 2024 tender offer.

 

186


Table of Contents

The amounts set forth in the column titled “Total Purchase Price” represent the gross sales proceeds realized by the seller, before any reduction for transaction costs, tax withholding, or amounts remitted to us in respect of the net exercise of employee stock options:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Class A
Common Stock(6)
     Total Purchase Price  

Persons and entities affiliated with Michael Intrator(1)

     53,199      $ 49,999,245  

Persons and entities affiliated with Brian Venturo(2)

     112,078      $ 105,336,856  

Persons and entities affiliated with Brannin McBee(3)

     103,754      $ 97,513,519  

Kristen McVeety

     6,783      $ 5,257,701  

Persons and entities affiliated with Jack Cogen(4)

     55,504      $ 52,165,606  

KOPACC, LLC(5)

     12,287      $ 11,547,975  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and chairman of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(2)

Consists of shares held by Brian Venturo, our Chief Strategy Officer and a member of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(3)

Consists of shares held by Brannin McBee, our Chief Development Officer, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(4)

Consists of shares held by Jack Cogen, a member of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(5)

Consists of 12,287 shares directly held of record and sold by KOPACC, LLC, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Stephen Jamison, a former member of our board of directors who served until April 2023, is a managing member of KOPACC, LLC.

(6)

All shares of our Class B common stock and convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to being sold in the 2024 Tender Offer.

2023 Tender Offer

In December 2023, certain existing stockholders and new stockholders offered to purchase shares of our Class A common stock (including certain shares of our Class A common stock issued upon (i) exercise of vested options to purchase common stock and (ii) conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock) and convertible preferred stock from certain of our securityholders for $309.86 per share in cash (the “2023 Tender Offer”). An aggregate of 2,073,800 shares of our Class A common stock and convertible preferred stock were tendered for an aggregate purchase price of $643 million. Each share of our convertible preferred stock sold in the 2023 Tender Offer was automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to each purchase.

None of our directors or officers participated as purchasers in the 2023 Tender Offer. We did not receive any consideration from the sale proceeds of the 2023 Tender Offer, except for amounts received upon the net exercise of employee stock options by certain of our employees who exercised vested options to sell the subsequently issued shares in the 2023 Tender Offer. The aggregate amount received by us in respect of these net exercises for shares sold in the 2023 Tender Offer was $354,436.

Certain entities affiliated with Fidelity participated in the 2023 Tender Offer as purchasers of our Class A common stock. Upon completion of the tender offer in December 2023, certain entities affiliated with Fidelity were deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, on an aggregated basis. The following table summarizes the shares of our Class A common stock purchased by holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Class A
Common Stock(2)
     Total Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(1)

     1,000,452      $ 310,000,057  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by certain affiliates of Fidelity, which beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)

All shares of our convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to being sold in the 2024 Tender Offer.

Certain of our directors and officers and their affiliates participated as sellers in the 2023 Tender Offer. Upon completion of the 2023 Tender Offer, Stephen Jamison, a former member of our board of directors who

 

187


Table of Contents

served until April 2023, and his affiliates ceased to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, on an aggregated basis. No other holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock sold shares in the 2023 Tender Offer.

The following table summarizes the shares of our Class A common stock sold by our directors and officers and their affiliated parties in the 2023 Tender Offer. The amounts set forth in the column titled “Total Purchase Price” represent the gross sales proceeds realized by the seller, before any reduction for transaction costs, tax withholding, or amounts remitted to us in respect of the net exercise of employee stock options:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Class A
Common Stock(7)
     Total Purchase Price  

Persons and entities affiliated with Michael Intrator(1)

     354,931      $ 109,978,920  

Persons and entities affiliated with Brian Venturo(2)

     231,126      $ 71,616,703  

Persons and entities affiliated with Brannin McBee(3)

     172,368      $ 53,409,948  

Kristen McVeety(4)

     4,174      $ 1,293,356  

Persons and entities affiliated with Jack Cogen(5)

     400,113      $ 123,979,015  

Entities affiliated with Stephen Jamison(6)

     157,024      $ 48,655,457  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(2)

Consists of shares held by Brian Venturo, our Chief Strategy Officer and a member of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(3)

Consists of shares held by Brannin McBee, our Chief Development Officer, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(4)

Consists of 4,174 shares directly held of record and sold by Kristen McVeety, our General Counsel. The total purchase price reported in the table above includes $45,664 Ms. McVeety paid to us in connection with her net exercise of employee stock options concurrent with her sale in the 2023 tender offer.

(5)

Consists of held by Jack Cogen, a member of our board of directors, and certain related persons and affiliates.

(6)

Consists of 157,024 shares directly held of record and sold by KOPACC, LLC, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Stephen Jamison, a former member of our board of directors who served until April 2023, is a managing member of KOPACC, LLC.

(7)

All shares of our convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to being sold in the 2023 Tender Offer.

Convertible Preferred Stock Financings

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2024, we sold an aggregate of 1,476,156 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $779.05 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.15 billion. Each share of our Series C convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

The following table summarizes the shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by entities affiliated with certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Series C
Convertible Preferred
Stock(3)
     Total Purchase Price  

Funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar(1)

     449,265      $ 349,999,898  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(2)

     64,181      $ 50,000,208  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, which beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Ernie Rogers, a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Operating Officer of Magnetar.

(2)

Consists of shares held by certain affiliates of Fidelity, which beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(3)

Each share of our Series C convertible preferred stock is convertible into such number of shares of our Class A common stock as adjusted for all accrued dividends that are not timely paid in cash at our election with respect to each quarterly dividend payment period. Interest on each share of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by each individual holder with respect to such accrued dividends accrues on a daily basis from the date of issuance of such shares and the date of completion of this offering.

 

188


Table of Contents

In addition, shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock are subject to a right to be “put” to us on the first trading day immediately after the earlier to occur of (i) August 15, 2029 and (ii) the second anniversary of the closing of this offering. Upon exercise of the Put Right (as defined herein), holders of the Put Shares (as defined herein) would be entitled to receive from us an amount in cash equal to the original issue price per share of the Series C convertible preferred stock, of $    , plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends on each share of Series C convertible preferred stock of $     (assuming this offering closes on     , 2025) per share of our Class A common stock, representing an aggregate payment of $    . For additional information relating to the Put Right, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Series C Preferred Stock Put Right.”

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

Between April 2023 and January 2024, we sold an aggregate of 3,998,938 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $111.53 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $446 million. Each share of our Series B convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

The following table summarizes the shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by entities affiliated with certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred
Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar(1)

     3,012,653      $ 336,000,014  

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, which beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Ernie Rogers, a former member of our board of directors, is the Chief Operating Officer of Magnetar.

Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2023, we issued an aggregate of 624,227 shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $8.02019 per share upon conversion of convertible notes previously issued to several accredited private investors for an aggregate principal amount of $4 million and which bore a PIK interest rate of 7% per annum. Each outstanding share of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

The following table summarizes the shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock acquired by certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and their affiliates:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Series B-1
Convertible Preferred
Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Michael Intrator(1)

     72,934      $ 584,959  

Jack Cogen and affiliated entities(2)

     72,936      $ 584,961  

Stephen Jamison(3)

     72,936      $ 584,961  

 

(1)

Consists of shares directly held of record by Michael Intrator. Mr. Intrator is our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Intrator and certain of his affiliates beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)

Consists of shares acquired by entities affiliated with Jack Cogen, a member of our board of directors. Additionally, Mr. Cogen and certain of his affiliates beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(3)

Consists of shares acquired by KOPACC, LLC. Stephen Jamison, a former member of our board of directors who served until April 2023, is a managing member of KOPACC, LLC. As of April 2023, Mr. Jamison and certain of his affiliates were deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, on an aggregated basis.

 

189


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

Equity Exchange Right Agreements

In September 2024, we entered into an Equity Exchange Right Agreement with each of our Co-Founders, Messrs. Intrator, Venturo, and McBee, pursuant to which each of our Co-Founders have a right (but not an obligation), to require us to exchange, for shares of our Class B common stock, any shares of our Class A common stock received upon by him upon the exercise or settlement of equity awards for shares of our Class A common stock (the “Equity Exchange Rights”). The Equity Exchange Rights only apply to equity awards granted to our Co-Founders prior to September 2024. As of December 31, 2024, there were 276,641 shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock held by our Co-Founders and that may be exchanged, upon exercise, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights.

The Equity Exchange Rights terminate (a) with respect to shares of our Class A common stock subject to equity awards that are held by our Co-Founders, on the date on which such shares are forfeited pursuant to the terms of the applicable equity award, and (b) with respect to shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the exercise or settlement of equity awards held by a Co-Founder, (i) when the Co-Founder sells, transfers, or otherwise disposes of such shares of our Class A common stock or (ii) upon the earlier of (i) a date that is fixed by our board of directors that is no more than 61 days following the seventh anniversary of this offering, (ii) the date specified by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of the Class B common stock, or (iii) no more than 61 days following Michael Intrator’s Service Termination (as defined herein).

NVIDIA Master Services Agreement

In April 2023, we entered into a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) with NVIDIA, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, pursuant to which we provide NVIDIA with our infrastructure and platform services through fulfillment of order forms submitted to us by NVIDIA. As of December 31, 2024, NVIDIA has paid us an aggregate of approximately $320 million pursuant to the Master Services Agreement and related order forms. Either party may terminate the Master Services Agreement (i) upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party of a breach or (ii) if the other party becomes subject to a bankruptcy petition or other insolvency proceeding, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors and such proceedings are not dismissed within 90 days.

Employment Arrangement with an Immediate Family Member

Michael McBee, the brother of Brannin McBee, our Chief Development Officer, has been employed by us in a non-executive role since November 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2024, Mr. Michael McBee’s annual base salary was $190,000, in addition to equity compensation. Mr. Michael McBee’s compensation was based on reference to external market practice of similar positions or internal pay equity when compared to the compensation paid to employees in similar positions who were not related to our Chief Development Officer. Mr. Michael McBee was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to employees in similar positions who were not related to our Chief Development Officer.

Magnetar Related Party Transactions

We have entered into certain transactions, as further described below, with Magnetar and certain funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar. Magnetar beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

AI Computing Service Reserved Capacity and Prepayment Agreement

In August 2024, we entered into an agreement (as amended, the “MagAI Capacity Agreement”) with a fund managed by Magnetar (“MagAI Ventures”). Under the MagAI Capacity Agreement, we will provide certain

 

190


Table of Contents

portfolio companies of MagAI Ventures with a predetermined amount of cloud computing services at a pre-negotiated hourly rate. The specific amount of cloud computing services to be used by each portfolio company, if any, will be negotiated individually with each portfolio company, and will be subject to final approval by MagAI Ventures.

We received a refundable deposit of approximately $230 million in connection with the MagAI Capacity Agreement. Any consumption of cloud services by MagAI Ventures, including by their portfolio companies, under this arrangement is deducted from this deposit amount, with the unused portion refunded back to MagAI Ventures at the end of the term of the arrangement.

Throughout the term of the arrangement, if MagAI Ventures portfolio companies do not contract for the full amount of the predetermined cloud computing services, we may agree with MagAI Ventures to instead use this available capacity for other customers, and share profits with MagAI Ventures for any revenues realized above the revenues that would have been generated by charging these customers the MagAI Ventures pre-negotiated rate.

The MagAI Capacity Agreement runs for an initial period of four years, with an option for MagAI Ventures to extend the arrangement for two additional years, and the arrangement can be terminated by either party out of convenience. If the arrangement is terminated out of convenience, we are required to pay MagAI Ventures a breakup fee equal to the unused portion of the deposit multiplied by a factor that increases from 1.06x to 1.73x over the term of the arrangement. As of December 31, 2024, approximately $230 million of this refundable deposit is included within other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, as no services had yet been provided under this arrangement.

Preferred Stock Investment

On June 14, 2024, we contributed an aggregate amount of $50 million to a fund managed by Magnetar (“MAIV”) in connection with MAIV’s purchase of shares of preferred stock in a private company. In connection with this investment, upon the earlier of (a) the one year anniversary of the closing of MAIV and (b) the date that we certify in writing to Magnetar that we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC in respect of an initial public offering within 30 calendar days, and ending upon the expiration of the seventh anniversary of the closing date of the preferred stock offering, we may, at any month-end upon 30 days’ written notice, request that MAIV make a distribution in kind to us of up to, in the aggregate, 99% of our interest in MAIV. Any such request will be satisfied by MAIV either (i) distributing to us shares of the private company’s preferred stock, or (ii) providing payment to us of the aggregate sale price of such shares following MAIV’s sale of the shares, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable.

To the extent there is an in-kind distribution of the private company’s preferred stock to us and following such distribution we sell any shares of such preferred stock (or any securities into which such stock is converted or exchanged), we will allocate the net proceeds from such sale as follows (i) 100% of the net proceeds to us until we receive an amount equal to our aggregate capital contribution to MAIV and (ii) thereafter, 75% of the net proceeds to us and 25% to an affiliate of Magnetar.

Delayed Draw Term Loan 2.0 Facility

On May 16, 2024, CCAC IV, our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement with U.S. Bank National Association, as depository bank, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Blackstone Alternative Credit Advisors LP, Blackstone Alternative Solutions L.L.C., Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors L.L.C., and Blackstone Private Investments Advisors L.L.C., as lead lenders and co-lead investors, Magnetar, as a co-lead investor, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $7.6 billion delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 2.0 Facility”). Our DDTL 2.0 Facility was entered into primarily to finance capital expenditures required to perform customer contracts, including the acquisition of GPU servers and related infrastructure.

 

191


Table of Contents

Additional loans are available to be drawn under our DDTL 2.0 Facility until the commitment termination date in June 2025, which may be extended for an additional three months with the consent of the required lenders. The aggregate amount of loans available to be drawn under our DDTL 2.0 Facility in connection with any borrowing request are limited to a percentage of the depreciated purchase price of GPU servers and related infrastructure for the contract that the loans are being used to finance, with such percentage based upon the credit rating of the applicable customer.

Amounts borrowed under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 5.0% to 12.0%, depending on the credit rating of the customer whose contract is being financed) plus a base rate (subject to a 0.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term SOFR loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 6.0% to 13.0%, depending on the credit rating of the customer whose contract is being financed) plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a three month interest period.

All obligations under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the subsidiary’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in the subsidiary.

Each loan under our DDTL 2.0 Facility matures 5 years after funding. As of December 31, 2024, $3.8 billion of our DDTL 2.0 Facility was drawn and $3.8 billion remained available for borrowing under our DDTL 2.0 Facility. As of December 31, 2024, we have paid $0 million and $21 million in principal and in interest on outstanding amounts under our Delayed Draw Term Loan 2.0 Facility, respectively.

For additional information regarding the DDTL 2.0 Facility, see “Description of Material Indebtedness— DDTL 2.0 Facility.”

Delayed Draw Term Loan 1.0 Facility

On July 30, 2023, CCAC II, our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement with U.S. Bank National Association, as depository bank, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors L.L.C., and Magnetar, on behalf of certain lenders as the lead lenders, and the arrangers, bookrunners, and lenders party thereto, providing for a $2.3 billion delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 1.0 Facility”). Our DDTL 1.0 Facility was entered into primarily to finance capital expenditures required to perform customer contracts, including the acquisition of GPU servers and related infrastructure.

Amounts borrowed under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (i) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 8.6196% plus a base rate (subject to a 0.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (c) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (ii) for term SOFR loans, an applicable margin of 9.6196% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a three month interest period.

All obligations under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the subsidiary’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in the subsidiary.

The maturity date of our DDTL 1.0 Facility is March 28, 2028. As of December 31, 2024, our DDTL 1.0 Facility was fully drawn, and we had $2.0 billion outstanding under our DDTL 1.0 Facility. As of December 31, 2024, we have paid $288 million and $255 million in principal and in interest on outstanding amounts under our DDTL 1.0 Facility, respectively.

For additional information regarding the DDTL 1.0 Facility, see “Description of Material Indebtedness— Delayed Draw Term Loan 1.0 Facility.”

 

192


Table of Contents

Convertible Senior Secured Notes due 2025

In October 2021, we entered into a Note Issuance Agreement with Magnetar, pursuant to which we issued to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar (the “2025 Convertible Note Purchasers”) $50 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Convertible Notes”). In 2023, the aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Convertible Notes was increased to $55 million as a result of the payment of certain interest payments in kind.

Effective as of September 17, 2024, the 2025 Convertible Note Purchasers caused the 2025 Convertible Notes to be converted into shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Note Issuance Agreement. As a result of the conversion, 1,227,199 shares of our Class A common stock were issued to the 2025 Convertible Note Purchasers, and all our obligations under the Note Issuance Agreement and related documents were satisfied and discharged in full (except customary surviving obligations and as otherwise discussed herein).

In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Convertible Notes, we granted to Magnetar (a) an option to purchase $15.0 million of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, which option is exercisable until the one-year anniversary of the listing of our Class A common stock and (b) the right (using our commercially reasonable efforts) to subscribe for and purchase at least 5% of our capital stock issued in any future public equity offering by us, including our Class A common stock to be sold and issued in this offering.

Senior Secured Notes due 2025

In October 2022, we entered into a Note Issuance Agreement with Magnetar, pursuant to which we issued to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar (the “2025 Note Purchasers”) $125 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”). In connection with the 2025 Notes issuance, we also issued to the 2025 Note Purchasers the following warrants:

 

   

warrants to purchase 216,870 shares of our common stock with an exercise price determined as of the exercise date equal to the lower of (i) the deemed purchase price per share in connection with a qualified equity financing equal to $1.0 billion that is completed or (ii) the purchase price per share determined based on a valuation of us ranging from $1.5 billion (if the 2025 Notes were repaid within 120 days) to $1.0 billion (if the 2025 Notes remained outstanding more than 360 days) (the “Regular Warrants,” and such exercise price, the “Regular Warrants Exercise Price”); and

 

   

warrants to purchase 390,365 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.01 per share (the “Penny Warrants”).

On July 17, 2024, we paid approximately $136 million to redeem the 2025 Notes in full from the 2025 Note Purchasers, which amount represented the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2025 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and prepayment premiums, and all our obligations under the Note Issuance Agreement and related documents were satisfied and discharged in full (except customary surviving obligations and as otherwise discussed herein).

In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, we granted to the 2025 Note Purchasers the right to subscribe for and purchase at least 5% of our capital stock issued in any future public equity offering by us, including our Class A common stock to be sold and issued in this offering. Pursuant to the terms of each Regular Warrant and Penny Warrant, the 2025 Note Purchaser holding such Regular Warrant or Penny Warrant has a right of first offer with respect to its pro rata portion of any future issuances of our Class A common stock (other than, among other things, Class A common stock issued in an underwritten public offering that is not available due to underwriter cutbacks), including our Class A common stock to be sold and issued in this offering, which right terminates upon the earlier of (a) the full exercise of such Regular Warrant or Penny Warrant or (b) October 18, 2029.

 

193


Table of Contents

Director Nomination Letter

In May 2024, we entered into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Magnetar DNL Parties to provide certain rights with respect to their ability to designate a member of our board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Director Nomination Letter” for additional information regarding the Director Nomination Letter.

Registration Rights Agreements

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to a Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between us and other parties, dated May 16, 2024 (the “Rights Agreement”), which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar and NVIDIA, each beneficial owners of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, as well as certain affiliates of Jack Cogen, a member of our board of directors, and Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, and Brian Venturo, our Chief Strategy Officer, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be included on a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Magnetar Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

We are party to an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between us and the 2025 Convertible Note Purchasers and the 2025 Note Purchasers (collectively, the “Magnetar RRA Parties”), dated October 17, 2022 (the “Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement”), which provides, among other things, that the Magnetar RRA Parties will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of the shares of our Class A common stock into which the 2025 Convertible Notes were converted, the Regular Warrants, the Penny Warrants, and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Regular Warrants and the Penny Warrants, which collectively constitute an aggregate of 1,372,925 shares of our Class A common stock assuming exercise of the Regular Warrants and the Penny Warrants (collectively, the “Magnetar Registrable Securities”) under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Voting Agreement

Pursuant to our Voting Agreement, certain holders of our capital stock have agreed to vote their shares on certain matters, including with respect to the election of members of our board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board of Directors” for more information regarding the election of members of our board of directors pursuant to our Voting Agreement. Holders of our capital stock, including funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, certain entities affiliated with Fidelity, and NVIDIA, each beneficial owners of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, as well as Jack Cogen, a member of our board of directors, and certain of his affiliates, and Michael Intrator, our Chief Executive Officer and President, and certain of his affiliates, Brian Venturo, our Chief Strategy Officer, and certain of his affiliates, and certain affiliates of Brannin McBee, our Chief Development Officer, are parties to our Voting Agreement. Our Voting Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors, including those affiliated with certain of our 5% stockholders. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to

 

194


Table of Contents

the fullest extent not prohibited by DGCL. Subject to very limited exceptions, our amended and restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Upon completion of this offering, our written policy regarding transactions between us and related persons will provide that a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or 5% stockholder, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions. In approving or rejecting any such transactions, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, the commercial reasonableness of the terms of the transaction and the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest in the transaction.

 

195


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2025 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in the concurrent share issuance for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group;

 

   

each of the selling stockholders; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering and the concurrent share issuance is based on 15,025,792 shares of our Class A common stock and 5,905,102 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2025. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed the (i) occurrence of the Capital Stock Conversion, the Class B Conversion, the Option Exercise, and the RSU Net Settlement and (ii) that    shares of our Class A common stock will be issued in this offering and the concurrent share issuance. The exact number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be withheld from a stockholder in connection with the RSU Net Settlement may differ based on the stockholder’s personal tax rates. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025 and RSUs that are expected to vest and settle within 60 days of February 28, 2025. In addition, we have assumed the exchange for shares of our Class B common stock, pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights, of all shares of our Class A common stock receivable upon exercise of stock options held by our Co-Founders, and that are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table below is c/o CoreWeave, Inc., 290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100, Livingston, NJ 07039.

 

196


Table of Contents
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
this Offering and
the Concurrent
Share Issuance
Class A
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Before this
Offering and the
Concurrent Share
Issuance
Class B
    % Total
Voting
Power
before
this
Offering
and the
Concurrent
Share
Issuance
    Number
of
Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After
this Offering
and the
Concurrent
Share
Issuance
Class A
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
and the
Concurrent
Share
Issuance
Class B
    % Total
Voting
Power
after
this
Offering
and the
Concurrent
Share
Issuance
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %     Shares     %                 Shares     %     Shares     %        

Named Executive Officers and Directors:+

                     

Michael Intrator(1)

    359,081       2.39     2,834,479       47.33     38.31            

Brannin McBee(2)

    8,558       *       1,437,105       24.22     19.34            

Brian Venturo(3)

    41,384       *       1,923,096       31.61     25.40            

Karen Boone

    76       *       —        —        *              

Jack Cogen(4)

    1,123,118       7.47     —        —        1.52            

Glenn Hutchins(5)

    10,639       *       —        —        *              

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)(6)

    1,712,753       11.31     6,194,680       100.00     82.58            

Other 5% or Greater Stockholders:

                     

Funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar Financial LLC(7)

    5,398,116       34.53     —        —        7.23            

Entities affiliated with FMR LLC(8)

    1,136,212       7.56     —        —        1.53            

KOPACC, LLC(9)

    921,136       6.13     —        —        1.24            

The Linden West Trust(10)

    912,625       6.07     —        —        1.23            

NVIDIA Corporation(11)

    896,623       5.97     —        —        1.21            

Other Selling Stockholders

                     

All selling stockholders who beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 1% of our common stock

                     

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the shares of our common stock.

+

This table does not include the holdings of Ernie Rogers, who resigned from our board of directors as of March 11, 2025.

(1)

Consists of (i) 353,613 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Michael Intrator; (ii) 1,105,176 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Mr. Intrator; (iii) 83,401 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options directly held by Mr. Intrator which are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (iv) 5,468 shares of our Class A common stock underlying restricted stock units which may vest and be settled for shares within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (v) 18,260 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Mr. Intrator’s spouse; (vi) 1,282,464 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Omnadora Capital LLC (“Omnadora”); (vii) 1,500 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the PMI 2024 F&F GRAT (“PMI”), (viii) 362 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Silver Thimble Resulting Trust (“Silver Thimble”); (ix) 228,800 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Intrator Family GST-Exempt Trust (the “Intrator GST Trust”); and (x) 114,516 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Intrator Family Trust (together with the Intrator GST Trust, the “Intrator Family Trusts”). Mr. Intrator serves as the sole manager of Omnadora Management LLC, which is the manager of Omnadora, and therefore may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by Omnadora. Mr. Intrator’s spouse is the trustee of PMI and co-trustee of the Intrator Family Trusts and may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by them. Mr. Intrator serves as investment manager with respect to Silver Thimble and in such capacity exercises voting and investment discretion over securities held by it.

(2)

Consists of (i) 582,113 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Brannin McBee; (ii) 27,776 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options directly held by Mr. McBee which are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (iii) 5,468 shares of our Class A common stock underlying restricted stock units which may vest and be settled for shares within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (iv) 115,015 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Mr. McBee’s spouse; (v) 333,301 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Brannin J. McBee 2022 Irrevocable Trust (“McBee Trust”); (vi) 300,000 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Canis Major 2025 GRAT (the “Canis Major GRAT”); (vii) 5,200 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Canis Major 2025 Family Trust LLC (“Canis Major LLC”); (viii) 18,000 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Meghan Q. Bennett 2024 Delaware Family Trust (“Bennett Family Trust”); (ix) 50,000 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Canis Minor 2025 GRAT (the “Canis Minor GRAT”); (x) 5,700 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Canis Minor 2025 Family Trust LLC (the “Canis Minor LLC”); (xi) 90 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mr. McBee’s minor child; and (xii) 3,000 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Canis Major SM Trust (the “Canis SM Trust”). Mr. McBee’s spouse serves as trustee of the McBee Trust and the Canis Minor GRAT and may

 

197


Table of Contents
 

be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by each of them. Mr. McBee serves as investment adviser to the Bennett Family Trust, trustee of the Canis Major GRAT, and as manager of each of Canis Major LLC and Canis Minor LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by each of them. Mr. McBee may be deemed to have beneficial ownership with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Canis SM Trust by virtue of his power to replace its professional trustee.

(3)

Consists of (i) 6,191 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Brian Venturo; (ii) 714,200 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Mr. Venturo; (iii) 178,401 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options directly held by Mr. Venturo which are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (iv) 5,468 shares of our Class A common stock underlying restricted stock units which may vest and be settled for shares within 60 days of February 28, 2025; (v) 100,095 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by Mr. Venturo’s spouse; (vi) 341,850 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by West Clay Capital LLC (“West Clay”); (vii) 275, 000 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the 2023 Venturo Family GRAT dated June 30, 2023 (“Venturo GRAT I”); (viii) 100,000 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Venturo Family 2024 Friends and Family GRAT (“Venturo GRAT II”); (ix) 213,550 shares of our Class B common stock directly held by the Venturo Family GST Exempt Trust dated June 30, 2023 (the “Venturo GST Trust”); (x) 1,125 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Estate of Patricia Shafi; (xi) 14,300 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the YOLO ECV Trust; and (xii) 14,300 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the YOLO APV Trust. Mr. Venturo serves as managing member of West Clay and as trustee of Venturo GRAT I and Venturo GRAT II and may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by each of them. Mr. Venturo’s spouse serves as trustee of the Venturo GST Trust and may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. A member of Mr. Venturo’s household serves as executor of the Estate of Patricia Shafi and may therefore be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. Mr. Venturo may be deemed have beneficial ownership with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the YOLO ECV Trust and the YOLO APV Trust, by virtue of his power to replace their professional trustee.

(4)

Consists of (i) 13,057 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Jack Cogen; (ii) 9,244 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mr. Cogen’s spouse; (iii) 60,000 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Cogen Family Trust, dated December 17, 2012 (“Cogen 2012 Trust”); (iv) 960 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Jack D. Cogen 2020 Family Trust (“Cogen 2020 Trust”); (v) 7,000 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Cherry Tree 2024 GRAT; (vi) 857,817 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by CW Holding 987 LLC; (vii) 43,760 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Birch Tree Trust LLC; (viii) 43,760 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Chestnut Tree Trust LLC; (ix) 43,760 shares of Class A common stock directly held by Maple Tree Trust LLC; and (x) 43,760 shares of Class A common stock directly held by Willow Tree Trust LLC (together with Birch Tree Trust LLC, Chestnut Tree Trust LLC, and Maple Tree Trust LLC, the “Tree LLCs”). Mr. Cogen’s spouse is co-trustee of the Cogen 2012 Trust and as such may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. Mr. Cogen may be deemed have beneficial ownership with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock directly held by the Cogen 2020 Trust, by virtue of his power to replace its trustee. Mr. Cogen serves as trustee of the Cherry Tree 2024 GRAT and as manager of CW Holding 987 LLC and each of the Tree LLCs and may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by each of them.

(5)

Consists of (i) 532 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by North Island Inferno Fund II LLC (“North Island Inferno”); and (ii) 10,107 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Tide Mill LLC (“Tide Mill”). Glenn Hutchins serves as investment manager for North Island Inferno and as such may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. The managing member of Tide Mill is North Island Management, LLC (“NIM”). Mr. Hutchins serves as chairman of NIM and may be deemed to directly or indirectly exercise voting and investment discretion over the investments of NIM and Tide Mill. The business address of each of the aforementioned parties is: 330 Madison Avenue, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(6)

The reported amounts represent the total of all securities beneficially owned by our directors and officers, consisting of (i) 1,598,524 shares of our Class A common stock; (ii) 5,905,102 shares of our Class B common stock; (iii) 73,284 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025, including 58,041 options which are early exercisable pursuant to an early exercise feature of the award agreement; (iv) 289,578 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2025; and (v) 40,945 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units within 60 days of February 28, 2025.

(7)

Consists of (i) 389,628 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by CW Opportunity 2 LP; (ii) 1,477,265 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by CW Opportunity LLC; (iii) 220,880 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Longhorn Special Opportunities Fund LP; (iv) 126,880 shares of our Class A common stock and 66,793 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Alpha Star Fund LLC; (v) 20,024 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Magnetar Capital Master Fund Ltd; (vi) 358,864 shares of our Class A common stock and 72,864 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Constellation Master Fund Ltd; (vii) 459,219 shares of our Class A common stock and 127,517 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Lake Credit Fund LLC; (viii) 509,118 shares of our Class A common stock and 12,140 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Longhorn Fund LP; (ix) 101,074 shares of our Class A common stock and 66,793 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar SC Fund Ltd; (x) 586,604 shares of our Class A common stock and 36,431 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Structured Credit Fund, LP; (xi) 255,911 shares of our Class A common stock and 133,589 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Magnetar Xing He Master Fund Ltd; (xii) 226,189 shares of our Class A common stock and 85,010 shares of our Class A common stock issuable

 

198


Table of Contents
 

upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Purpose Alternative Credit Fund - F LLC; and (xiii) 59,255 shares of our Class A common stock and 6,068 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of vested warrants directly held by Purpose Alternative Credit Fund - T LLC. Magnetar Financial LLC (“MFL”) serves as the investment manager to each of the aforementioned funds and entities other than: (i) Magnetar Lake Credit Fund LLC, for which MFL is the manager, (ii) CW Opportunity LLC, for which MFL is the manager, and (iii) Magnetar Structured Credit Fund, LP (together with all of the foregoing funds, the “Magnetar Funds”), for which MFL is the general partner. In such capacities, MFL exercises voting and investment discretion over the securities listed above held for the accounts of the Magnetar Funds. MFL is a registered investment adviser under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Magnetar Capital Partners LP (“MCP”) is the sole member and parent holding company of MFL. Supernova Management LLC (“Supernova”) is the sole general partner of MCP. The manager of Supernova is David J. Snyderman, a citizen of the U.S. The business address of each of the aforementioned parties is 1603 Orrington Avenue, 13th Floor, Evanston, IL 60201.

(8)

Consists of (i) 170 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Booth & Co fbo Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Founders Fund; (ii) 27,074 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Booth & Co FBO Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund K6; (iii) 32,839 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Booth & Co FBO Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth K6 Fund; (iv) 3,025 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Booth & Co., LLC fbo Variable Insurance Products Fund III: VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio; (v) 11,227 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by BRIDGEBOARD & CO FBO Fidelity Venture Capital Fund I LP; (vi) 17,915 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by FLAPPER CO fbo FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool; (vii) 19,427 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund; (viii) 20,007 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool; (ix) 43,866 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool; (x) 10,439 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund - Sub A; (xi) 32,273 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund - Sub B; (xii) 112,102 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund; (xiii) 8,948 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Series Opportunistic Insights Fund; (xiv) 177,894 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool; (xv) 11,886 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund; (xvi) 31,864 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund; (xvii) 157,673 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund; (xviii) 60,807 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Select Portfolios: Select Technology Portfolio; (xix) 11,787 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Variable Insurance Products Fund II: VIP Contrafund Portfolio - Subportfolio A; (xx) 10,010 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co fbo Variable Insurance Products Fund IV: VIP Technology Portfolio; (xxi) 24,599 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Mag & Co. fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Technology Fund; (xxii) 48,067 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Powhatan & Co., LLC fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company K6 Fund; (xxiii) 118,553 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Powhatan & Co., LLC fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund; (xxiv) 4,432 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by ROWBOAT & CO. fbo Fidelity Destiny Portfolios: Fidelity Advisor Diversified Stock Fund; (xxv) 35,461 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & CO fbo Fidelity Canadian Growth Company Fund; (xxvi) 787 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Thisbe & Co fbo Fidelity Global Growth and Value Investment Trust - Sub A; (xxvii) 50,583 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & CO fbo Fidelity Global Innovators Investment Trust; (xxviii) 9,551 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by Thisbe & Co fbo Fidelity Insights Investment Trust; (xxix) 751 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & CO fbo Fidelity NorthStar Fund - Sub D; (xxx) 11,332 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & CO fbo Fidelity Special Situations Fund; (xxxi) 176 shares of Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & CO fbo Fidelity U.S. Growth Opportunities Investment Trust; (xxxii) 653 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE & Co: FBO Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Institutional Trust; (xxxiii) 552 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by THISBE CO FBO Fidelity Founders Investment Trust; (xxxiv) 815 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by WARMWIND + CO fbo Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund; and (xxxv) 28,667 shares of Class A common stock directly held by WAVECHART + CO fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund. These funds and accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, and the Chief Executive Officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the 1940 Act to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the 1940 Act (collectively, the “Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company LLC (“FMR Co. LLC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. FMR Co. LLC carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The address of these funds and accounts and of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210.

 

199


Table of Contents
(9)

Consists of 921,136 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by KOPACC, LLC. The managing member of KOPACC, LLC is Koppenberg Management LLC, and the manager of Koppenberg Management LLC is Luchetti Street Investment Management, LLC (“Luchetti Street”). Stephen Jamison, a former member of our board of directors who served until April 2023, and Wesley Jamison are the managers of Luchetti Street and as such may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. The business address of each of the aforementioned parties is 1373 Luchetti Street #501, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00907.

(10)

Consists of 912,625 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by The Linden West Trust. The sole trustee of The Linden West Trust is Matthew S. Zeiger and as such Mr. Zeiger may be deemed to exercise voting and investment discretion over securities held by it. The business address of each of the aforementioned parties is 31 East 79th St., New York, NY 10075.

(11)

Consists of 896,623 shares of our Class A common stock directly held by NVIDIA Corporation, a publicly traded company listed on Nasdaq. The address of NVIDIA Corporation is 2788 San Tomas Expressway, Santa Clara, CA 95051.

 

200


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

The following description is a summary of the material terms of our material indebtedness. We refer you to the credit agreements, security documents and other loan documents governing our material indebtedness, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Revolving Credit Facility

On June 21, 2024, we, as borrower (“Parent”), entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto. On October 7, 2024, the credit agreement was amended to provide for a $650 million senior revolving credit facility consisting of (i) a $500 million secured facility and (ii) a $150 million unsecured facility. On December 2, 2024, the credit agreement was further amended to make the senior revolving credit facility fully secured. Our Revolving Credit Facility may be increased by the sum of $300 million plus an unlimited amount that does not result in our total net leverage ratio exceeding 6.00x or our secured net leverage ratio exceeding 4.00x, pursuant to the exercise of an uncommitted accordion feature through which existing and new lenders may, at their option, agree to provide additional financing. The proceeds of our Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and investments). Our Revolving Credit Facility includes a $175 million letter of credit sub-facility.

As of December 31, 2024, we had not drawn from our Revolving Credit Facility.

The material terms of our Revolving Credit Facility are described below.

Interest Rate and Fees

Amounts borrowed under our Revolving Credit Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (a) the federal funds effective rate and (b) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three or six month interest period.

The unused portion of our Revolving Credit Facility accrues unused commitment fees at a rate per annum equal to 0.25%, and letters of credit issued under our Revolving Credit Facility accrue participation fees on the stated amount of the letters of credit at a rate per annum equal to 1.75%.

Voluntary Repayments

We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs.

Maturity Date

The maturity date of our Revolving Credit Facility is June 21, 2027.

Guarantees and Security

The obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility are required to be unconditionally guaranteed by our restricted subsidiaries, which generally includes our direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries which are not designated by us as unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

201


Table of Contents

All obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of Parent’s assets and the assets of its subsidiary guarantors.

As of December 31, 2024, CoreWeave Cash Management LLC was the only subsidiary guarantor under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Financial Covenants

We are required to comply with certain financial covenants under our Revolving Credit Facility which are described below.

Total Net Leverage Ratio. We are required to maintain a total net leverage ratio as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters that does not exceed 6.00x. However, our total net leverage ratio is permitted to increase from 6.00x to 7.00x for the four fiscal quarters ending after consummation of certain material acquisitions, subject to certain limitations.

Total net leverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) interest-bearing debt minus unrestricted cash; to (ii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for the prior four fiscal quarter period, subject to certain additional adjustments and limitations set forth in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility (“Adjusted EBITDA”). Total net leverage ratio is calculated on a consolidated basis among Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries and Adjusted EBITDA is permitted to be annualized based on the most recent fiscal quarter (if the next two fiscal quarters are projected to be higher than the prior two fiscal quarters).

Minimum Contracted Revenue. We are required to have binding customer contracts with contracted revenues of $1.0 billion or more as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters. For purposes of compliance with the covenant, contracted revenue is calculated based on the sum of (i) 1.00x of the projected contracted revenues from contracts between Parent or any consolidated subsidiary and customers which have an investment grade rating plus (ii) 0.75x of the projected contracted revenues from contracts between Parent or any consolidated subsidiary and customers which do not have an investment grade rating.

Certain Other Covenants and Events of Default

Our Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of other covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of Parent and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including capital leases;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

consolidate or merge;

 

   

sell assets, including the capital stock of our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, or retire our capital stock;

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

create restrictions on our ability to create certain liens, have our restricted subsidiaries pay dividends or other amounts to us or make certain guarantees; and

 

   

make investments, loans, advances, and acquisitions.

The credit agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, failure to perform or observe covenants, cross-defaults with certain other indebtedness, a change of control, and certain bankruptcy events, among others. This offering will not constitute a change of control under the credit agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility.

 

202


Table of Contents

Delayed Draw Term Loan 1.0 Facility

On July 30, 2023, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, as borrower (“CCAC II”), entered into a credit agreement with U.S. Bank National Association, as depository bank, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors L.L.C., and Magnetar, on behalf of certain lenders as the lead lenders, and the arrangers, bookrunners, and lenders party thereto, providing for a $2.3 billion delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 1.0 Facility”). Our DDTL 1.0 Facility was entered into primarily to finance capital expenditures required to perform customer contracts, including the acquisition of GPU servers and related infrastructure.

As of December 31, 2024 our DDTL 1.0 Facility was fully drawn.

Interest Rate

Amounts borrowed under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (i) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 8.6196% plus a base rate (subject to a 0.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (c) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (ii) for term SOFR loans, an applicable margin of 9.6196% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a three month interest period.

Mandatory Repayments

The loans outstanding under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are required to be repaid quarterly in an amount equal to the greater of (i) fixed amortization amounts, (ii) the amount required to reduce the remaining principal amount of outstanding loans to an amount based on projected contracted cash flows, and (iii) beginning in January 2025, the amount required to reduce the remaining principal amount of outstanding loans to an amount based on the depreciated purchase price of the GPU servers and infrastructure.

The credit agreement governing our DDTL 1.0 Facility requires us to prepay outstanding loans, subject to certain exceptions, with (i) 100% of the net proceeds of any disposition of uncontracted GPU servers, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of any indebtedness not permitted under our DDTL 1.0 Facility, (iii) 100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty events, and (iv) upon a change of control.

Voluntary Repayments

We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our DDTL 1.0 Facility at any time, subject to payment of the prepayment fees discussed below and customary “breakage” costs.

Prepayment Fees

Upon any mandatory prepayment (except as a result of a casualty event) or voluntary prepayment prior to the fourth anniversary of the commitment termination date under our DDTL 1.0 Facility, we are required to pay prepayment fees equal to: (i) with respect to prepayments made prior to the third anniversary of the commitment termination date, an amount equal to the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued on the principal amount of the loans being prepaid through the third anniversary of the commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect plus 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid; and (ii) with respect to prepayments made between the third and fourth anniversary of the commitment termination date, an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid.

Maturity Date

The maturity date of our DDTL 1.0 Facility is March 28, 2028.

 

203


Table of Contents

Guarantees and Security

The obligations under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Parent. The guaranty agreement with respect to our DDTL 1.0 Facility contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of Parent to incur additional indebtedness, including capital leases, create liens, pay dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire its capital stock, consolidate or merge, make acquisitions, and take certain actions with respect to its material project contracts.

All obligations under our DDTL 1.0 Facility are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of CCAC II’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in CCAC II.

Financial Covenants

CCAC II is required to maintain a minimum liquidity level under our DDTL 1.0 Facility as of the last day of each month equal to the greater of (i) $19 million and (ii) 4.0% of the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 1.0 Facility; provided, that following the earlier of (x) a qualified IPO and (y) the date that the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 1.0 Facility is reduced to 30% of the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 1.0 Facility as of the commitment termination date, the liquidity requirement cannot be less than $25 million. In no event can the liquidity requirement be greater than $56 million.

Certain Other Covenants and Events of Default

Our DDTL 1.0 Facility contains a number of other covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of CCAC II to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including capital leases;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

make investments, loans, and advances;

 

   

consolidate or merge, sell assets, or make acquisitions;

 

   

pay dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase, or retire its capital stock;

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

have any subsidiaries;

 

   

create restrictions on its ability to create certain liens; and

 

   

take certain actions with respect to its material project contracts.

The credit agreement governing our DDTL 1.0 Facility contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, failure to perform or observe covenants, cross-defaults with certain other indebtedness, a change of control, and certain bankruptcy events, among others. This offering will not constitute a change of control under the credit agreement governing our DDTL 1.0 Facility. The credit agreement governing our DDTL 1.0 Facility also contains events of default related to certain adverse events with respect to certain material contracts.

Delayed Draw Term Loan 2.0 Facility

On May 16, 2024, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, as borrower (“CCAC IV”), entered into a credit agreement with U.S. Bank National Association, as depository bank, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Blackstone Alternative Credit Advisors LP, Blackstone Alternative Solutions L.L.C., Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors L.L.C., and Blackstone Private Investments Advisors L.L.C., as lead lenders and co-lead

 

204


Table of Contents

investors, Magnetar, as a co-lead investor, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $7.6 billion delayed draw term loan facility (as amended, the “DDTL 2.0 Facility”). Our DDTL 2.0 Facility was entered into primarily to finance capital expenditures required to perform customer contracts, including the acquisition of GPU servers and related infrastructure.

As of December 31, 2024, $3.8 billion of our DDTL 2.0 Facility was drawn and $3.8 billion remained available for borrowing under our DDTL 2.0 Facility.

Additional Availability

Additional loans are available to be drawn under our DDTL 2.0 Facility until the commitment termination date in June 2025, which may be extended for an additional three months with the consent of the required lenders. The aggregate amount of loans available to be drawn under our DDTL 2.0 Facility in connection with any borrowing request are limited to a percentage of the depreciated purchase price of GPU servers and related infrastructure for the contract that the loans are being used to finance, with such percentage based upon the credit rating of the applicable customer.

Interest Rate and Fees

Amounts borrowed under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 5.0% to 12.0% depending on the credit rating of the customer whose contract is being financed) plus a base rate (subject to a 0.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term SOFR loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 6.0% to 13.0% depending on the credit rating of the customer whose contract is being financed) plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a three month interest period.

Our DDTL 2.0 Facility provides for payment of the following fees: (i) commitment fees in an amount equal to 2.50% of the difference between $6.1 billion and the total amount drawn under our DDTL 2.0 Facility as of the commitment termination date; (ii) upfront fees in an amount equal to 1.50% of the aggregate amount of loans actually funded to CCAC IV on each funding date; and (iii) undrawn fees in an amount equal to 0.50% of the difference between $7.6 billion and the greater of the average aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding and $6.1 billion, which undrawn fees accrue and are earned monthly prior to the commitment termination date.

Mandatory Repayments

The loans outstanding under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are required to be repaid quarterly, commencing in October 2025, in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount required to reduce the remaining principal amount of outstanding loans to an amount based on projected contracted cash flows and (ii) the amount required to reduce the remaining principal amount of outstanding loans based on the depreciated purchase price of the GPU servers and infrastructure.

The credit agreement governing our DDTL 2.0 Facility requires us to prepay outstanding loans, subject to certain exceptions, with (i) 100% of the net proceeds of any disposition of uncontracted infrastructure, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of any indebtedness not permitted under our DDTL 2.0 Facility, (iii) 100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty events, and (iv) upon a change of control.

Voluntary Repayments

We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our DDTL 2.0 Facility at any time, subject to payment of the prepayment fees discussed below and customary “breakage” costs.

 

205


Table of Contents

Prepayment Fees

Upon any mandatory prepayment (except as a result of a casualty event) or voluntary prepayment prior to the date that is 30 months after the commitment termination date under our DDTL 2.0 Facility, we are required to pay prepayment fees equal to the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued on the principal amount of the loans being prepaid through the date that is 30 months after the commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect.

Maturity Date

The maturity date of our DDTL 2.0 Facility is, with respect to each loan, the date that is five years after the date each such loan was funded.

Guarantees and Security

The obligations under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Parent. The guaranty agreement with respect to our DDTL 2.0 Facility contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of Parent to incur additional indebtedness, including capital leases, create liens, pay dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase, or retire its capital stock, consolidate or merge, make acquisitions and take certain actions with respect to its material project contracts.

All obligations under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of CCAC IV’s assets and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in CCAC IV.

Financial Covenants

CCAC IV is required to comply with certain financial covenants under our DDTL 2.0 Facility which are described below.

Contract Coverage Ratios. Beginning in January 2026, CCAC IV is required to maintain contract coverage ratios under our DDTL 2.0 Facility (each the ratio of projected contracted cash flows for different categories of customer contracts to the debt service related to the financing of those categories of customer contracts) of 1.4x or more as of each quarterly payment date. The contract coverage ratios under our DDTL 2.0 Facility are measured against contracts with a specified customer, contracts with customers with an investment grade rating and contracts with customers without an investment grade rating.

Maximum Non-IG Collateral Ratio. CCAC IV is required to maintain a non-IG collateral ratio under our DDTL 2.0 Facility (the ratio of (i) the depreciated purchase price of the GPU servers and infrastructure owned by, and related capital expenditures made by, CCAC IV to perform contracts with customers without an investment grade rating to (ii) the depreciated purchase price of the GPU servers and infrastructure owned by, and related capital expenditures made by, CCAC IV to perform all customer contracts) as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters of 0.35x or less.

Maximum Non-IG Revenue Ratio. CCAC IV is required to maintain a non-IG revenue ratio under our DDTL 2.0 Facility (the ratio of (i) the projected contracted cash flows with respect to contracts with customers without an investment grade rating to (ii) the projected contracted cash flows with respect to all customer contracts) as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters of 0.35x or less.

Minimum Liquidity. CCAC IV is required to maintain a minimum liquidity level under our DDTL 2.0 Facility as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters equal to 2.0% of the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 2.0 Facility; provided, that following the earlier of (i) a qualified IPO and (ii) the date that the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 2.0 Facility is reduced to 30% of the principal amount of

 

206


Table of Contents

loans outstanding under our DDTL 2.0 Facility as of the commitment termination date, the liquidity requirement cannot be less than the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 1.0% of the principal amount of loans outstanding under our DDTL 2.0 Facility.

Certain Other Covenants and Events of Default

Our DDTL 2.0 Facility contains a number of other covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of CCAC IV to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including capital leases;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

make investments, loans, and advances;

 

   

consolidate or merge, sell assets, or make acquisitions;

 

   

pay dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase, or retire its capital stock;

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

have any subsidiaries;

 

   

create restrictions on its ability to create certain liens; and

 

   

take certain actions with respect to its material project contracts.

The credit agreement governing our DDTL 2.0 Facility contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, failure to perform or observe covenants, cross-defaults with certain other indebtedness, a change of control, and certain bankruptcy events, among others. This offering will not constitute a change of control under the credit agreement governing our DDTL 2.0 Facility. The credit agreement governing our DDTL 2.0 Facility also contains events of default related to certain adverse events with respect to certain material contracts.

2024 Term Loan Facility

On December 16, 2024, we, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement (the “2024 Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $1.0 billion term loan facility consisting of (a) a $229 million secured facility secured by substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiary guarantors and (b) a $771 million unsecured facility (the “2024 Term Loan Facility”). The 2024 Term Loan Facility may be increased up to $500 million pursuant to the exercise of an accordion feature and the obligations under our 2024 Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by our subsidiary guarantors as described in the 2024 Term Loan Credit Agreement. On December 16, 2024, we borrowed the full $1.0 billion of loans available under the 2024 Term Loan Facility. The proceeds of our 2024 Term Loan Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and investments). The 2024 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025.

As of December 31, 2024, we had $1.0 billion outstanding under our 2024 Term Loan Facility.

Interest Rate and Fees

Amounts borrowed under our 2024 Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 4.25% to 5.25%, depending on how long the loans are outstanding) plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (y) the federal funds effective rate and (z) the overnight bank funding rate,

 

207


Table of Contents

in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR rate plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin (ranging from 5.25% to 6.25%, depending on how long the loans are outstanding) plus the term SOFR rate (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three or six month interest period.

Repayments

The 2024 Term Loan Facility is required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or all of the proceeds of this offering. We may also voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our 2024 Term Loan Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs.

Covenants and Events of Default

The 2024 Term Loan Credit Agreement includes customary covenants and events of default for agreements of this type, including various reporting, affirmative and negative covenants. We are also required to comply with certain financial covenants including maintenance of a total net leverage ratio of 6.00x or lower as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters and a requirement to have binding customer contracts with contracted revenues of $1.0 billion or more as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters, each subject to certain exceptions, limitations and calculations as described in the 2024 Term Loan Credit Agreement.

2025 Term Loan Facility

On March 7, 2025, we, as borrower, entered into the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $300.0 million unsecured term loan facility. The obligations under our 2025 Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by our subsidiary guarantors as described in the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement. Amounts borrowed under the 2025 Term Loan Facility may only be borrowed in a single funding. As of the date of this prospectus, there have been no borrowings under the 2025 Term Loan Facility. The proceeds of our 2025 Term Loan Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and other investments). The 2025 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025. All unfunded commitments of the lenders under the 2025 Term Loan Facility shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) April 7, 2025 and (ii) the closing of the offering of our Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates.

Interest Rate and Fees

Amounts borrowed under our 2025 Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (x) the federal funds effective rate and (y) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three, or six month interest period plus, in the case of either of clauses (a) or (b), a fee of 2.25% payable to the lenders thereof.

Repayments

The 2025 Term Loan Facility is required to be prepaid with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or all of the proceeds of this offering. We may also voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our 2025 Term Loan Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs.

 

208


Table of Contents

Covenants and Events of Default

The 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement includes customary covenants and events of default for agreements of this type, including various reporting, affirmative and negative covenants. We are also required to comply with certain financial covenants including maintenance of a total net leverage ratio of 6.00x or lower as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters and a requirement to have binding customer contracts with contracted revenues of $1.0 billion or more as of the last day of each of our fiscal quarters, each subject to certain exceptions, limitations and calculations as described in the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement.

OEM Financing Arrangements

Between February and December 2024, we, as borrower, entered into various agreements with an OEM whereby we obtained financing for certain equipment with an aggregate notional balance of $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2024 (the “OEM Financing Agreements”). Related to the OEM Financing Agreements, we granted a security interest for the financed equipment. The OEM Financing Agreements are accounted for as financing arrangements, with terms between two to three years. The OEM Financing Agreements have a stated repayment schedule over the term with effective interest rates between 9% to 11%.

 

209


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and our Rights Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of (a)     shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of which (i)     shares will be designated as Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and (ii)      shares will be designated as Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and (b)      shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Assuming the occurrence of the Capital Stock Conversion, the Class B Conversion, the Option Exercise, and the RSU Net Settlement as of December 31, 2024, there were outstanding:

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock, held by     stockholders of record;

 

   

     shares of our Class B common stock, held by     stockholders of record;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $     per share, of which      shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock at the election of our Co-Founders upon exercise;

 

   

     shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding; and

 

   

607,235 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock, of which 390,365 had an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 216,870 had an exercise price equal to the Regular Warrants Exercise Price.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.”

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of our Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of our Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Immediately following the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, Michael Intrator, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of our board of directors, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our

 

210


Table of Contents

outstanding capital stock, Brian Venturo, our co-founder, Chief Strategy Officer and a member of our board of directors, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Brannin McBee, our co-founder and Chief Development Officer, will hold approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, which voting power may increase over time upon the exercise or settlement and exchange of equity awards held by our Co-Founders pursuant to their Equity Exchange Rights.

If all stock options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock held by our Co-Founders outstanding as of December 31, 2024 were exercised and exchanged for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Rights, then immediately following the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, Mr. Intrator, Mr. Venturo, and Mr. McBee would hold approximately %, %, and  %, respectively, of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a separate vote of the holders of our Class B common stock will be required in connection with any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter the rights of the Class B common stock, reclassify any shares of our Class A common stock into shares senior to the Class B common stock, or authorize the issuance of any shares of capital stock with voting rights greater than one vote per share (other than the Class B common stock). We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights and are not subject to redemption (except for the put-right described below under “—Series C Preferred Stock Put Right”) or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the applicable Co-Founder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock held by a Co-Founder will convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock (i) upon any transfer by such Co-Founder, whether or not for value, which occurs after the closing of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to spouses, trusts for which the stockholder or their spouse serves as trustee, and partnerships, corporations, and other entities exclusively owned by the Co-Founder or their spouse; (ii) upon the date fixed by the board of directors, which date will be no more than 61 days following the first date on which the applicable

 

211


Table of Contents

Co-Founder, and his affiliates hold less than 50% of the aggregate outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (including shares underlying outstanding options or other convertible securities) held on the date on which this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC; (iii) upon the date fixed by the board of directors following the first date the applicable Co-Founder is no longer providing services that occupy substantially all of his working time and business efforts to us as an officer, employee, or consultant, as determined by the board of directors (other than as a result of termination of such Co-Founder’s employment without cause) (a “Service Termination”), which date will be no more than 61 days following such Service Termination; (iv) upon the date the applicable Co-Founder’s employment is terminated for cause; and (v) upon the date fixed by the board of directors after the death or disability of the applicable Co-Founder, which date will be no more than 61 days following such Service Termination. Once converted or transferred and converted into our Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock upon the earlier of (x) a date that is fixed by our board of directors that is no more than 61 days following the seventh anniversary of this offering, (y) the date specified by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power of the Class B common stock, or (z) no more than 61 days following Michael Intrator’s Service Termination. Following such conversion, each share of Class A common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. Once converted into our Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect, each currently outstanding share of our convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into one share of our Class A common stock in connection with the closing of this offering in connection with the closing of this offering. Following this offering, no shares of our convertible preferred stock will be outstanding.

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The number of authorized shares of our preferred stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the vote of the holders of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the preferred stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, unless a separate vote of the holders of one or more series is required pursuant to the terms of any applicable certificate of designation. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2024, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,360,929 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2019 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $34.85 per share, of which 276,641 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock at the election of our Co-Founders upon exercise.

 

212


Table of Contents

In connection with the Option Exercise,    shares of our Class A common stock will be cash exercised, with a weighted-average exercise price of $   per share.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2024, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 607,235 shares of our Class A common stock, of which 390,365 had an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 216,870 had an exercise price equal to the Regular Warrants Exercise Price.

RSUs

As of December 31, 2024, we had outstanding RSUs that may be settled for an aggregate of 772,736 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2019 Plan. After December 31, 2024, we granted RSUs that may be settled for an aggregate of    shares of our Class A common stock under our 2019 Plan.

In connection with the RSU Net Settlement, we will issue    shares of our Class A common, after withholding an aggregate of    shares of Class A common stock, to satisfy associated estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations.

Registration Rights

Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, certain holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock or their permitted transferees will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of our Rights Agreement, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights, and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to our Rights Agreement, all fees, costs, and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including estimated underwriting discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any holder will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered, provided, however, that we will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel to any selling holders not to exceed $50,000.

The registration rights terminate (i) four years following the completion of this offering, (ii) upon a deemed liquidation event (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect), or (iii) with respect to any particular stockholder, at the time that such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities (as defined in our Rights Agreement) without any restriction on volume or manner of sale in any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto.

Demand Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2024, holders of      shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to demand registration rights at any time after 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under the terms of our Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the request of holders representing a majority of the then-outstanding shares that are entitled to registration rights under our Rights Agreement, to file a registration statement on Form S-1 to register, as soon as practicable and in any event within 60 days of the date of the request, all or a portion of these shares for public resale, if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $10 million, net of selling expenses. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the Rights Agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement no more than once during any 12-month period for a period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be materially detrimental to us. We are not required to effect a demand registration under certain additional circumstances specified in our Rights Agreement.

 

213


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2024, holders of      shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to Form S-3 registration rights. The holders representing at least 20% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $4 million. The holders may only require us to effect at most two registration statements on Form S-3 in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for a period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be materially detrimental to us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, as of December 31, 2024, holders of      shares of our Class A common stock having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of our common stock, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced (i) unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by us) are first excluded from this offering or (ii) below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, other than in the IPO.

Magnetar Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement, the Magnetar RRA Parties will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of the Magnetar Registrable Securities under the Securities Act. The registration rights will terminate five years following the completion of this offering.

Automatic Registration Rights

Under the terms of the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement, we will be required to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Initial Shelf”) to register the Magnetar Registrable Securities no later than 60 days following the closing of this offering, and to use our reasonable best efforts to have the Initial Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than 120 days following the closing of this offering (or 180 days if the SEC notifies us of its intention to review the Initial Shelf).

For each monthly delay in the filing or effectiveness of the Initial Shelf, subject to certain exceptions as provided in the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement, we will be required to pay to the Magnetar RRA Parties an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages, equal to the product of 0.25% multiplied by the aggregate principal amounts of the 2025 Notes and the 2025 Convertible Notes; provided that such amount will be capped at 3.0% of such aggregate principal amount for any delay beyond one year.

Shelf Takedown Rights

At any time and from time to time after the effective date of any shelf registration statement, the Magnetar RRA Parties may request to sell in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the shelf registration statement all or a portion of the Magnetar Registrable Securities having an aggregate offering price in excess of $15 million, net of selling expenses, or otherwise constituting the total aggregate Magnetar Registrable Securities then held by the Magnetar RRA Parties. We are required to effect two such shelf takedowns.

 

214


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

If at any time after the date that is 180 days after the effective date of the Initial Shelf, we receive a request from the Magnetar RRA Parties that we file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Magnetar Registrable Securities (1) having an anticipated aggregate offering price in excess of $15 million, net of selling expenses, or (2) constituting the total aggregate Magnetar Registrable Securities then held by all Magnetar RRA Parties, then we will, as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the date such request is given, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Magnetar Registrable Securities that the initial requesting Magnetar RRA Parties requested to be registered and any additional Magnetar Registrable Securities or equivalent securities requested to be included in such registration statement by any other Magnetar RRA Parties, or other holders of our securities, as specified by notice given by the Magnetar RRA Parties or other holders to us within 20 days of the date the demand notice is given, and in each case, subject to applicable limitations provided in the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement; provided that we may use a Form S-3 registration statement instead of a Form S-1 registration statement if we would qualify to use a Form S-3 registration statement within 60 days after the date on which the request from Magnetar RRA Parties is received.

In addition, if at any time when we are eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, we receive a request from the Magnetar RRA Parties holding Magnetar Registrable Securities that we file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Magnetar Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5 million, net of selling expenses, then we will, as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Magnetar Registrable Securities or equivalent securities requested to be included in such registration statement by the Magnetar RRA Parties or other holders of our securities, as specified by notice given by the Magnetar RRA Parties or other holders to us within 20 days of the date the demand notice is given, and in each case, subject to the applicable limitations provided in the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement.

We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 or S-3, including the Initial Shelf, no more than once during any 12-month period for a period of not more than 60 days if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be materially detrimental to us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act or consummate an underwritten offering pursuant to a previously filed registration statement (including pursuant to the Rights Agreement), subject to certain exceptions as described in the Magnetar Registration Rights Agreement, we will, at such time, promptly give each Magnetar RRA Party notice of such registration or underwritten offering. Upon the request of each Magnetar RRA Party given within 20 days after such notice is given by us, we will cause to be registered for resale all of the Magnetar Registrable Securities that each such Magnetar RRA Party has requested to be included in such registration and/or use our reasonable best efforts to include all of the Magnetar Registrable Securities that each such Magnetar RRA Party has requested to be included in such underwritten offering. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders, including the Magnetar RRA Parties, if they determine that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among the holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder; provided, that the number of Magnetar Registrable Securities held by the Magnetar RRA Parties to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

Series C Preferred Stock Put Right

Approximately      Put Shares are subject to the Put Right on the first trading day immediately after the earlier to occur of (i) August 15, 2029 and (ii) the Public Sale Date. Upon exercise of the Put Right, holders of the Put Shares would be entitled to receive from us an amount in cash equal to the Series C OIP, plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends on each share Series C Preferred Stock of $    (assuming this offering closes on      , 2025) per share of our Class A common stock.

 

215


Table of Contents

The Put Right shall automatically terminate (on a share by share basis) on the date on which (i) such share is sold publicly in the market or (ii) our Class A common stock has a 20 day volume-weighted average price in any consecutive 30 trading day period of at least 175% of the Series C OIP at any point following this offering and on or prior to the Public Sale Date during which Coatue Management, L.L.C. is not subject to a contractual lock-up agreement (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, an “Exercise Termination Event”).

Upon the exercise of a Put Right by a holder of Put Shares, (i) we will be deemed to issue an unsecured note senior in the right of payment to all our outstanding equity securities to such holder having a principal amount equal to the amount payable to such holder pursuant to such Put Right to satisfy its obligations (each, a “Put Note”), which Put Note shall be due and payable 15 days after the Public Sale Date (the “Note Payment Date”), and (ii) the applicable Put Shares shall be placed into an escrow account. The Put Note shall accrue interest on the principal amount thereof beginning on the date of issuance at a rate of 10% per annum (compounding quarterly), provided that the interest rate shall increase to 14% per annum if we fail to pay the principal amount on or before the Note Payment Date. In the event a Put Note is not fully satisfied on or prior to the Note Payment Date, the escrow agent or other party shall be instructed to liquidate the shares held in such escrow account commencing on the Note Payment Date and distribute the proceeds in respect thereof ratably to the unsatisfied exercising holders, which distributed proceeds shall be applied against the amounts owing in respect of the applicable Put Notes.

If (i) there is a sale of us prior to the Public Sale Date and (ii) there has not yet occurred an Exercise Termination Event, the holders of our Class A common stock still holding Put Shares shall be entitled in such sale transaction to receive the greater of (x) the consideration received per share the holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive in such sale transaction and (y) an amount in cash equal to the Series C OIP per share.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction, which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

216


Table of Contents
   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock, which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance of transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team or changes in our board of directors or our governance or policy, including the following:

 

   

Dual Class Common Stock. As described above in the section titled “—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock may have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Our Co-Founders will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

 

   

Board of Directors Vacancies. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will authorize generally only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships resulting from any cause or created by the expansion of our board of directors. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

 

   

Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. For additional information, see the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

 

   

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then-outstanding capital stock.

 

217


Table of Contents
   

Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock will be required to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of our board of directors, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent and designation of our preferred stock. The affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock will be required to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws, although our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors. Additionally, in the case of any proposed adoption, amendment, or repeal of any provisions of the amended and restated bylaws that is approved by our board of directors and submitted to the stockholders for adoption, if two-thirds of our board of directors has approved such adoption, amendment, or repeal of any provisions of our amended and restated bylaws, then only the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock shall be required to adopt, amend, or repeal any provision of our amended and restated bylaws.

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, holders of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors or our chief executive officer, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

   

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

   

No Cumulative Voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. We anticipate that after the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to    shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

 

   

Choice of Forum. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

218


Table of Contents
 

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or any to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Our amended and restated bylaws will also contain a Federal Forum Provision. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware which recently found that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court. As Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision. Further, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. In addition, the Federal Forum Provision applies, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the Federal Forum Provision. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of their choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the Federal Forum Provision in our amended and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could harm our business.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq the under the symbol “CRWV.” This offering is contingent upon final approval of our listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq.

 

219


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time.

Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or settlement of RSUs, in the public market following this offering and the concurrent share issuance, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent share issuance, based on the     shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, and after giving effect to (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the Capital Stock Conversion, (iii) the Class B Conversion, (iv) the Option Exercise and (v) the RSU Net Settlement, we will have a total of     shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and      shares of our Class B common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, only would be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, including the shares of Class A common stock to be issued in the concurrent share issuance, will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described herein and the provisions of our Rights Agreement described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus,      shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

   

beginning   days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described in the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” below,     additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which     shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements

We, all of our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities, including the investor in the concurrent share issuance, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for     days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters. Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above. For a further description of these lock-up agreements, please see “Underwriting.”

The remaining holders of our outstanding common stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, have not entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters and, therefore, are not subject to the restrictions described above. These holders are subject to

 

220


Table of Contents

market standoff agreements with us that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our outstanding common stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, and we will not waive any of the restrictions of such market standoff agreements with respect to our employees prior to    .

The shares issued in the concurrent share issuance to OpenAI will be subject to a market standoff agreement with us for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus and will be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately     shares immediately after this offering and the concurrent share issuance; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described herein.

Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding options and RSUs and the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

 

221


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

222


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes, does not discuss the potential application of any alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, and does not deal with any state or local taxes, U.S. federal gift or estate tax laws (except to the limited extent provided below), or any non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances.

Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), such as:

 

   

insurance companies, banks, and other financial institutions;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations) and tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

non-U.S. governments and international organizations;

 

   

dealers and traders in securities;

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our Class A common stock;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy;

 

   

persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); and

 

   

partnerships and other pass-through entities and arrangements, and investors in such pass-through entities and arrangements (regardless of their places of organization or formation).

Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions thereunder, and rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) all as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, possibly retroactively, and are subject to differing interpretations which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences described herein or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A

 

223


Table of Contents

COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OR ANY U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES, AND THE POSSIBLE APPLICATION OF TAX TREATIES.

For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Distributions

We do not have current plans to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, however, such distributions made to a Non-U.S. Holder will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock as described below under the section titled “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Any distribution on our Class A common stock that is treated as a dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that income tax treaty. Such form must be provided prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

 

224


Table of Contents

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to the applicable withholding agent. In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to United States persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

See also the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Foreign Accounts” for additional withholding rules that may apply to dividends, including dividends paid to certain foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Foreign Accounts,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States), (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder, gain described in (1) above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, gain described in (1) above may also be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (2) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% income tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. With respect to (3) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if United States real property interests (as defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations) comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our worldwide real property and our other assets which are used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. However, there can be no assurance that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly, and constructively, no more than five percent of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the relevant rules. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our Class A common stock will be U.S. situs property and,

 

225


Table of Contents

therefore, will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise. The terms “resident” and “nonresident” are defined differently for U.S. federal estate tax purposes than for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we or an applicable withholding agent must report information to the IRS with respect to any distributions we pay on our Class A common stock (whether or not the distribution constitutes a dividend), including the amount of any such distributions, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such distributions are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a United States person. For information reporting purposes only, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your tax advisor to determine whether you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit of the overpaid amount.

Foreign Accounts

In addition, U.S. federal withholding taxes may apply under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) on certain types of payments, including dividends on our Class A common stock, made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution agrees to undertake certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. The 30% federal withholding tax described in this paragraph is not generally subject to reduction under income tax treaties with the United States. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% tax on certain payments to

 

226


Table of Contents

non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. While under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding taxes under FATCA generally also would have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. The preamble to the proposed regulations specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding taxes under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX, AND THE POSSIBLE APPLICATION OF TAX TREATIES.

 

227


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

           

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Citigroup Inc.

  

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies Group LLC

  

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Galaxy Digital Partners LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of our Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of our Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to     additional shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of our Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown

 

228


Table of Contents

assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional     shares of Class A common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $           $           $       

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $        $        $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling  stockholders

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $    . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses up to $    .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “CRWV.” This offering is contingent upon final approval of our listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq.

We, all of our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock held by them during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date   days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of certain of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

In order to facilitate the offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of our Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or slow a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to

 

229


Table of Contents

allocate a number of shares of our Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Conflicts of Interest

An affiliate of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. is a lender under our 2024 Term Loan Facility. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay outstanding borrowings under our 2024 Term Loan Facility, and an affiliate of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under the 2024 Term Loan Facility. Therefore, each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus.    has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof.     will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify     against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, certain of the underwriters also serve as lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings, and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

230


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of our Class A common stock be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy Class A common stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the EEA (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares of our Class A common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  1.  

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  2.  

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  3.  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation, and each person who initially acquires any shares of our Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and to us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares of our Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed that the shares of our Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of our Class A common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

No shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock which (i) has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority or (ii) is to be treated as if it had

 

231


Table of Contents

been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transitional provisions in Article 74 (transitional provisions) of the Prospectus Amendment etc (EU Exit) Regulations 2019/1234, except that the shares of our Class A common stock may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  1.  

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  2.  

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  3.  

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA;

provided that no such offer of the shares of our Class A common stock shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our Class A common stock and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares of our Class A common stock in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares of our Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of our Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

232


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to the public or a solicitation to purchase or invest in any shares of our Class A common stock. No shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered to the public in Switzerland, except that offers of shares of our Class A common stock may be made to the public in Switzerland at any time under the following exemptions under the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”):

 

  1.  

to any person which is a professional client as defined under the FinSA;

 

  2.  

to fewer than 500 persons (other than professional clients as defined under the FinSA), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  3.  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 36 FinSA in connection with Article 44 of the Swiss Financial Services Ordinance, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any investment bank to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 35 FinSA.

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be listed or admitted to trading on a trading venue in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our Class A common stock constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSA and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our Class A common stock may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Law, DIFC Law No. 1 of 2012, as amended. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Law, DIFC Law No. 1 of 2012, as amended. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”) has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The shares of our Class A common stock to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our Class A common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and it may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the shares of our Class A common stock may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted, or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority or the DFSA.

 

233


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

  1.  

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

  2.  

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

  3.  

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The shares of our Class A common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares of our Class A common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement, or other offering material relating to any shares of our Class A common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares of our Class A common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares of our Class A common stock under this prospectus will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those shares for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares of our Class A common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of such shares, offer, transfer, assign, or otherwise alienate those shares of our Class A common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares of our Class A common stock nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares of our Class A common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at,

 

234


Table of Contents

or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares of our Class A common stock or caused such shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares of our Class A common stock or cause such shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our Class A common stock, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

  1.  

to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

  2.  

to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

  3.  

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of our Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  1.  

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  2.  

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  1.  

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(c)(ii) of the SFA;

 

  2.  

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  3.  

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  4.  

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  5.  

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares of our Class A common stock, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares of

 

235


Table of Contents

Class A common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares of our Class A common stock may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Rules on the Offer of Securities and Continuing Obligations Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 3-123-2017 dated 27 December 2017, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the shares of our Class A common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares of our Class A common stock are not being, and may not be, offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares of our Class A common stock may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (“BVI Companies”), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares of our Class A common stock will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly, to any residents of the PRC (for such purposes, not including the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions or Taiwan), except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares of our Class A common stock have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares of our Class A common stock may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares of our Class A common stock shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares of our Class A common stock. By the purchase of the shares of our Class A common stock, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

236


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of our Class A common stock has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued, or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding, or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares of our Class A common stock in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares of our Class A common stock are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced, or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

Section 96 (1) (a). The offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

  1.  

persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

237


Table of Contents
  2.  

the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

  3.  

persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

  4.  

authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

  5.  

financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

 

  6.  

a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

  7.  

any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1) (b). The total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Israeli Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), or, collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of the same and agree to it.

 

238


Table of Contents

CONCURRENT SHARE ISSUANCE

Immediately subsequent to the closing of this offering, we will issue to OpenAI, in accordance with the OpenAI Master Services Agreement and pursuant to the OpenAI Stock Issuance Agreement, a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $350.0 million valued at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, this would be     shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of these shares to OpenAI. The issuance of the shares will be completed through a private placement that is contingent upon the completion of this offering. The issuance of these shares to OpenAI will not be registered in this offering and will be subject to a market standoff agreement with us for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus and lock-up agreement with the underwriters for a period of up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

239


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Fenwick & West LLP, New York, New York, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters. Whalen LLP, Newport Beach, California, has acted as counsel for the selling stockholders in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

 

240


Table of Contents

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

On June 4, 2024, we dismissed RSM US LLP (“RSM”) as our independent accountant and subsequently engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) to audit our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB and generally accepted auditing standards in the United States of America (“GAAS”) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. We previously engaged RSM to audit our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAS as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The decision to dismiss RSM and engage Deloitte was approved by our board of directors.

The reports of RSM on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainties, audit scope or accounting principles.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and through the period ended June 4, 2024, there were:

 

   

no “disagreements” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) with RSM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused RSM to make reference in connection with its opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.

 

   

no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto other than the material weakness in the internal control over financial reporting relating to a lack of sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting, finance, and operations functions who possessed an appropriate level of expertise to provide reasonable assurance that transactions were being appropriately recorded and disclosed.

We have provided RSM with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and have requested that RSM furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by us as set forth above and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of RSM’s letter, dated December 16, 2024, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and through the period ended June 4, 2024, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Deloitte on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement as that term is used in Item 304 (a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K or a reportable event as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of CoreWeave, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of CoreWeave, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2022 included in this prospectus have been audited by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

241


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and our Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.coreweave.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials at our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

242


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of CoreWeave, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CoreWeave, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California

March 3, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of CoreWeave, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements) of CoreWeave, Inc. (the Company). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of the Company and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2022 through 2025.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

January 22, 2025

 

F-3


Table of Contents

COREWEAVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 217,147      $ 1,361,083  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, current

     42,940        37,394  

Accounts receivable, net

     165,379        416,526  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     76,526        101,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     501,992        1,916,249  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, non-current

     219,988        637,356  

Restricted marketable securities, non-current

     171,734        29,308  

Property and equipment, net

     3,483,990        11,914,774  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     461,966        2,589,547  

Intangible assets, net

     7,003        4,909  

Goodwill

     19,544        19,544  

Other non-current assets(a)

     110,758        720,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,976,975      $ 17,832,599  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 455,563      $ 868,259  

Accrued liabilities

     77,782        355,821  

Debt, current(a)

     171,865        2,468,425  

Deferred revenue, current

     249,831        768,927  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     39,789        213,104  

Finance lease liabilities, current

     3,534        57,801  

Other current liabilities(a)

     97        230,244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     998,461        4,962,581  

Debt, non-current(a)

     1,351,389        5,457,915  

Derivative and warrant liabilities

     527,047        200,089  

Deferred revenue, non-current

     1,754,873        3,294,977  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     432,653        2,388,912  

Finance lease liabilities, non-current

     510        34,120  

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

     36,447        149,232  

Other non-current liabilities

     7,496        36,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,108,876        16,524,086  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock(a)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 8,832 and 10,308 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively; 7,734 and 9,232 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively

     464,690        1,722,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2024
 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 23,452 and 27,034 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively; 10,400 and 6,063 shares issued as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively; and 10,176 and 5,734 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively

     1       1  

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no and 7,500 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively; no and 5,910 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively

           0  

Treasury stock, at cost, 224 and 329 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively

     (32,054     (33,524

Additional paid-in capital

     48,397       1,096,160  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (148      

Accumulated deficit

     (612,787     (1,476,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (596,591     (413,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 4,976,975     $ 17,832,599  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Refer to Note 14—Related-Party Transactions for further information on related party arrangements.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

COREWEAVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  

Revenue

   $ 15,830     $ 228,943     $ 1,915,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenue

     12,122       68,780       493,350  

Technology and infrastructure

     18,106       131,855       960,685  

Sales and marketing

     2,481       12,917       18,389  

General and administrative

     6,001       29,842       118,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     38,710       243,394       1,591,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (22,880     (14,451     324,358  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     (2,884     (533,952     (755,929

Interest expense, net(a)

     (9,444     (28,404     (360,824

Other income, net

     192       18,760       48,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (35,016     (558,047     (744,201

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (4,150     35,701       119,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (30,866   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (189   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (937,765
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.42   $ (61.80   $ (86.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.02   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.44   $ (61.80   $ (86.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     9,032       9,608       10,893  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Refer to Note 14—Related-Party Transactions for further information on related party arrangements.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

COREWEAVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  
                    

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale marketable securities, net

     (156     8       148  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (31,211   $ (593,740   $ (863,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

COREWEAVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury
Stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated other
comprehensive loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2022

    4,189     $ 5,290       9,000     $ 1     $     $ 1,001     $     $ 12,016     $ 13,018  

Issuance of common stock warrants in connection with debt financing

                                  6,027                   6,027  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                  1,560                   1,560  

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale marketable securities

                                        (156           (156

Net loss

                                              (31,055     (31,055

Balance, December 31, 2022

    4,189     $ 5,290       9,000     $ 1     $     $ 8,588     $ (156   $ (19,039   $ (10,606

Conversion of convertible promissory notes to Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

    624       5,006                                            

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0 million and Series B Tranche Liability of $10 million

    3,775       410,465                                            

Partial settlement of Series B tranche option

          45,531                                            

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock for secondary offering

    (854     (1,842     854                   1,842                   1,842  

Issuance of common stock for private placement

                224                   14,837                   14,837  

Issuance of common stock for business combination

                105                                      

Exercise of stock options

                217                   1,669                   1,669  

Repurchase of common stock

                (224           (32,054                       (32,054

Issuance of common stock warrants in connection with debt financing

                                  3,959                   3,959  

Settlement of notes due from employees

          240                         132                   132  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                  17,370                   17,370  

Other comprehensive income

                                        8            
8
 

Net loss

                                              (593,748     (593,748
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2023

    7,734     $ 464,690       10,176     $ 1     $ (32,054   $ 48,397     $ (148   $ (612,787   $ (596,591
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Common Stock      Treasury
Stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
     Shares     Amount      Shares     Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2023

     7,734     $ 464,690        10,176     $ 1      $ (32,054   $ 48,397     $ (148   $ (612,787   $ (596,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     224       25,000                                              

Closing settlement of Series B tranche option

           69,598                                              

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $3 million

     1,476       1,147,476                                              

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock accretion to redemption value

           73                           (73                 (73

Cash dividend on Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

                                     (58,662                 (58,662

Paid-in-kind dividend on Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

           15,582                           (15,582                 (15,582

Conversion of convertible notes to common stock

                  1,227                    1,080,295                   1,080,295  

Exercise of stock options

                  144                    2,890                   2,890  

Repurchase of common stock for business combination

                  (105                                     

Repurchases of common stock from an employee

                               (1,470                       (1,470

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock for secondary offering

     (202     (308      202                    308                   308  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                     38,587                   38,587  

Other comprehensive income

                                           148             148  

Net loss

                                                 (863,448     (863,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2024

     9,232     $ 1,722,111        11,644     $ 1      $ (33,524   $ 1,096,160     $     $ (1,476,235   $ (413,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

COREWEAVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
                    

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (863,448

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (189            

Net loss from continuing operations

     (30,866     (593,748     (863,448

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     11,695       103,210       863,413  

Non-cash lease expense

     16       20,404       122,748  

Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs

     3,803       16,533       33,376  

Loss on fair value adjustments

     2,884       533,952       755,929  

Stock-based compensation

     1,490       15,154       31,487  

Debt extinguishment loss

                 11,708  

Deferred income taxes

     (1,284     35,816       112,785  

Other non-cash reconciling items

           632       3,286  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisition:

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,893     (162,413     (279,720

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,047     (71,964     (29,200

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,404       26,807       510,568  

Deferred revenue

     9,354       1,986,304       2,049,068  

Lease liabilities

           (9,302     (87,611

Other non-current assets

     87       (67,317     (485,332

Other liabilities

           (1,418     111  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations

     (4,357     1,832,650       2,749,168  

Net cash provided by operating activities—discontinued operations

     5,267              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 910     $ 1,832,650     $ 2,749,168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software

     (72,404     (2,943,130     (8,702,078

Sale of available-for-sale marketable securities

     7,000       5,689       2,470  

Maturities of marketable securities

                 185,218  

Purchase of restricted marketable securities

           (171,734     (34,053

Purchase of strategic investments

           (33,000     (50,000

Issuance of notes receivable

                 (59,615

Other investing activities

     (14,852     (5,535      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities by continuing operations

     (80,256     (3,147,710     (8,658,058

Net cash provided by investing activities—discontinued operations

     1,073              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (79,183   $ (3,147,710   $ (8,658,058
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  
                    

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of debt

     60,000       1,415,862       7,022,291  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt

     30,000              

Repayments of debt

     (3,055     (2,180     (588,555

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (1,651     (12,053     (3,786

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           420,765       1,172,476  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock cash dividends paid

                 (57,745

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

           1,669       2,890  

Common stock repurchased

           (32,054     (1,470

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

           14,837        

Other financing activities

     (3,840     (19,095     (81,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 81,454     $ 1,787,751     $ 7,464,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 3,181     $ 472,691     $ 1,555,758  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—beginning of period

     4,203       7,384       480,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—end of period

   $ 7,384     $ 480,075     $ 2,035,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized amounts

   $ 5,124     $ 105     $ 183,657  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 255     $ 214     $ 14,332  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Capitalized interest

   $     $ 41,376     $ 31,714  

Operating lease right-of-use assets acquired through lease liability

     1,210       481,145       2,222,257  

Right-of-use assets for lease modification and renewals

                 18,987  

Finance lease right-of-use assets acquired through lease liability

     14,622             141,916  

Derivative liabilities from issuance of convertible notes

     10,841              

Accounts payable and accrued expenses related to property and equipment additions

           482,330       892,632  

Issuance of common stock in connection with conversion of convertible notes

                 1,080,295  

Settlement of Series B tranche liability

           45,531       69,598  

Non-cash investments

                 10,133  

Stock-based compensation capitalized as internal-use software

           2,216       7,100  

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

                 7,951  

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to consolidated balance sheets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,384     $ 217,147     $ 1,361,083  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, current

           42,940       37,394  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, non-current

           219,988       637,356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 7,384     $ 480,075     $ 2,035,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Description of Business

CoreWeave, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “CoreWeave”), was originally formed as a Delaware limited liability company in 2017 and then converted to a Delaware corporation in 2018. The Company is headquartered in Livingston, New Jersey. The Company is a modern cloud infrastructure technology company which offers the CoreWeave Cloud Platform that consists of proprietary software and cloud services that deliver the automation and efficiency needed to manage complex AI infrastructure at scale. Previously, the Company had Blockchain Mining and Management Services business which ceased operations in September 2022 and the Company is reporting this as discontinued operations in these consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 16—Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company determines at inception of each arrangement whether an entity in which the Company has made an investment or in which the Company has other variable interests is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). Investments that are considered VIEs are evaluated to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, in which case it would be required to consolidate the entity. The Company evaluates whether it has (1) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, the investment or other variable interest is accounted for in accordance with applicable U.S. GAAP.

In circumstances where an entity does not have the characteristics of a VIE, it would be considered a voting interest entity (“VOE”). The Company would consolidate a VOE when the Company has a majority equity interest and has control over significant operating, financial, and investing decisions of the entity.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Significant estimates include the fair value of financial assets and liabilities; useful lives assigned to property and equipment; the discount rates used for operating and finance leases; valuation of derivative and warrant liabilities; stock-based compensation, including the determination of the fair value of the Company’s common stock; and accounting for income taxes, including the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and the measurement of uncertain tax positions. Assumptions are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain relevant and reasonable, particularly in areas of high subjectivity. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and assumptions that management considers reasonable.

Foreign Currency

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at period-end exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses resulting from remeasurement are recognized in other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations, and have not been material for any of the periods presented.

Concentration of Risk

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows primarily due to concentration of credit risk, significant customers, and supplier concentration.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and marketable securities. The Company maintains its cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable securities with high-quality financial institutions mainly in the United States, where the composition and maturities of which are regularly monitored by the Company. The Company grants credit to its customers in the normal course of business, exposing it to credit risk in the event of nonrepayment by customers. The Company has not experienced any material losses in such accounts.

Significant Customers

The following customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022     2023     2024  

Customer A

            35     62

Customer B

            21       

Customer C

            17     15

Customer D

     16              

Customer E

     13              

Customer F

     12              

Customer G

                     

 

*

Customer did not represent 10% or more of revenue

Customer A, C, and G accounted for 15%, 13%, and 56% of accounts receivable, net, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. Customer A accounted for 66% of accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2024.

Supplier Concentration

Certain materials and products used by the Company in its operations are available from a limited number of suppliers. Three suppliers accounted for 23%, 16%, and 10% of total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2022. Three suppliers accounted for 57%, 22%, and 11% of total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2023. Three suppliers accounted for 46%, 16%, and 14% of total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, and Restricted Cash Equivalents

Cash primarily consists of cash in banks and bank deposits. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds in the Company’s investment accounts maintained in financial

 

F-13


Table of Contents

institutions. The Company maintains cash balances in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

The Company has restricted cash and cash equivalents that consist of bank deposits related to a collateralized loan facility and letters of credit. Restricted cash is classified as current and non-current assets based on the term of the remaining restriction.

Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information on restricted cash.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts billed that are currently due from customers. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for credit losses. The Company’s accounts receivable balances are subject to collection risk and the Company regularly assesses the collectability of outstanding accounts receivable on an ongoing basis and maintains an allowance for credit losses for accounts receivable deemed uncollectible. The allowance for credit losses reflects the best estimate of probable losses in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on known troubled accounts; historical experience; current and anticipated macroeconomic conditions that could impact the Company’s customers, such as unemployment, inflation, and regulation matters; and other currently available information. The Company’s allowance for expected credit losses was not material as of December 31, 2023 and 2024. Additions to and write-offs against the allowance for expected credit losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

Notes Receivable

Notes receivable are related to the DCSP Financing Arrangements (as defined in Note 10Debt) and reported at the outstanding principal value plus accrued and unpaid interest. An allowance for credit losses on notes receivable is established when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the agreement. The Company considers certain factors, including the credit risk and financial condition of the borrower, the borrower’s ability to pay current obligations, historical trends, and macroeconomic conditions. The Company evaluates the extent and impact of any credit deterioration that could affect the performance and the value of the assets, as well as the financial and operating capability of the borrower. As of December 31, 2024, the Company determined the carrying amount of the notes receivable to be fully collectible. The Company did not have any outstanding notes receivable as of December 31, 2023.

The Company’s note receivable meets the criteria for right of setoff under the DCSP Financing Arrangements. The Company will recognize interest income under certain conditions due to the setoff nature of the DCSP Financing Arrangements.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs when available and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments include cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, marketable securities, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, derivatives, warrant liabilities, and Series B tranche liabilities. Cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date. Cash equivalents, restricted marketable securities, derivatives, and warrant liabilities are stated at fair value on a recurring basis. Adjustments to the fair value of certain financial liabilities, such as derivative, warrant, and Series B tranche liabilities, are recorded as fair value adjustments within the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist of certificates of deposit and marketable debt securities that the Company has classified and accounted for as available for sale. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in these securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each consolidated balance sheet date. After consideration of its risk versus reward objectives, as well as its liquidity requirements, the Company may sell these debt securities prior to their effective maturities.

The Company classifies its investments with maturities within 12 months as current within other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company classifies its investments with maturities beyond 12 months as non-current within restricted marketable securities, non-current on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company carries these securities at fair value and reports the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, as a component of stockholders’ deficit, except for changes in allowance for expected credit losses, which are recorded in other income, net, within the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company periodically evaluates its available-for-sale debt securities for impairment. If the amortized cost of an individual security exceeds its fair value, the Company considers its intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized basis. If either of these criteria are met, the Company writes down the security to its fair value and records the impairment charge in other income, net, within the consolidated statements of operations. If neither of these criteria are met, the Company determines whether a credit loss exists. Credit loss is estimated by considering changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, any adverse conditions specifically related to the security, as well as other factors.

Strategic Investments

The Company holds strategic investments in the form of privately held equity securities to support its business and strategic objectives in which the Company does not have a controlling interest. Privately held equity securities that do not have a readily determinable fair value and for which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest or exercise significant influence are measured at cost, with subsequent adjustments for observable price changes or impairments. These adjustments are recognized through other income, net, in the Company’s statements of operations. The Company periodically reviews these investments for impairment. If indicators of impairment exist, the Company evaluates the investment for write-down to fair value. There were no subsequent adjustments for observable price changes or impairments for the periods presented.

The Company reports the strategic investments in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the carrying value of the Company’s strategic investments was $42 million and $102 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Construction in progress is related to the construction or development of property and equipment that has not yet been placed into service for its intended use. Depreciation and amortization are calculated utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that do not extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. The carrying value of property and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company changed its estimate of the useful life for its computing equipment utilized in data centers from five to six years, reflecting continuous advancements in hardware performance, software optimization, and data center design improvements. The effects of this change in estimate for the year

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2023 on computing equipment that was included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 was a reduction in total expenses of $20 million. The per share impact of the change in estimate was a $2.08 increase for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

Technology equipment

   6 years

Software

   3-6 years

Data center equipment

   8-12 years

Furniture, fixtures, and other assets

   3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of remaining lease
term or estimated useful life

Capitalized Interest Costs

The Company capitalizes certain interest costs associated with the construction of data centers and purchases of related technology equipment during the period in which expenditures have been made and activities are in progress to prepare the assets for their intended use. The interest cost incurred in the construction of the data centers is considered a part of the assets’ historical cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the underlying assets.

Capitalized Internal-Use Software

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to develop or modify software solely for the Company’s internal use, including hosted applications used to deliver the Company’s support services, and certain implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. This capitalization occurs when the preliminary project stage is complete, management, with the relevant authority, authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project, and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the intended function. Capitalized costs primarily consist of salaries and payroll-related costs for employees directly involved in development efforts. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and during the post-implementation operational stage, including maintenance costs, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred for software upgrades are capitalized if they result in additional functionalities or substantial enhancements. Capitalized software development costs are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets, are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s estimated useful life, which is between three and six years, and amortization is recorded in technology and infrastructure within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company capitalized $1 million, $12 million, and $27 million of qualifying software development costs during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

An asset retirement obligation represents a legal obligation associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset that is incurred upon the acquisition, construction, development or normal operation of that long-lived asset. The Company recognizes asset retirement obligations in the period in which they are placed in service, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The asset retirement obligation is subsequently adjusted for changes in fair value. The associated estimated asset retirement costs are capitalized in equipment and depreciated over their useful lives. The Company’s asset retirement obligations relate to the future removal of certain equipment related to its data center fit outs.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of accounting, legal, and other fees directly related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering (“IPO”). These costs are capitalized as other non-current assets on

 

F-16


Table of Contents

the consolidated balance sheets until the offering is completed. The deferred offering costs will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit and recorded against the proceeds from the offering upon the consummation of an IPO. In the event the offering is aborted, deferred offering costs will be expensed. The Company did not capitalize any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2023, and capitalized $10 million of deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2024.

Business Combinations

When the Company acquires a business, the purchase price is allocated to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated respective fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired users and acquired technology from a market participant perspective, useful lives and discount rates, and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed may be recorded, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company includes the results of operations of the business that it acquires as of the acquisition date. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred and are typically included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price consideration over the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually on December 1 for the Company’s single reporting unit, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Goodwill impairment is recognized when the quantitative assessment results in the carrying value exceeding the fair value; in which case, an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

The Company’s definite-lived intangible assets are carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company estimates the useful life by estimating the expected period of economic benefit. The estimated useful lives for each class of intangible assets are as follows:

 

Acquired technologies

     3 years  

Customer relationships

     13 years  

Trade names

     5 years  

Amortization of intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on the function of the related asset. Specifically, amortization is allocated to cost of revenue, technology and infrastructure, or sales and marketing, depending on the use of the underlying intangible asset.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of the long-lived assets is assessed by comparing the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset to its carrying value.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

If the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the expected undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is determined using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models, market comparisons, and, where applicable, independent third-party appraisals.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, no material impairment charges were recorded.

Leases

The Company has lease agreements primarily for data centers, office buildings, storage spaces and equipment. The Company accounts for leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases (Topic 842). The Company determines if an arrangement meets the definition of a lease at the inception and leases are classified at commencement as either operating or finance leases.

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease agreement. ROU assets are measured based on the discounted present value of the remaining lease payments, initial direct costs incurred, and prepaid lease payments, excluding lease incentives received prior to lease commencement. Lease liabilities are measured based on the discounted present value of the remaining lease payments at commencement date. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated interest rate for collateralized borrowing with similar terms and payments and in economic environments where the leased asset was located.

Many of the Company’s leases include renewal options, and termination options that are factored into the determination of lease payments when it is reasonably certain that the Company would exercise that option. When assessing the reasonableness of exercising lease renewal options, the Company takes into account all relevant facts and circumstances that contribute to the economic benefits associated with exercising the lease renewal options, which includes the expected changes in facts and circumstances between the commencement of the lease term and the exercise date of the options. Payments under the Company’s lease agreements are primarily fixed; however, certain lease agreements contain variable payments, which generally relate to costs associated with common area maintenance, utilities reimbursed to the landlord, and physical security expenses within certain lease agreements. These are not included in operating or finance lease cost and are expensed as incurred. The interest component of a finance lease is included in interest expense and recognized using the effective interest method over the lease term.

The Company made an accounting policy election for lease agreements with a term of 12 months or less and does not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities in respect of those agreements. Any payments related to short-term leases are expensed as incurred. The Company has currently elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and nonlease components across all asset classes. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis within total operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations over the lease term. Amortization expense of finance lease ROU assets is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the interest component of a finance lease is recognized utilizing the effective interest method over the lease term and included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company currently does not have any lease arrangements with residual value guarantees.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company does not enter into derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. However, certain debt and equity financing transactions are derivatives in their entirety or include embedded features that are bifurcated and accounted for as embedded derivatives. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information about derivatives associated with financing transactions.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Additionally, in 2023 and 2024, the Company entered into power purchase agreements (“PPAs”) to secure power capacity for existing, under construction, and planned data center builds. These agreements are specifically designed to support the Company in managing its energy needs as it encounters rapidly increasing energy demands. Agreements that do not meet a scope exception, contain a notional amount and are for delivery of electricity in markets where notional amounts are readily convertible to cash are classified as derivative instruments.

The PPAs which meet the definition of a derivative are measured at fair value using a discounted cash flow model. Significant assumptions in the model include forward energy prices and discount rates. The Company reassesses the fair value of the PPAs at each reporting period, and any changes in value are recorded within the consolidated statements of operations. While the Company considered the normal purchases and normal sales scope exception to derivative accounting, the PPAs do not qualify for this exception, as the contracts allow for, and the Company has a practice of net settlement in the event of consumption shortfalls relative to the contracted quantities. As such, the Company recognizes these PPAs as derivatives and applies mark-to-market accounting for them and did not elect hedge accounting.

Derivative assets and liabilities, including those related to the PPAs, are classified as either current or non-current based on the timing of expected cash flows. The non-current position is included in other non-current assets and derivative and warrant liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Cash flows from the PPAs are classified as operating activities reflecting their use to secure and hedge energy needs in operations. The Company applies Level 3 valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, to determine fair value due to the significant unobservable inputs. Refer to Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements below for additional information.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts with Customers. Revenue is recognized when services are delivered. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for services. The Company determines revenue recognition by applying the following five steps:

 

  1.  

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer

 

  2.  

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

  3.  

Determination of the transaction price

 

  4.  

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

  5.  

Recognition of the revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

The Company generates revenue by providing cloud computing services for customers in several verticals, such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, visual effects rendering, platforms, pixel streaming, and batch processing. These services are offered both on a committed contract and on-demand basis. Customers do not take possession of software or hardware used to provide the services.

Committed Contracts—These service arrangements provide customers with access to cloud computing capacity across the Company’s various data centers over a specified duration. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period. The initial contract period generally ranges from two to five years. The terms of these contracts are typically structured as “take-or-pay” agreements, requiring payment regardless of the level of utilization. Additionally, customers under committed contracts typically make a prepayment that is recorded as deferred revenue and consumed based on the terms of the contract.

On-Demand—These service arrangements provide customers with access to the Company’s cloud computing capacity on a consumption basis, with billing occurring monthly in arrears based on actual hourly usage of compute, storage, and other services. Revenue is recognized as the services are consumed.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Customers may also prepay for on-demand services. The prepayments are initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as the cloud computing services are transferred to the customer. Prepayments are typically consumed within a few months.

The Company’s contracts with customers may contain multiple promised services. To the extent a customer contract includes multiple promised services, the Company determines whether promised services should be accounted for as a separate performance obligation. The Company allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price (“SSP”). The SSP reflects the price the Company would charge for a specific service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. When determining the SSP, the Company maximizes the use of observable inputs.

The Company applied the practical expedient in ASC 606 and did not evaluate payment terms of one year or less for the existence of a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers (e.g., sales tax and other indirect taxes), which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities. The Company generally does not offer a right of refund in its contracts other than for cases of the Company’s uncured material breach of the agreement, bankruptcy or insolvency.

Contract Balances

Contract assets represent the Company’s rights to consideration in exchange for cloud computing services that the Company has transferred to a customer but where the right to consideration is conditional on something other than the passage of time. In some arrangements, a right to consideration for the Company’s performance under the customer contract may occur before invoicing the customer, resulting in an unbilled accounts receivable. These unbilled accounts receivable represent amounts earned but not yet invoiced and are recognized in accordance with the performance obligations satisfied. Such amounts have been immaterial for the periods presented.

Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue. Revenue is deferred when the Company invoices in advance of performance under a contract. The current portion of the deferred revenue balance will be recognized as revenue during the 12-month period after the consolidated balance sheet date. The non-current portion of the deferred revenue balance will be recognized as revenue following the 12-month period after the consolidated balance sheet date.

Remaining performance obligations (“RPO”) represent the aggregate amount of the transaction price, net of estimated variable consideration, allocated to performance obligations not delivered, or partially undelivered, as of the end of the reporting period. Variable consideration consists of potential reductions to the transaction price in the future related to estimates of future potential credits to customers under availability of service agreements and amounts that may not be recognized to revenue due to delivery delays. The Company’s estimate of such variable consideration is based on both historical experience and the specific facts and circumstances of the committed contracts included in the Company’s RPO. RPO includes both billed and unbilled consideration from the Company’s committed contracts.

Costs to Obtain a Contract

The Company capitalizes sales commissions and associated payroll taxes paid to sales personnel that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts. The Company determines whether costs should be deferred based on its sales compensation plans and if the commissions are incremental and would not have occurred absent the customer contract. Total capitalized costs to obtain a contract are immaterial during the periods presented and are included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of direct costs for data centers, including costs associated with the Company’s facilities, such as rent, utilities including power, personnel costs for employees involved in data

 

F-20


Table of Contents

center operations and customer success, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and other related expenses, and depreciation and amortization, including depreciation of power installation and distribution systems.

The Company operates data centers across the country and has co-location service agreements with several well-established data center vendors. These agreements generally commit the Company to pay monthly fees plus additional fees for bandwidth usage above the committed level. Certain co-location agreements do not meet the definition of a lease and are expensed under cost of revenue. However, those that do meet the definition of a lease are recognized as operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities and are amortized over the lease term.

Technology and Infrastructure

Technology and infrastructure expense consists of costs associated with the Company’s infrastructure, such as depreciation and amortization related to the Company’s servers, switches, networking equipment and internally developed software, personnel costs for employees associated with research and development of new and existing products and services or with maintaining the Company’s computing infrastructure, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, travel expenses, and other related expenses; and costs related to software subscriptions. The Company’s technology and infrastructure efforts are dedicated towards developing new services, improving the Company’s existing infrastructure, adding new features, bringing the latest compute technology to market and improving the accessibility of the Company’s services. Research and development costs were $5 million, $21 million, and $56 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists of personnel costs associated with selling and marketing the Company’s CoreWeave Cloud Platform, such as salaries, stock-based compensation expense, commissions, bonuses, and other related expenses, third-party professional services costs, and advertising costs associated with marketing programs. Advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred are also included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense was immaterial for all periods presented.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists of costs associated with corporate functions including the Company’s finance, legal, human resources, and facilities. These costs include personnel costs, such as salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and other related expenses, third-party professional services costs, such as legal, accounting, and audit services, corporate facilities, depreciation for equipment, furniture, and fixtures, and other costs necessary to operate the Company’s corporate functions, including expenses for non-income taxes, insurance, and office rental.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards is recognized based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the grant date utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The related stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, including the awards with graded vesting and no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the stock option, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the option awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The Company has also granted to employees restricted stock units (“RSU”), that vest upon the satisfaction of service-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The fair value of each RSU award is based on the fair value of the underlying common stock as of the grant date. The service-based vesting condition has varying terms, but is generally satisfied over four years. The performance-based vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying liquidation event which is defined as the earlier to occur of (i) an acquisition of the Company or (ii) the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed for the IPO of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2024, all RSU awards outstanding were subject to a performance-based vesting condition, and such performance-based vesting condition was not probable of being satisfied as a liquidation event such as a change in control or an IPO is not considered probable until it occurs. As a result, no stock-based compensation expense related to these RSU awards has been recorded to date.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all eligible U.S. employees. Contributions to the 401(k) Plan are discretionary.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company evaluates the likelihood of realizing deferred tax assets based on projections of future taxable income and considers a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all deferred tax assets may not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

A valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available evidence for each jurisdiction, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of ongoing tax-planning strategies. This evaluation is updated quarterly to reflect new information and trends that may affect the realization of tax benefits. In the event the Company determines that all, or part, of the net deferred tax assets are not realizable in the future, it will make an adjustment in the valuation allowance that will be charged to earnings in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax benefits as a component of the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s effective tax rates will vary depending on the amount of nondeductible items such as fair value adjustments, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, use of tax credits, the relative proportion of foreign to domestic income, and changes in tax laws.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company computes net loss per share utilizing the two-class method required for participating securities. The two-class method determines net loss per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed income. The

 

F-22


Table of Contents

rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. As a result, the basic and diluted net loss per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are the same and therefore presented on a combined basis. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company considers its redeemable convertible preferred stock, non-recourse notes to purchase common and preferred stock, and regular warrants to be participating securities as the holders of these securities are contractually entitled to participate in income but not contractually required to participate in losses. As such, net loss for the periods presented was not allocated to the Company’s participating securities.

The Company’s basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock outstanding for the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period utilizing the treasury stock method or the if-converted method based on the nature of such securities. Potential shares of common stock that are issuable for little or no consideration are included in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders once they become exercisable. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share in periods when the effects of potentially dilutive shares of common stock are antidilutive.

Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, the chief executive officer, reviews discrete financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of regularly making operating decisions, allocation of resources, and assessing financial performance. The Company operates its business in one operating segment and, therefore, has one reportable segment.

The CODM uses consolidated net loss to measure segment profit or loss in order to identify underlying trends in the performance of the business for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s objective in making resource allocation decisions is to optimize the consolidated financial results. Significant segment expenses that the CODM reviews and utilizes to manage the Company’s operations are cost of revenue, technology and infrastructure, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses at the consolidated level, which are presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Other segment items included in consolidated net loss include loss on fair value adjustments, interest expense, net, other income, net, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, and loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, which are presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

As an emerging growth company (“EGC”), the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. The JOBS Act does not preclude an EGC from early adopting new or revised accounting standards codification. The Company has elected to use extended transition periods permissible under the JOBS Act, while also early adopting certain accounting pronouncements. The adoption dates discussed below reflect these elections.

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires organizations to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date. Also, in April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, to clarify the inclusion of recoveries of trade receivables previously written off

 

F-23


Table of Contents

when estimating an allowance for credit losses. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amended the effective date for certain companies. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, and for interim periods within the fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this guidance effective on January 1, 2023, without a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. ASU No. 2020-06 reduces the number of accounting models for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock and enhances information transparency by making targeted improvements to the disclosures for convertible instruments and earnings per share guidance. This guidance is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and for interim periods within the fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance should be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance effective on January 1, 2023, without a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires additional segment-related disclosures on an annual and interim basis, to enable investors in developing more informed and actionable analyses. This guidance is effective for the annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024 with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted this guidance effective on January 1, 2024, without a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which improves the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring (1) consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the effective tax rate reconciliation and (2) income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. It also includes certain other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. This guidance will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance can be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this amended guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires more detailed disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, about specified categories of expenses (including employee compensation, depreciation, and amortization) included in certain expense captions presented on the consolidated statements of operations. This guidance as further clarified through ASU No. 2025-01, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40) will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this amended guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

2. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company primarily generates its revenue through providing cloud computing services, which include both committed contracts and on-demand services. Revenue recognized related to customer commitments, including revenue from delivering capacity prior to commitment start dates, represented 20%, 88%, and 96% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue, including current and non-current balances as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, was $2.0 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, revenue recognized from deferred revenue at the beginning of the period was $0 million, $4 million, and $225 million, respectively. The increase in deferred revenue balances as of December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023 is attributed to the growth in revenue from committed contracts, which typically provide for certain prepayments at contract inception.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $9.9 billion of unsatisfied RPO, of which 41% is expected to be recognized over the initial 24 months ending December 31, 2025, 40% between months 25 and 48, and the remaining balance recognized between months 49 and 72.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $15.1 billion of unsatisfied RPO, of which 54% is expected to be recognized over the initial 24 months ending December 31, 2026, 42% between months 25 and 48, and the remaining balance recognized between months 49 and 72.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and a fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs. This hierarchy prioritizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, which require management judgment or estimation.

The following tables presents the hierarchy fair value as of the end of each reporting period (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Financial assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Money market funds

     Level 1      $ 87,258      $ 2,411  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, current

        

Money market funds

     Level 1        42,940        24,185  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        

Available-for-sale marketable securities

     Level 2        2,368         

 

F-25


Table of Contents
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, non-current

        

Money market funds

     Level 1        206,846        56,250  

Restricted marketable securities, non-current

        

Certificates of deposit

     Level 2        171,734        29,308  

Other non-current assets

        

Power purchase agreements

     Level 3        1,459        2,562  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

      $ 512,605      $ 114,716  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

        

Derivative and warrant liabilities

        

Bifurcated embedded derivative liabilities

     Level 3      $ 386,469      $  

Warrant liabilities

     Level 3        70,930        199,645  

Series B tranche liability

     Level 3        69,648         

Power purchase agreements

     Level 3               444  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

      $ 527,047      $ 200,089  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the end of each reporting period (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2023  
     Adjusted
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 87,258      $      $      $ 87,258  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, current

           

Money market funds

     42,940                      42,940  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

           

Available-for-sale marketable securities

     2,354        14               2,368  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, non-current

           

Money market funds

     206,846                      206,846  

Restricted marketable securities, non-current

           

Certificates of deposit

     171,734                      171,734  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 511,132      $ 14      $      $ 511,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2024  
     Adjusted
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 2,411      $      $      $ 2,411  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, current

           

Money market funds

     24,185                      24,185  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents, non-current

           

Money market funds

     56,250                      56,250  

Restricted marketable securities, non-current

           

Certificates of deposit

     29,308                      29,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 112,154      $      $      $ 112,154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the valuation techniques and key inputs used in the valuation of instruments of Level 3 fair value measurements as of the end of each reporting period.

The Company’s valuation of the warrant liabilities utilized the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that relied on the following significant inputs:

 

     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Stock price

      $357         $951  

Volatility

      55%         60%  

Risk-free rate

      4%         4%  

Dividend yield

      0%         0%  

The Company’s valuation of the embedded derivative liabilities utilized the binomial lattice model that relied on the following significant inputs:

 

     December 31,
2023
 

Stock price

     $357  

Volatility

     40%  

Risk-free rate

     4%  

Lattice or Monte Carlo model projection period (years)

     2  

As discussed in Note 10—Debt, the 2021 Convertible Notes were converted into common stock on September 17, 2024. The following table is a summary of the significant unobservable inputs to value the embedded derivative liability immediately before conversion:

 

     September 17,
2024
 

Stock price

     $880  

Discount rate

     12%  

The Company’s valuation of the Series B tranche liability utilized the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that relied on the following significant inputs:

 

     December 31,
2023
 

Series B stock price

     $422  

Volatility

     21%  

Risk-free rate

     5%  

The following table presents a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments (in thousands):

 

     Power Purchase
Agreements –
Asset
     Warrant
Liabilities
    Bifurcated
Embedded
Derivative
Liabilities
    Power Purchase
Agreements –
Liability
    Series B
Tranche
Liability
 

Balance at January 1, 2023

   $      $ 3,887     $ 4,901     $     $  

Additions

     1,040        1,716       20,829             10,300  

Adjustment to fair value

     419        68,334       360,739             104,879  

Settlements

            (3,007                 (45,531
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     1,459        70,930       386,469             69,648  

Additions

                        770        

Adjustment to fair value

     1,103        128,715       627,263     (326     (49

Settlements

                  (1,013,732    

 
    (69,599
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

   $ 2,562      $ 199,645     $     $ 444     $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DCSP Financing Arrangements

As discussed in the Note 10—Debt, the Company has a Note Receivable outstanding as of December 31, 2024, related to the DCSP Financing Arrangements. The Company determined that the fair value of the Note Receivable approximates the carrying value.

Available-For-Sale Marketable Securities

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of investments in available-for-sale marketable debt securities by effective contractual maturity dates (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
 
        

Due in one year or less

   $  

Due over one year

     2,368  
  

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale marketable securities

   $ 2,368  
  

 

 

 

For short-term investments with an unrealized loss as of December 31, 2023, the unrealized losses were not due to credit-related factors. As of December 31, 2023, the Company did not intend to sell these short-term investments, and it was more likely than not that the Company would hold these short-term investments until maturity or a recovery of the cost basis. Therefore, no allowance for expected credit losses was recorded as of December 31, 2023. In November 2024, the Company sold all of its available-for-sale marketable debt securities. As a result, the Company reclassified an immaterial amount to other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations that was previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

4. Business Combination

On January 1, 2023, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Conductor Technologies, Inc. (“Conductor”), a company that develops cloud-based task management services designed to simplify access to cloud resources at scale. This acquisition aligns with the Company’s strategy to expand its cloud capabilities and strengthen its presence in the media and entertainment sector. The Company expects growth opportunities through further investment in product capabilities, among other factors. The purchase consideration for the Conductor acquisition was $27 million, which consisted of cash consideration of $17 million and equity consideration of $10 million in the form of a liability to issue shares. In May 2024, the Company exercised its call option to settle the liability in cash.

The allocation of purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Identifiable assets

   $ 8,802  

Total liabilities assumed

     (1,023
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     7,779  

Goodwill recognized

     19,447  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 27,226  
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the results of operations for Conductor and acquisition-related costs were not material to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the pro forma results of operations reflecting the acquisition of Conductor are not presented as the impact on the consolidated financial results would not have been material.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2024
 

Technology equipment

   $ 1,298,127     $ 9,146,575  

Software

     14,937       139,508  

Data center equipment and leasehold improvements

     29,332       384,372  

Furniture, fixtures, and other assets

     1,717       8,684  

Construction in progress

     2,256,673       3,200,866  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     3,600,786       12,880,005  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (116,796     (965,231
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 3,483,990     $ 11,914,774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment was $12 million, $101 million, and $861 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

As discussed in Note 1—Overview and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company capitalizes interest associated with the construction of data centers and purchases of related technology equipment. There was $0 million, $41 million, and $159 million of interest capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The following is a summary of activity relating to the liability for asset retirement obligations, included in other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, which the Company expects to incur primarily in connection with the expected removal of certain equipment related to its data center fit outs (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2023      2024  

Beginning balance

   $      $ 7,496  

Additions

     7,254        26,293  

Accretion expense

     242        2,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 7,496      $ 36,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes to goodwill (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2023

   $ 97  

Addition from the acquisition of Conductor

     19,447  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023 and 2024

   $ 19,544  
  

 

 

 

There were no impairment charges recorded to goodwill for any of the periods presented.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2023      December 31, 2024  
     Acquired
Intangibles,
Gross
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Acquired
Intangibles,
Net
     Acquired
Intangibles,
Gross
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Acquired
Intangibles,
Net
 

Acquired technologies

   $ 5,453      $ (1,600   $ 3,853      $ 5,453      $ (3,611   $ 1,842  

Other (1)

     3,897        (747     3,150        3,897        (830     3,067  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,350      $ (2,347   $ 7,003      $ 9,350      $ (4,441   $ 4,909  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in Other are customer relationships and trade names.

Amortization expenses for intangible assets were $0 million, $2 million, and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2024, the expected future amortization expense related to intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2025

   $ 2,058  

2026

     441  

2027

     427  

2028

     261  

2029

     246  

Thereafter

     1,476  
  

 

 

 

Total expected future amortization expense

   $ 4,909  
  

 

 

 

7. Consolidated Balance Sheets Components

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 54,338      $ 67,393  

Tax receivables

     17,647        9,145  

Available-for-sale marketable securities

     2,368         

Other current assets

     2,173        24,708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 76,526      $ 101,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Other Non-current Assets

Other non-current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
 

Escrow funds

   $      $ 336,055  

Prepaid expenses

     51,193        145,424  

Notes receivable

            107,597  

Strategic investments

     42,087        102,220  

Other non-current assets

     17,478        29,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-current assets

   $ 110,758      $ 720,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Leases

The Company enters into leases as a lessee for data centers, office buildings, and equipment. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception and whether that lease meets the classification criteria for a finance or operating lease in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company applied judgment in performing the lease classification tests related to transfer of ownership, bargain purchase option, lease term assessment, estimated fair value, and the specialized nature of the underlying asset.

Leases for offices generally have an initial term of four to ten years, often with multi-year renewal periods. Data center leases generally have an initial term from three to fifteen years, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to ten years. Additionally, the Company’s equipment leases generally have an initial term of two years and include the option to purchase the asset. Variable costs generally relate to costs associated with Common Area Maintenance (CAM), utilities reimbursed to the landlord, and physical security expenses within certain lease agreements. These are not included in operating or finance lease cost and are expensed as incurred.

The components of total lease cost related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022      2023      2024  

Operating lease cost:

        

Operating lease cost

   $ 236      $ 41,515      $ 288,628  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance lease cost:

        

Amortization of ROU assets

   $ 1,904      $ 3,050      $ 18,565  

Interest on lease liabilities

     903        868        8,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total finance lease cost

   $ 2,807      $ 3,918      $ 27,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variable lease cost

   $ 370      $ 16,028      $ 54,633  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 3,413      $ 61,461      $ 370,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Supplemental consolidated balance sheet information related to leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2024
 

Operating leases:

    

Operating lease ROU assets

   $ 461,966     $ 2,589,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

   $ 39,789     $ 213,104  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     432,653       2,388,912  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 472,442     $ 2,602,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance leases:

    

Property and equipment

   $ 15,250     $ 157,146  

Less: amortization

     (4,954     (23,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 10,296     $ 133,602  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance lease liabilities, current

   $ 3,534     $ 57,801  

Finance lease liabilities, non-current

     510       34,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance lease liabilities

   $ 4,044     $ 91,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental consolidated cash flow and other information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2022      2023      2024  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

        

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 456      $ 30,381      $ 253,285  

Operating cash flows from finance leases

     903        868        8,709  

Financing cash flows from finance leases

     3,840        7,606        54,052  

Information relating to the lease term and discount rate for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):

      

Operating leases

     6       8       9  

Finance leases

     2       1       2  

Weighted-average discount rate:

      

Operating leases

     12     12     12

Finance leases

     11     11     11

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The future lease payments included in the measurement of the Company’s operating lease liabilities and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Future Payments  

Years Ending December 31,

   Operating
Leases
    Finance
Leases
 

2025

   $ 507,855     $ 64,267  

2026

     525,805       35,000  

2027

     538,988        

2028

     544,028        

2029

     475,670        

Thereafter

     1,775,509        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     4,367,855       99,267  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: imputed interest

     (1,765,839     (7,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 2,602,016     $ 91,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company incurred interest expense on its finance leases of $1 million, $1 million, and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company executed additional lease agreements, primarily for data centers and office buildings, that had not yet commenced. The aggregate amount of estimated future undiscounted lease payments associated with such leases is $15.0 billion. These leases will commence between 2025 and 2026 with estimated lease terms of five to sixteen years.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had additional lease agreements for various data center locations with commencement dates subject to regulatory approvals and completion of landlord improvements. The Company may be required to make fixed lease payments up to $1.1 billion over the next seventeen years. The Company will assess the lease classification upon lease commencement.

Additionally, in August 2024, the Company entered into a lease agreement for various buildings located at a single site intended to be used as data centers. The agreement provides access to 50 MW of electrical power, which is expected to be delivered in phases between the fourth quarter of 2025 and the fourth quarter of 2026. The Company will pay a portion of the construction costs incurred by the lessor during the construction period and during the lease term, which are considered variable lease payments. The Company will assess the lease classification upon lease commencement, estimated to be in 2027.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company had outstanding Letters of Credit (“LOC”) in the aggregate amount of $174 million and $533 million, respectively. These LOC guarantee the Company’s ability to fulfill its lease obligations, per the lease agreements. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company has not drawn on any of its LOC and is in compliance with the terms and conditions set forth by the financial institution. These LOC renew annually and expire on various dates through 2041.

Employee Benefit Plan

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, the Company contributed $0 million, $1 million, and $3 million, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan, which are allocated to cost of revenue, technology and infrastructure, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Indemnifications

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under certain agreements with other parties in the ordinary course of business. In its customer agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the indemnified party for third party claims and related losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party from actual or threatened third-party intellectual property infringement claims. For certain large or strategic customers, the Company has agreed to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the indemnified party for noncompliance with certain additional representations and warranties made by the Company. In addition, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors, and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in their respective capacities.

While the Company has entered into various indemnification agreements, it has not incurred any material costs or claims under these agreements to date, and management does not expect any future claims to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification provisions due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular provision. To date, there have been no claims under any indemnification provisions.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be subject to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes, or claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company investigates these claims as they arise. Although claims are inherently unpredictable, the Company is currently not aware of any matters that would, individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company has not accrued any material potential loss.

10. Debt

The total debt obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Maturities      Effective
Interest
Rates
    December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2024
 

2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes

     October 2025        17   $ 55,125     $  

2022 Senior Secured Notes

    
October 2025 – April
2026
 
 
     10     125,000        

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 1.0

     March 2028        15     1,374,924       2,012,500  

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 2.0

     May 2029        11           3,843,819  

2024 Term Loan Facility

     December 2025        12           1,000,000  

Original Equipment Manufacturer financing arrangements

    
February 2026 – October
2027
 
     9% – 11           1,177,158  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal of debt

          1,555,049       8,033,477  

Less: Unamortized discount and issuance costs

          (31,795     (107,137
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs

          1,523,254       7,926,340  

Less: Debt, current

          (171,865     (2,468,425
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, non-current

        $ 1,351,389     $ 5,457,915  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024, the future principal payments for the Company’s total debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2025

   $ 2,483,202  

2026

     3,102,384  

2027

     1,771,071  

2028

     548,093  

2029

     128,727  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,033,477  
  

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, total interest expense for the Company’s debt obligations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Contractual interest expense

   $  4,914     $ 30,189     $ 474,844  

Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs and accretion of redemption premiums

     3,803       16,533       33,376  

PIK interest

           21,621        

Less: capitalized interest

     (343     (41,376     (159,017
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $  8,374     $ 26,967     $ 349,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2021 Unsecured Senior Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes

In 2020 and 2021, the Company entered into unsecured bridge loan agreements with various investors, for a total principal amount of $4 million, carrying an annual interest rate of 7.00%. In April 2021, the loans were exchanged, pursuant to the original terms of the agreements, into convertible promissory notes with a principal balance of $4 million, an interest rate of 7.00% per annum, compounded annually, and convertible into shares of stock similar to shares of stock issued in the next round of financing. In April 2023, concurrent with the Series B round of financing, the convertible promissory notes were automatically converted pursuant to the original terms of the conversion feature into 624,227 shares of the Company’s Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, with no gain or loss recognized upon conversion.

2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes

In October 2021, the Company executed a note issuance agreement and a note purchase agreement with a related party for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $50 million of convertible senior secured notes (the “2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes”). The Company drew $20 million at execution and the remaining $30 million in April 2022. The 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by the Company’s property, equipment and other assets, excluding the financed property, equipment and other assets collateralized by the delayed draw term loans and Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) financing arrangements discussed below.

The 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes bear a stated annual interest rate of 10.00% for the first three years, payable semiannually on April 30 and October 30. Interest may be paid in cash or paid-in-kind (“PIK”), in which case additional 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes will be issued with a principal amount equal to the accrued interest, and otherwise which carry the same terms of the original notes (the “PIK Notes”). In April and October of 2023, an aggregate of $5 million principal amount of PIK Notes were issued in lieu of cash settlement of accrued interest.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

If a qualified public company event (“QPCE”), defined as an IPO, direct listing, or special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”) transaction, is not consummated on or prior to the date that is three (3) years from the issuance date, the interest rate shall automatically increase to 16.00% per year, prospectively, payable in cash. The 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes have a contractual maturity date of October 18, 2025. In the event the 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes are not otherwise converted or redeemed prior to the maturity date, and in the event that there is no QPCE, the investors will be entitled to redeem the 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes for cash in the amount equal to the principal, accrued and unpaid interest, plus a premium amount to ensure the holders realize an aggregate internal rate of return (“IRR”) of 16.00%. Prior to the maturity date, the 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed or converted as follows:

 

   

Redemption—From the third anniversary until a QPCE, the Company has the right, at its option, to redeem up to a principal amount of $15 million at a redemption price equal to principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a premium amount such that the holders of such principal amount of debt realize an IRR of 20.00% with respect to such redeemed amounts.

 

   

Conversion—Holders of the 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes have the right, at their option, to convert all or any portion of their notes into a number of shares of common stock at any time based on the outstanding principal and accrued interest divided by the conversion price in effect. The conversion price in effect shall be calculated as follows:

 

   

Initially, the conversion price is equal to $675 million (the “Maximum Conversion Valuation”) divided by the fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding, which was $43.91 per share.

 

   

If a qualified financing occurs prior to a QPCE, the Maximum Conversion Valuation will be reduced, but not increased, to the enterprise value derived from the qualified financing on a fully diluted basis.

 

   

Upon the occurrence of a QPCE, the conversion price will be reduced, but not increased, to 75% of either the price per share offered to the public in an IPO, 75% of the stock price after the closing of a direct listing, or 75% of the stock valuation derived from a SPAC transaction.

The Company determined that the conversion features, the accelerated redemption features, the variability in interest payments, and the Company’s redemption option are required to be bifurcated and accounted for as an embedded derivative. Accordingly, upon issuances in October 2021 and April 2022, the Company recognized embedded derivative liabilities of $0 million and $2 million, respectively. The Company used Level 3 inputs to determine the fair value of the embedded derivatives. Significant management assumptions and estimates were involved in this determination. As of December 31, 2023, the estimated fair value of 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes was $451 million. This amount includes the $55 million face value of the notes, $6 million in accreted redemption premiums, $2 million in unamortized debt discounts and issuance costs, which is a reduction to the net carrying value, and a $386 million embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. The embedded derivative is separated and included within derivative and warrant liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, the Company recorded losses related to the fair value adjustment of these derivative liabilities of $3 million, $361 million, and $627 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, total interest costs were $7 million, $31 million, and $8 million, respectively. These amounts are comprised of coupon interest of $4 million, $5 million, and $4 million, respectively; PIK interest cost was $0 million, $22 million, and $0 million, respectively; and amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs of $3 million, $4 million, and $4 million, respectively.

The debt host liability was initially recognized based on the proceeds received from issuance, net of issuance costs and net of the initial fair value of the bifurcated derivative. The debt host was subsequently accounted for using the effective interest method to amortize the discount and issuance costs and accrue for the premiums due at maturity in the event the debt was not early converted or redeemed earlier and no QPCE occurred.

The investors elected to convert all of the outstanding 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes on September 17, 2024, pursuant to the original terms of the conversion feature, resulting in the issuance of

 

F-36


Table of Contents

1,227,199 shares of common stock and a cash payment of $2 million for accrued interest and cash in lieu of fractional shares. The conversion was accounted for as an extinguishment. Equity increased by the settlement-date fair value of the common shares issued of $1.1 billion. Additionally, a $6 million extinguishment loss is included in other income, net, which represents the difference between the fair value of the shares and the combined carrying amounts of the debt host and the bifurcated embedded derivative liability.

2022 Senior Secured Notes

In October 2022, the Company executed a note issuance agreement and a note purchase agreement (the “2022 Senior Secured Notes”) with a related party for an aggregate principal amount of up to $125 million. The Company drew down $30 million upon execution (the “First Closing”), an additional $30 million in November 2022 (the “Second Closing”), an additional $40 million in January 2023 (the “Third Closing”), and the remaining $25 million in April 2023 (the “Fourth Closing”). The 2022 Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by the Company’s property, equipment and other assets, excluding the financed property, equipment and other assets collateralized by the delayed draw term loans and OEM financing arrangements discussed below.

The first three tranches of 2022 Senior Secured Notes bear 0.0% interest from the issuance date through April 16, 2024, and 12.00% interest per annum from and after April 17, 2024. Interest payments are due, in cash, semiannually on April 14 and October 14 of each year, beginning on April 14, 2024. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest are due on October 17, 2025.

The fourth tranche of 2022 Senior Secured Notes bear 0.0% interest from the issuance date through October 19, 2024, and 12.00% interest per annum from and after October 20, 2024. Interest payments are due, in cash, semiannually on April 14 and October 14 of each year, beginning on October 14, 2024. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest are due on April 20, 2026.

The Company may redeem the debt at any time, or the debt may be required to be redeemed early upon the occurrence of customary events of default or change of control. In the event the debt is redeemed prior to the maturity date, the redemption price is equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a potential early redemption premium based on the following schedule:

 

   

No premium if redeemed prior to April 17, 2024, or on or after October 2, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) or prior to October 20, 2024, or on or after April 7, 2026 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

   

10.00% premium if redeemed on or after April 17, 2024, but before July 17, 2024 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) or on or after October 20, 2024, but before January 20, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

   

8.50% premium if redeemed on or after July 17, 2024, but before October 17, 2024 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) on or after January 20, 2025, but before April 20, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

   

7.00% premium if redeemed on or after October 17, 2024, but before January 17, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) or on or after April 20, 2025, but before July 20, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

   

5.50% premium if redeemed on or after January 17, 2025, but before April 17, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) or on or after July 20, 2025, but before October 20, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

   

4.00% premium if redeemed on or after April 17, 2025, but before July 17, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) or on or after October 20, 2025, but before January 20, 2026 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

 

F-37


Table of Contents
   

2.50% premium if redeemed on or after April 17, 2025, but before October 2, 2025 (with respect to the notes issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing) on or after to January 20, 2026, but before April 7, 2026 (with respect to the notes issued in the Fourth Closing).

In conjunction with the borrowing under the 2022 Senior Secured Notes, the Company granted the 2022 Senior Secured Note holders fully vested penny warrants and regular warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock upon each closing:

 

   

First Closing: Penny warrants for 93,687 shares and regular warrants for 52,048 shares.

 

   

Second Closing: Penny warrants for 93,687 shares and regular warrants for 52,048 shares.

 

   

Third Closing: Penny warrants for 124,918 shares and regular warrants for 69,400 shares.

 

   

Fourth Closing: Penny warrants for 78,073 shares and regular warrants for 43,374 shares.

All warrants issued in the First Closing, Second Closing and Third Closing expire on October 17, 2029 and all warrants issued in the Fourth Closing expire on April 20, 2030. The penny warrants have an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The regular warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to the lower of (subject to adjustment as provided in the 2022 Senior Secured Notes):

 

  a)  

if, prior to an IPO or SPAC Transaction, the Company completes a qualified equity financing, the purchase price or deemed purchase price per share of common stock in the qualified equity financing; or

 

  b)  

the purchase price determined based on a valuation of the Company of:

 

  (i)

$1,500,000,000, if the principal amount of the 2022 Senior Secured Notes is repaid in full within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original issue date;

 

  (ii)

$1,300,000,000, if the principal amount of the 2022 Senior Secured Notes is repaid in full within one hundred twenty-one (121) to two hundred forty (240) days after the original issue date;

 

  (iii)

$1,100,000,000, if the principal amount of the 2022 Senior Secured Notes is repaid in full within two hundred forty-one (241) to three hundred sixty (360) days after the original issue date; or

 

  (iv)

$1,000,000,000, if the principal amount of the 2022 Senior Secured Notes is repaid in full three hundred sixty-one (361) or more days after the original issue date.

The penny warrants are classified within stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets, as their settlement is indexed to the Company’s own stock in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

The regular warrants are classified as derivative liabilities as their settlement amounts are not solely indexed to the Company’s own stock and settled in equity.

The Company recorded a loss related to the fair value adjustment of these warrant liabilities of $0 million, $67 million, and $129 million within loss on fair value adjustments in the consolidated statements of operations during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, respectively.

The fair values of the regular warrants were remeasured to $71 million and $200 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. These amounts are included within derivative and warrant liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Second Closing and the Third Closing were loan commitments that were required to be issued and funded. The fees associated with the loan commitment were initially capitalized and accounted for as deferred financing costs. As these closings were completed, the associated portions of the deferred financing costs were reclassified as the debt discount for the portion of the drawn loans and amortized to interest expense. As of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

December 31, 2023, the carrying value of the notes was $124 million, which approximates fair value. The penny warrants and regular warrants issued in connection with the first three closings were recorded as part of the deferred financing costs equal to their issuance date fair values of $6 million and $3 million, respectively.

The Fourth Closing provided the lenders the option, but not the obligation to purchase up to $25 million principal amount of notes and the associated portion of penny warrants and regular warrants. The option was accounted for as a derivative liability issued on the initial closing date, representing part of the deferred financing costs of $1 million for the loan commitments. The written option was remeasured to fair value through the settlement date completed in April 2023, and the Company recognized a loss for the change in fair value of $2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The notes, penny warrants, and regular warrants issued upon settlement of the Fourth Closing were initially recorded at their respective fair values of $22 million, $4 million, and $2 million, respectively.

In June 2024, the Company issued notice to the lenders to exercise its option to redeem the 2022 Senior Secured Notes. In July 2024, the Company settled the entire principal amount of the notes for a redemption price of $137 million, inclusive of prepayment premium and accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in an extinguishment loss of $6 million, which is included in other income, net.

Delayed Draw Term Loans

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 1.0

In July 2023, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC (“CCAC II”), entered into a delayed draw term loan with various lenders and U.S. Bank, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent. The agreement provides for a delayed draw term loan facility of up to $2.3 billion (as amended, the “DDTL 1.0 Facility”). Borrowings under the DDTL 1.0 Facility were used to finance a portion of the purchase consideration, fees, and expenses relating to the acquisition of computing equipment.

The DDTL 1.0 Facility contains covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and/or CCAC II to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends and make other distributions or repurchase stock; make certain investments; create or incur liens; sell assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and merge, consolidate or transfer or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

All obligations under the DDTL 1.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. Obligations outstanding under the DDTL 1.0 Facility are secured by perfected first priority pledges of and security interests in (i) the equity interests of CCAC II held by its direct parent and (ii) substantially all of the assets of CCAC II.

Interest on outstanding borrowings on the DDTL 1.0 Facility accrues at a rate per annum equal to either, at the Company’s election, Term SOFR plus 8.75% or the alternative base rate plus 7.75%. On May 15, 2024, the interest rate was modified to Term SOFR plus 9.62% or the alternative base rate plus 8.62%. As of December 31, 2023, and 2024, the actual average interest rate being charged on the amounts borrowed against the DDTL 1.0 Facility was 14.12% and 14.11%, respectively.

Throughout 2023 and 2024, the Company borrowed against the $2.3 billion facility commitment. The principal amount of the loans is required to be repaid in quarterly installments, with the final balloon payment due on March 28, 2028. The loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at the Company’s option, and are required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default or change of control of the Company, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions or incurrence of indebtedness. If the loans are prepaid prior to the fourth anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, in addition to principal and accrued interest, the Company is required to pay an applicable premium equal to (a) with respect to prepayments made prior to the third anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued on the principal amount of the loans being prepaid through the third anniversary of the loan

 

F-39


Table of Contents

commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect plus 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid or (b) with respect to prepayments made between the third and fourth anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the loans being prepaid.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the amounts outstanding were $1.4 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, under the DDTL 1.0 Facility. The Company incurred deferred financing costs of $12 million and recorded debt discounts of $24 million and $22 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. These costs are capitalized as a reduction to the outstanding debt balance on the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the DDTL 1.0 Facility. Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts was $2 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

The Company was required to maintain restricted cash equal to 16.00% of the drawn balance, totaling $220 million as of December 31, 2023. In May 2024, in conjunction with the amendment to the interest rate, the restricted cash requirement was reduced to 4.00% of the drawn balance, but in no event can the liquidity requirement be greater than $56 million. As of December 31, 2024, $56 million was restricted cash in relation to this agreement.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility 2.0

In May 2024, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC (“CCAC IV”) entered into a second agreement with various lenders and U.S. Bank, N.A., as the administrative and collateral agent. The agreement provides for another delayed draw term loan facility of up to $7.6 billion (as amended, the “DDTL 2.0 Facility”). Borrowings under this agreement were established to primarily finance capital expenditures necessary to fulfill customer contracts, including the acquisition of GPU servers and related infrastructure.

Under the DDTL 2.0 Facility, additional loans may be drawn until June 2025, with an option to extend the commitment period by three months subject to lender consent. The total loans available are constrained by the purchase price of assets for which the loans are being used to finance with such percentage based upon the depreciable cost of GPU servers.

All obligations under the DDTL 2.0 Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. Obligations outstanding under the DDTL 2.0 Facility are secured by perfected first priority pledges of and security interests in (i) the equity interests of CCAC IV held by its direct parent and (ii) substantially all of the assets of CCAC IV.

The DDTL 2.0 Facility contains covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and/or CCAC IV to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends and make other distributions or repurchase stock; make certain investments; create or incur liens; sell assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and merge, consolidate or transfer or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

Interest on outstanding borrowings on the DDTL 2.0 Facility accrues at a rate per annum equal to either, at the Company’s election, Term SOFR or the alternative base rate plus a spread based on the credit quality of the associated customer contracts. For specified investment-grade customers, the spread is equal to 6.00% for Term SOFR denominated loans and 5.00% for base rate denominated loans. For investment-grade customers, the spread is equal to 6.50% for Term SOFR loans and 5.50% for base rate loans. For non-investment-grade customer contracts, the spread is equal to 13.00% for Term SOFR loans and 12.00% for base rate loans.

The principal amount of the loans is required to be repaid in quarterly installments, beginning in October 2025, with the final balloon payment due on five years after the applicable loan was funded. The loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at the Company’s option and are required to be prepaid upon the occurrence of an event of default or change of control of the Company, or incurrence of certain indebtedness. If

 

F-40


Table of Contents

the loans are prepaid prior to the 30-month anniversary of the loan commitment termination date, in addition to principal and accrued interest, the Company is required to pay an applicable premium equal to the present value of future interest payments that would have accrued through the 30-month anniversary of the loan commitment termination date based on the interest rate in effect.

As of December 31, 2024, the actual average interest rate being charged on the amounts borrowed against the DDTL 2.0 Facility was 10.53% and the total amount borrowed was $3.8 billion. The Company incurred deferred financing costs of $3 million and recorded debt discounts of $58 million related to the issuance of the DDTL 2.0 Facility. These costs are capitalized as a reduction to the outstanding debt balance on the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the DDTL 2.0 Facility. Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts was $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company is required to maintain restricted cash equal to 2.00% of the drawn balance, totaling $77 million as of December 31, 2024. Additionally, the Company incurred undrawn fees totaling $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which is recognized in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revolving Credit Facility

On June 21, 2024, the Company entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The credit agreement matures on June 21, 2027. The credit agreement originally provided for a $100 million senior revolving credit facility. On October 7, 2024, the credit agreement was amended to have a capacity of $650 million consisting of (i) a $500 million secured facility and (ii) a $150 million unsecured facility to support the expansion of the Company’s data center infrastructure and AI-driven cloud computing operations. On December 2, 2024, the credit agreement was further amended to provide for the $650 million senior revolving credit facility to be fully secured (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $175 million letter of credit sub-facility. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility.

Amounts borrowed under the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (a) the federal funds effective rate and (b) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three or six month interest period. Additionally, the Company is required to pay a fee of 0.25% per annum on the average undrawn commitment. The Company may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under its Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty.

2024 Term Loan Facility

In December 2024, the Company entered into a credit agreement providing for a $1.0 billion term loan facility (the “2024 Term Loan Facility”) consisting of (i) a $229 million secured facility and (ii) a $771 million unsecured facility. On December 16, 2024, the Company borrowed the full $1.0 billion of loans available under the agreement. The proceeds from the term loan facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and investments).

The Company incurred deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2024 Term Loan Facility of $16 million. These costs are capitalized as a reduction to the outstanding debt balance within Debt, current on the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2024 Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2024, the unamortized deferred financing costs were $15 million.

The 2024 Term Loan Facility matures December 16, 2025. The Company may prepay at any time, from time to time, at its option, upon the occurrence of an event of default, or with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or

 

F-41


Table of Contents

all of the proceeds of an initial public offering. Amounts borrowed under the term loan facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) Term SOFR plus 5.25% for the first 180 days, 5.75% for the next 90 days, and 6.25% for the remainder of the term of the 2024 Term Loan Facility or (b) the alternative base rate (as described previously) plus 4.25% for the first 180 days, 4.75% for the next 90 days, and 5.25% for the remainder of the term of the 2024 Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2024, the actual interest rate being charged on the amounts borrowed against the 2024 Term Loan Facility was 9.65%. The 2024 Term Loan Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants.

OEM Financing Arrangements

The Company entered into various agreements with an OEM between February and December 2024 whereby the Company obtained financing for certain equipment with an aggregate notional balance of $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2024. Related to the financing agreements, the Company granted a security interest for the financed equipment. The agreements are accounted for as financing arrangements, with terms between two to three years. The financing arrangements have a stated repayment schedule over the term with effective interest rates between 9% to 11%. The Company did not incur any debt issuance costs associated with the financing arrangements. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $60 million.

DCSP Financing Arrangements

In June 2023, the Company entered into a service agreement with a data center service provider (the “DCSP”) (the “DCSP Service Agreement”). Under the DCSP Service Agreement, the DCSP will design, purchase, build, and manage a data center providing access to up to 78 MW of electrical power to be delivered in phases. Separately, during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company purchased $116 million of critical infrastructure assets to support the data center site (the “Existing Critical Infrastructure Assets”).

In October 2024, the Company, as a lender, entered into a Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Note Receivable”, and collectively, with the DCSP Service Agreement, the “DCSP Financing Arrangements”) with the DCSP to facilitate the purchase of critical infrastructure assets. The Note Receivable agreement provides for a total commitment of up to $305 million in delayed draw term loan funding for a term of seven years with a stated interest rate of 13.00% per annum. The Company incurred an immaterial amount of fees in conjunction with the issuance of the Note Receivable.

The Note Receivable is secured by the new and existing critical infrastructure assets that support current and future phases of the build out at the data center and is prepayable at any time by the DCSP with no penalty.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the DCSP borrowed under the Note Receivable to settle amounts previously advanced to the DCSP by the Company, finance purchases of additional critical infrastructure assets, and purchase the Existing Critical Infrastructure Assets. Under the terms of the DCSP Service Agreement, the Company continues to control the Existing Critical Infrastructure Assets and the Company recorded a financing obligation related to the consideration received for the Existing Critical Infrastructure Assets. The financing obligation is payable over a term of 14 years and has an imputed interest rate of 15%. The Existing Critical Infrastructure Assets are included in property and equipment, net, on the consolidated balance sheets and are depreciated over their estimated useful life.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024, the future contractual principal payments under the financing obligation due to the DCSP were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Contractual
Principal
Payments
 

2025

   $ 19,672  

2026

     19,658  

2027

     19,645  

2028

     19,630  

2029

     19,616  

Thereafter

     175,800  
  

 

 

 

Total future payments

     274,021  

Less: amount representing interest

     (158,081
  

 

 

 

Total financing obligation

   $ 115,940  

Less: current portion

     (2,087
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 113,853  
  

 

 

 

The DCSP Financing Arrangements allow for the net settlement of amounts due between the parties and meet the criteria for right of setoff in accordance with ASC 210, Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2024, the gross amount of the Note Receivable is $224 million, which is presented net of the financing obligation of $116 million. The accrued interest on the Note Receivable is forgiven if the DCSP achieves certain construction milestones in the first quarter of 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company did not recognize any interest income as the Company does not expect to be entitled to the accrued interest. The total interest expense related to the financing obligation for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $3 million.

11. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company had four and five classes of redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price
Per Share
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series Seed

     3,000        2,445      $ 1.00      $ 2,205      $ 2,205  

Series A

     1,209        994        2.33        2,316        2,316  

Series B

     3,999        3,775        111.53        455,996        421,001  

Series B-1

     624        520        8.02        4,173        4,173  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       8,832            7,734         $ 464,690      $ 429,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price
Per Share
     Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series Seed

     3,000        2,279      $ 1.00      $ 2,039      $ 2,039  

Series A

     1,209        968        2.33        2,256        2,256  

Series B

     3,999        3,999        111.53        550,595        446,002  

Series B-1

     624        510        8.02        4,091        4,091  

Series C

     1,476        1,476        779.05        1,163,130        1,163,671  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       10,308            9,232         $ 1,722,111      $ 1,618,059  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

In April 2023, the Company authorized a total of 3,998,938 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share and an original issue price of $111.53 per share, pursuant to an amendment of the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, the Company issued a total of 624,227 shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share to settle the outstanding principal and interest balance of the 2021 Unsecured Senior Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes based on a conversion price, equal to the original issue price of $8.02 per share. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company issued 3,774,782 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for total gross proceeds of $421 million. At the time of the initial issuance, the Company granted an option to the lead investor, a related party, to purchase up to 2,017,402 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock over a period of up to nine months, at the original issuance price of $111.53 per share. The Series B tranche liability was required to be recognized as a liability as it represented a contract to purchase redeemable equity. A portion of the proceeds of the original issuance was allocated to the initial recognition of the liability. The liability was subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings through the settlement date. In May 2023, 1,793,246 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued upon exercise of the portion of the Series B tranche liability. In January 2024, 224,156 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued upon exercise of the remaining portion of the Series B tranche liability. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company recognized a fair value adjustment loss of $105 million and no material gain or loss, respectively, on the remeasurement of the Series B tranche liability.

In May 2024, the Company issued 1,476,156 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and an original issue price of $779.05 per share for total gross proceeds of $1.1 billion and incurred related issuance costs of $3 million.

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights, preferences, and privileges:

Voting

Except as provided by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have full voting rights, equivalent to the voting rights of holders of common stock, as if converted. The preferred stockholders vote together as a single class, except as provided by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

Dividends

Holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in any dividends distributed to holders of common stock, as if converted.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a cumulative dividend that accrues from day-to-day at a rate of 10% per annum of the accumulated stated value, which is initially equal to $779.05 per share. Cumulative dividends are payable quarterly and can be paid in cash, or paid in kind by being added to the accumulated stated value preference. The holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive the cumulative dividends prior and in preference to the payment of any other dividend. For the year ending December 31, 2024, the Company paid a total cash dividend of $59 million and a total PIK dividend, recognized at fair value, of $16 million. The PIK dividend payment increased the accumulated stated value of the Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock by $14 million, which is equivalent to the amount that would have been paid in cash. This increased value will be used to calculate future quarterly dividends payable.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time at the election of the holder into Class A common stock. The conversion rate is determined by dividing the original issue price, or in the case of the Series C, the accumulated stated value plus accrued and unpaid dividends (without double counting), by the conversion price at the time of conversion, with the conversion price initially equal to the original issue price, subject to customary anti-dilutive adjustments for stock splits, dividends, and other applicable corporate events. As of December 31, 2023, each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2024, each share of Series Seed, Series A, Series B and Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of Class A common stock and each share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into 1.0119 shares of Class A common stock.

Conversion is mandatory upon the occurrence of either: (i) an IPO at a price per share of at least $139.41 resulting in at least $125 million in proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discount and commissions, or (ii) the election by the holders of a majority of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, provided that the consent of holders of at least 20% of the then-outstanding Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is required with respect to the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the consent of holders of at least 90% of the then-outstanding Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is required with respect to the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock if in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) in which the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock will receive consideration per share that is less than the accumulated stated value.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or any Deemed Liquidation Event (including mergers or consolidations), (i) first, holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid out of any funds available for distribution, (ii) then, holders of Combined Series B Preferred Stock (Series B, Series B-1) are entitled to be paid out of any funds available for distribution, (iii) then, holders of Junior Preferred Stock (Series Seed, Series A) are entitled to be paid out of any funds available for distribution, and the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock may elect to redeem their shares in the event the shares are not redeemed by the Company within 90 days of the consummation of such transactions, before any payments are made to holders of Junior Preferred Stock or common stock. Holders are entitled to the greater of: (x) the original issue price of such shares and in the case of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the accumulated stated value plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or (y) the amount per share that would have been payable had all redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted immediately prior to the liquidation.

Optional Redemption

The holders have the option, but not the obligation, to force the Company to redeem their shares for a redemption price equal to the accumulated stated value per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, with such

 

F-45


Table of Contents

option being accelerated upon the occurrence of a change of control. In the event the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is converted upon an IPO, the holders will be entitled to redeem the common stock issued upon conversion of the Series C for $779.05 cash per share at the second anniversary of the first trading day after the IPO. The Company concluded that the redemption features were embedded within the respective shares of stock and were not required to be bifurcated because the redemption features would not meet the definition of a derivative if they were freestanding.

Protective Provisions

In addition to the rights and privileges listed for all redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock includes certain special rights, such as the ability to elect one member of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”), and protective rights, such as the ability to veto an increase in the authorized number of shares of Combined Series B Preferred Stock (Series B, Series B-1). Series C convertible preferred stock also includes protective rights, such as the ability to veto an increase in the authorized number of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Classification of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Although the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable, it is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit because it is contingently redeemable upon certain Deemed Liquidation Events outside the Company’s control. Accordingly, redeemable convertible preferred stock is presented outside of permanent equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets. With the exception of the Series C, the redeemable convertible common stock is not being remeasured to redemption value because the redemption rights are contingently exercisable upon the occurrence of events that are not within the control of the holders, the contingent events were not deemed probable of occurring at any time during the periods presented, and therefore, the instruments were not deemed probable of becoming redeemable.

The holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to redeem their shares for cash on the date the put option becomes exercisable, without contingency. As a result, the carrying value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is being accreted to its redemption value over the period from issuance to when the redemption option first becomes exercisable. The cumulative dividends on the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are accrued as dividend liabilities in the event the Company elects to settle in cash, or included in the calculation of the accretion to redemption value in the event the Company elects to settle the cumulative dividend in kind.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company was authorized to issue 23,451,535 and 34,534,000 shares of common stock, respectively, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had one class of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended such that the Company’s common stock consists of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Common stockholders are entitled to receive any dividends if and when declared by the Board, and upon liquidation or dissolution, are also entitled to receive all assets legally available for distribution to stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares held, subject to the rights of preferred stockholders. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, no dividends on the Company’s common stock had been declared by the Board.

Voting

Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share prior to the completion of the Company’s IPO. Upon the completion of the IPO, each share of Class B common stock will entitle the holder to ten votes per share. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class, except where otherwise required by law.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Conversion

Shares of Class B common stock are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a one-to-one basis. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into a share of Class A common stock, as a result of certain events, including upon a non-permitted sale or transfer. Further, upon certain events specified in the certificate of incorporation, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock. Class A common stock is not convertible into any other class of shares.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

Both Class A common stock and Class B common stock participate equally in any dividends declared by the Company, subject to the rights of preferred stockholders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share in any distribution of assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the rights of preferred stockholders.

Treasury Stock

In October 2023, the Company agreed to repurchase 224,155 shares of callable Class A common stock at $143.00 per share in connection with shares issued pursuant to a stock purchase agreement with a customer. The aggregate purchase price of $32 million represented the approximate fair value of the shares, net of the fair value of the embedded call option, which was recorded as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheets.

In May 2024, the Company repurchased 105,245 shares of callable Class A common stock that were legally issued to Conductor. This action settled the Company’s liability to issue shares in connection with the business combination. Refer to Note 4Business Combination for additional information.

Stock Option Plan

In July 2019, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the “2019 Stock Option Plan” or the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain, and motivate eligible persons whose potential contributions are important to the success of the Company by offering those eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of awards of common stock. The total number of shares authorized by the Board to be issued under the Plan are 3,331,880 and 3,681,880 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. In the event that shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, right of first refusal, or repurchase by the Company, such shares shall be added back to the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, 553,062 and 187,524 shares, respectively, were available for issuance under the Plan.

The Company may grant stock options to employees, contractors, or other entities in order to incentivize them to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Stock options may be treated as incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options depending on the specific circumstances of an optionee’s relationship with the Company and the number of stock options vesting or exercised in a calendar year. Stock options granted under the Plan generally vest either over a three-year or four-year period. The Company may award stock options that are immediately exercisable, subject to a repurchase right. The Company may also grant stock options that allow for acceleration of vesting. The stock options granted under the Plan will expire after ten years from the time of their grant. The Company issues common stock upon the exercise of stock options.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan (share data and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):

 

     Stock
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance at January 1, 2023

     1,633     $ 7        8      $ 20,770  

Granted

     1,165       70        

Exercised

     (217     8        

Forfeited, expired, or canceled

     (19     34        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

     2,562     $ 35        8      $ 795,013  
          

Granted

                  

Exercised

     (144     20        

Forfeited, expired, or canceled

     (57     81        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

     2,361     $ 35        7      $ 2,163,455  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2023

     2,562     $ 35        8      $ 795,013  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2024

     2,361     $ 35        7      $ 2,163,455  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2023

     1,218     $ 7        6      $ 411,567
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2024

        1,551   $ 20        6      $ 1,444,794  
  

 

 

         

The Company did not grant any stock options during the year ended December 31, 2024.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 were $9.43 and $129.97 per share, respectively.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024 were $2 million, $10 million, and $45 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, was $0 million, $38 million, and $117 million, respectively. The intrinsic value for options exercised is the difference between the estimated fair value of the stock and the exercise price of the stock option at the date of exercise.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions used to value the employee stock options at the grant dates were as follows, presented on a weighted-average basis except for the fair value of common stock which is presented on a range basis:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2022
    Year Ended
December 31,
2023
 

Fair value of common stock

   $ 11 - 20     $ 37 - 345  

Expected volatility

     97     58

Expected term (in years)

     6       6  

Risk-free interest rate

     4     4

Expected dividend yield

     0     0

 

F-48


Table of Contents

These assumptions and estimates were determined as follows:

Expected Volatility—As there is no public market for the Company’s common stock, the expected volatility was determined using the historical volatilities of publicly listed peer companies over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards.

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” the Company determines the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock options.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term of the stock options at the time of grant.

Expected Dividend Yield—The expected dividend is assumed to be zero, as the Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no current plans to do so.

Fair Value Per Share of the Company’s Common Stock—Because the Company’s common stock is not yet publicly traded, the Company must estimate the fair value of its common stock. The Board considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved. The factors considered include, but are not limited to: (i) the results of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, (ii) the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of its common stock, (iii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock, (iv) the Company’s actual operating and financial performance and estimated trends and prospects for its future performance current business conditions and financial projections, (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO, direct listing, or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and (vi) precedent transactions involving the Company’s shares.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs granted typically vest over four years. The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2024 (share data in thousands):

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average Fair
Value Per Share
 

Balance at January 1, 2024

         $  

Granted

      787       771  

Vested

            

Forfeited, expired, or canceled

     (14     504  
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance at December 31, 2024

     773     $ 776  
  

 

 

   

Secondary Transactions

In December 2023, certain employee and non-employee stockholders of the Company (the “2023 Selling Stockholders”) offered 2,073,800 shares of common stock (the “2023 Secondary Offering”). The Company did not offer any shares of common stock in the 2023 Secondary Offering and did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by the 2023 Selling Stockholders. The 2023 Secondary Offering was conducted and led by a new investor and was determined to be an arms-length transaction at fair value. Accordingly, the Company did not record any compensation cost associated with the 2023 Secondary Offering. The Company incurred no costs in relation to the 2023 Secondary Offering for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company received less than

 

F-49


Table of Contents

$1 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 56,275 options by certain stockholders participating in the 2023 Secondary Offering. In conjunction with the 2023 Secondary Offering, 555,169 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, 194,809 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 103,899 shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock were converted to the equivalent number of shares of common stock to be included in the offering.

In October 2024, certain employees and non-employee stockholders of the Company (the “2024 Selling Stockholders”) offered 692,562 shares of Class A common stock to new and existing investors at a purchase price of $939.85 per share, equal to the estimated fair value of the stock at the time of the transaction (the “2024 Secondary Offering”). The Company did not offer any shares of common stock in the 2024 Secondary Offering and did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by the 2024 Selling Stockholders. The 2024 Secondary Offering was determined to be an arms-length transaction at fair value. Accordingly, the Company did not record any compensation cost associated with the 2024 Secondary Offering. The Company incurred no costs in relation to the 2024 Secondary Offering for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company received $1 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 68,434 options by certain stockholders participating in the 2024 Secondary Offering. In conjunction with the 2024 Secondary Offering, 166,477 shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, 25,903 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 10,071 shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 53,351 shares of Class B common stock were converted to the equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock to be included in the offering.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

As of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options was $91 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.

As of December 31, 2024, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $600 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.

The Company will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs with performance-based vesting conditions in the period when its liquidity event is completed for the portion of the awards for which the relevant service condition has been satisfied with the remaining expense recognized over the remaining service period. If the effectiveness of a registration statement had occurred on December 31, 2024, the Company would have recorded $78 million of stock-based compensation expense related to these RSUs.

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022      2023      2024  

Cost of revenue

     $ 133        $ 694      $ 1,307  

Technology and infrastructure

     624        7,100        10,137  

Sales and marketing

     74        1,740        3,408  

General and administrative

     659        5,620        16,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

     $ 1,490        $ 15,154      $ 31,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

12. Income Taxes

The components of the net loss before the provision for (benefit from) income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Domestic

   $ (35,016   $ (558,047   $ (743,667

Foreign

                 (534
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before the provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ (35,016   $ (558,047   $ (744,201
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Current:

                           

Federal

     $ (1,664     $       $  

State

     (226           6,306  

Foreign

                 155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,890 )             6,461  

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (1,697 )       35,765       109,010  

State

     (563     (64     3,196  

Foreign

                 580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (2,260     35,701       112,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     $ (4,150     $ 35,701       $ 119,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

U.S. federal tax benefit at statutory rate

     21.0     21.0     21.0

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     4.1       0.1       0.1  

Stock-based compensation

     (0.4     0.5       1.9  

Foreign tax rate differential

                 (0.1

Convertible interest

     (0.7     (0.2     (0.2

Change in valuation allowance, net

     (9.5     (7.7     (17.5

Derivative liabilities

     (3.0     (20.2     (21.4

General business credit - federal

     0.1       0.2       0.3  

Other

     0.3       (0.1     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     11.9     (6.4 )%      (16.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2024
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses

   $ 200,057     $ 766,434  

Lease liabilities

     112,634       540,405  

Capitalized research and development expenditures

     13,637       24,498  

Deferred revenue

     1,054       309,264  

Accrued liabilities and reserves

           2,811  

Interest expense carryforward

           61,443  

Research and development credits, net of reserve

     1,252       3,244  

Stock-based compensation

     2,135       7,593  

Other

     650       2,907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     331,419       1,718,599  

Valuation allowance

     (47,717     (180,529
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     283,702       1,538,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (207,054     (1,147,258

Intangible assets

     (1,446     (969

Operating and financing ROU assets

     (111,649     (539,075
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (320,149     (1,687,302
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities, net of valuation allowance

   $ (36,447   $ (149,232
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ASC 740, Income Taxes requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOL”), temporary differences, and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is “more likely than not.” Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. Because of the Company’s recent history of operating losses, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is currently not likely to be realized and, accordingly, a valuation allowance has been provided by the Company against federal and state deferred tax assets.

The valuation allowance increased year over year by $44 million and $133 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company had $933 million and $3.6 billion, respectively, in federal NOL carryforwards to offset future taxable income, almost all of which can be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company had state NOL carryforwards of $57 million and $61 million, respectively, of which $19 million and $30 million, respectively, can be carried forward indefinitely. If the NOL carryforwards are not utilized, $38 million and $31 million, respectively, will expire in varying amounts between the years 2032 and 2044. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had foreign NOL carryforwards to offset future taxable income of $5 million that can be carried forward indefinitely.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company had insignificant amounts of federal and state tax credit carryforwards available to offset future taxable income.

A limitation may apply to the use of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards, under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state tax provisions that are applicable if the Company

 

F-52


Table of Contents

experiences an “ownership change under Section 382.” For example, an ownership change may occur as a result of the issuance of new equity or certain shareholder transactions. Should these limitations apply, the carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation, resulting in a potential reduction in the gross deferred tax assets before considering the valuation allowance.

The Company experienced a Section 382 ownership change during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and determined that these changes did not materially impact the availability of its NOL carryforwards for use in the future.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States, California, and other various domestic and international jurisdictions. The U.S., state, and foreign jurisdictions have statutes of limitations that generally range from three to five years. Fiscal years outside of the normal statute of limitation remain open to audit by tax authorities due to tax attributes generated in those early years, which have been carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized. We are not aware of any ongoing examinations.

Due to differing interpretations of tax laws and regulations, tax authorities may dispute the Company’s tax filing positions. The Company periodically evaluates the exposures associated with tax filing positions and will reserve amounts, if needed, for adjustments that may result from tax examinations.

The Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits is insignificant, and did not change materially during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

Recognition of the unrecognized tax benefits would not have an impact on the effective tax as they are recorded as deferred tax assets which are subject to a full valuation allowance. The Company does not anticipate any significant change in its uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months.

13. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022     2023     2024  

Numerator:

      

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (30,866   $ (593,748   $ (863,448

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (189            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,055     (593,748     (863,448

Dividends and accretion on Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

                 (74,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (31,055   $ (593,748   $ (937,765
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     9,032       9,608       10,893  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.42   $ (61.80   $ (86.09

Net loss from discontinued operations per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     (0.02            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.44   $ (61.80   $ (86.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The number of securities that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2022      2023      2024  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,189        7,734        9,249  

Outstanding convertible notes

     1,139        1,227         

Outstanding stock options

     1,633        2,562        2,361  

Outstanding warrants to purchase common stock

     104      217      217  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       7,065          11,740        11,827  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table above does not include 772,736 RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024 as these awards are subject to a performance condition that was not considered probable as of that date. There were no RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2022 or 2023. The table also does not include 105,245 and 0 contingently issuable shares related to the Conductor acquisition as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, as the contingency had not been met as of those dates.

14. Related-Party Transactions

The Company has entered into a series of related party arrangements as described below.

The Company has entered into certain transactions, as further described below, with Magnetar Financial LLC (“Magnetar”) and certain funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, and such funds or accounts collectively held a significant equity interest in the Company.

Senior Secured Notes

In October 2021, the Company issued $20 million of 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, with a maturity date in 2025. The principal amount increased to $50 million in April 2022. In September 2024, these notes were converted into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information. In connection with the issuance of the 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, the Company granted Magnetar an option to purchase up to $15 million in the Company’s Class A common stock, at a price equal to the price per share in the Company’s IPO, which is exercisable until the one-year anniversary of such offering of the Company’s Class A common stock. In September 2024, the investors elected to convert all 2021 Convertible Senior Secured Notes, resulting in the issuance of 1,227,199 shares of Class A common stock.

Between October 2022 and April 2023, the Company issued $125 million of 2022 Senior Secured Notes with maturity dates between October 2025 and April 2026 to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, along with warrants to purchase 607,235 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. In July 2024, the Company redeemed these notes in full, paying $137 million. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information. In connection with the issuance of the 2022 Senior Secured Notes, the Company granted Magnetar the right to purchase up to 5% of the Company’s Class A common stock issued at a price equal to the price per share in the Company’s IPO.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

Between April 2023 and May 2024, the Company issued a number of shares of different classes of redeemable convertible preferred stock, some of which were acquired by certain of the Company’s directors,

 

F-54


Table of Contents

holders of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, and their affiliates or funds or accounts managed thereby. Refer to Note 11—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for additional information.

Tender Offer

In December 2023, employees and certain stockholders of the Company offered 2,073,800 shares of common stock, which were purchased by certain existing stockholders and new stockholders. Entities managed or advised by a single stockholder participated in the tender offer as purchasers. Upon completion of the tender offer, these entities were deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock, on an aggregated basis.

In October 2024, employees and certain stockholders of the Company offered 692,562 shares of Class A common stock, which were purchased by certain existing stockholders and new stockholders. Entities managed or advised by a single stockholder participated in the tender offer as purchasers. Upon completion of the tender offer, these entities were deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock, on an aggregated basis.

Delayed Draw Term Loan Facilities

In July 2023, a subsidiary of the Company entered into the DDTL 1.0 Facility of $2.3 billion, including $520 million from funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, $311 million and $438 million in aggregate principal amount, respectively, of the DDTL 1.0 Facility was outstanding and held by funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar. The Company has paid to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar $0 million and $63 million in principal and incurred $6 million and $66 million in interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information.

In May 2024, a different subsidiary of the Company entered into the DDTL 2.0 Facility of up to $7.6 billion, including $210 million from funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar. As of December 31, 2024, $106 million of the DDTL 2.0 Facility was outstanding and held by funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar. The Company paid to funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar $0 million in principal and incurred $3 million in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 10—Debt for additional information.

Strategic Investment Related to a Purchase of Series D Preferred Stock

In June 2024, the Company contributed $50 million to a fund managed by Magnetar in connection with the fund’s purchase of a third-party’s preferred stock. The Company has the right to request a distribution in kind of up to 99% of its interest in the fund, which will be satisfied by distributing shares of the third-party company’s preferred stock. The fund did not meet the definition of a VIE, and under the VOE model, the Company has a majority equity interest and has control over significant operating, financial, and investing decisions of the fund. The Company consolidated the fund and accounted for the purchased preferred stock as privately held equity securities that do not have a readily determinable fair value measured at cost, with subsequent adjustments for observable price changes or impairments.

To the extent there is an in-kind distribution of the third-party’s preferred stock to the Company and following such distribution the Company sells any shares of such preferred stock (or any securities into which such stock is converted or exchanged), the Company will allocate the net proceeds from such sale as follows: (i) 100% of the net proceeds to the Company until it receives an amount equal to its aggregate capital contribution and (ii) thereafter, 75% of the net proceeds to the Company and 25% to an affiliate of Magnetar.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

In August 2024, the Company entered into an AI Computing Service Reserved Capacity and Prepayment Agreement with MagAI Ventures (the “MagAI Capacity Agreement”). Under this agreement, the Company will provide portfolio companies of MagAI Ventures with a pre-determined amount of cloud computing services at a pre-negotiated hourly rate. The specific amount of cloud computing services, inclusive of the capacity and term, to be used by each portfolio company, if any, will be negotiated individually with each portfolio company, and will be subject to final approval by MagAI Ventures. The Company received a refundable deposit of $230 million in connection with the MagAI Capacity Agreement. Any consumption of cloud services by MagAI Ventures, including by their portfolio companies, under this arrangement is deducted from this deposit amount, with the unused portion refunded back to MagAI Ventures at the end of the term of the arrangement. Throughout the term of the arrangement, if MagAI Ventures portfolio companies do not contract for the full amount of the pre-determined cloud computing services, the Company may agree with MagAI Ventures to instead use this available capacity for other customers, and share profits with MagAI Ventures for any revenues realized above the revenues that would have been generated by charging these customers the MagAI Ventures pre-negotiated rate.

Additionally, the MagAI Capacity Agreement provides for certain termination options for MagAI Ventures, including if a specified amount of capacity is not available by a target commencement date. The MagAI Capacity Agreement runs for an initial period of four years, with an option for MagAI Ventures to extend for two additional years. As of December 31, 2024, the refundable deposit is included within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, as no services had yet been provided under this arrangement. In February 2025, the MagAI Capacity Agreement was amended to provide certain termination for convenience rights to MagAI Ventures. Upon such termination, the unused portion of deposit will be refunded with a specified multiplier.

In September 2024, the Company entered into an equity exchange right agreement with each of its co-founders. This agreement grants each co-founder the right, but not the obligation, to exchange shares of Class A common stock received upon the exercise or settlement of equity awards for shares of Class B common stock. This right applies to equity awards previously granted to the Company’s co-founders and to equity awards that may be granted to the Company’s co-founders in the future.

15. Geographic Information

Revenue by geography is based on the address of the customer as specified in the Company’s customer contracts. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
       2022          2023          2024    

United States

   $ 10,367      $ 200,469      $ 1,797,268  

All other countries*

     5,463        28,474        118,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 15,830      $ 228,943      $ 1,915,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

The United Kingdom accounted for 18% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 and less than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024.

The Company’s long-lived assets are attributed to a country based on the physical location of the assets. It defines long-lived assets as property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets because many of these assets cannot be readily moved and are relatively illiquid, subjecting them to geographic risk.

As of December 31, 2023 substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States. As of December 31, 2024, 90% of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States and no other single country accounted for more than 10% of these assets.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

16. Discontinued Operations

Blockchain Mining and Management Services

On September 30, 2022, the Company ceased its Blockchain Mining and Management Services due to changes in Ethereum’s reward policy, which materially impacted potential future mining revenues, and concentrated its focus to its cloud computing business. This strategic shift resulted in the classification of the Blockchain Mining and Management business as discontinued operations in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Blockchain mining utilized the Company’s computing capacity to mine cryptocurrencies, primarily Ethereum, under arrangements where rewards were received as digital assets and immediately converted to U.S. dollars. All digital assets mined were liquidated in 2022, and the Company held no digital assets as of December 31, 2022. Management Services involved hosting and operational support for customers engaged in blockchain mining, with revenues derived through reimbursement agreements and revenue sharing. These activities are not present in subsequent periods, and there are no discontinued operations for any subsequent periods.

The following table summarizes the net loss from discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2022
 

Blockchain and management services revenue

   $ 9,692  

Operating expenses

  

Cost of revenue

     3,138  

Equipment disposal gain

     (99
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     6,653  

Fair value adjustments of trading securities

     (2,088

Assets impairment loss

     (4,510

Other (income) expense, net

     (300
  

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax

     (245

Income tax benefit

     (56
  

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (189

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the statements of cash flows of the discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2022
 

Operating activities

  

Net loss

   $ (189

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities

  

Depreciation

     1,428  

Noncash lease expense

     6  

Assets impairment

     4,510  

Equipment disposal gain

     (99

Fair value adjustments of trading securities

     2,088  

Realized loss on trading securities

     300  

Increase in digital currency from mining and management services

     (9,692

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid and other current assets

     115  

Proceeds from sale of digital currency

     9,692  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operating activities

   $ 8,159  
  

 

 

 

Investing activities

  

Proceeds from sales of trading securities

     866  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     207  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by investing activities of discontinued operations

   $ 1,073  
  

 

 

 

17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 3, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

In January 2025, the Company drew $50 million on the Revolving Credit Facility.

In January 2025, the Company entered into various additional financing agreements with an OEM. The financing agreements have an aggregate notional balance of $160 million. Related to the financing agreements, the Company granted a security interest for the financed equipment. The financing arrangements have a term of two years.

In February 2025, the Company borrowed an additional $473 million under the DDTL 2.0 Facility, bringing the total borrowings on the DDTL 2.0 Facility to $4.3 billion. Refer to Note 10Debt for additional information.

In February and March 2025, the Company entered into new agreements to lease additional space. The Company expects to make approximately $3.4 billion of additional rent payments over the next 15 years related to the leases.

In February 2025, the Company modified multiple lease agreements with a single landlord. The modifications changed the contracted power capacity, term, and contractual payments, and terminated the related escrow agreements. As a result of the modification, the Company will receive an additional 70 MW of contracted power capacity. The Company received a refund of $304 million of unused escrow funds previously included within other non-current assets, and expects to make approximately $1.7 billion of additional rent payments over the 13 year term of these leases.

In February 2025, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Weights and Biases, Inc., an AI developer platform. The purchase price is anticipated to be payable primarily in approximately 1,020,000

 

F-58


Table of Contents

shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Given the timing of the acquisition, it is not practicable to disclose information regarding the final purchase price, purchase price allocation, or other related disclosure at this time.

18. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the date the consolidated financial statements were originally issued on March 3, 2025 through March 11, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were reissued.

In March 2025, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement (the “OpenAI Master Services Agreement”) with OpenAI, pursuant to which the Company provides OpenAI access to cloud computing capacity through fulfillment of reserved capacity orders submitted to the Company by OpenAI. As of March 11, 2025, subject to the satisfaction of delivery and availability of service requirements, OpenAI has committed to pay the Company up to approximately $11.9 billion through October 2030. As a condition to the entirety of OpenAI’s obligations under the outstanding order under the OpenAI Master Services Agreement, the Company has agreed to establish a special purpose vehicle that will hold the infrastructure, and the Company intends for the special purpose vehicle to incur indebtedness to finance its obligations under the OpenAI Master Services Agreement. As of March 11, 2025, the Company had established the special purpose vehicle and was in the process of finalizing the associated agreements to satisfy this condition. Additionally, the Company has agreed to issue to OpenAI, in accordance with the terms of the OpenAI Master Services Agreement and pursuant to a stock issuance agreement (the “OpenAI Stock Issuance Agreement”) with OpenAI, a number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock equal to $350.0 million valued at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The issuance of the shares in a private placement is contingent upon the completion of this offering. Any revenue recognized under the OpenAI Master Service Agreement will be offset by the value of the shares issued under the OpenAI Stock Issuance Agreement.

In March 2025, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, the guarantors party thereto, and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $300 million unsecured term loan facility (the “2025 Term Loan Facility”). The obligations under the 2025 Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the subsidiary guarantors as described in the 2025 Term Loan Credit Agreement. Amounts borrowed under the 2025 Term Loan Facility may only be borrowed in a single funding. There have been no borrowings under the 2025 Term Loan Facility as of March 11, 2025. The proceeds of the 2025 Term Loan Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including the financing of acquisitions and other investments). The 2025 Term Loan Facility will mature on December 16, 2025. Amounts borrowed under the 2025 Term Loan Facility are subject to an interest rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) for base rate loans, an applicable margin of 0.75% plus a base rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the greater of (A) the federal funds effective rate and (B) the overnight bank funding rate, in each case, plus 0.50%, and (iii) the one month term SOFR plus 1.00% or (b) for term benchmark loans, an applicable margin of 1.75% plus the term SOFR (subject to a 0.00% floor) for a one, three, or six month interest period plus, in the case of either of clauses (a) or (b), a fee of 2.25% payable to the lenders thereof. Once drawn, the loans are prepayable at any time, from time to time, at the Company’s option, and are required to be prepaid with the proceeds of certain asset dispositions, incurrences of indebtedness or equity issuances, including a requirement to be prepaid with some or all of the proceeds of this offering. All unfunded commitments of the lenders under the 2025 Term Loan Facility shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) April 7, 2025 and (ii) the closing of this offering.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

     Shares

CoreWeave, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

MORGAN STANLEY   J.P. MORGAN   GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
BARCLAYS   CITIGROUP   MUFG
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES   JEFFERIES   MIZUHO   WELLS FARGO SECURITIES   BOFA SECURITIES
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES   NEEDHAM & COMPANY   GALAXY DIGITAL

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee and the listing fee:

 

     Amount Paid or
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,310  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq listing fee

     25,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

        *  

Legal fees and expenses

        *  

Accounting fees and expenses

        *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

        *  

Miscellaneous expenses

        *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $    *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director or officer, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of the directors’ or officers’ duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases);

 

   

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

   

with respect to officers, any action by or in the right of the corporation.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that:

 

   

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

   

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

   

the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Prior to completion of this offering, the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its then-current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. The indemnification provisions in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Certain of the Registrant’s directors are also indemnified by their employers with regard to service on the Registrant’s board of directors.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since February 28, 2022, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

 

   

In May 2024, the Registrant sold an aggregate 1,476,156 shares of its Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to 46 accredited investors at a purchase price of $779.05 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.15 billion.

 

   

In April 2023, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 520,328 shares of its Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to 19 accredited investors at a purchase price of $8.02019 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4 million.

 

   

Between April 2023 and January 2024, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 3,998,938 shares of its Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to 25 accredited investors at a purchase price of $111.52961 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $446 million.

 

   

In October 2022, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 52,043 shares of its Class A common stock to nine accredited investors at an exercise price of $86.46 per share and warrants to purchase up to 93,683 shares of its Class A common stock to 9 accredited investors at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

 

   

The Registrant granted stock options to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers to purchase an aggregate of 1,619,356 shares of its Class A common stock under the 2019 Plan with per share exercise prices ranging from $10.94 to $309.86, and the Registrant issued 357,368 shares of its Class A common stock upon exercise of stock options under its 2019 Plan.

 

   

The Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 855,611 RSUs to be settled in shares of its Class A common stock under the 2019 Plan.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an

 

II-2


Table of Contents

issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a)  

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Document

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1+  

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CoreWeave, Inc., as amended and currently in effect.

  3.2*  

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CoreWeave, Inc., to be in effect immediately prior to completion of this offering.

  3.3+  

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of CoreWeave, Inc., as currently in effect.

  3.4*  

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of CoreWeave, Inc., to be in effect immediately prior to completion of this offering.

  4.1*  

Form of Class A Common Stock certificate of CoreWeave, Inc.

  4.2+  

Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and certain holders of its capital stock, dated May 16, 2024.

  4.3+  

Form of Regular Warrant between CoreWeave, Inc. and funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar.

  4.4+  

Form of Penny Warrant between CoreWeave, Inc. and funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar.

  4.5^+  

Put Option Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and certain holders of its capital stock, dated May 16, 2024.

  4.6+  

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar.

  5.1*  

Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.

 10.1#+  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.

 10.2#+  

CoreWeave, Inc. 2019 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related form agreements.

 10.3*#  

CoreWeave, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

 10.4*#  

CoreWeave, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.

 10.5#+  

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

 10.6*#  

Form of Change of Control and Severance Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and each of its named executive officers.

 10.7^+  

Office Lease, between CoreWeave, Inc. and Livingston Circle Associates, dated March 29, 2024.

 10.8†^+  

Credit Agreement between CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated July 30, 2023.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

 10.9†+   

First Amendment to Credit Agreement between CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated May 16, 2024.

 10.10†^+   

Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, dated July 30, 2023.

 10.11+   

First Amendment to Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, and the lenders party thereto, dated November 8, 2023.

 10.12†+   

Second Amendment to Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, and the lenders party thereto, dated May 16, 2024.

 10.13†^+   

Credit Agreement between CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated May 16, 2024.

 10.14†+   

First Amendment to Credit Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated August 29, 2024.

 10.15†+   

Limited Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement between CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC, the Borrower party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated December 31, 2024.

 10.16^+   

Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, dated May 16, 2024.

 10.17^+   

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated June 21, 2024.

 10.18^+   

Amendment No.  1 to Credit Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated October 7, 2024.

 10.19^+   

Amendment No.  2 to Credit Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated December 2, 2024.

 10.20^+   

Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated December 16, 2024.

 10.21+   

Form of Equity Exchange Right Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and each of Michael Intrator, Brian Venturo, and Brannin McBee.

 10.22+   

Director Nomination Rights Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and funds or accounts managed or advised by Magnetar, dated May 20, 2024.

 10.23†^+   

Master Services Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and Microsoft Corporation, dated February 22, 2023.

 10.24†^   

Master Services Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and OpenAI OpCo, LLC, dated March  7, 2025.

 10.25   

Stock Issuance Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc. and OpenAI OpCo, LLC, dated March  7, 2025.

 10.26^   

Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement between CoreWeave, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, and the agents and lenders party thereto, dated March 7, 2025.

 16.1+   

Letter Regarding Change in Accountants.

 21.1+   

List of Subsidiaries of CoreWeave, Inc.

 23.1   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

 23.2   

Consent of RSM US LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 23.3*   

Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1+   

Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to the initial filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 107+   

Filing Fee Table.

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Previously filed.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

The Registrant has omitted portions of the exhibit (indicated by “[*]”) as permitted under Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.

^

The Registrant has omitted schedules and exhibits pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the SEC upon request.

 

  (b)  

Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a)  

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b)  

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Livingston, New Jersey, on the 11th day of March, 2025.

 

COREWEAVE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael Intrator

 

Michael Intrator

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Michael Intrator

  

Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  

March 11, 2025

Michael Intrator

/s/ Nitin Agrawal

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  

March 11, 2025

Nitin Agrawal

/s/ Jeffrey Baker

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  

March 11, 2025

Jeffrey Baker

*

   Director and Chief Strategy Officer   

March 11, 2025

Brian Venturo

*

   Director   

March 11, 2025

Karen Boone

*

   Director   

March 11, 2025

Jack Cogen

*

   Director   

March 11, 2025

Glenn Hutchins

 

* By:

 

/s/ Michael Intrator

 

Michael Intrator

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6

Exhibit 10.24

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) IS THE TYPE OF INFORMATION THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

Master Services Agreement - Bare Metal Environment

 

Customer Full Legal Name:

   OpenAI OpCo, LLC

Customer Address:

   548 Market Street, PMB 97273, San Francisco, CA 94014-5401

This Master Services Agreement, including all Exhibits attached hereto, (“Agreement”) is between CoreWeave, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“CoreWeave”) and the Customer named above. This Agreement is effective as of the last date beneath the parties’ signatures below (“Effective Date”). CoreWeave and Customer will each be referred to individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties”.

The Parties agree as follows:

1.DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized terms will have the following meanings whenever used in this Agreement:

a. “Acceptable Use Policy” or “AUP” means CoreWeave’s acceptable use policy, in the form attached as Exhibit B.

b. “Affiliate” means any entity that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the subject entity.

c. “Business Associate Agreement means CoreWeave’s data processing agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit C-2.

d. “Control” with respect to an entity means direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 50% of the voting interests (including, for the avoidance of doubt, membership interests or partnership interests with the right to direct the management) of the subject entity, and Controls and Controlled shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

e. “CoreWeave Systems” means the equipment, hardware, infrastructure and other systems utilized by CoreWeave, its Affiliates, Representatives or subcontractors to provide the Services. For clarity, CoreWeave Systems shall not include any third party equipment, hardware, infrastructure or other systems utilized by Customer that are not part of the Services or utilized by CoreWeave in delivering the Services.

f. “Customer Environment” means the environment deployed and/or managed by or on behalf of Customer on the Services.

g. “Data Processing Agreement means CoreWeave’s data processing agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit C-1.

h. “Documentation” means the documentation located at https://docs.coreweave.com and any other technical documents and specifications provided to Customer either electronically or in hard copy form regarding the Services.

i. “Hardware Failure” means breakage of a GPU node or manufacturer, software or firmware bugs that causes that node to fail or be taken out of service or remediation, in all cases due to reasons outside of CoreWeave’s reasonable control.

j. “Maintenance Policy means CoreWeave’s maintenance policy, in the form attached as Exhibit D.


k. “Malicious Code” means code, files, scripts, agents or programs intended to do harm, including, for example, viruses, worms, time bombs and Trojan horses.

l. “Order Form” means an ordering document specifying the Services to be provided hereunder that is entered into between CoreWeave and Customer or any Customer Affiliate, including any addenda and supplements thereto, or any separate on-demand compute consumption by Customer or any Customer Affiliate pursuant to the terms of an executed Order Form. By entering into an Order Form (or using any on-demand compute consumption), an Affiliate agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as if it were an original party hereto.

m. “Processed Customer Data” means information, documents, images, files or materials uploaded, created, modified, or stored in the Customer Environment.

n. “Reserved Instances” means the exclusive use of a specified amount and type of compute configuration as set forth in a Reserved Instance Order Form.

o. “Security Incident” means that (irrespective of cause): (i) the other Party’s Confidential Information has been lost, misplaced, disclosed to or accessed by an unauthorized party (other than due to any action or omission by such Party in breach of this Agreement); or (ii) any of CoreWeave’s subcontractor’s facilities associated with the Customer’s Confidential Information have been accessed by an unauthorized party.

p. “Services” means the bare metal infrastructure provided by CoreWeave to Customer, as further detailed in an applicable Order Form and Documentation.

q. “Representatives” means a Party’s personnel, agents, subcontractors, suppliers and/or consultants.

r. “User” means any user that accesses the Customer Environment. User does not include any CoreWeave personnel or personnel of CoreWeave’s subcontractors.

2. SERVICES.

a. Access to the Services. CoreWeave shall provide the Services to Customer, or, as requested by Customer, to Affiliates of Customer in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. CoreWeave shall be responsible for providing all assets, personnel, equipment, hardware, and other resources necessary for and incidental to providing the Services and otherwise meeting its obligations hereunder. CoreWeave will perform all Services in a highly professional manner consistent with the generally accepted professional standards for experts in the field. CoreWeave shall ensure that all personnel performing Services have sufficient experience, skills, and expertise for the applicable Services, and that at all times CoreWeave shall devote sufficient resources, including personnel, to the Services. Customer has the right to access and use the Services, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Order Form, solely for the business operations of Customer and its Affiliates (which include provision of services by Customer or its Users to their customers and engagement of Representatives by Customer to enable such provision of services). Customer will be responsible for the compliance of its Users and Representatives with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Order Form, AUP, Maintenance Policy, Data Processing Agreement, Business Associate Agreement, and the Documentation (as each is applicable).

b. Service Features. Customer may request features or functionality not already offered through the Services. Unless Customer’s request is technologically or commercially impracticable, CoreWeave will provide those features or functionalities related to the Services to Customer, subject to the Parties executing a mutually agreeable separate Order Form or addendum to an existing Order Form with respect to such modified features or functionality where such Order Form or addendum shall set forth the amount that the fees for the Services will be increased, which shall be on a cost plus margin basis (where such margin shall be calculated in a manner similar to the calculation of fees for other Services). CoreWeave agrees not to modify any Technical Specification or any of the features, functionality or other aspects of the Services that are represented by the Technical

 

2


Specifications without the prior written consent of Customer. CoreWeave may make identical replacement or like-kind modifications or substitutions to any of the features, functionality, hardware or other aspects of the Services; provided that such like-kind modification or substitution does not (i) delay delivery of the Services, (ii) adversely impact functionality, features, performance, security, availability, or otherwise diminishes the suitability of the Services for Customer, or (iii) modify or substitute a Technical Specification. To the extent it is necessary for CoreWeave to make like-kind substitutions or modifications that will, or could reasonably be expected to, change the Technical Specifications, then CoreWeave must obtain Customer’s prior written consent. In the event that CoreWeave declines a feature or functionality request due to impracticability and Customer disagrees with CoreWeave’s assessment, or in the event that Customer’s consent is required pursuant to the terms of this Section 2(b) and Customer does not consent, the Parties will meet within [10] days to discuss and mutually agree to a reasonable alternative. Nothing in this Section 2(b) shall relieve CoreWeave of its obligations to perform the Services in accordance with the specifications set forth in an Order Form, the Documentation, or the Service Level Objectives. For purposes of this Section 2(b), “Technical Specification(s)” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the applicable Order Form. [*].

c. Maintenance. CoreWeave will provide maintenance for the Services in accordance with the Maintenance Policy. CoreWeave will be responsible for the smarthands support for Customer. Customer and CoreWeave will agree on a ticketing process and SLAs for CoreWeave to respond and remediate any breakfix needed in the datacenter by smarthands for both compute and networking.

d. Suspension of Service. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CoreWeave may not suspend Customer’s access to or use of the Services at any time for any reason, except as expressly set forth in this Section 2(d), Section 11(a), or the Security Standards (which provides for suspension by Customer’s request). CoreWeave may temporarily suspend access to or use of the Services, without being deemed to be in breach of this Agreement, (a) solely as and for so long as necessary to comply with a law enforcement order, subpoena or injunction that expressly requires CoreWeave to do so, (b) solely as and for so long as necessary to comply with a legally binding demand from a regulatory agency that has oversight authority over CoreWeave or its Affiliates, (c) solely for planned outages mutually agreed upon by the Parties (including for planned maintenance in accordance with Sections 2(c) and 12(a)); or (d) due to a Force Majeure Event (as defined in, and subject to the terms of, Section 13(c)). CoreWeave shall, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, (1) immediately notify Customer as soon as it becomes aware of a cause for suspension, (2) provide all information available to CoreWeave relevant to the cause of suspension and cooperate with Customer’s reasonable requests to mitigate such cause (and, in the case of clause (a), to challenge such cause if Customer wishes to do so), and (3) for so long as such suspension continues, use best efforts to recommence its performance hereunder as promptly as reasonably possible. Such suspension will be for the shortest duration required to resolve the cause of such suspension. CoreWeave shall promptly update Customer as to the cause of the suspension and the remediation efforts taken by CoreWeave, including when the cause of suspension has abated or can be circumvented. Customer’s payment obligations pursuant to Section 11(a) for fees payable for Services not performed due to the suspension under this Section 2(d) shall be canceled with respect to such Services; provided the foregoing cancellation of fees shall not apply in the event of suspension under subsections (a) or (b) above in this Section 2(c), where such suspension is solely the result of the acts or omissions of Customer that constitute a breach by Customer of this Agreement. Payment obligations will not recommence until such time that the suspension is resolved and Services are restored.

3. CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES & RESTRICTIONS.

a. Customer Use and CoreWeave Responsibility. Without limiting CoreWeave’s obligations under this Agreement, Customer is solely responsible for the Customer Environment. Customer shall access and use, and CoreWeave shall provide, the Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Order Form, AUP, Maintenance Policy, Data Processing Agreement, Business Associate Agreement and Documentation (as each may be applicable). Accordingly, any material violation of the Order Form, Maintenance Policy, Data Processing Agreement, Business Associate Agreement or Documentation (as each may be applicable) by either Party shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. CoreWeave is not responsible for Customer’s system requirements for use of the Services.

 

3


b. Account Usage. Without limiting CoreWeave’s obligations under this Agreement, Customer is solely responsible for the activity that occurs on the Customer Environment and on its account, regardless of whether the activities are undertaken by Customer or its Users or Representatives. If Customer becomes aware of any violation of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement caused by a User, Customer will use commercially reasonable efforts to suspend access to the Services by such User within a commercially reasonable time.

c. Restrictions. Without limiting any of CoreWeave’s obligations under this Agreement and except as necessary for any mutually agreed development activities [*], and without limiting CoreWeave’s rights with respect to intellectual property (including embodiments thereof) owned by CoreWeave [*], CoreWeave shall not, and shall not permit any Representative to, directly or indirectly: (i) decipher, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise attempt to derive any source code or underlying algorithms of any part of the Customer Environment, including Processed Customer Data; (ii) modify, translate, or otherwise create derivative works of any part of Customer Environment; (iii) copy, rent, lease, resell or otherwise distribute any part of the Customer Environment or Processed Customer Data to any third party unless mutually agreed; or (iv) assign or transfer any of the rights that CoreWeave receives hereunder to any third party (other than as expressly permitted hereunder). Customer shall, and shall require its Users to, abide by all applicable local, state, national and international laws and regulations. Without limiting any of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement [*], and except as necessary for any mutually agreed development activities [*], and without limiting Customer’s rights with respect to intellectual property (including embodiments thereof) owned by Customer [*], Customer shall not, and shall not permit any Representative to, directly or indirectly: (i) decipher, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise attempt to derive any source code or underlying algorithms of any part of the CoreWeave Systems; (ii) modify, translate, or otherwise create derivative works of any part of the CoreWeave Systems; (iii) , rent, copy, lease, resell or otherwise distribute any part of the Services or CoreWeave Systems to any third party unless mutually agreed; or (iv) assign or transfer any of the rights that Customer receives hereunder to any third party (other than as expressly permitted hereunder); provided, however, that none of the foregoing will apply with respect to the Customer Environment.

4. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND PROCESSED CUSTOMER DATA.

a. CoreWeave Access to Information. CoreWeave shall not access, intercept, use, share or disclose Processed Customer Data, subject to its rights and restrictions in Section 4(b) and written notice to Customer prior to such access or disclosure, other than solely for the purpose of and to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation, law enforcement demand, subpoena or legally binding regulatory demand, from a regulatory agency with oversight authority over CoreWeave (in each case, based on advice of counsel), and provided that CoreWeave will reasonably assist Customer to obtain a protective order or other similar protection to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Except for as described in the preceding sentence or pursuant to Section 6 (Confidentiality), CoreWeave shall not disclose any Customer Confidential Information to any third party without Customer’s prior written consent.

b. Customer Security Protocols. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, Customer is solely responsible for securing the Customer Environment and the Processed Customer Data, except to the extent a Security Incident impacting the Customer Environment and/or Processed Customer Data is caused by CoreWeave’s (or its Subcontractor’s) breach of the Security Standards. Customer shall employ commercially reasonable and appropriate (as informed by applicable industry standards) physical, administrative, and technical controls, screening, and security procedures and other safeguards reasonably designed to securely administer the distribution and use of its account access credentials and protect against any unauthorized access to or use of the Service and the Customer Environment. Customer is responsible for any unauthorized access to or through the Customer Environment or Customer’s account (except to the extent caused by a breach of CoreWeave’s or its Subcontractor’s obligations under the Security Standards). To the extent that Customer attempts to probe, scan, penetrate, or test the vulnerability

 

4


of a CoreWeave System, or to breach the CoreWeave security or authentication measures with respect thereto, whether by passive or intrusive techniques, or conduct any security or malware research on or using the CoreWeave Systems (collectively, “Customer Security Testing”), Customer shall not disclose or use any information obtained therefrom in breach of this Agreement and Customer shall promptly deliver to CoreWeave the results of any such probe, scan, penetration or vulnerability test, which results shall be the Confidential Information of CoreWeave, except for results covering portions of the CoreWeave Systems that are based on or implement specifications provided by OpenAI, which shall be the Confidential Information of both CoreWeave and Customer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) to the extent any action by Customer under the foregoing right to conduct Customer Security Testing results in Downtime (as defined in the SLO) or any other service interruption, such interruption shall be excluded from Downtime, and (ii) Customer shall employ commercially reasonable and appropriate (as informed by applicable industry standards) controls, procedures and other safeguards reasonably designed to prevent Customer Security Testing from causing a Security Incident. Customer’s obligations under this Section shall be referred to as the “Customer Security Obligations”.

c. Notification by Customer of Security Incidents. Customer will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify CoreWeave as promptly as reasonably practicable under the circumstances (but in no event more than 72 hours) of when Customer becomes aware of any Security Incident impacting the Services, CoreWeave’s Systems or CoreWeave’s Confidential Information and shall provide reasonably requested information and reasonably cooperate, upon CoreWeave’s reasonable request, in any investigation or legal action that is taken by authorities and/or CoreWeave to investigate, mitigate and cure any such Security Incident; provided CoreWeave will reimburse Customer for its actual costs and expenses incurred in providing such cooperation, unless, and solely to the extent, such Security Incident is caused by Customer’s breach of the Customer Security Obligations. For clarity, CoreWeave shall be primarily responsible to investigate, mitigate and cure any Security Incident occurring within the CoreWeave Systems, and Customer shall be primarily responsible to investigate, mitigate and cure any Security Incident occurring within the Customer Environment.

d. Processed Customer Data. As between Customer and CoreWeave, Customer is and will remain the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in and to all Processed Customer Data. Subject to this Agreement, by providing Processed Customer Data to or via the Services, Customer grants CoreWeave a license under all of its copyrights embodied in the Processed Customer Data during the Term to host, store, transfer, display, perform, reproduce, modify for the purpose of formatting for display, and distribute Processed Customer Data solely and exclusively for the purpose of providing the Services to Customer. CoreWeave has no obligation (or right) to assess Processed Customer Data in order to identify information subject to any specific legal requirements. With respect to Processed Customer Data that is Personal Data (as defined in the Data Processing Agreement) or Personal Health Information (as defined in the Business Associate Agreement), the Parties will abide by the terms of the Data Processing Agreement and Business Associate Agreement, as applicable. CoreWeave represents and warrants to Customer that the Business Associate Agreement is the standard form executed with all other customers subject to a Business Associate Agreement.

e. Customer Responsibilities. Without limiting any of CoreWeave’s obligations under this Agreement, Customer is solely responsible for its Processed Customer Data and agrees that CoreWeave is not and will not in any way be liable for the content of the Processed Customer Data. COREWEAVE SHALL BEAR NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PROCESSED CUSTOMER DATA TO THE EXTENT LOST OR DAMAGED SOLELY AS A RESULT OF THE ACTIONS OF CUSTOMER, ITS USERS, REPRESENTATIVES OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY INDIVIDUAL WHO USES THE SERVICE ON CUSTOMER’S ENVIRONMENT OR ON CUSTOMER’S OR ITS USERS’ OR REPRESENTATIVES’ BEHALF EXCEPT WHERE COREWEAVE IS IN BREACH OF THE SECURITY STANDARDS OR IF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED BY COREWEAVE OR ITS SUBCONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL.

f. Deletion of Processed Customer Data. CoreWeave will implement a zero retention policy in accordance with the Security Standards (defined below), and subject to applicable law.

 

5


g. CoreWeave Security Requirements. CoreWeave shall establish, maintain, and enforce appropriate administrative, physical and technical safeguards (including environmental, safety, and facility procedures, data security procedures, and other appropriate safeguards) to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of the Services and against the destruction, loss, unauthorized access, use, or alteration of Processed Customer Data and/or systems in the possession of, or that may be accessed by, CoreWeave, which procedures and safeguards shall be at least as rigorous as those maintained by CoreWeave with respect to its own and third party data (including the information security program and minimum security standards described on Exhibit E). In addition to the standards set forth in Exhibit E, CoreWeave agrees that it will monitor, and deploy as needed, standards in no event less rigorous than the applicable industry standards for cloud services vendors offering the same or substantially similar services in the commercial marketplace in the same jurisdictions where Customer’s services are being provided, issued by a recognized security standards organization (e.g. - SOC2, ISO) (the foregoing collectively, the “Security Standards”). Any Customer request for CoreWeave’s compliance with security standards more stringent than the then-current Security Standards will be considered a request for a new feature and addressed by Section 2(b) of this Agreement. Upon reasonable prior request, CoreWeave shall provide information about the Security Standards CoreWeave employs. CoreWeave shall monitor the CoreWeave Systems and its procedures for security breaches, violations, and suspicious (questionable) activity. This includes suspicious external activity (including unauthorized break-in attempts) and suspicious activity (including unauthorized access to facilities). Nothing in this Section limits Customer’s obligations to perform the Customer Security Obligations.

h. Notification by CoreWeave of a Security Incident. In the event that CoreWeave discovers or is notified of any Security Incident, CoreWeave shall notify Customer in writing without undue delay [*] after becoming aware of a Security Incident, and shall promptly, in consultation with Customer, take all appropriate steps to minimize harm and secure the Services, and cooperate fully with Customer in investigating and responding to such Security Incident, including by preserving all related records and other evidence and, in consultation with Customer, implement a plan to prevent such a Security Incident from reoccurring. CoreWeave’s notification of a Security Incident will summarize, to the extent possible, the nature of the incident, the measures taken to mitigate the potential risks and the measures CoreWeave recommends Customer take to address the Security Incident. Notification(s) of any Security Incident(s) will be delivered to the Customer account holder’s email address with a copy to [*]. Except if and to the extent expressly stated in CoreWeave’s notification of or response to a Security Incident under this Section, CoreWeave’s notification of or response to a Security Incident will not be construed as a prima facie acknowledgement by CoreWeave of any fault or liability with respect to said incident. Nothing in this Section limits Customer’s obligations to perform the Customer Security Obligations.

i. Aggregate Statistics. CoreWeave shall not collect or compile statistical data or performance information, analytics, meta-data, generated through instrumentation and logging systems, regarding the operation of the Service (“Aggregated Statistics”) other than Aggregated Statistics related to CoreWeave’s performance of its obligations, including system uptime, availability, response times, service performance metrics, error rates, capacity utilization, security event monitoring and support response times. For clarity, such permitted Aggregated Statistics shall not include or be sufficient to enable the discovery of any Processed Customer Data or Customer Confidential Information.

5.PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES.

a. Ownership. [*]. Further, CoreWeave owns all right, title and interest in and to the CoreWeave Systems and Services; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Intellectual Property Rights that are owned by OpenAI [*]. No rights are granted by either Party to the other Party under this Agreement other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement, [*] or the applicable Order Form.

b. Use of Third Party Marks. The Services may contain references to other entities’ trademarks and service marks, but such references are for identification purposes only and are used with permission of their respective owners. CoreWeave does not claim ownership in, or any affiliation with, or endorsement or warranty of, any third-party trademarks or service marks appearing in the Services.

 

6


6.CONFIDENTIALITY.

a. Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” shall include confidential or proprietary technical, business or financial information and materials disclosed by Customer or CoreWeave (the “disclosing Party”) to the other Party (the “receiving Party”) or obtained by or on behalf of the receiving party through inspection or observation, whether orally, in writing or any other format, whether before, on, or after the Effective Date that is designated or identified as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances surrounding the disclosure, in each case in connection with this Agreement, [*] or any Order Form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all terms set forth in an Order Form (and any addendums thereto), the Services, and any associated pricing, product roadmaps, and CoreWeave’s business and marketing plans constitutes the Confidential Information of CoreWeave. The existence and terms of this Agreement, [*] and any Order Form constitute the Confidential Information of both Parties.

b. Confidentiality Obligations. Both Parties agree to hold Confidential Information in confidence and protect such Confidential Information using at least the same degree of care it uses to protect the receiving Party’s own proprietary information, which in no case shall be less than the measures it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own most important confidential information, from disclosure to or access by any third party, other than to such of its personnel, agents, subcontractors, suppliers and/or consultants (“Representatives”), if any, who have a need to access such information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement [*] in order for the Disclosing Party to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement [*] and that are (prior to gaining access to such information) bound by restrictions regarding disclosure and use of the Confidential Information no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement. Both Parties agree that, as between the Parties, all Confidential Information is proprietary to the disclosing Party and shall remain the sole property of the disclosing Party. Neither Party shall use Confidential Information of the other Party except in accordance with this Agreement, including as necessary to fulfill its obligations and/or to exercise its rights under this Agreement [*]. The receiving Party will notify the disclosing Party promptly if the receiving Party becomes aware of any disclosure or use of any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party in violation of this Agreement [*]. The receiving Party will only make those copies of the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party as are reasonably necessary for the receiving Party to exercise its rights or obligations under this Agreement [*]. The receiving Party will reproduce any “confidential” or similar markings of the disclosing Party on any such copies.

c. Exceptions. Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (i) is or becomes generally known to the public without breach of any obligation owed to disclosing Party; (ii) was known to the receiving Party prior to its disclosure by the disclosing Party without restriction on use or disclosure; (iii) was independently developed by the receiving Party without use or access of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and without breach of any obligation owed to the disclosing Party; or (iv) is rightfully received from a third party without restriction on use or disclosure.

d. Compelled Disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party reserves the right to disclose Confidential Information in response to an order of a court or other governmental body of competent authority or as otherwise required by law or regulation to be disclosed (based upon advice of counsel) (“Compelled Disclosure”), provided that, such Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the other Party (to the extent legally permitted) within a reasonable period of time in order to afford the other Party an opportunity to seek a protective order or otherwise challenge the Compelled Disclosure. In any event, the receiving Party will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party that, in the opinion of its legal counsel and after reasonable consultation with the disclosing Party, is legally required to be disclosed and will exercise reasonable efforts to ensure that any such information so disclosed will be accorded confidential treatment by said court or other governmental body. For the avoidance of doubt, CoreWeave and its Affiliates shall not file or disclose the terms of this Agreement [*], in whole or in part, in any registration statement or other filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority having similar oversight without the prior written consent of Customer, provided that such consent is not to be unreasonably withheld. The disclosing Party is solely responsible for any expenses incurred in seeking to prevent a Compelled Disclosure. After provision of such legally permissible prior notice, the receiving Party will not be liable if such Party complies with the disclosure after giving the disclosing Party a reasonable amount of time to respond.

 

7


e. Conflict. In the event that the Parties have entered into a separate non-disclosure agreement that includes terms that conflict with the terms of this Section 6, then the terms of this Section 6 shall govern with respect to any Confidential Information, in the event of a conflict.

7.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER.

a. Customer Representations and Warranties. Customer continuously represents and warrants to CoreWeave that: (i) it has the full right and authority to enter into, execute, and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) it has accurately identified itself and to its knowledge, it has not provided any inaccurate information about itself or its Users to or through the Service; (iii) the information Customer provides in registering for the Service is accurate and the Customer has the right to use and disclose such information to CoreWeave; (iv) it is in compliance with the laws and regulations related to the economic and trade sanctions maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”); (v) it is not located in any country that is subject to OFAC’s trade and economic sanctions; (vi) it is not an individual or entity included on any U.S. lists of prohibited parties including, the Treasury Department’s List of Specially Designated Nationals List and Sectoral Sanctions List; (vii) it does not (directly or indirectly) sell, export, reexport, transfer, divert or otherwise dispose of any Services received from CoreWeave in contradiction with such laws and regulations; and (viii) neither the execution nor performance under this Agreement by Customer, and/or the other instruments and documents delivered by Customer in connection with this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, will result in or constitute a violation of any provision of applicable law, any contract or agreement to which Customer is a party or of Customer’s articles of organization or operating agreement; and (ix) Customer is not insolvent or bankrupt.

b. CoreWeave Representations and Warranties. CoreWeave continuously represents and warrants that (i) it has the full right and authority to enter into, execute, and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) CoreWeave has sufficient expertise, skill and experience in providing services similar in scope and complexity to the Services; (iii) the Services shall be free of all liens, claims and other restrictions on Customer’s receipt and permitted use thereof; (iv) neither the execution nor performance under this Agreement by CoreWeave, and/or the other instruments and documents delivered by CoreWeave in connection with this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, will result in or constitute a violation of any provision of applicable law, any contract or agreement to which CoreWeave is a party or of CoreWeave’s articles of organization or operating agreement; (v) CoreWeave is not insolvent or bankrupt; (vi) neither CoreWeave nor its Subcontractors is a party to any, and there are no, pending or, to CoreWeave’s knowledge, threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or regulator investigations or inquiries of any nature against it or its Affiliates, properties or assets which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material, adverse effect on CoreWeave’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; (vi) to CoreWeave’s knowledge, there is no injunction, order, judgment, decree or regulatory restriction imposed specifically upon CoreWeave or any of its Affiliates or Subcontractors, or their properties or assets, in each case that would have a material, adverse effect on CoreWeave’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; (vii) during the Term (a) CoreWeave and its Subcontractors will comply with the Security Standards, and (b) the Services will perform in accordance with the applicable Documentation and any Order Form, (viii) to CoreWeave’s knowledge, neither the Services or Documentation, nor their provision, receipt or use, in accordance with the applicable Order Form, infringe or misappropriate any intellectual property or other proprietary right of any third party; (ix) it has accurately identified itself and to its knowledge, it has not provided any inaccurate information about itself or its subcontractors, and; (x) it does and will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Services.

c. DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, COREWEAVE MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE SERVICES, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR FREE OR FREE OF

 

8


HARMFUL COMPONENTS, OR THAT ANY CONTENT, INCLUDING PROCESSED CUSTOMER DATA, WILL BE SECURE OR NOT OTHERWISE LOST OR DAMAGED. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT COREWEAVE DOES NOT CONTROL OR MONITOR THE TRANSFER OF DATA OVER THE INTERNET, AND THAT INTERNET ACCESSIBILITY CARRIES WITH IT THE RISK THAT CUSTOMER’S PRIVACY, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND PROPERTY MAY BE LOST OR COMPROMISED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW, COREWEAVE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE.

8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

a. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR (i) EITHER PARTY’S OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, (ii) EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 9(A)(x) (COREWEAVE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION) OR 9(B)(i) (CUSTOMER INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION), (iii) CUSTOMER’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATION UNDER SECTION 9(B)(ii) WITH RESPECT TO USE OF THE SERVICE IN AN UNLAWFUL MANNER OR VIOLATION OF THE AUP, or (iv) BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING EACH PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF SUCH BREACH), IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF EACH PARTY TOGETHER WITH ALL OF ITS AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT [*] EXCEED [*]; PROVIDED THAT WITH RESPECT TO (1) COREWEAVE’S BREACH OF THE SECURITY STANDARDS, OR COREWEAVE’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF COREWEAVE’S BREACH OF THE SECURITY STANDARDS, (2) CUSTOMER’S BREACH OF THE CUSTOMER SECURITY OBLIGATIONS, OR CUSTOMER’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF CUSTOMER’S BREACH OF THE CUSTOMER SECURITY OBLIGATIONS, OR (3) BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT OR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF EACH PARTY TOGETHER WITH ALL OF ITS AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT [*] EXCEED [*]. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION WILL APPLY WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, BUT WILL NOT LIMIT CUSTOMER’S AND ITS AFFILIATES’ PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 11.

b. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND RELATED DAMAGES. EXCEPT FOR (i) EITHER PARTY’S OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, (ii) COREWEAVE’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF COREWEAVE’S BREACH OF THE SECURITY STANDARDS, (iii) CUSTOMER’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF CUSTOMER’S BREACH OF THE CUSTOMER SECURITY OBLIGATIONS, (iv) EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 9(A)(x) (COREWEAVE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION) OR, 9(B)(i) (CUSTOMER INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION), (v) CUSTOMER’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATION OR UNDER SECTION 9(B)(ii) WITH RESPECT TO USE OF THE SERVICE IN AN UNLAWFUL MANNER OR VIOLATION OF THE AUP, or (vi) BREACH BY EITHER PARTY OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT OR BUSINESS ASSOCIATE AGREEMENT (INCLUDING EACH PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF SUCH BREACH), IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE ANY LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY LOST REVENUES, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, EVEN IF A PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR IF A PARTY’S OR ITS AFFILIATES’ REMEDY OTHERWISE FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER WILL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE FOLLOWING DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES AND/OR LOSSES SHALL BE DEEMED “DIRECT DAMAGES”: DAMAGES RESULTING FROM AN UNAUTHORIZED DISCLOSURE OF PROCESSED CUSTOMER DATA TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY COREWEAVE’S BREACH OF SECTION 6, FINES OR SETTLEMENT AMOUNTS OWED TO A STATE OR FEDERAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, THE COST OF NOTIFICATIONS TO INDIVIDUALS OR GOVERNMENT AGENCIES, CREDIT MONITORING AND/OR IDENTITY THEFT INSURANCE FOR AFFECTED INDIVIDUALS FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED ONE YEAR, OR OTHER MITIGATION EFFORTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

9


9.

INDEMNIFICATION.

a. Indemnification by CoreWeave. CoreWeave will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Customer, its Affiliates and their Representatives against any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against Customer by a third party arising out of, related to or in connection with any allegation of i) CoreWeave’s breach of its obligations, warranties or representations under this Agreement, (ii) any negligence or misconduct (in each case, including omissions) of CoreWeave or its Representatives, (iii) the death or bodily injury of any person caused by CoreWeave’s negligence or willful misconduct, (iv) breach of confidentiality obligations under this Agreement by CoreWeave or its Representatives, (v) the damage, loss or destruction of any real or tangible personal property caused by CoreWeave’s negligence or willful misconduct, (vi) CoreWeave’s interview, hiring, employment and/or personnel transfer processes or practices, (vii) contributions or taxes for unemployment compensation, disability insurance, pension, annuities and similar provisions imposed at any time by a federal, state or local governmental authority that are imposed with respect to or measured by wages, salaries or other compensation of CoreWeave’s Representatives, (viii) workers compensation, disability and unpaid overtime claims initiated by any of CoreWeave’s Representatives, (ix) a Security Incident (as defined under this Agreement, the Data Processing Agreement or the Business Associate Agreement) to the extent caused by CoreWeave’s breach of the Security Standards, or (x) infringement or misappropriation of any third party’s intellectual property rights or privacy rights by CoreWeave or the Service (a “Claim Against Customer”), and will indemnify Customer from any damages, reasonable attorney fees and costs incurred by Customer as a result of, or for amounts paid by Customer under a settlement approved by CoreWeave in writing of, a Claim Against Customer. Customer will (i) promptly give CoreWeave written notice of the Claim Against Customer, (ii) give CoreWeave sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim Against Customer (except that CoreWeave, without Customer’s consent, may not settle any Claim Against Customer, its Affiliates, or Representatives unless it unconditionally releases Customer, its Affiliates, or their Representatives, as applicable, of all liability), and (iii) give CoreWeave all reasonable assistance, at CoreWeave’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Claim Against Customer arises from a Security Incident caused by both CoreWeave’s breach of the Security Standards and Customer’s breach of the Customer Security Obligations, CoreWeave’s indemnification obligation shall be limited to the proportion of liability attributable to CoreWeave’s breach of the Security Standards, as determined by a final adjudication or mutually agreed allocation between the parties. In such case, Customer shall have the right to participate in the defense of the claim with counsel of its choice, at its own expense, and Customer and CoreWeave shall reasonably cooperate in the defense and any settlement negotiations, and Customer shall remain responsible for its proportionate share of any such liability. If CoreWeave receives information about an infringement or misappropriation claim related to the Service, CoreWeave may in its discretion and at no cost to Customer (A) modify the Service so that it is no longer claimed to infringe or misappropriate so long as it does not result in a breach of CoreWeave’s warranties under “CoreWeave Warranties” above, or (B) obtain a license for Customer’s continued use of that Service in accordance with this Agreement. The above defense and indemnification obligations do not apply to the extent that (1) a Claim Against Customer arises from the use or combination of the Service or any part thereof with software, hardware, data, or processes that are inconsistent with the intended use of the Service, not provided by or on behalf of CoreWeave or not otherwise approved by CoreWeave in writing, if the Service or use thereof would not infringe without such combination, (2) the alleged infringement arises from a modification of the Service other than by or on behalf of CoreWeave or at the written direction of CoreWeave, or (3) the alleged infringement arises from a failure to timely implement modifications, upgrades, replacements, or enhancements made available to Customer by or on behalf of CoreWeave.

b. Indemnification by Customer. Customer will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless CoreWeave, its Affiliates and their Representatives against any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against CoreWeave by a third party arising out of, related to or in connection with [*] and will indemnify CoreWeave from any damages, reasonable attorney fees and costs finally awarded against CoreWeave as a result of, or for any amounts paid by CoreWeave under a settlement approved by Customer in writing of, a Claim Against CoreWeave, provided CoreWeave (A) promptly gives Customer notice of the Claim Against CoreWeave, (B) gives Customer sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim Against CoreWeave (except that Customer may not settle any Claim Against CoreWeave unless it unconditionally releases CoreWeave of all liability), and (C) gives Customer all reasonable assistance, at Customer’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Claim Against CoreWeave arises from a Security Incident caused by both CoreWeave’s breach of the Security Standards and Customer’s breach of the Customer Security Obligations, Customer’s indemnification obligation shall be limited to the proportion of liability attributable to Customer’s breach of the Customer Security Obligations, as determined by a final adjudication or mutually agreed allocation between the parties. In such case, CoreWeave shall have the right to participate in the defense of the claim with counsel of its choice, at its own expense, and Customer and CoreWeave shall reasonably cooperate in the defense and any settlement negotiations. CoreWeave shall remain responsible for its proportionate share of any such liability.

c. Exclusive Remedy. This Section 9 states the indemnifying party’s sole liability to, and the indemnified party’s exclusive remedy against, the other party for any third party claim described in this Section 9. In addition to the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, with respect to Customer’s or its Users’ or Representatives’ use of the Service in an unlawful manner or in violation of the AUP, CoreWeave’s sole remedy with respect to such use shall be pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement (Indemnification by Customer) and that CoreWeave shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement or the Order Form for such use. The foregoing shall not limit either party’s right to terminate this Agreement (in accordance with its terms) or any right to indemnification under [*] any other agreement between the parties.

 

10.

TERM AND TERMINATION.

a. Term. This Agreement commences on the Effective Date and continues until all Order Forms entered into pursuant hereto have expired or been terminated in accordance with the Section 10(b) (“Term”).

 

10


b. Termination. A Party may terminate this Agreement (including each Order Form) for cause (i) upon [*] days’ written notice to the other Party of a material breach of this Agreement [*] if such material breach remains uncured at the expiration of such period (provided the cure period for nonpayment of undisputed fees for the Services shall be [*]), or (ii) if the other Party becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or any other proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors. [*]. Notwithstanding the cure periods provided in subsection (i) of the first sentence of this Section 10(b), in the event that the breaching party (A) has commenced curing the breach, (B) continues to use best efforts to cure such breach and (C) such breach is curable within [*] days of the original date of notice of such breach, then the cure period set forth in subsection (i) shall be extended to [*] days following the date of the original notice of such breach; provided that in no event will the cure period for nonpayment of fees under this Agreement or any Order Form be extended.

c. Termination by Customer. Following execution of this Agreement, the Parties shall enter into definitive agreements (“Substitute Operator Agreements”) with a third-party operator (“Substitute Operator”) selected by Customer in its sole discretion, which provide for contingent assignment of this Agreement as set forth in this paragraph. If this Agreement or any Order Form is terminated by Customer in accordance with Section 10(b)(ii) of the “Termination” section above, (Customer shall have the option (“Alternate Operator Option”), upon written notice to CoreWeave, to elect to require CoreWeave or its Affiliates, as applicable, to assign all of CoreWeave or its Affiliates’ rights and obligations under the applicable Order Form, this Agreement and the applicable data center agreement to the Substitute Operator. CoreWeave shall make such assignment, in accordance with the Substitute Operator Agreements, within 2 business days following written notice by Customer. If this Agreement or any Order Form is terminated by Customer in accordance with Section 10(b) of the “Termination” section above, and Customer does not elect the Alternate Operator Option with respect to a termination under Section 10(b)(ii), then CoreWeave will refund to Customer the pro rata portion of any prepaid fees covering the remainder of the Order Term (as defined in the applicable Order Form) to Customer immediately prior to the effective date of termination for all terminated Order Forms.

d. Termination by CoreWeave. If this Agreement or any Order Form is terminated by CoreWeave in accordance with Section 10(b) of the “Termination” section above, then (i) Customer shall pay to CoreWeave (A) in the event that such termination is due to nonpayment of undisputed fees for the Services under Section 11(a) [*], (ii) CoreWeave shall continue to provide the Services to Customer during the Termination Period pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 10(f) below and (iii) following the expiration of the Termination Period, CoreWeave may, at its option, subject to its confidentiality obligations, transfer or sell any part of the Contract Servers configured with respect to Customer’s Reserved Instance, without recourse or liability owed to Customer, or configure any part of the Contract Servers for a new customer of CoreWeave, without recourse or liability owed to Customer, in each case subject to the following in this Section 10(d). CoreWeave agrees that all Customer technology, configurations and Customer Confidential Information shall be removed from the Contract Servers before transferring or selling any part of the Contract Servers. Any revenue generated from such transfers or sales of any part of the Contract Servers configured with respect to Customer’s Reserved Instance will be deducted from the amounts Customer owes to CoreWeave under this Section 10(d). For the avoidance of doubt, subject to CoreWeave’s confidentiality obligations, such partial termination and transfer described in the immediately preceding sentences shall not relieve Customer of its remaining obligations with respect to any untransferred or unsold part of the Contract Servers. CoreWeave acknowledges and agrees that it will use best efforts to transfer or sell the remaining Contract Servers to minimize the fees payable by Customer pursuant to this Section 10(d); provided that CoreWeave shall have no obligation to transfer or sell the remaining Contract Servers on terms that are, as a whole, commercially unreasonable. In the event that Customer objects to the level of efforts commenced by CoreWeave to transfer or sell the Contract Servers after termination by CoreWeave pursuant to Section 10(b), then the Chief Executive Officers of CoreWeave and Customer shall work together to establish an appropriate level of mitigation efforts required by CoreWeave with respect to the transfer or sale of the Contract Servers.

 

11


e. Transition Services During the Termination Period. If this Agreement or an Order Form is terminated by either party for any reason, then subject to the terms below in this Section 10(f), for the period from the date of termination through the date that CoreWeave confirms to Customer with at least two (2) weeks’ prior written notice, which such date will be (i) at minimum the date that is [*] following the date of termination (or a shorter period as requested by Customer, in its sole discretion) and (ii) at maximum, [*] following the date of termination (“Termination Period”), (A) Customer will continue to pay to CoreWeave all fees for Services performed by CoreWeave during the Termination Period under each applicable Order Form in cash on [*] payment terms (regardless of the payment terms set forth in the applicable Order Form), and (B) to the extent CoreWeave has received any prepaid amounts, CoreWeave may, with five (5) days’ prior written notice to Customer, setoff any amounts owed to CoreWeave with such prepaid amounts; provided, that in no event will Customer pay any fees (whether by setoff or otherwise) for any Services that Customer does not receive from CoreWeave (provided for the sake of clarity that Customer cannot refuse to receive Services during the Termination Period to avoid such fees). In no event will termination relieve Customer of its obligation to pay any fees payable to CoreWeave for the period prior to the effective date of termination. To the extent CoreWeave is required to provide Services during the Termination Period, then both parties shall continue to abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to the provision or receipt of such Services. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in the event that CoreWeave terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10(b) for a material breach by Customer arising out of Customer’s failure to pay properly invoiced and undisputed fees pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided Customer has not cured such failure pursuant to the cure periods provided for under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the [*] cure period following receipt of notice from CoreWeave of a material breach for such non-payment), then CoreWeave shall continue to provide the Services during the Termination Period provided that [*].

f. Survival. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement (or any Order Form), each term that by its nature shall survive such termination or expiration will survive, including for clarity, Sections 3(c), 4(a), 4(d), 4(f), 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 13.

 

11.

PAYMENT OF FEES.

a. Payment of Fees. Fees for Reserved Compute Instances are due and payable in accordance with the applicable Order Forms. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable Order Form, all fees are due and payable [*] after receipt of a valid invoice, which will be billed at the established usage rates set forth in the applicable Order Form. Customer will be automatically charged using the Billing Information. CoreWeave reserves the right to deactivate, prevent access to, disable services for, and/or suspend a Customer’s account or access to any Service at any time for nonpayment of undisputed (in good faith) fees that are then due and payable that have not been cured within [*] of Customer’s receipt of notice thereof. For clarity, Customer shall be exempt from payment obligations pursuant to Section 11(a) for fees payable for Services not performed due to such suspension or deactivation and such obligations will not recommence until the full restoration of Services. All undisputed fees for Services that are unpaid or past due for any reason are subject to a finance charge of [*] (or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is lower) from the date such payment was due until the date paid. Customer will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by CoreWeave in collecting past due amounts. Any amounts due under this Agreement shall not be withheld or offset by Customer against amounts due to Customer for any reason.

b. CoreWeave IPO. In the event that CoreWeave, or an ultimate parent of CoreWeave, concludes an initial public offering or a direct listing of CoreWeave’s (or its parent’s) stock on a national securities exchange, then CoreWeave (or its parent) shall have a one time obligation to issue to Customer shares of CoreWeave stock, valued at the initial public offering price in the case of an initial public offering, or the volume weighted average price over the first five days of trading in the case of a direct listing, equal to $350,000,000.00 prior to the conclusion of such initial public offering or the conclusion of trading on the sixth trading day following such direct listing, as applicable.

c. Notification of Reportable Event. Customer must notify CoreWeave in writing within [*] days following the date that Customer has knowledge that a Reportable Event is reasonably likely to or has occurred. A “Reportable Event” occurs when Customer becomes currently unable to or is projected to be unable to, within the next four (4) month period, pay the fees due and payable under the applicable Order Form. [*].

 

12


d. Third Party Processor Terms. CoreWeave uses third-party payment processors (“Payment Processors”) to credit or bill Customer through the payment account(s) linked to Customer’s account (“Billing Information”). The processing of credits or payments may be subject to the terms, conditions and policies of the Payment Processors in addition to this Agreement. By using the Services, Customer agrees to be bound by the terms of such Payment Processors. Customer is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the Payment Processors. Customer authorizes CoreWeave and Payment Processors to deduct or charge all amounts owed under this Agreement or the applicable Order Form (including all applicable taxes) based on the Billing Information.

e. Billing Information. The Customer must provide current, complete and accurate Billing Information, and must promptly update all such information in the event of changes (such as a change in billing address, credit card number, or credit card expiration date). Customer must promptly notify CoreWeave or the Payment Processors if a payment method is canceled (e.g., for loss or theft) or otherwise inoperable.

f. Taxes. Customer is responsible for any duties, customs fees, taxes, and related penalties, fines, audits, interest and back-payments relating to Customer’s purchase of any Services, including but not limited to national, state or local sales taxes, use taxes, value-added taxes (VAT) and goods and services taxes (GST) (collectively, “Taxes”). Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, CoreWeave’s pricing policies do not include and are not discounted or enhanced for any such Taxes. If CoreWeave becomes obligated to collect or pay Taxes in connection with the purchase of the Services, those Taxes will be invoiced as part of a billing process or collected at the time of purchase. In certain states, countries and territories, the purchase of Services may be subject to certain Taxes, and if so, CoreWeave may collect such Taxes and remit them to the appropriate taxing authority. Customer must also provide any tax identification information that is necessary for compliance with these tax obligations. Customer is solely responsible for any misrepresentations made or non-compliance caused with respect to Taxes.

 

12.

AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE.

a. Maintenance. All interruptions of data processing and access will be subject to the Service Level Objectives, except for planned maintenance and repair by CoreWeave performed and notified in accordance with this Section and the Maintenance Policy, or due to a Force Majeure Event (as defined in Section 13(c)). [*]. For the purposes of this Section 12, maintenance shall include, planned maintenance windows (scheduled and communicated to Customer within windows agreed in the SLO, using best efforts to notify in as much advance as possible, as needed, but in no event less than five (5) business days in advance), and planned critical maintenance (communicated to Customer using best efforts to notify in as much advance time, as needed, but in no event less than 24 hours’ notice in advance, and no more than the maximum allowable time as set forth in the SLO). CoreWeave will use best efforts to conduct maintenance at non-peak hours (as may be communicated by Customer from time to time) and inform Customer in advance if CoreWeave plans to exercise a quarterly planned maintenance window.

b. Service Level Objective. CoreWeave provides the Services to Customer at the service levels objectives (“Service Level Objective” or “SLO”) detailed in Exhibit A.

 

13.

GENERAL.

a. Publicity. With prior approval, each party may use the other’s name, service marks, trademarks, or logo in a publicity release, advertising or similar activities. However, in connection with such use, neither party shall disclose in any way the terms of this agreement which are Confidential Information subject to Section 6. Notwithstanding, CoreWeave may disclose Customer’s identity and the existence or nature of this Agreement solely (a) with Customer’s prior written notice and (b) solely to CoreWeave’s institutional lenders who are necessary for CoreWeave to provide the Services to Customer, who have a need to know pursuant to the loan documentation, and who are subject to confidentiality obligations no less protective than those that CoreWeave is subject to pursuant to this Agreement. Any breach of this Section 13(a) shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

 

13


b. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles regarding conflicts of law. Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to, and waives any objection to, the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue of the courts located within the city and county of New York County, New York. EACH PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THE AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO.

c. Force Majeure. Except with respect to either party’s payment obligations under this Agreement and/or any Order Form, neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for any failure or delay caused by elements of nature, acts of God, act of war, pandemic, electrical, internet, or telecommunication outage, government actions or restrictions, or any other similar unforeseeable event, in each case that cannot be reasonably circumvented, is beyond its reasonable control, and not due to its own negligence (“Force Majeure Event”), provided that such Party (i) uses commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages to the other Party and to resume performance as soon as reasonably practicable, and (ii) continues to perform its obligations under this Agreement to the extent able. The non-performing Party shall notify the other Party of the Force Majeure Event within 24 hours of the onset thereof. A Force Majeure Event shall not relieve CoreWeave of any disaster recovery or business continuity obligations hereunder. Customer shall be exempt from payment obligations pursuant to Section 11(a) for fees payable for Services not performed due to the Force Majeure Event and such obligations will not recommence until the full restoration of Services; provided, nothing herein shall excuse Customer’s payment obligations for Services performed, in whole or in part, by CoreWeave (whether before, during or after the Force Majeure Event). If any failure or delay caused by a Force Majeure Event continues for thirty (30) consecutive days or longer, Customer may terminate the affected Order Form upon written notice to CoreWeave and receive a refund of all pre-paid fees not applied to Services performed by CoreWeave prior to the effective termination date.

d. Anti-Corruption. Neither Party has received or been offered any illegal or improper bribe, kickback, payment, gift, or thing of value from an employee or agent of the other Party in connection with this Agreement. Reasonable gifts and entertainment provided in the ordinary course of business do not violate the above restriction.

e. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all Order Forms and all documents, policies, agreements and addendums incorporated herein by reference) is the entire agreement between the Parties regarding Customer’s use of the Services and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, proposals or representations, written or oral, concerning its subject matter, and contains the only terms that govern the Services. The Parties will not be bound by any other terms, conditions or other provision (a) submitted by Customer in any order, receipt, acceptance, confirmation, correspondence or other document, (b) related to any online registration, response to any Request for Bid, Request for Proposal, Request for Information, or other questionnaire, or (c) related to any invoicing or vendor onboarding process that Customer submits or requires CoreWeave to complete, regardless of whether or when such terms were provided to CoreWeave. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency among the following documents, the order of precedence shall be: (i) the applicable Order Form, (ii) any exhibit, schedule or addendum to this Agreement (including to the extent incorporated by reference), (iii) the body of this Agreement, and (iv) the Documentation. Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

f. Notices; Electronic Communications. CoreWeave may send notices pursuant to this Agreement to the email designated in Customer’s account, and such notices will be deemed received 24 hours after they are sent. Any notices to be provided to CoreWeave or questions with respect to the terms of this Agreement shall be sent to , and such notices will be deemed received 24 hours after they are sent.

 

14


g. Assignment. Neither Party may assign this Agreement, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the other Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, either Party may assign this Agreement in its entirety (including all Order Forms), without the other Party’s consent, (i) to its Affiliate, or (ii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, corporate reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets. [*]. Customer’s consent to any change of Control shall not be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

h. Subcontractors. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement, CoreWeave may not subcontract any Core Aspect of the Services to any subcontractor without Customer’s prior written approval, which may be provided via email; provided CoreWeave may subcontract without prior approval to an Affiliate of CoreWeave. For purposes of this Section 13(h), “Core Aspect of the Services” means aspects of the Services materially related to CoreWeave’s performance of the Services under this Agreement. As of the Effective Date Customer has approved the following subcontractors: [*] (collectively, “Subcontractors”). CoreWeave shall be primarily liable to Customer for all actions and inactions of its subcontractors as if they were the actions and inactions of CoreWeave.

i. Waiver. Failure to exercise or enforce any right or provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right or provision.

j. Independent Contractors. The Parties are independent contractors and shall so represent themselves in all regards. Neither Party is the agent of the other, and neither may make commitments on the other’s behalf.

k. Third-Party Software. Any use of or access to third-party software granted by CoreWeave shall be identified to Customer in writing prior to Customer’s access or use and such writing shall identify the license terms and conditions of such third-party software to which CoreWeave may be bound.

l. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of the Agreement.

m. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed electronically and in counterparts.

 

15


Signed by each Party’s authorized representative:

 

CoreWeave, Inc.      Customer   
By: /s/ Michael Intrator             By: /s/ Sam Altman          
Print Name: Michael Intrator      Print Name: Sam Altman   
Title: CEO      Title: Chief Executive Officer   
Date: 3/7/2025      Date: 3/7/2025   


Exhibit A - Service Level Objectives and Support Addendum


Exhibit B – Acceptable Use Policy


Exhibit C-1 – Data Processing Agreement


Exhibit C-2 – Form of Business Associates Agreement


Exhibit D – Maintenance Policy


Exhibit E –Security Standards

Exhibit 10.25

COMMON STOCK ISSUANCE AGREEMENT

This Common Stock Issuance Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of March 7, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), by and between CoreWeave, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and OpenAI OpCo, LLC (the “Recipient”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Master Services Agreement and a related order form, each dated March 7, 2025 (the “Master Services Agreement”), which provide for, among other things, the issuance of $350,000,000 of the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), by the Company to the Recipient in a private placement that shall take place immediately following the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock (the “IPO”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Stock Issuance”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date, which is prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the IPO;

WHEREAS, the closing of the Stock Issuance shall take place immediately following the closing of the IPO (such date, the “IPO Closing”) and at the price per share equal to the price per share that the Common Stock is sold to the public in the IPO (before any underwriting discounts or commissions) (the “IPO Price”), as set forth on the cover of the final prospectus filed with the SEC (“Final Prospectus”); and

WHEREAS, in order to effect the IPO, the Company shall enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Issuance of Stock.

1.1 Issuance of Stock. The Company agrees to issue to the Recipient, and the Recipient agrees to receive from the Company, in satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Services Agreement, $350,000,000 of Common Stock (the “Issuance Amount”) at the IPO Price pursuant to a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company to Recipient hereunder (the “Shares”) shall equal the number of shares determined by dividing the Issuance Amount by the IPO Price (rounded down to the nearest whole share). The Shares shall be uncertificated and shall be registered in the name of the Recipient on the books of the Company by the Company’s transfer agent.

1.2 Closing. The closing of the issuance of the Shares (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures after the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4 and Section 5 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions) immediately following the IPO Closing.


2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Recipient that the following representations are true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing (except to the extent any such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date).

2.1 Organization, Valid Existence and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as currently conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which it conducts its business, except where failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, business or operations.

2.2 Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, as presently filed and when declared effective by the SEC, does not contain, and as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and complied (or, in the case of amendments filed after the date of this Agreement, will comply) as of its filing date in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. “Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1, including any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and any free writing prospectuses, relating to the IPO.

2.3 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, and the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, and this Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

2.4 Valid Issuance of Shares. The Shares that are being issued to the Recipient hereunder, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, and will be issued to the Recipient free of liens, encumbrances and restrictions on transfer other than (a) restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and under applicable state and federal securities laws, (b) restrictions on transfer under the Lock-Up Agreement (as defined below) and (c) any liens, encumbrances or restrictions on transfer that are created or imposed by the Recipient. Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of the Recipient’s representations set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement, the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of applicable state and federal securities laws.

2.5 No Brokers. The Company has not incurred, and will not incur in connection with the issuance of the Shares, any brokerage or finders’ fees, or agents’ commissions or similar liabilities.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Recipient. The Recipient hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the following representations are true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing (except to the extent any such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date):

 

2


3.1 Authorization. The Recipient has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes its valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.2 Acquisition Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with the Recipient in reliance upon the Recipient’s representations to the Company, which by the Recipient’s execution of this Agreement the Recipient hereby confirms, that the Shares acquired by the Recipient hereunder will be acquired for investment for the Recipient’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Recipient has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, except as permitted by applicable federal or state securities laws. By executing this Agreement, the Recipient further represents that the Recipient does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation rights to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

3.3 No Solicitation. At no time was the Recipient presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer and issuance of the Shares.

3.4 Access to Information. The Recipient has received or has had access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Shares to be issued to the Recipient under this Agreement in satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Services Agreement. The Recipient further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares. The foregoing, however, does not in any way limit or modify the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2.

3.5 Investment Experience. The Recipient understands that the receipt of the Shares involves substantial risk. The Recipient has experience as investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Recipient is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the Recipient’s investment in the Shares, including a complete loss of the investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Recipient is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Shares and protecting its own interests in connection with this investment. The Recipient represents that the office in which its investment decision was made is located at the address set forth in Section 7.7.

3.6 Accredited Recipient or Qualified Institutional Buyer. The Recipient understands the terms “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is either an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer” for the purposes of acquiring the Shares to be received by the Recipient under this Agreement.

3.7 Restricted Securities. The Recipient understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under the Securities Act and applicable regulations thereunder such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. The Recipient represents that the Recipient is familiar with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

3.8 Legends. The Recipient understands that the certificates or book-entry account evidencing the Shares may bear one or all of the following legends (or substantially similar legends):

 

3


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTOR SHOULD BE AWARE THAT IT MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENTS, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED FOR A PERIOD OF TIME AFTER THE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

3.9 No Brokers. The Recipient has not incurred, and will not incur in connection with the issuance of the Shares, any brokerage or finders’ fees, or agents’ commissions or similar liabilities.

4. Conditions to the Recipient’s Obligations at Closing. The obligations of the Recipient to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, on or by the Closing, of each of the following conditions, which waiver may be given by written communication to the Company:

4.1 Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2, (a) that are not qualified as to materiality or material adverse effect shall be true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at the Closing, except for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date (which shall remain true and correct as of such particular date), and (b) that are qualified as to materiality or material adverse effect shall be true and accurate in all respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at the Closing, except for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date (which shall remain true and correct as of such particular date).

4.2 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing and shall have obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the transactions described herein.

4.3 IPO. The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and the IPO shall have closed.

4.4 Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals, waiting period expirations or terminations, or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States or of any state that are required in connection with the lawful issuance of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be duly obtained and effective as of the Closing, other than (a) the filings pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, and (b) the filings required by applicable state “blue sky” securities laws, rules and regulations.

4.5 Absence of Injunctions and Decrees. During the period from the Effective Date to immediately prior to the Closing, no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any decision, injunction, decree, ruling, law or order enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated at the Closing.

 

4


5. Conditions to the Company’s Obligations at Closing. The obligations of the Company to the Recipient to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or by the Closing, of each of the following conditions, which waiver may be given by written communication to the Recipient:

5.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Recipient contained in Section 3 shall be true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at the Closing.

5.2 Performance. The Recipient shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Recipient on or before the Closing and shall have obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the transactions described herein.

5.3 IPO. The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and the IPO shall have closed.

5.4 IPO Lock-Up Agreement. In the event that all of the directors and officers of the Company enter into lock-up agreement with the Underwriters in connection with the IPO, the Recipient shall have signed a lock-up agreement in a form substantially similar to the lock-up agreement entered into by the directors and officers of the Company which restricts the Recipient for no more than 180 days (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). The Shares shall be subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement.

5.5 Absence of Injunctions and Decrees. During the period from the Effective Date to immediately prior to the Closing, no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any decision, injunction, decree, ruling, law or order enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated at the Closing.

6. “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Recipient hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, during the period commencing on the date of the IPO Closing and ending on the date that is 180 days following the IPO Closing, (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. This Section 6 shall only apply to Recipient if all officers, directors and holders of at least 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of any outstanding preferred stock) are subject to substantially similar obligations, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) officers and directors may sell shares to the Underwriters in the IPO and (ii) any waiver by the Company of a market stand-off agreement with respect to officers and directors (other than Michael Intrator, Brian Venturo and Brannin McBee) that is consistent with the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to Recipient so long as Recipient is treated substantially similar to all of the holders of at least 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of any outstanding preferred stock) that are not officers or directors. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the Recipient from engaging in any hedging or other transaction designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition of the Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Shares, even if any such sale or disposition transaction or transactions would be made or executed by or on behalf of someone other than the Recipient.

 

5


7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Removal of Restrictive Legends. Following the expiration of the lock-up period set forth in both the Lock-Up Agreement and Section 6 hereof, in the event that the Shares become registered under the Securities Act or are eligible to be transferred without restriction in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall (x) instruct the Company’s transfer agent to issue new uncertificated (book-entry) instruments representing the Shares, which shall not contain such portion of the legend set forth in Section 3.8 that is no longer applicable, (y) take all actions with the Company’s transfer agent reasonably requested by the Recipient to permit such un-legended Shares to be deposited into the account specified by the Recipient to the Company in writing, and (z) instruct the Company’s transfer agent to cause such Shares to be assigned the same CUSIP as the shares of Common Stock that are then traded on the principal stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed; provided that, the Recipient delivers a customary representation letter to the extent requested by the Company’s transfer agent.

7.2 Publicity. No party shall issue any press release or make any other public announcement, including any website posting or social media post, that includes the name or any logo or brand name of any party, or discloses the terms of this Agreement or the fact that the Recipient has made or propose to make an investment in the Company, except for the Company’s disclosure in the Registration Statement, as required by law, or with the prior written consent of the other parties. Each party will provide reasonable advance notice to the other parties prior to making any disclosure of this Agreement or the terms hereof in any filings made with the SEC, and will provide the other parties with reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such proposed disclosures.

7.3 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Recipient contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing, and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Recipient or the Company.

7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof).

7.5 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

7.6 Headings; Interpretation. In this Agreement, (a) the meaning of defined terms shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined, (b) the captions and headings are used only for convenience and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement, and (c) the words “including,” “includes,” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits and schedules attached hereto, all of which exhibits and schedules are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

6


7.7 Notices. All notices which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally, sent by facsimile or email (and promptly confirmed by personal delivery, registered or certified mail or overnight courier), sent by nationally-recognized overnight courier or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company, to:   

CoreWeave, Inc.

290 W Mt. Pleasant Ave., Suite 4100

Livingston, NJ 07039

Attention:

Email:

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):   

Fenwick & West LLP

902 Broadway, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention:

Email:

if to the Recipient, to:   

OpenAI OpCo, LLC

1455 3rd Street

San Francisco, CA 94158

Attention:

Email:

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):   

Sullivan & Cromwell, LLP

550 Hamilton Ave

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attention:

Email:

7.8 No Finder’s Fees. The Recipient agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability as a result of the performance of services of any such finder or broker) for which the Recipient or any of its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Recipient from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability as a result of the performance of services by any such finder or broker) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

7.9 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Recipient. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.9 shall be binding upon each holder of any Shares at the time outstanding, each future holder of such securities and the Company. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. No waiver granted under this Agreement as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

 

7


7.10 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.

7.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings duties, or obligations, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

7.12 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

7.13 Costs, Expenses. The Company and the Recipient will each bear its own expenses in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Stock Issuance.

7.14 Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

7.15 Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the written consent of each of the Company and the Recipient.

7.16 Waiver of Conflicts. The Recipient acknowledges that Fenwick & West LLP (“Fenwick”), counsel to the Company, may have performed and may now or in the future perform legal services for the Recipient or their affiliates in matters unrelated to the transactions described in this Agreement. Accordingly, each party to this Agreement hereby (a) acknowledges that they have had an opportunity to ask for and have obtained information relevant to this disclosure, (b) acknowledges that Fenwick represents only the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and not the Recipient or any stockholder, director or employee of the Recipient, and (c) gives its informed consent to Fenwick’s representation of the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Common Stock Issuance Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
CoreWeave, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Michael Intrator

Name:   Michael Intrator
Title:   CEO


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Common Stock Issuance Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

RECIPIENT:
By:  

/s/ Sam Altman

Name:   Sam Altman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:   1455 3rd Street San Francisco, CA 94158

Exhibit 10.26

TERM LOAN CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 7, 2025

among

COREWEAVE, INC.,

as the Borrower,

the other OBLIGORS party hereto

the LENDERS party hereto

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as the Administrative Agent

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.

  Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02.

  Classification of Loans and Borrowings      47  

Section 1.03.

  Terms Generally      48  

Section 1.04.

  Accounting Terms; GAAP      48  

Section 1.05.

  Divisions      48  

Section 1.06.

  Timing of Payment or Performance      49  

Section 1.07.

  Basket Classification      49  

Section 1.08.

  Cumulative Credit Transactions      49  

Section 1.09.

  Rates      49  
ARTICLE 2

 

LOANS

 

Section 2.01.

  Loans      50  

Section 2.02.

  [Reserved]      51  

Section 2.03.

  [Reserved]      51  

Section 2.04.

  Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds      51  

Section 2.05.

  Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes      52  

Section 2.06.

  Interest on Loans      53  

Section 2.07.

  Break Funding Payments      54  

Section 2.08.

  Default Interest      54  

Section 2.09.

  Fees      55  

Section 2.10.

  Prepayment of Loans      55  

Section 2.11.

  Voluntary Prepayments/Mandatory Commitment Reductions      55  

Section 2.12.

  Mandatory Prepayments      56  

Section 2.13.

  Application of Prepayments      58  

Section 2.14.

  General Provisions Regarding Payments      58  

Section 2.15.

  Interest Elections      60  

Section 2.16.

  [Reserved]      61  

Section 2.17.

  Increased Costs      61  

Section 2.18.

  Taxes      63  

Section 2.19.

  Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs      66  

Section 2.20.

  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      67  

Section 2.21.

  Alternate Rate of Interest      68  

Section 2.22.

  Defaulting Lenders      70  

Section 2.23.

  [Reserved]      71  

Section 2.24.

  Notices      71  

Section 2.25.

  [Reserved]      71  

Section 2.26.

  Returned Payments      71  

 

i


ARTICLE 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.01.

  Organization; Powers      72  

Section 3.02.

  Authorization; Enforceability      72  

Section 3.03.

  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      72  

Section 3.04.

  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change      73  

Section 3.05.

  Properties      73  

Section 3.06.

  Litigation and Environmental Matters      74  

Section 3.07.

  No Defaults      74  

Section 3.08.

  Compliance with Laws      74  

Section 3.09.

  Investment Company Status      74  

Section 3.10.

  Taxes      74  

Section 3.11.

  Disclosure      75  

Section 3.12.

  Subsidiaries      75  

Section 3.13.

  ERISA      75  

Section 3.14.

  Solvency      76  

Section 3.15.

  Anti-Terrorism Law; Sanctions.      76  

Section 3.16.

  FCPA; Anti-Corruption      77  

Section 3.17.

  Federal Reserve Regulations      78  

Section 3.18.

  Reserved      78  
ARTICLE 4

 

CONDITIONS

 

Section 4.01.

  Effective Date      78  

Section 4.02.

  Credit Event.      79  

Section 4.03.

  [Reserved]      80  
ARTICLE 5

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 5.01.

  Financial Statements and Other Information      80  

Section 5.02.

  Notices of Material Events      82  

Section 5.03.

  Existence; Conduct of Business      83  

Section 5.04.

  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims      83  

Section 5.05.

  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      83  

Section 5.06.

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      83  

Section 5.07.

  Compliance with Laws      84  

Section 5.08.

  ERISA-Related Information      84  

Section 5.09.

  Use of Proceeds      84  

Section 5.10.

  Further Assurances      85  

Section 5.11.

  Guarantors      85  

Section 5.12.

  Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      85  

Section 5.13.

  Anti-Terrorism; Sanctions; Anti-Corruption.      87  

Section 5.14.

  Post-Closing Requirements      87  

 

ii


ARTICLE 6

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 6.01.

  Indebtedness      87  

Section 6.02.

  Liens      91  

Section 6.03.

  Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales; Conduct of Business      94  

Section 6.04.

  Restricted Payments      96  

Section 6.05.

  Transactions with Affiliates      98  

Section 6.06.

  Restrictive Agreements      100  

Section 6.07.

  Investments      100  

Section 6.08.

  Amendments or Modifications with Respect to Certain Indebtedness; Organizational Documents      103  

Section 6.09.

  Fiscal Year      103  

Section 6.10.

  Limitation on Securitization Transactions      103  

Section 6.11.

  Distributions      104  
ARTICLE 7

 

FINANCIAL COVENANT

 

Section 7.01.

  Total Net Leverage Ratio      104  

Section 7.02.

  Minimum Contracted Revenue      104  
ARTICLE 8

 

GUARANTY

 

Section 8.01.

  Guaranty of the Obligations      105  

Section 8.02.

  Payment by Guarantors      105  

Section 8.03.

  Liability of Guarantors Absolute      106  

Section 8.04.

  Waivers by Guarantors      107  

Section 8.05.

  Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.      108  

Section 8.06.

  Subordination of Other Obligations      109  

Section 8.07.

  Continual Guaranty      109  

Section 8.08.

  Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower      109  

Section 8.09.

  Financial Condition of the Borrower      109  

Section 8.10.

  Bankruptcy, Etc.      110  
ARTICLE 9

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 9.01.

  Events of Default      110  

Section 9.02.

  Application of Funds      113  

Section 9.03.

  Right to Cure.      113  

 

iii


ARTICLE 10

 

THE AGENT

 

Section 10.01.

  Agent      114  

Section 10.02.

  Certain ERISA Matters      117  

Section 10.03.

  Reserved      119  

Section 10.04.

  Acknowledgments of Lenders      119  
ARTICLE 11

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.

  Notices      121  

Section 11.02.

  Waivers; Amendments      122  

Section 11.03.

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      124  

Section 11.04.

  Successors and Assigns      126  

Section 11.05.

  Survival      130  

Section 11.06.

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      130  

Section 11.07.

  Severability      130  

Section 11.08.

  Right of Setoff      131  

Section 11.09.

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      131  

Section 11.10.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      132  

Section 11.11.

  Headings      132  

Section 11.12.

  Confidentiality      132  

Section 11.13.

  Interest Rate Limitation      134  

Section 11.14.

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      134  

Section 11.15.

  Electronic Execution of this Agreement and Other Documents      135  

Section 11.16.

  USA PATRIOT Act      135  

Section 11.17.

  Release of Guarantors      135  

Section 11.18.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      135  

Section 11.19.

  Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      136  

Section 11.20.

  Borrower Communications.      137  

 

iv


SCHEDULES

  

Schedule 2.01

  

Term Loan Commitments

BORROWER DISCLOSURE LETTER

Section 3.12

  

Subsidiaries

Section 5.10

  

[Reserved]

Section 5.11

  

Guarantors

Section 5.12

  

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Section 5.14

  

Post-Closing Requirements

Section 6.01

  

Existing Debt

Section 6.02

  

Existing Liens

Section 6.06

  

Restrictive Agreements

Section 6.07(b)

  

Existing Investments

Section 6.07(t)

  

Permitted Investments

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

  

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit C

  

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D

  

Form of Note

Exhibit E

  

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit F

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G

  

Form of Funding Notice

Exhibit H

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit I

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit J

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit K

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit L

  

Form of Tax Forms

 

 

v


This TERM LOAN CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 7, 2025, among COREWEAVE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the borrower (the “Borrower”), the GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto, the LENDERS from time to time party hereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with any permitted successor agent, the “Administrative Agent”).

The Borrower has requested the Lenders (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article 1), to make Term Loans hereunder in the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000.00 to the Borrower on the date hereof.

The proceeds of borrowings hereunder are to be used for the purposes described in Section 5.09. The Lenders are willing to establish the credit facility referred to in the preceding paragraph upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, a majority of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person.

Acquisition Consideration” means the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, other future payment obligations subject to the occurrence of any contingency (provided that, in the case of any future payments subject to a contingency, such shall be considered part of the Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP to be established in respect thereof by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.

Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit B or a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.


Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Aggregate Receivables Sales Amount” means the aggregate face amount ((x) without giving effect to any discounts or write-offs and (y) valued as of the applicable Test Date) of all (a) Designated Receivables sold pursuant to a Permitted Designated Receivables Sale and (b) Securitization Receivables sold pursuant to a Permitted Securitization, in each case, during the one-year period ending on the applicable Test Date (specifically including all Designated Receivables Sales and/or Securitization Transactions occurring on such Test Date).

Agreement” means this Term Loan Credit and Guaranty Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 12 of 1%, and (c) the Term SOFR Rate for a one-month Interest Period as published two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day (or if such day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the immediately preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day) plus 1%; provided that, for the purpose of this definition, the Term SOFR Rate for any day shall be based on the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m. Chicago time on such day (or any amended publication time for the Term SOFR Reference Rate, as specified by the CME Term SOFR Administrator in the Term SOFR Reference Rate methodology). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Term SOFR Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Term SOFR Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.14 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 2.14(b)), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Alternate Base Rate as determined pursuant to the foregoing would be less than 1.00% per annum, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.00% per annum for purposes of this Agreement.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, in effect from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including, without limitation the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates conduct business, and the rules and regulations (if any) thereunder enforced by any governmental agency.

Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

 

2


Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Term Loan Commitments represented by such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and, once the Term Loans are funded, the percentage of the total Term Loans represented by such Lender’s Term Loans.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, as the case may be, 1.75 % per annum and (b) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, 0.75% per annum.

Approved Borrower Portal” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.20(a).

Approved Electronic Platform” means IntraLinks, DebtDomain, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any other electronic system chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system.

Approved Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(b)(ii)(6).

Arranger” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner, and any successor thereto.

Asset Sale” means a sale, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, license (as licensor or sublicensor), exchange, transfer or other disposition to, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of the businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired of any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any Equity Interests (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Unrestricted Subsidiary), other than (i) inventory sold, discounted, leased or licensed out in the ordinary course of business, (ii) obsolete, surplus or worn-out property, (iii) dispositions of Cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in connection with activities and transactions not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement (including the conversions of Cash Equivalents into Cash or other Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business), (iv) dispositions of property (including the sale of any Equity Interest owned by such Person) from (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor or to any Obligor or (B) any Obligor to any other Obligor; (v) dispositions of property resulting from casualty or condemnation events or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition of property with respect to an insurance claim from damage to such property where the insurance company provides the Obligors or its Restricted Subsidiary the value of such property (minus any deductible and fees) in cash or with replacement property in exchange for such property; (vi) dispositions or discounts of past due accounts receivable in connection with the collection, write down or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business, (vii) dispositions of property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (y) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, (viii) any abandonment, failure to maintain non-renewal or other disposition of any intellectual property (or rights relating thereto) that is no longer desirable in the conduct of any Obligor’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, (ix) any sale of property or

 

3


series of related sales of property where the total consideration received by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at the fair market value thereof in the case of other non-cash proceeds) does not exceed $2,500,000 for such sale or series of related sales, (x) cancellations of employee notes, (xi) real property leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business, (xii) expirations of contracts in accordance with their terms, (xiii) terminations of leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business, (xiv) licenses or sublicenses of software or other Intellectual Property Rights granted in the ordinary course of business and that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (xv) the incurrence of Liens permitted by Section 6.02, (xvi) samples, including time-limited evaluation software, provided to customers or prospective customers in the ordinary course of business, (xvii) de minimis amounts of equipment provided to employees to perform their jobs and (xviii) sales, transfers or other dispositions of investments in Joint Ventures or any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary.

Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall mean any Asset Sale of Collateral subject to the Reinvestment Period allowed in Section 6.04.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributed Principal Amount” means, on any day, with respect to any Securitization Transaction entered into by a Receivables Seller, the aggregate outstanding amount of the obligations (whether or not constituting indebtedness under GAAP) of any Eligible Special Purpose Entity as of such date under such Securitization Transaction.

Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof), as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period for any term rate or otherwise, for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 2.21(d).

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

4


Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto, as hereafter amended.

Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, when such Person becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business, appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment or has had any order for relief in such proceeding entered in respect thereof, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the U.S. or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Base Rate Borrowing” means a Borrowing made at the Alternate Base Rate.

Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at the Alternate Base Rate.

Benchmark” means, initially, with respect to any (i) RFR Loan, Daily Simple SOFR or (ii) Term Benchmark Loan, the Term SOFR Rate; provided that, if a Benchmark Transition Event and the related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Rate or Daily Simple SOFR, as applicable, or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 2.21.

Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) the Daily Simple SOFR; or

(b) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities in the United States at such time; and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

5


If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in Dollars at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement and/or any Term Benchmark Loan, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been, or if such Benchmark is a term rate, all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or component thereof) have been, determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator

 

6


of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be no longer representative; provided that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (c) and even if such Benchmark (or component thereof), or if such Benchmark is a term rate, any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), continues to be provided on such date.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Transition Event” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof) or, if such Benchmark is a term rate, any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the NYFRB, the CME Term SOFR Administrator, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), in each case, which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof) or, if such Benchmark is a term rate, all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof) or, if such Benchmark is a term rate, any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such Benchmark (or such component thereof), or if such Benchmark is a term rate, all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), are no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

7


Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.21 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance Section 2.21.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, as amended.

Beneficiary” means the Administrative Agent and any Lender.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Borrower.

Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Charter” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower, as the same may hereafter be amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Borrower Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, dated as of the Effective Date.

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Term Benchmark Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Business Day” means, any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in New York City; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, a Business Day shall be any such day that is only a U.S. Government Securities Business Day (a) in relation to RFR Loans and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such RFR Loan, or any other dealings of such RFR Loan and (b) in relation to Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate or any other dealings of such Loans referencing the Term SOFR Rate.

 

8


Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of December 31, 2018 and any lease entered into after December 31, 2018 by such Person that would have been accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP as in effect as of December 31, 2018 shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as Capital Lease Obligations.

Cash” means money or currency.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition;

(b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any foreign or domestic bank or trust company having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000 whose short term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the dollar equivalent thereof in foreign currencies as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;

(d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s;

(f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition;

 

9


(g) any repurchase agreement having a term of 30 days or less entered into with any Lender or any commercial banking institution satisfying, at the time of acquisition thereof, the criteria set forth in clause (b)(i) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in Cash, and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such Lender or commercial banking institution thereunder;

(h) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

Cash Net Equity Proceeds” means, with respect to any Equity Issuance Prepayment Event, an amount equal to: (a) cash payments received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Equity Issuance Prepayment Event, minus (b) any bona fide direct costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Equity Issuance Prepayment Event, minus (c) the amount of any liabilities retained by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are associated solely with respect to such transaction.

Casualty Event” shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property constituting Collateral for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any equipment, fixed assets, or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets, or real property; provided, that with respect to any Casualty Event, the Borrower shall not be obligated to make any prepayment otherwise required by Section 2.12 unless and until the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds from all such Casualty Events, after giving effect to the reinvestment rights set forth herein, exceeds $5,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower (the “Casualty Prepayment Trigger”), but then from all such Net Cash Proceeds (excluding amounts below the Casualty Prepayment Trigger).

Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, of Equity Interests in the Borrower representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower; (b) any sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person; or (c) any “Change in Control” (or analogous term), as defined in any agreement relating to any Material Indebtedness.

Change in Law” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any of the following: (a) the adoption of or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.17(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof, and

 

10


(y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the U.S. or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Class” when used with respect to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Term Loan Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Term Loan Commitments.

Closing Date” means the first date on which each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.02).

CME Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited as administrator of the forward-looking term SOFR (or a successor administrator).

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.).

Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clause (i)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, provincial, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(ii) Fixed Charges; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense for such period; plus

(iv) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves; plus

 

11


(v) any other non-cash charges, including (A) any write offs, write downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, (B) equity-based awards compensation expense, (C) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-down or write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets, inventory and investments in debt and equity securities and (D) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method (provided that, if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(vi) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary; plus

(vii) the amount of any “earn-out” and other contingent consideration obligations in connection with any Acquisition; plus

(viii) the amount of (A) extraordinary, exceptional, nonrecurring or unusual losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction expenses, integration costs, transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, costs or accruals or reserves incurred in connection with acquisitions, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and postretirement employee benefit plans and (B) any expenses, fees, charges, or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to or incurred in connection with any equity issuance, including, without limitation, an initial public offering, Investment, Restricted Payment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful); plus

(ix) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions either taken or expected to be taken within twenty-four (24) months after the end of such period (which cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions (it is understood and agreed that “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken or expected to be taken); provided that such cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements, revenue enhancements and synergies are reasonably identifiable and reasonably attributable to the actions specified and reasonably anticipated to result from such actions; plus

 

12


(x) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; plus

(xi) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(xii) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(xiii) at the Borrower’s option, the amount of reasonably identifiable “run-rate” profits (calculated on a pre-tax basis) that are projected by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in good faith to be derived from new contracts (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such profits had been realized on the first day of such period) within twenty-four (24) months of the entry into such new contract net of the amount of actual profits realized prior to or during such period from such new contracts and without giving any benefit for any period after the termination of such new contract;

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in any prior period; plus

(ii) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such cash did not increase Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such prior period; plus

(iii) any net income from disposed or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(iv) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains (less all fees and expenses relating thereto); and

(c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 460, the obligations under any Guarantee.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, with respect to the fiscal quarters ended on June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 shall be deemed to be $276,821,941, $415,844,753 and $530,230,361, respectively, and with respect to all assets and Persons acquired or disposed of, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

13


Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated, at the Borrower’s option, on either (x) if, as of the date of determination, management of the Borrower expects in good faith that the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for two quarters following such date of determination will be higher than the immediately preceding two quarters, by multiplying the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent fiscal quarter multiple by four or (y) an unannualized basis (i.e., the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters).

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without duplication, the amortization of deferred financing fees and costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures, conversion costs, amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease assets or liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of OID resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers, acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of capitalized lease obligations and (v) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate hedging obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (A) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with Transactions or any acquisition, (B) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (C) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to any debt securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (D) amortization of OID, deferred financing fees and costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (E) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, and (F) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(c) interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

 

14


Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate consolidated net earnings (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication:

(a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles (effected either through cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case, in accordance with GAAP) and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded;

(b) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments (including any disposal of abandoned or discontinued operations) or the sale or other disposition of any capital stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business as determined in good faith by the Borrower shall be excluded;

(c) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, debt line items and other noncash charges in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(d) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment, cancellation or conversion of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) hedging obligations or (iii) other debt or derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(e) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;

(f) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, equity based awards, equity incentive programs or other non-cash deemed financial charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of equity interests by management of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transaction shall be excluded;

(g) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to this Agreement), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of this Agreement) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;

(h) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve (12) months after the Effective Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction (or within twelve (12) months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;

 

15


(i) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, acquisition or any disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed in cash, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier (without any right of appeal thereof) within 180 days and (ii) in fact indemnified or reimbursed in cash within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded;

(j) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed in cash, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed in cash within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 day period), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events shall be excluded;

(k) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Swap Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded;

(l) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation and transaction gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Swap Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any other monetary assets and liabilities shall be excluded; and

(m) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates) shall be excluded.

To the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of (x) cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and (y) cash reimbursements of any expenses and charges deducted from Consolidated Net Income that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or disposition permitted hereunder that were not previously excluded from Consolidated Net Income per clauses (i) or (j) above.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Investment or other acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

 

16


Contractual Obligations” means, with respect to a Person, the obligations under each mortgage, indenture, security agreement, loan agreement or credit agreement and each other agreement, contract or instrument that such Person is a party to.

Contribution Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to (i) direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise the outstanding voting power, by contract or otherwise or (ii) vote 10% of more of Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or any similar governing body) of a Person. “Controlled” has the meaning correlative thereto.

Convertible Indebtedness” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Obligor that is or will become, upon the occurrence of certain specified events or after the passage of a specified amount of time, either (a) convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Borrower (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock) or (b) sold as units with call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common stock of the Borrower and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock); provided that:

(i) (A) such Indebtedness does not require any scheduled amortization, mandatory prepayments, redemptions, sinking fund payments or purchase offers prior to the final maturity date thereof (other than pursuant to customary asset sale and change of control (or fundamental change) offers and pursuant to settlements upon conversion) and (B) such Indebtedness shall have a stated maturity that is not earlier than the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date in effect on the date such Indebtedness is created (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that a redemption right of the Borrower or Obligor with respect to such Convertible Indebtedness will not be prohibited by this proviso, but the exercise of such redemption right will be deemed to be the declaration of a Restricted Payment);

(ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any person other than the Obligors; and

(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or would result from such incurrence.

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

Covenant Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

Credit Event” means the Credit Extension on the Closing Date.

Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Term Loan Commitments, that Lender’s Term Loan Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Term Loan Commitments, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans of that Lender.

 

17


Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan.

Cumulative Credit means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the greater of (x) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter following the Effective Date for which financial statements are internally available, commencing with the fiscal quarter in which the Effective Date occurs and (y) (A) cumulative Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period, but without duplication for any adjustments made to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA during an earlier period for expected gains or losses that are actually realized and later added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in a subsequent period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Effective Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are internally available, minus (B) 1.4x cumulative Fixed Charges for the same period; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds and/or the fair market value of assets received from (i) the sale or transfer of Equity Interests (other than any Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower or any holding company of the Borrower on or after May 16, 2024 (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds or assets have been contributed as common or preferred equity to the capital of Borrower or (ii) the common Equity Interests of the Borrower or any holding company of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Obligations) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries owed to a Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of the Borrower or any holding company of the Borrower received on or after May 16, 2024; plus

(d) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, an amount equal to any returns in cash and Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Section 6.07(q)(ii); minus

(e) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Investments pursuant to Section 6.07(q)(ii) after the Closing Date and prior to such time; minus

(f) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.04(l)(ii) after the Closing Date and prior to such time.

Cure Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

Cure Notification Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

Cure Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

 

18


Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day (a “SOFR Rate Day”), a rate per annum equal to SOFR for the day (such day, the “SOFR Determination Date”) that is five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to (i) if such SOFR Rate Day is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, such SOFR Rate Day or (ii) if such SOFR Rate Day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the U.S. Government Securities Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website; provided that if the Daily Simple SOFR as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement. Any change in Daily Simple SOFR due to a change in SOFR shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in SOFR without notice to the Borrower. If by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second (2nd) U.S. Government Securities Business Day immediately following any SOFR Determination Date, SOFR in respect of such SOFR Determination Date has not been published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Daily Simple SOFR has not occurred, then SOFR for such SOFR Determination Date will be SOFR as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such SOFR was published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website.

Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 6.01 other than Section 6.01(bb)).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the sum of (x) Unrestricted Cash, calculated solely for the Obligors, plus (y) the depreciated value of plant property and equipment held by the Obligors as of such date to (ii) Obligor Total Indebtedness, calculated solely for the Obligors, as of such date.

Declined Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(g) hereof.

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.19(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless, in each case, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding or payment (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, any Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless

 

19


such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) [reserved], (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (e) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (a) through (e) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.19(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”

Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

Designated Receivables” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Designated Receivables Sale”.

Designated Receivables Sale” means any sale, transfer or other Asset Sale pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers on a non-recourse basis (with certain exceptions customary in transactions of such type) to a financial institution (including any commercial bank, any hedge fund, debt fund or similar investment vehicle or other non-bank entity) any of its accounts receivable (the “Designated Receivables”) and any assets related thereto (including without limitation, all security interests in merchandise or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such accounts receivables and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with sales transactions involving such assets).

Disqualified Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily

 

20


redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, or (c) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness (but solely such portion that is so convertible would be deemed to be a Disqualified Equity Interest) or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date, except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the prior expiration or termination of the Term Loan Commitment, the payment in full of the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Equity Interests of the Borrower authorized by the Borrower Charter as of the Effective Date shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests.

Disqualified Institution” means (a) competitors of Borrower and its Subsidiaries identified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or after the Effective Date (as may be updated in writing from time to time), and (b) any Affiliates of the competitors identified in foregoing clause (a) (other than any such Affiliates of such competitors referred to in clause (a) above that is a bona fide debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated banking entity or non-regulated lending entity that are primarily engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds or similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course unless such competitor is otherwise disqualified pursuant to clause (a) above) that is either (x) identified in writing by Borrower from time to time or (y) clearly identifiable on the basis of such Affiliate’s name or otherwise.

Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States, excluding (a) any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company and (b) any such Subsidiary that is owned (directly or indirectly) by a Foreign Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

21


Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.02).

Effective Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield on such Indebtedness in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors (the effect of which floors shall be determined in a manner set forth in the proviso below), or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (provided that original issue discount and upfront fees shall be amortized over the shorter of (1) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness and (2) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders or other institutions providing such Indebtedness in connection with the initial primary syndication thereof, but excluding any arrangement, underwriting, structuring, unused line, consent, escrow arrangement fees, amendment, upfront or original issue discount, ticking and commitment fees and other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally paid to all relevant lenders providing such Indebtedness and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting lenders.

Electronic System” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, web portal access for the Borrower and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and any of its respective Related Parties or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

Eligible Special Purpose Entity” means any Person which may or may not be a Subsidiary of the Receivables Seller which has been formed by or for the benefit of the Receivables Seller solely for the purpose of purchasing or securitizing Securitization Receivables from the Receivables Seller.

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters (to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Material).

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) human exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement to the extent liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

 

22


Equity Issuance Prepayment Event” shall mean any issuance or sale by the Borrower of any Equity Interests or the receipt by the Borrower of any capital contributions with respect to its Equity Interests, in each case, other than (x) amounts contributed to a Subsidiary to cure a default or otherwise ensure covenant compliance under the SPV II Credit Agreement, the SPV IV Credit Agreement or any Future SPV Credit Agreement or (y) Equity Interests issued as consideration in connection with the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder for which no cash is received by the Borrower as a result of such issuance or sale of Equity Interests.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with any Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Pension Plan, as to which the PBGC has not waived by regulation the requirement of Section 4043 of ERISA that it be notified of such event; (b) the taking of any action to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan under Sections 4041 or 4101A of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Pension Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Sections 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance; (e) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the receipt of a written determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (h) engaging in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to which the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” within the meaning of Section 4975 the Code or a “party in interest” within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or could otherwise reasonably be expected to be liable; (i) the incurrence by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan or a withdrawal from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (j) the receipt by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in “endangered” or “critical” status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA.

 

23


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) (i) any Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company and (iii) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of any Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company, and (c) any other Subsidiaries to the extent the Administrative Agent and the Borrower mutually determine that the cost and/or burden of obtaining the Guaranty therefrom (including any adverse tax consequences) outweigh the benefit to the Lenders; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that provides a guaranty in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Credit Agreement or any other Indebtedness that is secured shall not be an “Excluded Subsidiary” hereunder for any purpose.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Obligor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Obligor of, or the grant by such Obligor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Obligor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Obligor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Term Loan Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Term Loan Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.20) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.18, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.18(g) and (d) Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

 

24


FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.).

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate; provided that, if the Federal Funds Effective Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Fee Letter” means, collectively, those certain fee letters, dated as of the Effective Date, setting forth certain fee obligations of the Borrower, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.

FEMA” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year” means the Fiscal Year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period; and

(b) all mandatory dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock during such period; and

(c) all mandatory dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period.

Flood Hazard Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

Flood Insurance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

 

25


Floor” means a rate of interest equal to 0.00%.

Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company” shall mean any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which are Equity Interests (including any debt instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and/or debt of one or more (x) Foreign Subsidiaries and (y) other Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies pursuant to clause (x) of this definition.

Funding Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(l).

Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit G or in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and separately provided to the Borrower.

Future SPV” means any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is (a) formed to hold master services agreements and related order forms entered into with customers, graphic processing unit servers and ancillary equipment necessary to service any of the foregoing and data center leases/licenses necessary to service any of the foregoing and (b) financed by a Future SPV Credit Agreement.

Future SPV Credit Agreement” means any credit agreement, loan agreement or similar credit or loan facility entered into with a Future SPV, SPV II or SPV IV, as the borrower thereunder; provided, that (a) any indebtedness incurred thereunder has a LTV Ratio of no greater than (i) 90%, so long as a material portion of the contracts of such Future SPV consist of contracts with (or contracted revenue from) entities which have an Investment Grade Rating or (ii) 75%, so long as a material portion of the contracts with (or contracted revenue from) entities which do not have an Investment Grade Rating, and (b) any indebtedness incurred thereunder must not mature prior to the date that it is at least eighteen (18) months after the Term Loan Maturity Date in effect on the date such indebtedness is created.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Acts” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay

 

26


(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities or guarantees of operating leases, in each case, that is permitted hereunder (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation or guarantee of an operating lease would be considered Indebtedness hereunder).

Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

Guarantors” means those Subsidiaries listed on Section 5.11 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and party hereto and any future Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that has delivered a joinder agreement pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof.

Guaranty” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 8.01 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank” means each counterparty to a Hedging Transaction that is a Lender or the Administrative Agent (or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent) and each other Person if, at the date of entering into such Hedging Transaction, such Person was a Lender or the Administrative (or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent); provided that if such Person is not a Lender or the Administrative Agent, prior to accepting the benefits of this Agreement, such Person shall confirm its agreement in a writing in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent to be (and agree to be) bound by the provisions of Article 10 and Sections 11.03(c), 11.09, 11.10 and 11.12 as if it were a Lender.

Hedging Transaction” means (a) any interest-rate transaction, including any interest-rate swap, basis swap, forward rate agreement, interest rate option (including a cap, collar or floor), and any other instrument linked to interest rates that gives rise to similar credit risks (including when-issued securities and forward deposits accepted), (b) any currency exchange-rate transaction, including any cross-currency interest-rate swap, any forward foreign-exchange contract, any currency option, and any other instrument linked to exchange rates that gives rise to similar credit risks and (c) any other transaction under a Swap Agreement.

Increased Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

27


Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business), including earn-outs, (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation and (i) all Disqualified Equity Interests in such Person, valued, as of the date of determination, at the greater of (i) the maximum aggregate amount that would be payable upon maturity, redemption, repayment or repurchase thereof (or of Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness into which such Disqualified Equity Interests are convertible or exchangeable) and (ii) the maximum liquidation preference of such Disqualified Equity Interests. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (g) above shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and outstanding and (B) the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable in respect of such obligations, (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (h) above shall be the lower of the amount of the obligation and the fair market value of the assets of such Person securing such obligation and (iii) the amount of any Convertible Indebtedness will be the principal amount thereof.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(b).

Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

Initial Public Offering” means the Borrower’s first marketed underwritten public offering of Class A Common Stock or other common equity securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

28


Initial Term Loan Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Loans hereunder. The amount of each Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Initial Term Loan Commitments as of the Effective Date is $300,000,000.

Initial Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

Intellectual Property Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(b).

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.15(b) and in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the first day of each calendar quarter and the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any RFR Loan, each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month) and the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (c) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Term Loan Maturity Date.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Term Benchmark Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period and (c) no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 2.21(d) shall be available for specification in such Funding Notice or Interest Election Request. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Investment” means (a) any purchase or other acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Equity Interests of any other Person; or (b) any loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts, accounts receivable, trade credit, advances or other payments made to customers, dealers, suppliers and distributors, and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person.

 

29


Investment Grade Rating” shall mean a long-term unsecured senior debt rating of at least Baa3 or better by Moody’s or BBB- or better by S&P.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided in no event shall any Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture.

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Notes (if any) and any Joinder Agreement.

Loans” means the term loans (including any Base Rate Loan or Term Benchmark Loan) made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, including the Initial Term Loans.

LTV Ratio” means, with respect to any Indebtedness outstanding, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the principal amount of such Indebtedness to the total value (as measured by the Borrower in its good faith and reasonable business judgment) of the collateral securing such Indebtedness.

Margin Stock” has the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

Material Acquisition” means any Acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consummated after the Closing Date with respect to such transaction or series of transactions, the Acquisition Consideration is in excess of $50,000,000.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations hereunder, (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Obligor of any Loan Document to which it is a party or (d) the rights of or remedies,

 

30


taken as a whole, available to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, except to the extent resulting from an action or a failure to act by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in a principal amount exceeding $25,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Intellectual Property” means intellectual property owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is material to the business of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” means, as of any date of determination after the Closing Date, an aggregate amount equal to $200,000,000.

Maximum Receivables Sales Amount” means the greater of $300,000,000 and 50% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower ended on or most recently prior to the Relevant Test Date for which financial statements have been or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. or any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan” any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is or has been contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute by) any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability.

Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any Prepayment Event, an amount equal to: (a) Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Prepayment Event, minus (b) any bona fide direct costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Prepayment Event, including (i) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable by the seller as a result of or in connection with such Prepayment Event, (ii) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty on, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Prepayment Event, and (iii) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, the Borrower’s good faith estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities or indemnities or other contingent obligations relating to the assets sold (provided that, to the extent such cash proceeds are not so used within 180 days of such Asset Sale, such cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), minus (c) the amount of any liabilities retained by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are associated solely with the assets that are the subject of such transaction (provided that, to the extent and at

 

31


the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), minus (d) in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the “Deferred Net Cash Proceeds”) shall, unless the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds no later than 90 days following the last day of such Reinvestment Period, (1) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 90 days after the date the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 90th day, as applicable, the “Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date”), and (2) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).

NFIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.02 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees, or beneficiaries thereof, of any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Non-U.S. Plan Event” means with respect to any Non-U.S. Plan: (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority; (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments; (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Non-U.S. Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Non-U.S. Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Non-U.S. Plan; (d) the incurrence of any material liability by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Non-U.S. Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein; or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the imposition on any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any material fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.

 

32


Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(c).

Notice” means a Funding Notice or Interest Election Request.

“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day(or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

Obligations” means all amounts owing by any Obligor to the Administrative Agent, Arranger, any Hedge Bank or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in each case whether for principal, interest (including, in each case, all interest which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding in bankruptcy after the insolvency of, or for the reorganization of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations of any Obligor shall in no event include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Obligor.

Obligors” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Obligor Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination (without double counting), the aggregate stated balance sheet amount (in accordance with GAAP) of all Indebtedness (but excluding any Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (g) and (h) of the definition of “Indebtedness” and the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Indebtedness”) of the Obligors.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

33


Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.20).

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(c)(i).

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(c)(iii).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained in whole or in part by any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has or could have any liability.

Permitted Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided,

(a)  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b)  all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable governmental approvals;

(c)  in the case of the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests, the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, promptly after the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 5.10 and Section 5.11, if and as applicable;

(d)  the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $30,000,000, at least three Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition, notice of the aggregate Acquisition Consideration for such acquisition and (y) with respect to any Material Acquisition, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, (1) a copy of the acquisition agreement related to the proposed Permitted Acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) and (2) to the extent available, quarterly and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the twelve month period immediately prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition, including any audited financial statements that are available;

 

34


(e)  any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be engaged in or related to a business permitted under Section 6.03(c); and

(f) both before and immediately after giving effect (including giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis) to such Acquisition and the Loans (if any) requested to be made in connection therewith, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 7.01; provided that if such Acquisition will result in an Increased Period, the applicable Total Net Leverage Ratio test shall be 7.00 to 1.00.

Permitted Designated Receivables Sale” means a Designated Receivables Sale permitted by Section 6.03(b)(v).

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not more than sixty (60) days overdue or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, vendor’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, professional liability insurance, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, and other similar legislation, other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) (i) pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, government contracts, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, deductibles, co-payment, co-insurance, premiums, reimbursement obligations to providers of insurance, self-insurance or reinsurance obligations, surety, customs, stay and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted to support payment of the items set forth in clause (i) of this clause (d);

(e) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases, joint venture agreements, transfers of accounts or transfers of chattel paper entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(f) judgment liens and deposits to secure obligations under appeal bonds or letters of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Section 9.01;

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, building code and land use laws, minor defects or irregularities in title, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary

 

35


obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or are described in a mortgage policy;

(h) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (including Capital Lease Obligations subject to Section 6.01(c)), license or sublicense or concession agreement, in each case to the extent permitted by this Agreement; and

(i) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by any applicable law.

Permitted Holders” means (a) Michael Intrator, Brian Venturo and Brannin McBee and (b) and any trust or other estate planning vehicle for the primary benefit of the individuals referenced in clause (a), their spouses, or any of their lineal descendants.

Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt” shall mean Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained by the Borrower in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes, or subordinated notes (in each case issued in a public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement or a bridge financing in lieu of the foregoing (and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor)), loans that are unsecured, or notes or loans constituting secured or unsecured mezzanine Indebtedness; provided that:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of all Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt at the time of issuance or incurrence shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount available at such time;

(b) other than any customary bridge facility with a maturity date of no longer than one year (so long as the Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted, or is to be exchanged for or otherwise replaces, complies with such requirement), the maturity date of such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt will be in the case of Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt that is unsecured, no earlier than the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date in effect on the date such Indebtedness is created;

(c) no Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be guaranteed by any person other than a Guarantor;

(d) [reserved]; and

(e) both immediately before and immediately after the incurrence of such Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, no Event of Default exists.

Permitted Leverage Increase” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.01.

Permitted Securitization” means a Securitization Transaction permitted by Section 6.10.

Person” or “person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

36


Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries could have any material liability.

Pledged SPV Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes or other instruments from time to time owed to the Borrower by SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV, in each case, to the extent the loan creating such Indebtedness is permitted to be made under this Agreement, together with associated collateral related to the foregoing.

Prepayment Event” shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Equity Issuance Prepayment Event.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

Principal Office” for each of the Administrative Agent, means such Person’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B, or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to any determination of the Secured Net Leverage Ratio or Total Net Leverage Ratio, (i) that such determination of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is made for the relevant Test Period, but that (x) any material acquisitions or material dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or discontinuances of operations during such Test Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the date of determination or with the proceeds of or in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness for which the Secured Net Leverage Ratio or Total Net Leverage Ratio is being determined (each, a “Pro Forma Event”) shall be deemed for this purpose to have occurred on the first day of such Test Period, and (y) if since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have undertaken any Pro Forma Event that would have required adjustment pursuant to clause (x) above, then such ratio or amount shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Pro Forma Event had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period and (ii) that such determination of Indebtedness is determined after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness (and all simultaneous incurrences of Indebtedness) for which such ratio is being tested, and the application of proceeds thereof. For purposes of this definition, “material” shall mean one or a series of related transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $500,000.

Pro Forma Event” has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”.

 

37


Pro Rata Share” means with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Term Loan Commitment or Loans of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Credit Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Credit Exposure of all Lenders.

Projections” means the projections of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of Fiscal Year 2025 through and including Fiscal Year 2028 on an annual basis.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Listing” means a listing of the common stock of the Borrower on a nationally recognized securities exchange.

Put Note” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Series C Put Option Agreement.

Put Option Payment Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of (a) gross proceeds received by the Borrower or any holding company of the Borrower from any Initial Public Offering or any other equity offerings occurring thereafter and (b) the cumulative amount (which shall not be less than zero) of “retained earnings” set forth on the Borrower’s most recent consolidated balance sheet calculated in accordance with GAAP.

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.19.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Obligor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified Equity Interest” of any person shall mean any Equity Interests of such person that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Real Estate Asset” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by the Borrower or any Obligor in any real property.

Receivables Indebtedness” means indebtedness incurred by any Eligible Special Purpose Entity to finance, refinance or guaranty the financing or refinancing of Securitization Receivables; provided (a) such indebtedness shall in accordance with GAAP not be accounted for as an asset or liability on the balance sheet of Receivables Seller or any of its subsidiaries; (b) no assets other than the Securitization Receivables to be financed or refinanced secure such indebtedness; and (c) neither the Receivables Seller nor any of its subsidiaries shall incur any liability with respect to such indebtedness other than liability arising by reason of (i) a breach of a representation or warranty or customary indemnities in each case contained in any instrument relating to such indebtedness or (ii) customary interests retained by the Receivables Seller in such Indebtedness.

 

38


Receivables Seller” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Securitization Transaction”.

Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) any Lender, as applicable.

Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is the Term SOFR Rate, 5:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day that is two U.S. Government Securities Business Days preceding the date of such setting, (2) following a Benchmark Transition Event and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Rate, if such Benchmark is Daily Simple SOFR, then four U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such setting or (3) if such Benchmark is none of the Term SOFR Rate or Daily Simple SOFR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Refinanced Indebtedness” has the meaning given thereto in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness (and the continuation or renewal of any Liens permitted under Section 6.02 related thereto) so long as:

(a) such refinancing, renewal, or extension does not result in an increase in the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) (other than any accrued or capitalized amounts) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”), other than by the amount equal to any accrued but unpaid interest, the premiums paid thereon in connection with such refinancing, renewal or extension and fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of existing unfunded commitments thereunder,

(b) such refinancing, renewal, or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the Refinanced Indebtedness and, except in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, does not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity,

(c) to the extent the terms or conditions of such refinancing, renewal or extension differ from the terms and conditions of the Refinanced Indebtedness, such term and conditions, taken as a whole, are not and would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,

(d) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such refinancing, renewal, or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) as those that were applicable to the Refinanced Indebtedness, and

(e) no person is an obligor with respect to such refinancing, renewal or replacement that was not an obligor with respect to such Refinanced Indebtedness.

Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(h).

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

39


Registered Equivalent Notes” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantee obligations) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Reinvestment Period shall mean 180 days following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event.

Rejection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(g) hereof.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto.

Relevant Test Date” means the most recent Test Date.

Relevant Rate” means (i) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Term SOFR Rate, and (ii) with respect to any RFR Borrowing, Daily Simple SOFR, as applicable.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments or, if the Term Loan Commitments shall have been terminated, holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans at such time. The Term Loan Commitment and Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Responsible Officer” means any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, director, General Counsel, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Development Officer of the applicable Obligor, or any person designated by any such Obligor in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend, repurchase, redemption or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property other than Qualified Equity Interests of such Person) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property other than Qualified Equity Interests of such Person), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests of such Person or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests of such Person.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of any Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

 

40


Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(h).

Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2024 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among Borrower, the obligors party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto.

RFR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Daily Simple SOFR (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Base Rate Loan or Borrowing).

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, or any successor thereto.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, the Crimea, Zaporizhzhia and Kherson Regions of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Entity” means, at any time, (a) a Sanctioned Country or (b) a Sanctioned Person.

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, by the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, or the United Kingdom, (b) any Person operating from, or organized or resident in, a Sanctioned Country, or (c) any Person owned or controlled (as such terms are defined in applicable Sanctions) by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes or similar restrictions imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, at any date, the ratio of (i) Total Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, that is secured by a Lien on any assets or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, minus Unrestricted Cash of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date.

Securitization Receivables” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Securitization Transaction”.

 

41


Securitization Transaction” means any financing transaction or series of financing transactions that have been or may be entered into by any Person pursuant to which such Person (the “Receivables Seller”) sells, conveys or otherwise transfers on a non-recourse basis (with certain exceptions customary in transactions of such type) to an Eligible Special Purpose Entity any of its accounts receivable (the “Securitization Receivables”) (whether such Securitization Receivables are then existing or arise in the future), and any assets related thereto (including without limitation, all security interests in merchandise or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such Securitization Receivables and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets), and the Eligible Special Purpose Entity either (a) borrows funds from or (b) sells the Securitization Receivables to, in either case, a commercial paper conduit which issues securities, the payment obligations under which, in either case, are satisfied from the Securitization Receivables and the proceeds of the sale of which are used to purchase additional Securitization Receivables.

Senior Unsecured Indebtedness” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Obligor in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or subordinated notes (in each case issued in a public offering or a Rule 144A or other private placement or a bridge financing in lieu of the foregoing (and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor)); provided that:

(a) (i) such Indebtedness does not require any scheduled amortization, mandatory prepayments, redemptions, sinking fund payments or purchase offers prior to the final maturity date thereof (other than pursuant to customary asset sale and change of control (or fundamental change) offers) and (ii) such Indebtedness shall have a stated maturity that is not earlier than the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date in effect on the date such Indebtedness is created;

(b) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any person other than the Obligors; and

(c) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or would result from such incurrence.

Series C Put Option Agreement” shall mean that certain Put Option Agreement dated as of May 16, 2024, by and among the Borrower and the investors listed on Schedule A thereto. All references to “Series C Put Option Agreement” herein or in any other Loan Document shall mean the Series C Put Option Agreement as in effect on the date of its execution.

SOFR” means a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the NYFRB’s Website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 

42


SOFR Rate Day” has the meaning assigned to it under the definition of Daily Simple SOFR.

Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value (on a going concern basis) of the present assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value (on a going concern basis) of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured in the ordinary course of business, (c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

SPV II” means CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

SPV II Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2023, by and among SPV II, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent, and the financial institutions party thereto as “Lenders”, as the same may be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

SPV II Parent Guarantee” means that certain Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2023, by and between the Borrower and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the Administrative Agent, as the same may be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

SPV IV” means CoreWeave Compute Acquisition Co. IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

SPV IV Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2024, by and among SPV IV, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent, and the financial institutions party thereto as “Lenders”, as the same may be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

 

43


SPV IV Parent Guarantee” means that certain Parent Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2024, by and between the Borrower and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the Administrative Agent, as the same may be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Statement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(h).

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of any Obligor, as applicable.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Supported QFC” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.19.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no stock option, phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Obligor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Benchmark”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Term SOFR Rate.

Termination Date” means the earlier of (x) April 7, 2025 and (y) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

Term Loan Commitment” means the Initial Term Loan Commitment.

Term Loan Credit Agreement” means that certain Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2024 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among Borrower, the obligors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the lenders and issuing banks party thereto.

 

44


Term Loan Maturity Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) December 16, 2025 (and if such date is not a Business Day, then the preceding Business Day) and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 9.01.

Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning assigned to it under the definition of Term SOFR Reference Rate.

Term SOFR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m., Chicago time, two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the commencement of such tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, as such rate is published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator; provided that if the Term SOFR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

Term SOFR Reference Rate” means, for any day and time (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”), with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and identified by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR. If by 5:00 pm (New York City time) on such Term SOFR Determination Day, the “Term SOFR Reference Rate” for the applicable tenor has not been published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Rate has not occurred, then, so long as such day is otherwise a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such Term SOFR Determination Day will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate was published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator, so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Day.

Test Date” means, with respect to any Designated Receivables Sale or Securitization Transaction, as applicable, the date of such Designated Receivables Sale or the date any Securitization Receivables are sold in a Securitization Transaction, as applicable.

Test Period” in effect at any time means, subject to the proviso in the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each such Fiscal Quarter have been or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.

Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination (without double counting), the aggregate stated balance sheet amount (in accordance with GAAP) of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, at any date, the ratio of (i) Total Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, minus Unrestricted Cash of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date.

 

45


Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Obligors of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans, the payment of related fees and expenses and the use of the proceeds thereof.

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to Term SOFR Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.

Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(d).

Unrestricted Cash” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all Cash and Cash Equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower that are not “restricted” for purposes of GAAP (unless the restricted status is as a result of a Lien permitted by Sections 6.02(k), 6.02(o), and 6.02(q)); provided, that the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash shall not include any Cash or Cash Equivalents that are subject to a Lien in favor of any Person other than (a) [reserved] and (b) Liens permitted by Sections 6.02(k), 6.02(o), and 6.02(q).

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.12. The Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date are set forth on Section 5.12 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America.

 

46


U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the U.S. is pledged in support thereof.

U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.19.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, any as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” means any Obligor and the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Term Benchmark Loan). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Term Benchmark Borrowing).

 

47


Section 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Section 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test, at all times prior to the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), compliance shall be determined based on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower with respect to the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2024, and delivered pursuant to Section 3.04(a) hereof.

Section 1.05. Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

 

48


Section 1.06. Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on (or before) a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

Section 1.07. Basket Classification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (a) unless specifically stated otherwise herein, any dollar, number, percentage or other amount available under any carve-out, basket, exclusion or exception to Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03(a), 6.03(b), 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 or 6.07 of this Agreement relied on to permit any transaction may be accumulated, added, combined, aggregated or used together by any Obligor and its Restricted Subsidiaries with any other dollar, number, percentage or other amount available under any other applicable carve-out, basket, exclusion or exception to such Section which may be used to permit such transaction, (b) any action or event permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03(a), 6.03(b), 6.04, 6.05, 6.06 or 6.07 of this Agreement permitting such action or event but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of such Section.

Section 1.08. Cumulative Credit Transactions. If more than one action occurs on any given date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Cumulative Credit immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously.

Section 1.09. Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to (a) the continuation of, administration of, submission of, calculation of or any other matter related to Alternate Base Rate, Term SOFR, the Term SOFR Reference Rate or any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, or any alternative, successor or replacement rate thereto (including any Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, or have the same volume or liquidity as, Alternate Base Rate, Daily Simple SOFR, Term SOFR, the Term SOFR Reference Rate or any other Benchmark prior to its discontinuance or unavailability, or (b) the effect, implementation or composition of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of the Alternate Base Rate, Daily Simple SOFR, Term SOFR, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain the Alternate Base Rate, Daily Simple SOFR, Term SOFR, the Term SOFR Reference Rate or any other Benchmark, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

 

49


ARTICLE 2

LOANS

Section 2.01. Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees to make loans to the Borrower in Dollars and in a single Credit Extension on the Closing Date (“Initial Term Loans”), in an aggregate amount such that the Initial Term Loans of such Lender does not exceed such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. All Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Loans and the Term Loan Commitments shall be paid in full no later than the Term Loan Maturity Date. Amounts borrowed and repaid hereunder may not be reborrowed.

(a) Borrowing Mechanics for Loans.

(i) Loans that are Base Rate Loans or RFR Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount, and Loans that are Term Benchmark Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) Subject to Section 2.24, whenever the Borrower desires that Lenders make Loans, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Funding Notice signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or through any Electronic System or an Approved Borrower Portal, in each case, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent no later than (x) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one U.S. Government Securities Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Event and (y) in the case of a Base Rate Loan, 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the Credit Event; provided that if such Funding Notice is submitted through an Approved Borrower Portal, the foregoing signature requirement may be waived at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent. Each Funding Notice shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to make a Borrowing in accordance therewith.

(iii) Notice of receipt of each Funding Notice in respect of Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender with reasonable promptness.

(iv) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans available to the Borrower on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to Funding Account or such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

 

50


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Borrower be permitted to request an RFR Loan (it being understood and agreed that Daily Simple SOFR shall only apply to the extent provided in Sections 2.21(a) and 2.21(f).

Section 2.02. [Reserved].

Section 2.03. [Reserved].

Section 2.04. Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds.

(a) Pro Rata Shares. All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by the Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Term Loan Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

(b)Availability of Funds. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Closing Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such Closing Date and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount on such Closing Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Alternate Base Rate. In the event that (i) the Administrative Agent declines to make a requested amount available to the Borrower until such time as all applicable Lenders have made payment to the Administrative Agent, (ii) a Lender fails to fund to the Administrative Agent all or any portion of the Loans required to be funded by such Lender hereunder prior to the time specified in this Agreement and (iii) such Lender’s failure results in the Administrative Agent failing to make a corresponding amount available to the Borrower on the Closing Date, at the Administrative Agent’s option, such Lender shall not receive interest hereunder with respect to the requested amount of such Lender’s Loans for the period commencing with the time specified in this Agreement for receipt of payment by the Borrower through and including the time of the Borrower’s receipt of the requested amount. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, and the Administrative Agent has already made such corresponding amount available to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the rate payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans for such Type of Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.04(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Term Loan Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

51


Section 2.05. Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes.

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt. Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error; provided that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Term Loan Commitments or the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; provided, further, in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

(b)Register. The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Term Loan Commitments and Loans of, and principal amount of and interest on the Loans owing to each Lender from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; provided that the information contained in the Register which is shared with each Lender (other than the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates) shall be limited to the entries with respect to such Lender including the Term Loan Commitment of, or principal amount of and stated interested on the Loans owing to such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Term Loan Commitments and the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.04, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided that failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Term Loan Commitments or the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as the Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.05, and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees” entitled to the benefits of Section 11.03.

(c) Notes. If so reasonably requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior to a Credit Event, or at any time thereafter, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 11.04) on a Credit Event (or, if such notice is delivered after a Credit Event, promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a note or notes in substantially the form of Exhibit D to evidence such Lender’s Loan (each, a “Note”).

 

52


Section 2.06. Interest on Loans.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Type of Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

(i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans;

(ii) if a Term Benchmark Loan, at the Term SOFR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate for Term Benchmark Loans; and

(iii) if a RFR Loan, at a rate per annum equal to the Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) In connection with Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans there shall be no more than five Interest Periods outstanding at any time. In the event the Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Term Benchmark Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Interest Election Request, such Loan (if outstanding as a Term Benchmark Loan) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as), or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan. In the event the Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Term Benchmark Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Interest Election Request, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to Term Benchmark Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing) to the Borrower and each Lender.

(d) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.06(a) shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate only at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), in each case for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Term Benchmark Loan, the date of conversion of such Term Benchmark Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Term Benchmark Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Term Benchmark Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided, if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

53


(e) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of the Loans, including final maturity of the Loans.

(f) [reserved].

(g) [reserved].

(h) All interest hereunder on any Loan shall be computed on a daily basis based upon the outstanding principal amount of such Loan as of the applicable date of determination. Any determination of the applicable Alternate Base Rate, Term SOFR Rate or Daily Simple SOFR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.07. Break Funding Payments.

(a) With respect to Loans that are not RFR Loans, in the event of (i) the payment of any principal of any Term Benchmark Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any voluntary or mandatory prepayment of Loans), (ii) the conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Term Benchmark Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(b)(ii) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (iv) the assignment of any Term Benchmark Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20 or 11.02, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.

(b) With respect to RFR Loans, in the event of (i) the payment of any principal of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or an optional or mandatory prepayment of Loans), (ii) the failure to borrow or prepay any RFR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto, or (iii) the assignment of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20 or 11.02, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.

(c) A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.08. Default Interest. During the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, to the then-outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, to the extent permitted by law and at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, any interest payments or draws thereunder or any other fees owed hereunder and such fees shall

 

54


thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under Debtor Relief Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such interest and fees, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans); provided, in the case of an Event of Default with respect to any Obligor as described in Section 9.01(g) or (h) the Loans shall automatically bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loans and in the case of any other amount outstanding hereunder, such amount shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.08 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 2.09.  Fees.

The Borrower agrees to pay any fees required to be paid under the Fee Letter and to pay to the Administrative Agent such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

Section 2.10. Prepayment of Loans. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.11), subject to prior notice as provided for herein.

Section 2.11. Voluntary Prepayments/Mandatory Commitment Reductions.

(a) Voluntary Prepayments.

(i) Any time and from time to time:

(1) with respect to Base Rate Loans, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount (or if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Loans); and

(2) with respect to Term Benchmark Loans, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount (or if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Loans).

(ii) All such prepayments shall be made:

(1) upon notice by fax or through any Electronic System or an Approved Borrower Portal, in each case, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time on the date of such prepayment in the case of Base Rate Loans;

(2) upon not less than three U.S. Government Securities Business Days’ prior notice not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time by fax or through any Electronic

 

55


System or an Approved Borrower Portal, in each case, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in the case of Term SOFR Loans; and

(3) upon not less than five U.S. Government Securities Business Days’ prior notice not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time by fax or through any Electronic System or an Approved Borrower Portal, in each case, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in the case of RFR Loans.

Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Term Loan Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.11(b), then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.11(b). Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.

Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein; provided, however, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination, such notice may be revoked by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of prepayment, subject to Section 2.07. Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.13(a).

(b) Mandatory Commitment Termination. The Term Loan Commitments in effect as of the Effective Date shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) upon the Borrowing of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date.

Section 2.12. Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) On each occasion that an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within ten Business Days after the occurrence of such Prepayment Event (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within ten Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), subject to the reinvestment rights in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds and Section 6.03(d), prepay, in accordance with clause (e) below, Loans with an equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event; provided, further, that, with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event, in each case solely to the extent with respect to any Collateral, the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay or repurchase Indebtedness (and with such prepaid or repurchased Indebtedness permanently extinguished) with a Lien on such Collateral to the extent any such Indebtedness requires the issuer of such Indebtedness to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness with a Lien on such Collateral and with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness and the outstanding principal amount of Loans.

 

56


(b) On each occasion of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall within three Business Days of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness prepay, in accordance with clause (e) below, Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness.

(c) (i) On an occasion that the Initial Public Offering occurs, the Borrower shall within ten Business Days of receipt of the Cash Net Equity Proceeds of such Initial Public Offering prepay, in accordance with clause (e) below, Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of such Cash Net Equity Proceeds from such Initial Public Offering and (ii) on each occasion that an Equity Issuance Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within ten Business Days receipt of the cash net equity proceeds of such Equity Issuance Prepayment Event prepay, in accordance with clause (e) below, Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of such Cash Net Equity Proceeds from such issuance.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.12, (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Prepayment Event giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to clause (a) above received by a Foreign Subsidiary are prohibited or delayed by any applicable law from being repatriated, an amount equal to the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times provided in clause (a) above, as the case may be, but only so long, as the applicable law will not permit repatriation (the Obligors hereby agreeing to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable law to permit repatriation), and once a repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable law, an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten Business Days after such repatriation is permitted) applied (net of any taxes that would be payable or reserved against if such amounts were actually repatriated whether or not they are repatriated) to the repayment of the Loans pursuant to clause (a) above and (B) to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds, an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that in the case of this clause (B), on or before the date on which any Net Cash Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to clause (a) above (x) the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds to such reinvestments as if such Net Cash Proceeds had been received by the Obligors rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of any taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Cash Proceeds had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Cash Proceeds that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement, including Section 2.12 shall be construed to require any Foreign Subsidiary to repatriate cash.

(e) Subject to Section 2.12(g), each prepayment of Loans required by Section 2.12 shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans based on the applicable remaining outstanding amount due thereunder and shall be applied within each Class of Loans in respect of such Loans in direct order of maturity thereof or as otherwise directed by the Borrower. Subject to Section 2.12(g), with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 2.12(a) for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent written notice which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Loans requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each Lender of Initial Term Loans.

 

57


(f) With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by Sections 2.12(a)-(c), the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided, that if any Lender has provided a Rejection Notice in compliance with Section 2.12(g), such prepayment shall be applied with respect to the Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis across all outstanding Types of such Loans in proportion to the percentage of such outstanding Loans to be prepaid represented by each such Class. In the absence of a Rejection Notice or a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.07.

(g) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Loans required to be made pursuant to Sections 2.12(a)-(c) at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Loans of the contents of such prepayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment. Each Lender may reject all (but not less than all) of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment other than any such mandatory prepayment with respect to a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event under Section 2.12(a) and Indebtedness under Section 2.12(b) (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) of Loans required to be made pursuant to Sections 2.12(a)-(c) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Loans.

Section 2.13. Application of Prepayments.

(a) Each prepayment of the Loans shall be applied ratably to the Loans.

(b) Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.07.

Section 2.14. General Provisions Regarding Payments.

(a) All payments by the Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without defense, recoupment, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.17, 2.18 and 11.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto; for purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date may, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

58


(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest and any other related amounts owed, including pursuant to Section 2.07, on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

(c) The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Interest Election Request is withdrawn as to any Lender that cannot offer a Term Benchmark Loan or if any such Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Term Benchmark Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

(e) Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” as they may apply to Loans, whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the Term Loans Commitment fees hereunder.

(f) At the election of the Administrative Agent, all payments of principal, interest, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including, without limitation, all reimbursement for fees, costs and expenses pursuant to Section 11.03), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder, whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 or a deemed request as provided in this Section or may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (i) the Administrative Agent to make a Borrowing for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans, and that all such Borrowings shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Section 2.01, and (ii) the Administrative Agent to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

(g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the

 

59


Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the interest rate applicable to Term SOFR Loans.

(h) The Administrative Agent may from time to time provide the Borrower with account statements or invoices with respect to any of the Obligations (the “Statements”). The Administrative Agent is under no duty or obligation to provide Statements, which, if provided, will be solely for the Borrower’s convenience. Statements may contain estimates of the amounts owed during the relevant billing period, whether of principal, interest, fees or other Obligations. If the Borrower pays the full amount indicated on a Statement on or before the due date indicated on such Statement (which shall be the same as the due date under this Agreement), the Borrower shall not be in default of payment with respect to the billing period indicated on such Statement; provided, that acceptance by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, of any payment that is less than the total amount actually due at that time (including but not limited to any past due amounts) shall not constitute a waiver of the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ right to receive payment in full at another time.

Section 2.15. Interest Elections.

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Funding Notice and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Funding Notice. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.15. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election either in writing (delivered by hand or fax) by delivering a Interest Election Request signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or through any Electronic System or an Approved Borrower Portal, in each case, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, by the time that a Funding Notice would be required under Section 2.01(b) if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election; provided that, if such Interest Election Request is submitted through an Approved Borrower Portal, the foregoing signature requirement may be waived at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent. Each such Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable.

(c) Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.01(b):

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

60


(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Term Benchmark Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Term Benchmark Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Term Benchmark Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, (A) each Term Benchmark Borrowing shall be converted to an Base Rate Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (B) each RFR Borrowing shall be converted to an Base Rate Borrowing immediately.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect to convert or continue to any Borrowing of Loans if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Term Loan Maturity Date.

Section 2.16. [Reserved].

Section 2.17. Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

 

61


(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the applicable interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Term Benchmark Loans made by such Lender or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of participating in, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Term Loan Commitments hereunder or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s bona fide policies and the bona fide policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefore; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

62


Section 2.18. Taxes.

(a)  For purposes of this Section 2.18, the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(b) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(c) The Obligors shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) The Obligors shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Obligor has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Obligors to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Obligor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.18, such Obligor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

63


(g) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.18(g)(ii)(1), (ii)(2), (ii)(4) and (iii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(1) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(2) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(B) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

64


(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L- 1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable); or

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(3) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

65


(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(h) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.18 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the applicable indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.18(h) with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.18 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Term Loan Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.19. Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a)  If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of Obligations consisting of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of Obligations consisting of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(b) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the

 

66


Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(c) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to this paragraph (c) or paragraph (b) of this Section 2.19, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.20. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.16 or Section 2.17, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16, Section 2.17 or Section 2.18, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.17, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.18 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 11.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued

 

67


interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation pursuant to Section 2.17 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.18, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (iv) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 2.21. Alternate Rate of Interest.

(a) Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 2.21, if:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Term SOFR Rate (including, without limitation, because the Term SOFR Reference Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period or (B) at any time, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Daily Simple SOFR for an RFR Loan; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Term SOFR Rate for the applicable Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period or (B) at any time, the applicable Daily Simple SOFR for an RFR Loan will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders through any Electronic System as provided in Section 11.01 as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Borrower delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.15 or a new Funding Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.01, (A) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Funding Notice that requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be an Interest Election Request or a Funding Notice, as applicable, for (1) an RFR Borrowing so long as the Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 2.21(a)(i) or (ii) above or (2) an Base Rate Borrowing if the Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 2.21(a)(i) or (ii) above, and (B) any outstanding RFR Borrowing shall be converted to an Base Rate Borrowing at such time. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan is outstanding on the date of the Borrower’s receipt of the notice from the Administrative Agent referred to in this Section 2.21(a) with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term

 

68


Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Borrower delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.15 or a new Funding Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.01, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan, be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an RFR Borrowing so long as the Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 2.21(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) a Base Rate Loan if the Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 2.21(a)(i) or (ii) above, on such day and (2) any RFR Loan shall on and from such day be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, a Base Rate Loan.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any Swap Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 2.21), if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark (including any related adjustments) for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(d) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to Section 2.21(e) and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.21, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.21.

 

69


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(f) Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to any Relevant Rate, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Term Benchmark Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to an Base Rate Borrowing if the Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of Base Rate. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan is outstanding on the date of the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan, then until such time as a Benchmark Replacement is implemented pursuant to this Section 2.21, any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan, be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, a Base Rate Loan if the Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day.

Section 2.22. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(a) [Reserved];

(b) any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 2.13 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be

 

70


determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto;

(c) the Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 11.02); provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of each Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(d) [reserved]; and

(e) [reserved].

Section 2.23. [Reserved].

Section 2.24. Notices. Any Notice shall be executed by a Responsible Officer in a writing delivered (or transmit through any Electronic System or an Approved Borrower Portal) to the Administrative Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, the Borrower may give the Administrative Agent telephonic or email notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing,; provided each such telephonic notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to the Administrative Agent on or before the close of business on the date that such telephonic notice is given. In the event of a discrepancy between a telephone notice and the written Notice, the written Notice shall govern. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to the Borrower in acting upon any notice (telephonic or written) referred to above that the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a Responsible Officer or other person authorized on behalf of the Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

Section 2.25. [Reserved].

Section 2.26. Returned Payments. If, after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations (including a payment effected through exercise of a right of setoff), the Administrative Agent or any Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender

 

71


such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion), then such Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by such Administrative Agent or such Lender. The provisions of this Section 2.26 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds. The provisions of this Section 2.26 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower and each other Obligor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, as of the Credit Event and as of the Effective Date with respect to Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.08, 3.09, 3.11(b), 3.15 (except with respect to 3.15(d)) and 3.16 (except with respect to 3.16(b)) (collectively, the “Specified Representations”) and:

Section 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Obligors and its respective Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, in each case (other than in the case of clause (a)) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, in each case, as of the Closing Date, (ii) [reserved] and (iii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or

 

72


give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than after the Closing Date, the Liens permitted under Section 6.02).

Section 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2024, reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP. As of the Effective Date, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Since December 31, 2024, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05. Properties.

(a) Each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and tangible personal property material to its business, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02).

(b) Each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns or is licensed to use or otherwise has the rights to use, all trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, patents, designs, software, internet domain names, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights, including any registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing (“Intellectual Property Rights”), reasonably necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent such failure to own or be licensed or otherwise have the rights to use any such Intellectual Property Rights, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) to the knowledge of the Obligors, the use of such Intellectual Property Rights as described in the first sentence of this clause (b) by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries and the operation of the respective businesses of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person and (ii) no such claims or litigations are pending or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened in writing.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies that are not Affiliates engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

 

73


Section 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, affecting any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or threatened in writing against any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions.

(b) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any unresolved Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any unresolved Environmental Liability or (iv) has knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to subject the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.07. No Defaults. None of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its material Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, except in each case or in the aggregate, where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.08.  Compliance with Laws. Each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.09. Investment Company Status. None of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.10. Taxes. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) such returns accurately reflect all liability for Taxes of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of the Obligors and its Restricted Subsidiaries has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which such Obligor or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

74


Section 3.11. Disclosure.

(a) All written information (other than any financial projections, budgets, estimates, forecasts and other forward looking information and other than information of a general economic or industry nature) that has been or will be made available by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, in connection with the Transactions or delivered hereunder or under any Loan Document is, and will be at the time it is delivered, when taken as a whole, accurate in all material respects and does not and will not at the time it is delivered, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made (giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto); provided that, with respect to any projected financial information or other forward looking information, each of the Obligors represents only that such information has been or will be prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time delivered (it being understood that such projected financial information is not to be viewed as facts, is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, is based on information reasonably available at the time of preparation, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results may differ and such differences may be material).

(b) As of the Effective Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.

Section 3.12. Subsidiaries. Section 3.12 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Effective Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of the Borrower therein. The Equity Interests or other ownership interests of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02.

Section 3.13. ERISA.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, as applicable, or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and, (ii) nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification). No ERISA Event or Non-U.S. Plan Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, other than as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the excess of each Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA did not exceed the current value of such Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions for funding by the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the most recently completed plan year.

 

75


(c) If each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw in a complete withdrawal from each Multiemployer Plan as of the date this assurance is given, the Withdrawal Liability that would be incurred to the Multiemployer Plans would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) None of the assets of any Obligor (x) are or will be “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) or (y) are or will be subject to any state or other statute, regulation or other restriction regulating investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans, that are similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and which would be violated by the transactions contemplated hereunder.

Section 3.14. Solvency. The Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and other Obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

Section 3.15. Anti-Terrorism Law; Sanctions.

(a) None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries is in violation of any legal requirement relating to U.S. economic sanctions or any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”), the USA Patriot Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act to the extent applicable and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (each as from time to time in effect) (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”).

(b) None of (x) the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective directors or officers or (y) to the knowledge of the Obligors, any of the employees, Affiliates or agents of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, is any of the following:

(i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

76


(ii) a Person owned or controlled (as such terms are defined in applicable Sanctions) by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

(iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

(v) a Sanctioned Entity or Sanctioned Person.

(c) None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries (i) conducts any business with, or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of, a Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, except as permitted under U.S. law, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law.

(d) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used or otherwise made available, directly or indirectly, to any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above in violation of any applicable law, or in any other manner that would violate any Anti-Terrorism Laws or applicable Sanctions.

(e) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Obligors, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (in their capacity as such) with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions, and the Obligors, their respective Subsidiaries and the officers and directors of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, the employees, and agents (in their capacity as such) of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

Section 3.16. FCPA; Anti-Corruption.

(a) The Obligors, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers, and to the knowledge of the Obligors, their respective employees and agents (in their capacity as such), are in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used or otherwise made available, directly or knowingly indirectly, in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws (including the FCPA).

(c) No action, suit or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened, by or before any court or governmental or regulatory authorities or any arbitrator against any Obligor or any of their respective Subsidiaries for its or their violation of applicable Anti- Corruption Laws.

 

77


Section 3.17. Federal Reserve Regulations. None of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board of Governors, including Regulation T, U or X.

Section 3.18. Reserved.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS

Section 4.01. Effective Date. This Agreement shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Obligor is a party, signed on behalf of such party.

(b) The Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall have received all fees required to be paid by the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to the Fee Letter, and all expenses required to be reimbursed by the Borrower on or before the Effective Date pursuant to the Fee Letter.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act. Any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall deliver a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower.

(d) The Specified Representations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date, provided that (i) to the extent that such Specified Representations specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any Specified Representations that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 10, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

78


Section 4.02. Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan after the Effective Date, is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 11.02, of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note in advance of the Credit Event.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Credit Event and signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (c) of Section 4.02 as of the date of the Credit Event.

(c) The representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event, provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof, and at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice (which notice shall be in the form of a Funding Notice or such other form or method as approved by the Administrative Agent) setting forth the deposit account of the Borrower (as may be updated from time to time by written notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the “Funding Account”) to which the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower to transfer the proceeds of any Borrowings requested or authorized pursuant to this Agreement and which, in the case of a Funding Notice, shall be delivered in accordance with Section 2.01.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the date hereof) of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of each Obligor approving the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party and the execution and delivery of such Loan Documents to be delivered by such Obligor on the Closing Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate (or other applicable organizational) action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of such Obligor and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, a copy of the current constitutional documents of each Obligor).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Obligor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Obligor authorized to sign the Loan Documents and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Closing Date to which it is a party, to be delivered by such Obligor on the Closing Date.

 

79


(h) The Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall have received all fees required to be paid by the Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Fee Letter, and all expenses required to be reimbursed by the Borrower on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the Fee Letter.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed Solvency Certificate in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and demonstrating that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and incurrence of all Indebtedness and Obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements described in Section 3.04(a) and the Projections.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, as of the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (d) of Section 4.01 as of the Closing Date.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 10, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.02, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.03. [Reserved].

ARTICLE 5

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Term Loan Commitments have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and expenses and other amounts payable hereunder shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), the Borrower and each other Obligor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, on or after the Closing Date:

Section 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent):

(a) (i) prior to a Public Listing, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, and (ii) on and after a Public Listing, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the

 

80


figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, or other independent public accountants of recognized international standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and, except in the case of any Subsidiary or business acquired by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, in respect of events prior to the acquisition thereof, without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous Fiscal Year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a Compliance Certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) (or the most recent financial statements delivered under clause (a) or (b) above) had a material impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate, (iii) certifying as to the current list of Unrestricted Subsidiaries appropriately designated as such pursuant to Section 5.12(a) and (iv) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 7.01 and 7.02;

(d) prior to a Public Listing, concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, an annual plan for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to include balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows for each Fiscal Quarter of such Fiscal Year prepared in detail and, in summary form and accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower stating that such plan is based on estimates, information and assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time prepared;

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statement and other materials filed by an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries with any national securities exchange or regulator, including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of its functions in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

 

81


(f) promptly following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request, subject to the restrictions in the last section of Section 5.06 or (ii) information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.

Following a Public Listing, information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(b) or Section 5.01(e) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such information, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at http://www.coreweave.com (or any successor page); (ii) on which such information is posted on the SEC’s website on the Internet at www.sec.gov; or (iii) on which such information is posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent so requests, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies (which delivery may be by electronic transmission (including Adobe pdf copy)) of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (y) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or email) of the posting of any such documents (other than in respect of documents required to be delivered by Section 5.01(e) or any document deemed delivered pursuant to clause (ii) above). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.02. Notices of Material Events. Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default (in any event within three Business Days of such Default or Event of Default);

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Obligor or any other Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82


Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence (with respect to the Borrower, in a United States jurisdiction) and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses, permits, privileges, approvals, franchises and Intellectual Property Rights material to the conduct of its business; provided that (a) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, disposition, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 and (b) none of the Borrower or any other Obligor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights (charter and statutory), licenses, permits, privileges, approvals, franchises or Intellectual Property Rights where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. Except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities which, if unpaid, have or would become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any other Obligor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 6.02, in each case except where in the case of any Tax or claim, (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) to the extent required by GAAP, the Borrower, any other Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including any Flood Insurance as required by Section 5.10.

Section 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (pursuant to a request made through the Administrative Agent and whose representatives may accompany representatives of the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and visually inspect its properties (subject to security clearances, protocols and other requirements that may be imposed by data center owners / operators), to examine and make extracts of its books and records, and to discuss

 

83


its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that the Borrower, such other Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Borrower, the other Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (a) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any binding agreement with any third party that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or (c) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

Section 5.07. Compliance with Laws.

(a) The Borrower and each Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Borrower has, and will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Obligors, their Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

Section 5.08. ERISA-Related Information. The Borrower shall supply to the Administrative Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Administrative Agent so requests): (a) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability has occurred, a certificate of the most senior Financial Officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by such Borrower, Guarantor, Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto; and (b) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (i) a material increase in unfunded pension liabilities, (ii) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability, if the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliates withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan, or (iii) the adoption of, or commencement of contributions to, or any amendment to, a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability, a detailed written description thereof from the most senior Financial Officer of the Borrower.

Section 5.09. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, to finance Acquisitions and investments), including to cash collateralize outstanding letters of credit. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of

 

84


any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X or any other violations of any rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, and the Obligors shall not use, directly or indirectly, and shall procure that their respective Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value in violation of the FCPA or any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, financing or facilitating, is, or whose government is, a Sanctioned Entity, except as permitted under U.S. law, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

Section 5.10. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each other Obligor will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Borrower and each other Obligor shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors.

Section 5.11. Guarantors. If any Person shall have become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), then the Borrower, as applicable, shall, within 45 days thereafter (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), cause such Restricted Subsidiary to (i) enter into a joinder agreement (a “Joinder Agreement”) in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto, (ii) [reserved] and (iii) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements and certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or required under the Loan Documents. If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall receive an opinion of counsel for the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of matters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to any Joinder Agreement delivered pursuant to this Section 5.11, dated as of the date of such Joinder Agreement.

Section 5.12. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Borrower may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

(i) such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) any guarantee or other credit support thereof by any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 6.01;

(iii) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation;

 

85


(iv) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Credit Agreement and/or any other Material Indebtedness of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(v) at the time of and immediately after such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Sections 7.01 and 7.02.

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (b).

(b) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(i) the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the greater of (x) the Borrower or the Obligors’ investment therein or (y) the assets of such Subsidiary and no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is in compliance with Section 6.07 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such designation;

(ii) all existing transactions between it and any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time;

(iii) it is released at that time from the Loan Documents to which it is a party and all related security interests on its property shall be released; and

(iv) it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) The Borrower may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause an Event of Default and, at the time of and immediately after such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Sections 7.01 and 7.02. Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 5.12(c),

(i) all of its Indebtedness will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.01;

(ii) all Liens on its property will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.02;

(iii) unless it is an Excluded Subsidiary, it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement within the time frame set forth in Section 5.11; and

(iv) it will thenceforward be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

86


(d) No Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it owns or licenses on an exclusive basis any Material Intellectual Property at the date of designation. None of the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may transfer legal title to, or license on an exclusive basis any Material Intellectual Property, to any Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the only transfers (including, without limitation, Investments, sales or other dispositions or Restricted Payments) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made in or to Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be transfers that are not prohibited by Section 6.07.

Section 5.13. Anti-Terrorism; Sanctions; Anti-Corruption.

(a) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws.

(b) The Borrower will maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Obligors, their Subsidiaries, and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents with applicable Sanctions and with Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 5.14.  Post-Closing Requirements. Not later than the dates set forth in Section 5.14 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter (or such later dates as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion) or as otherwise required thereunder, the Loan Parties shall take the actions set forth on Section 5.14 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

ARTICLE 6

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Term Loan Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and expenses and other amounts payable hereunder shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), the Borrower and each other Obligor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that, on or after the Closing Date:

Section 6.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) (i) Obligations of the Obligors under the Loan Documents and (b) Obligations (as defined in each of the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement) of the Obligors under the Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement);

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Section 6.01 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and any refinancing, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof;

(c) (i) Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money Indebtedness and loans incurred to acquire or improve equipment or other physical plant or real property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price plus expenses of the asset or assets acquired (or

 

87


the improvement thereon, as applicable) and (B) any Lien that secures such Indebtedness does not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (ii) Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment assets (including any customary non-recourse carve-out guaranty required in connection with any such financing), provided (A) the terms of such Indebtedness shall provide, in the event of a default by any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary thereunder, that the creditor’s sole remedy is against the property, plant, or equipment assets the acquisition, leasing, construction, installation or improvement thereof was financed or refinanced by such Indebtedness, and such creditor shall have no recourse against any Obligor, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower for any amounts owed to such creditor (even if the assets securing such Indebtedness do not cover the full value of the defaulted amount), other than customary non-recourse carve-out guarantees, and (B) the borrower of such Indebtedness shall be a bankruptcy remote special purpose entity;

(d) Indebtedness of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to any Obligor or to any other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Obligor to any other Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured;

(e) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including, Indebtedness consisting of the deferred purchase price of property or services acquired in an Acquisition permitted hereunder, earnouts and holdbacks), or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Acquisitions and investments or permitted dispositions of any business or assets (including stock of a Subsidiary);

(f) Indebtedness in respect of any Hedging Transaction entered into for the purpose of hedging risks associated with the operations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(g) Indebtedness of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Section 9.01;

(h) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01; provided, that if the Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

(i) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the date hereof, and refinancing of such Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

88


provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) and (ii) if such Indebtedness is (A) secured, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis) shall not exceed 4.50 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period and (B) unsecured, the Total Net Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis) shall not exceed 5.50 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period;

(j) Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(k) (i) Indebtedness owing to insurance companies to finance insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case under clause (i) or (ii), in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Indebtedness under or in connection with (i) any commercial credit card program, (ii) purchasing or “p-card” program or (iii) similar programs, in each case, arising in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness consisting of incentive, non-compete, consulting, deferred compensation or other similar arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business with an officer or employee of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries;

(n) Indebtedness in respect of treasury, cash management and netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with securities accounts and deposit accounts, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued to support performance obligations and trade letters of credit (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(p) other unsecured Indebtedness not permitted by the foregoing in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding the greater of $412,500,000 and 75% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date; provided that such Indebtedness shall rank junior to the Obligations hereunder;

(q) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances;

(r) [Reserved];

(s) Indebtedness of the Borrower constituting a guarantee of indebtedness of SPV II under the SPV II Credit Agreement and SPV IV under the SPV IV Credit Agreement, provided that (i) such guarantees shall not be secured by any Lien other than a Lien incurred pursuant to clause (r) of Section 6.02 and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result therefrom;

 

89


(t) Indebtedness of the Borrower constituting a guarantee of indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any Future SPV), provided that (i) such guarantee shall not be secured by any Lien other than a Lien incurred pursuant to clause (r) of Section 6.02, (ii) if, at the time such guarantee is entered into, such indebtedness being guaranteed has a LTV Ratio of no greater than (A) 90%, so long as a material portion of the contracts of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any Future SPV) being guaranteed by such Indebtedness consist of contracts with (or contracted revenue from) entities which have an Investment Grade Rating or (B) 75%, so long as a material portion of the contracts with (or contracted revenue from) entities which do not have an Investment Grade Rating, (iii) the Indebtedness guaranteed under this clause (t) must not mature prior to the date that it is at least eighteen (18) months after the Term Loan Maturity Date in effect on the date such indebtedness is created and (iv) no Default of Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

(u) Senior Unsecured Indebtedness and unsecured Convertible Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount equal to $1,000,000,000 plus (ii) an amount such that, at the time of incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (and without netting the cash proceeds thereof in determining such leverage ratio), the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 6.00 to1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period;

(v) payment and performance guarantees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business primarily guaranteeing payment and performance of contractual obligations of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries to a third party and not for the purpose of guaranteeing payment of Indebtedness;

(w) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any Indebtedness consisting of (i) obligations to purchase Series C Preferred Stock (as defined in the Series C Put Option Agreement) from Investors (as defined in the Series C Put Option Agreement) as required pursuant to the terms of the Series C Put Option Agreement and (ii) any Put Note; and

(x) Attributed Principal Amount and Receivables Indebtedness in connection with any Permitted Securitization;

(y) Indebtedness arising only if, and to extent, a Permitted Designated Receivables Sale is determined not to be a “true sale”;

(z) Indebtedness of the Borrower consisting of Capital Lease Obligations to Technology Finance Corporation and/or its Affiliates and assigns in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding $14,621,750.01;

(aa) other unsecured or secured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not exceeding the greater of $165,000,000 and 30% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date; and

(bb) unsecured Indebtedness to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in the manner set forth in Section 2.12(b);

 

90


provided that, in no event shall the Borrower create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (j), (p), (u), (x), (y) or (aa) above (in each case, except to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a guarantee of indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $500,000,000.

Section 6.02. Liens. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Section 6.02 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any property or assets required to be subject to such Liens as of the Closing Date and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender) and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any property or assets required to be subject to such Lien immediately prior to the time of such acquisition and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, developed, constructed, restored, replaced, rebuilt, maintained, upgraded or improved (including any such asset made the subject of a Capital Lease Obligation by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(c), (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, developing, constructing, restoring, replacing, rebuilding, maintaining, upgrading or improving such fixed capital assets plus expenses, and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any replacements of such property or assets, additions and accessions thereto and the products and proceeds thereof, customary security deposits in respect thereof, and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender);

 

91


(e) licenses or sublicenses and leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(f) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(g) in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(h) in the case of any Joint Venture, any put and call arrangements related to its Equity Interests set forth in its organizational documents or any related Joint Venture or similar agreement, in each case, in favor of the other parties to such Joint Venture;

(i) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

(j) Liens on earnest money deposits of Cash or Cash Equivalents made in connection with any Acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

(k) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to Cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank or banks with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements;

(l) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than property or assets required to be subject to such Lien immediately prior to the time of such acquisition and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender), and (iii) such Lien secures only (x) those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(n) Liens on cash deposits in respect of rental agreements in the ordinary course of business;

 

92


(o) (i) Liens securing the “Obligations” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement and (ii) Liens securing the “Obligations” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(j);

(q) [Reserved];

(r) Liens on (1) any Equity Interests of (i) SPV II securing obligations of the Borrower under the SPV II Parent Guarantee, (ii) SPV IV securing obligations of the Borrower under the SPV IV Parent Guarantee and (iii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any Future SPV) and (2) Pledged SPV Indebtedness, in each case, securing Indebtedness of the Borrower permitted under Sections 6.01(s) and (t), together with associated collateral related to the foregoing;

(s) Liens on cash pledged to secure obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances permitted under Section 6.01(q);

(t) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Liens on goods in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of such goods;

(v) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(w) Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements permitted hereunder;

(x) Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, agreements or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;

(y) Liens securing obligations under any Swap Agreement; provided that aggregate amount of obligations shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time;

(z) Liens granted in connection with any Permitted Securitization on the receivables sold pursuant thereto (together with all collections and other proceeds thereof and any collateral securing the payment thereof), all right, title and interest in and to the lockboxes and other collection accounts in which proceeds of such receivables are deposited, the rights under the documents executed in connection with such Permitted Securitization and in the Equity Interests issued by any Eligible Special Purpose Entity;

(aa) Liens granted in connection with any Permitted Designated Receivables Sale on the receivables sold pursuant thereto (together with all collections and other proceeds thereof and any collateral securing the payment thereof), all right, title and interest in and to the lockboxes and other collection accounts in which proceeds of such receivables are deposited, and the rights under the documents executed in connection with such Permitted Designated Receivables Sale;

 

93


(bb) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(aa);

(cc) Liens in favor of the Borrower, any Obligor or, if granted by any non-Obligor, any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(dd) Liens on assets (and associated collateral) required to be contributed to licensors, lessors and other similar parties pursuant to colocation agreements, leases and other similar agreements, which assets (and associated collateral) relate to the build-out of the premises subject to such colocation agreements, leases and other similar agreements.

Section 6.03. Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales; Conduct of Business.

(a) The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) sell, transfer, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or (z) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except that:

(i) any Subsidiary or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity;

(ii) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary; provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity;

(iii) any Subsidiary that is an Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to another Subsidiary that is not an Obligor; provided that (x) at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) any such sale, transfer, lease or other disposal must comply with Sections 6.05 and 6.07;

(iv) (x) any Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any other Obligor, and (y) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Obligor or any other Subsidiary;

(v) in connection with any Acquisition permitted hereunder, any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, so long as the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Subsidiary; provided that (x) any such merger or consolidation involving an Obligor must result in an Obligor as the surviving entity, and (y) any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity; and

 

94


(vi) any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that if such Subsidiary is an Obligor, the entity receiving the assets of such Subsidiary upon such liquidation or dissolution shall also be an Obligor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including the foregoing, no sale or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be permitted.

(b) The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sell and leaseback, transfer or otherwise dispose to, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions any property of the Obligors or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, issuing or selling any shares of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to any Person, except for:

(i) any sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition not constituting an Asset Sale;

(ii)  Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 6.04;

(iii)  Investments not prohibited by Section 6.07;

(iv)  any sale of Securitization Receivables to an Eligible Special Purpose Entity in a Permitted Securitization; provided that, the Aggregate Receivables Sales Amount shall not exceed the Maximum Receivables Sales Amount at any time

(v)  Designated Receivables Sales; provided that, the Aggregate Receivables Sales Amount shall not exceed the Maximum Receivables Sales Amount at any time;

(vi)  dispositions of non-core assets acquired pursuant to an Acquisition consummated within 12 months of the date such Acquisition is consummated; provided that the consideration for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof;

(vii) any other sale, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, transfer or other disposition pursuant to this clause (vii) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as (w) the Net Cash Proceeds of all such Asset Sales in any Fiscal Year do not exceed the greater of 35% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date and 5% of Consolidated Total Assets, (x) the consideration for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof and (y) no less than 75% of the consideration received shall be in Cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(viii) any transfer of assets (and associated rights) required to be contributed to licensors, lessors and other similar parties pursuant to colocation agreements, leases and other similar agreements, which assets (and associated rights) relate to the build-out of the premises subject to such colocation agreements, leases and other similar agreements.

 

95


(c) The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the type conducted by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or businesses reasonably related, similar, ancillary, supportive, complementary or synergistic thereto and reasonable extensions thereof (and non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Acquisition or investment or other immaterial businesses).

(d) Within the Reinvestment Period after the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(i) to prepay Loans or Indebtedness in accordance with Section 2.12(a); and/or

(ii) to make investments in the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited hereunder; provided that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have complied with this clause (ii) if and to the extent that, within the Reinvestment Period after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement or letter of intent to consummate any such investment described in this clause (ii) with the good faith expectation that such Net Cash Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 90 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Cash Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary prepays the Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the only transfers (including, without limitation, Investments, sales or other dispositions or Restricted Payments) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made in or to Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be transfers that are permitted by Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(p).

Section 6.04. Restricted Payments. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare, make, order, pay any sum for, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment except for:

(a) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions to its equity holders, so long as any such dividends or other distributions to the Obligors and other Restricted Subsidiaries that are equity holders are at least pro rata to the relevant portion of equity held by such Obligor and such other Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) in the case of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests;

 

96


(c) (i) the delivery or issuance of shares of common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) required by the terms of any Convertible Indebtedness, and (ii) the making of required interest payments with respect to any Convertible Indebtedness permitted hereunder;

(d) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04, so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 5.00 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period and (ii) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period;

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, the other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower and other holders of its equity securities, provided that the portion of any Restricted Payments paid to holders of its equity securities other than the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than the percentage of equity securities of such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, owned by such other Persons;

(f) the Borrower may exercise its option to convert certain shares of common stock of the Borrower held in escrow to cash pursuant to Section 2.3(f) of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2023 by and between the Borrower, certain shareholders of Conductor Technologies, Inc., Malcolm Moore and Conductor Technologies, Inc.; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (f) do not exceed $9,084,514.53;

(g) the repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests from (i) current and former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Borrower or any direct or indirect Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of stock repurchase plans, restricted stock agreements or similar agreements under which the Borrower or any direct or indirect Subsidiary has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal and (ii) other stockholders of the Borrower; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (g) do not exceed (A) prior to a Public Listing, $100,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or (B) after a Public Listing, an amount equal to the greater of $55,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date; provided further that any unused amounts in any Fiscal Year may be carried forward to the next succeeding Fiscal Year;

(h) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Borrower, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) or management investment vehicle to the extent contributed to the Borrower (in each case, other than any Disqualified Equity Interests) (“Refunding Capital Stock”);

(i) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted hereunder;

 

97


(j) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (j) do not exceed $30,000,000;

(k) Restricted Payments (i) required to be made pursuant to the Series C Put Option Agreement so long as no default (including any Default or Event of Default) then-exists or would result from the making of any Restricted Payment; provided that, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this subclause (k)(i) shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Put Option Payment Amount and (y) the amount required to purchase the applicable Series C Preferred Stock (as defined in the Series C Put Option Agreement) pursuant to the Series C Put Option Agreement as of the relevant date of determination, (ii) consisting of dividends in respect of the Series C Preferred Stock (as defined in the Borrower Charter) as and when required pursuant to Subsection 1.1 of Part B of Article Fourth of the Borrower Charter; provided that such Restricted Payments may be made in cash only to the extent (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing both immediately prior to the making of any such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect to any such Restricted Payment and (y) the Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, with Section 7.01 for the most recently ended Test Period, and (iii) Restricted Payments made in respect of any Put Note, to the extent (x) such Put Note ranks junior to the Obligations hereunder and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing both immediately prior to the making of any such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect to any such Restricted Payment; and

(l) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04, in an aggregate amount not exceeding (i) $20,000,000 since the Closing Date plus (ii) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this clause (ii); provided that, immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 5.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period and (y) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the only transfers (including, without limitation, Investments, sales or other dispositions or Restricted Payments) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made in or to Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be transfers that are permitted by Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(p).

Section 6.05. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates except:

(a) any such transaction on terms and conditions not less favorable to such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties;

 

98


(b) payment of reasonable directors’ fees, customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance), compensation arrangements (including bonuses) and severance arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers or other employees of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) transactions between or among Obligors and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited hereby;

(e) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04;

(f) Investments permitted by Section 6.07;

(g) (i) loans or advances to employees, officers and directors and (ii) payroll, travel and similar advances to employees, officers and directors;

(h) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans;

(i) payments to or from, and transactions with, joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such joint venture) in the ordinary course of business;

(j) the existence and performance of agreements and transactions with any Unrestricted Subsidiary that were entered into prior to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent that the transaction was permitted at the time that it was entered into with such Restricted Subsidiary;

(k) following a Public Listing, the distribution or dividend of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower to the management of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

(l) the issuance of Equity Interests by the Borrower to existing investors (and the entry into agreements related thereto) in capital raising transactions;

(m) the entry into debt financing arrangements with existing investors (and entry into agreements related thereto) in capital raising transactions in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 6.01;

(n) Permitted Securitizations; and

 

99


(o) any other transactions involving payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time 10% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date.

Section 6.06. Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) [reserved] or (b) the ability of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Obligor under the Loan Documents (other than Indebtedness with respect to which such Person is the primary obligor); provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Section 6.06 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter (and any amendments or modifications thereof that do not materially expand the scope of any such prohibition, restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary prohibitions, restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) or assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement, prohibition, or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (and any amendments or modifications thereof that do not materially expand the scope of any such prohibition restriction or condition), (v) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (vii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, sub-leases and sub-licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.01, (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or restrictions imposed by the terms of a Lien permitted under Section 6.02 on the property subject to such Lien and (x) the foregoing shall not apply to any consents or approvals required by the organizational documents of the Borrower or any stockholder’s or investor’s rights or similar agreements of the Borrower. Nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit such restrictions or conditions on an Eligible Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Permitted Securitization.

Section 6.07.  Investments. The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(a) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

100


(b) Investments owned as of the Effective Date existing on the date hereof and set forth in Section 6.07(b) of the Borrower Disclosure Letter;

(c) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures; provided that such Investments (including through intercompany loans) shall not exceed at any time an aggregate amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date; provided that no other Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries are permitted hereunder other than those in this clause (c) and clause (p) hereafter.

(d) intercompany loans to the extent permitted under Section 6.01(d) and other Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries which are Guarantors;

(e) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) in respect of payroll payments and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower solely to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash or common Equity Interests;

(f) Swap Agreements which constitute Investments;

(g) trade receivables in the ordinary course of business;

(h) guarantees to insurers required in connection with worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage arranged in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof;

(l) Permitted Acquisitions;

(m) Guarantees permitted pursuant to Section 6.01;

(n) Permitted Securitizations;

(o) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Investments not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.07 (including Permitted Acquisitions), so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.00 to 1.00 for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

101


(p) Investments (i) consisting of the contribution to SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV of the (w) master services agreements and related order forms entered into with customers as contemplated by the SPV II Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date, other than any amendment or modification that is not materially adverse to the Lenders), the SPV IV Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Effective Date, other than any amendment or modification that is not materially adverse to the Lenders) or any Future SPV Credit Agreement (as in effect on the initial closing date of such facility, other than any amendment or modification that is not materially adverse to the Lenders), (x) graphic processing unit servers and ancillary equipment necessary to service any of the foregoing and (y) and data center leases/licenses necessary to service any of the foregoing, so long as, solely with respect to any Future SPV Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 7.01 on the date such Future SPV Credit Agreement is entered into, (ii) in SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV to be used to cure a default or otherwise ensure covenant compliance under the SPV II Credit Agreement, the SPV IV Credit Agreement or any Future SPV Credit Agreement and (iii) in SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV, so long as, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), immediately after giving effect thereto, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 7.01; provided that no other Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries are permitted hereunder other than those in this clause (p) and clause (c) above;

(q) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Investments not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time (i) 100% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date plus (ii) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this clause (ii);

(r) Investments in Persons which consist of the provision of services by the Borrower to any such Person in exchange for Equity Interests in such Person;

(s) Investments in Cohere, Inc. (either directly or indirectly through Magnetar AI Ventures I - Cohere LLC) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $125,000,000; and

(t) Investments set forth on Section 6.07(t) of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

For purposes of covenant compliance with this Section 6.07, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) no Obligor shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, allow or cause any Domestic Subsidiary to be a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an existing subsidiary of an acquired Foreign Subsidiary at the time of the Permitted Acquisition); (ii) the only transfers (including, without limitation, Investments, sales or other dispositions or Restricted Payments) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made in or to Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be transfers that are permitted by Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(p); and (iii) any Investments made in Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall only be permitted hereunder to the extent, (x) after giving effect to such Investment, the Debt Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no less than 1.50

 

102


to 1.00 (or, to the extent such Investment will be used to cure a default or ensure covenant compliance under the SPV II Credit Agreement, the SPV IV Credit Agreement or any Future SPV Credit Agreement, 1.20 to 1.00) and (y) except to the extent that such Investment will be used to cure a default or ensure covenant compliance under the SPV II Credit Agreement, the SPV IV Credit Agreement or any Future SPV Credit Agreement, the Obligors have received Unrestricted Cash or other assets from such Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount equal to the fair market value of the assets Invested in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Section 6.08. Amendments or Modifications with Respect to Certain Indebtedness; Organizational Documents.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any organizational document of any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, in each case in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to the Lenders, without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, modification or other modification or waiver.

(c) The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to (i) amend or otherwise change the terms of the SPV II Parent Guarantee or SPV IV Parent Guarantee, if the effect of such amendment or change is to amend the provisions of the SPV II Parent Guarantee or SPV IV Parent Guarantee in a way that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders or (ii) enter into new guarantees incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(t) to the extent such guarantees only permit the incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined under such guarantee agreement) in an amount that is less than the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 and (y) the amount of Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Loans in effect as of the date of such guarantee agreement (it being agreed and understood that the Borrower or such other Obligor, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such guarantees incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(t) to permit secured Indebtedness in an amount equal to or greater than either (x) the amount permitted under the SPV II Parent Guarantee or SPV IV Parent Guarantee as in effect on the date hereof or (y) $1,000,000,000; provided that in no event shall the amount of secured Indebtedness permitted under any such guarantee agreement be less than the amount of Secured Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Loans in effect as of the date of such guarantee agreement).

Section 6.09. Fiscal Year. Except after providing the Administrative Agent with 30 days prior written notice, the Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit its fiscal year to end on a day other than December 31 or change its method of determining fiscal quarters.

Section 6.10. Limitation on Securitization Transactions. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Securitization Transaction or any amendment thereto, except Securitization Transactions in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary is the Receivables Seller; provided that, the Aggregate Receivables Sales Amount shall not exceed the Maximum Receivables Sales Amount at any time.

 

103


Section 6.11. Distributions. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV to, enter into or modify any agreement of SPV II, SPV IV or any Future SPV that would restrict the distribution of Available Cash (or equivalent term, as defined under each of SPV II Credit Agreement (with respect to SPV II), SPV IV Credit Agreement (with respect to SPV IV) or any Future SPV Credit Agreement (with respect to such Future SPV)) to the Borrower to the extent the making of such distribution is permitted under (i) Section 6.06(a)(1) of the SPV II Credit Agreement or Section 6.06(a)(1) of the SPV IV Credit Agreement, as applicable, on substantially the same terms as in effect on the Effective Date or (ii) the provision equivalent to Section 6.06(a)(1) of either the SPV II Credit Agreement or the SPV IV Credit Agreement in any Future SPV Credit Agreement (and solely to the extent that such provision is on substantially the same terms as provided for under the SPV II Credit Agreement and the SPV IV Credit Agreement as in effect Effective Date), except with respect to restrictions existing by reason of:

(a) restrictions imposed by applicable law;

(b) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement; or

(c) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to any Asset Sale permitted hereunder pending the consummation of such Asset Sale.

ARTICLE 7

FINANCIAL COVENANT

Section 7.01. Total Net Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ended shall not exceed 6.00 to 1.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or after the Closing Date, upon the consummation of a Material Acquisition during the term of this Agreement, upon written notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent at the consummation of such Material Acquisition of its intent to start an Increase Period, the Total Net Leverage Ratio may be greater than 6.00 to 1.00 for the first four Fiscal Quarters ending after the date of the consummation of such Material Acquisition (the “Increase Period”), but in no event shall the Total Net Leverage Ratio be greater than 7.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter ended after the Closing Date (the “Permitted Leverage Increase”). After the Increase Period, the Total Net Leverage Ratio may not be greater than 6.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter until another permitted Increase Period occurs. There may be more than one Permitted Leverage Increase during the term of this Agreement, but only so long as there are two full Fiscal Quarters of compliance with the Total Net Leverage Ratio prior to the commencement of another Increase Period and no more than three Permitted Leverage Increases during the term of this Agreement.

Section 7.02. Minimum Contracted Revenue. As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have binding contracts that are in full force and effect, copies of which (upon the request of the Administrative Agent) have been provided to the Administrative Agent,

 

104


demonstrating contracted revenues in an amount not less than $1,000,000,000, which amount shall be calculated based on the sum of (i) the reasonably projected contracted revenues from such contracts with counterparties which have an Investment Grade Rating and (ii) the product of 0.75 and the reasonably projected contracted revenues from such contracts with counterparties which do not have an Investment Grade Rating.

ARTICLE 8

GUARANTY

Section 8.01. Guaranty of the Obligations. The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations (other than, in the case of any Guarantor, any such Obligations with respect to which such Person is the primary obligor) when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay or similar provision of any Debtor Relief Law) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Obligor to honor all of its obligations under this Guarantee in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 8.01 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 8.01, or otherwise under this Guarantee, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 8.01 shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of this Guarantee in accordance with Section 8.07 hereof. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 8.01 constitute, and this Section 8.01 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Obligor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Section 8.02. Payment by Guarantors. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay or similar provision of any Debtor Relief Law), Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under any Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

 

105


Section 8.03. Liability of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance that constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability and this Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

(c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor), and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower or any of such other guarantors and whether or not the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

(d) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate under the relevant Loan Document, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith and any applicable security agreement, including

 

106


foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any other Obligor or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

(f) this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Beneficiary’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) [reserved]; (vii) any defenses, set offs or counterclaims which the Borrower may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under applicable law.

Section 8.04. Waivers by Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any

 

107


security held from the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Obligor or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made); (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment); (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set offs, recoupments and counterclaims, (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto, and (v) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 8.03 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (f) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

Section 8.05. Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the Term Loan Commitments shall have terminated, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors) or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors), and (iii) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is

 

108


found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor (including the Guarantors), shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against the Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 8.06. Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by such Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of such Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

Section 8.07. Continual Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full and the Term Loan Commitments shall have terminated. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 8.08. Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

Section 8.09. Financial Condition of the Borrower. Any Credit Extension may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

 

109


Section 8.10. Bankruptcy, Etc.

(a) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(b) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in Section 8.10(a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(c) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

ARTICLE 9

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 9.01. Events of Default. If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur on or after the Closing Date (other than as specified below):

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof, the Term Loan Maturity Date, or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (as applicable);

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 9.01) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

110


(c) (i) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or, in the case of any such representation or warranty qualified by materiality, incorrect in any respect, or (ii) on or after the Effective Date, any Specified Representation made or deemed made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or, in the case of any such Specified Representation qualified by materiality, incorrect in any respect;

(d) the Borrower or any other Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), Section 5.03 (solely with respect to the Borrower), Section 5.09, in Article 6 or in Article 7;

(e) the Borrower or any other Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 9.01), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender) or (ii) receipt by the Administrative Agent of the notice required to be given by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.02(a);

(f) on or after the Effective Date, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any principal, interest or other amount, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) beyond any applicable grace period, or (ii) after giving effect to any grace period, fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any such Material Indebtedness, if the failure referred to in clause (i) or (ii) results in such Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its stated maturity (or in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee in respect of Indebtedness becoming payable) or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;

(g) on or after the Effective Date, an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

111


(h) on or after the Effective Date, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g) of this Section 9.01, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any binding action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(i) on or after the Effective Date, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(j) on or after the Effective Date, one or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged or unpaid for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed;

(k) on or after the Effective Date, a Change in Control shall occur;

(l) one or more ERISA Events or Non-U.S. Plan Events shall have occurred, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m) on or after the Effective Date, at any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, or (iii) any Obligor shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by the Lenders, under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or

(n) the assets of any Obligor (i) are deemed to constitute “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) or otherwise) or (ii) are subject to any state or other statute, regulation or other restriction regulating investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Obligor described in clause (g), (h) or (i) of this Section 9.01), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Term Loan Commitments, and thereupon the Term Loan Commitments shall terminate

 

112


immediately, (ii)(A) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (B) [reserved]; and in case of any event with respect to any Obligor described in clause (g), (h) or (i) of this Section 9.01, the Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor, and (iii) [reserved].

Section 9.02. Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.01 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.17 and 2.18) payable to the Administrative Agent in their capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees payable to the Lenders (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.17 and 2.18)), ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees and interest on the Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 9.03. Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything contained in Sections 9.01, if the Borrower fails to comply with Section 7.01 (a “Covenant Default”) for any Fiscal Quarter, the Borrower shall have the right (the “Cure Right”), until the Loans have been paid in full, to receive a contribution of capital (1) in the form of common equity, (2) in the form of preferred equity having terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (3) in such other form having terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (the “Contribution Amount”) in order to cure such Covenant Default, subject to the following:

(a) the Borrower must deliver a written notification (the “Cure Notice”) to the Administrative Agent that it intends to exercise the Cure Right under this Section 9.03 simultaneously with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c) (the “Cure Notification Date”);

 

113


(b) the Contribution Amount shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA solely for the purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.01, at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and applicable subsequent periods which include such Fiscal Quarter, provided that there shall be no pro forma reduction of the Obligations to the extent a voluntary prepayment is made in respect thereof with the proceeds of any Contribution Amount for the Fiscal Quarter in respect of which such Contribution Amount is received for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.01;

(c) the Contribution Amount shall be (i) received by the Borrower no later than ten (10) days after the Cure Notification Date and (ii) in an amount not to exceed the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Section 7.01;

(d) the issuance of any Equity Interests in connection with the payment of the Contribution Amount to the Borrower shall not result in a Change in Control; and

(e) the Borrower may not exercise its rights under this Section 9.03 more than (i) two (2) times during any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters, and (ii) five (5) times during the term of this Agreement.

Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the Cure Notice from Borrower of its intent to exercise the Cure Right pursuant to this Section 9.03 within the time frame required by Section 9.03(a), then, until ten (10) days after the Cure Notification Date, (i) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise the right to accelerate the Loans and other Obligations or terminate the Term Loan Commitments and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise any other remedy prior to the expiration of such ten (10) day period following the Cure Notification Date, and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall impose default interest, in each case, solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing under Section 7.01 in respect of the Fiscal Quarter for which the Cure Right is exercised.

ARTICLE 10

THE AGENT

Section 10.01. Agent. Each of the Lenders (including in any Lender’s other capacity hereunder) (each of the foregoing referred to as the “Lenders” for purposes of this Article 10) hereby irrevocably appoints Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to any Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders to (i) [reserved], (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the discretion of the Required Lenders, which negotiation,

 

114


enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender and (iii) to approve or disapprove of any permitted transaction described in Section 6.03. Except, in each case, as set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Article 10, the provisions of this Article 10 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions.

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its branches and Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (a) together with its Affiliates, shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02 or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent may seek clarification or direction from the Required Lenders prior to the exercise of any such instructed action and may refrain from acting until such clarification or direction has been provided, provided, further, that such Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; provided, further, that such Administrative Agent may seek clarification or direction from the Required Lenders prior to the exercise of any such instructed action and may refrain from acting until such clarification or direction has been provided, and (c) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, not have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as such Agent or any of its branches or Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and such Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in

 

115


connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent and the Arranger may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent and the Arranger may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that such Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States; so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall have the right to consent to such successor Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint

 

116


a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as either Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent (except for any indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Article 10). The fees payable by the Borrower to any successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 10 and Section 11.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Arranger shall not have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder. Any such release of Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guaranteed Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 10.02. Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Obligor, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments or this Agreement,

 

117


(ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii)  (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (k) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv)  such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Obligor, that none of the Administrative Agent or the Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Term Loan Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

 

118


Section 10.03. Reserved.

Section 10.04. Acknowledgments of Lenders.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility, (ii) in participating as a Lender, it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and in providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender in the ordinary course of business, and not for the purpose of investing in the general performance or operations of the Borrower, or for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument such as a security (and each Lender agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing, such as a claim under federal or state securities laws), (iii) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent the Arranger or any other Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement on the Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or any other Loan Document pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders on the Effective Date or the effective date of any such Assignment and Assumption or any other Loan Document pursuant to which it shall have become a Lender hereunder.

(c) 

(i) Each Lender hereby agrees that (x) if the Administrative Agent notifies such Lender that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that any funds received by such Lender from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (whether as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees or otherwise; individually and collectively, a “Payment”) were erroneously transmitted to such Lender (whether or not known to such Lender), and demands the return of such Payment (or a portion thereof), such Lender shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter (or such later date as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may specify in writing), return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon (except to the extent waived in writing by the Administrative Agent) in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with

 

119


banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect, and (y) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to the Administrative Agent, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Payments received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender under this Section 10.04(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(ii) Each Lender hereby further agrees that if it receives a Payment from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such Payment (a “Payment Notice”) or (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a Payment Notice, it shall be on notice, in each such case, that an error has been made with respect to such Payment. Each Lender agrees that, in each such case, or if it otherwise becomes aware a Payment (or portion thereof) may have been sent in error, such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence and, upon demand from the Administrative Agent, it shall promptly, but in no event later than one (1) Business Day thereafter (or such later date as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may specify in writing), return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon (except to the extent waived in writing by the Administrative Agent) in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

(iii)  The Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby agrees that (x) in the event an erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) are not recovered from any Lender that has received such Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender with respect to such amount and (y) an erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party.

(iv)  Each party’s obligations under this Section 10.04(c) shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Term Loan Commitments or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

(d) Each Lender hereby agrees that (i) it has requested a copy of each report prepared by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent; (ii) the Administrative Agent (A) makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any report or any of the information contained therein or any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating to a report and (B) shall not be liable for any information contained in any report; (iii) the reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, and that any Person performing any field examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon

 

120


the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel and that the Administrative Agent undertakes no obligation to update, correct or supplement the reports; (iv) it will keep all reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the report with any Loan Party or any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (v) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, (A) it will hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any report in connection with any extension of credit that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans; and (B) it will pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any such other Person as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any report through the indemnifying Lender.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email)), as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or any other Obligor, to the Borrower at:

CoreWeave, Inc.

101 Eisenhower Pkwy, Ste. 106

Roseland, NJ 07068-1050

Attention:

Email Address:

Telephone No.:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

611 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:

Email Address:

Telephone No.:

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, from any Loan Party, to Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. at the address separately provided to the Borrower;

 

121


(iii) if to the Administrative Agent from the Lenders, to Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. at:

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

1300 Thames Street, 4th Floor

Thames Street Wharf

Baltimore, MD 21231

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

(iv) if to any Lender to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

All such notices and other communications (A) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail shall be deemed to have been given when received, (B) sent by fax shall be deemed to have been given when sent, provided that if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day of the recipient, or (C) delivered through Electronic System, Approved Electronic Platform or Approved Borrower Portal, as applicable, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below shall be effective as provided in such paragraph.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

Section 11.02. Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Obligor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 11.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it is given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

 

122


(b) None of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the other Obligors and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the other Obligors and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Term Loan Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, reduce the rate of interest thereon or the cash pay amount of interest, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Term Loan Commitment; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 11.02(b), (x) only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.08 and (y) any waiver of a Default shall not constitute a reduction of interest for this purpose, (iv) change Section 2.19(a), Section 2.19(b), or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders or change the definition of “Applicable Percentage” or “Pro Rata Share”, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender, except, in the case of the release of any individual Guarantor, to the extent the release of such Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Section 5.12(b) or Section 11.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone), (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than as it relates to the payment of fees and expenses of counsel) or, in the case of any Loans made on the Closing Date, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender, (viii) [reserved] and (ix) expressly subordinate any Obligations to any other Indebtedness, without the written consent of each Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (i) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Arranger hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Arranger, as applicable, (ii) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Term Loan Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender and (iii) [reserved].

 

123


Section 11.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Loans and with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and any security arrangements (including, without limitation, any third party flood consultants) in connection therewith and, solely with respect to the Administrative Agent any amendment, waiver or other modification (including proposed amendments, waivers or other modifications) with respect thereto (including reasonable and documented fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel and, if reasonably necessary, one outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person for the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders, taken as a whole)) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel and, if reasonably necessary, one outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person)) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section 11.03, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs or expenses, including the reasonable and documented legal fees and expense of any outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel and, if reasonably necessary, one outside counsel per applicable local jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person) for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Obligor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (w) with

 

124


respect to Taxes (and amounts relating thereto) (other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim), the indemnification for which shall be governed solely and exclusively by Section 2.18, (x) with respect to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or reasonable and documented expenses that are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or breach of any material obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee, (y) resulting from any dispute between and among Indemnitees, that does not involve an act or omission by the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision) (other than any proceeding against the Administrative Agent or the Arranger or any other Person acting as an agent or arranger with respect to the term loan facility provided hereunder, in each case, acting in such capacity) and (z) to the extent resulting from a settlement agreement related thereto without the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that (1) the Borrower shall be deemed to consent to such settlement if it does not respond to the indemnified party’s request within 5 business days, (2) the foregoing indemnity will nevertheless apply if the Borrower shall have been offered an opportunity to assume the defense of such matter and shall have declined to do so and (3) if settled with the Borrower’s consent, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses by reason of such settlement or judgment in accordance with this paragraph.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 11.03, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such.

(d) Without limiting in any way the indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.03(b) or of the Lenders pursuant to Section 11.03(c), to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions or any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or material breach of any Loan Document by such Indemnitee as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 11.03 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

 

125


Section 11.04. Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 11.04) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) (ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (but not to any Obligor, any Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof, any natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for the primary benefit of natural person) or any Disqualified Institutions) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(1) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund immediately prior to such assignment or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided, further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) days after having received notice thereof;

(2) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to any Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

(3) [reserved].

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Term Loan Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

126


(2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(3) unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

(4) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or its securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(5) no such assignment shall be made to (1) any Obligor nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Obligor, (2) any Disqualified Institutions, (3) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or (4) any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (5); and

(6) in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

For the purposes of this Section 11.04, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

127


(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 11.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18 and Section 11.03); provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 11.04.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a Register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Term Loan Commitment of, and amounts on the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 11.04(b)(iv), except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(ii)(C) of this Section 11.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section 11.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.14(g), Section 2.19(c) or Section 11.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information

 

128


therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or any other Obligor, the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof, any natural person or any Disqualified Institutions) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Loan Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 11.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c) (ii) of this Section 11.04, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16, Section 2.17 (provided that it complies with the obligations contained therein) and Section 2.18 (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.18(g) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.19(b) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.17 or Section 2.18 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(iii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement

 

129


notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or Central Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

Section 11.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Term Loan Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18 and Section 11.03 and Article 10 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Term Loan Commitments, the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 11.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 11.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular

 

130


jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 11.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower and each other Obligor against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower and each other Obligor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. No amounts set off from any Obligor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Obligor.

Section 11.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

(b) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH

 

131


FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER OBLIGOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 11.09(B). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.01. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 11.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10.

Section 11.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 11.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such

 

132


Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by any applicable law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Obligors and their obligations, (g) on a confidential basis to (1) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided for herein or (2) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facility provided for herein, (h) with the consent of the Borrower, (i) to any Person providing a Guarantee of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower and other than information pertaining to this Agreement provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 11.12 shall prohibit any Person from voluntarily disclosing or providing any Information within the scope of this confidentiality provision to any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization (any such entity, a “Regulatory Authority”) to the extent that any such prohibition on disclosure set forth in this Section 11.12 shall be prohibited by the laws or regulations applicable to such Regulatory Authority.

EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 11.12 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER, THE OTHER OBLIGORS AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-

 

133


LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE OTHER OBLIGORS AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Section 11.13. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 11.14. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

(a)  In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Obligors acknowledge and agree, and acknowledge their respective Subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Obligors and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent the Arranger and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person and (ii) none of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to any Obligor or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Obligors and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Obligor or its Affiliates. Each of the Borrower and other Obligors agrees that it will not claim that any of the Administrative Agent, the

 

134


Arranger, the Lenders and their respective affiliates has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect or owes a fiduciary duty or similar duty to it in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 11.15. Electronic Execution of this Agreement and Other Documents. The words “execution,” “execute,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including Assignment and Assumptions, borrowing requests, amendments or other waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 11.16. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each other Obligor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each other Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and each other Obligor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 11.17. Release of Guarantors. In the event that all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor owned by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person that is not, and is not required to become, an Obligor, in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the guarantee of such Guarantor.

Section 11.18. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

 

135


(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 11.19. Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Transactions or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

 

136


(b) As used in this Section 11.19, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i)  a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii)  a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii)  a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

Section 11.20. Borrower Communications.

(a) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that the Borrower may, but shall not be obligated to, make any Borrower Communications to the Administrative Agent through an electronic platform chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system (the “Approved Borrower Portal”).

(b) Although the Approved Borrower Portal and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Closing Date, a user ID/password authorization system), each of the Lenders and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure, that the Administrative Agent is not responsible for approving or vetting the representatives or contacts of the Borrower that are added to the Approved Borrower Portal, and that there may be confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. Each of the Lenders and the Borrower hereby approves distribution of Borrower Communications through the Approved Borrower Portal and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.

(c) THE APPROVED BORROWER PORTAL IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE APPLICABLE PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER COMMUNICATION, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE APPROVED BORROWER PORTAL AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED BORROWER PORTAL AND THE BORROWER COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE APPLICABLE PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER COMMUNICATIONS

 

137


OR THE APPROVED BORROWER PORTAL. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY APPLICABLE PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S TRANSMISSION OF BORROWER COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET OR THE APPROVED BORROWER PORTAL.

(d) Each of the Lenders and the Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Borrower Communications on the Approved Borrower Portal in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally applicable document retention procedures and policies.

(e) Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Borrower to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

138


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

COREWEAVE, INC.,

as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Michael Intrator

Name:

 

Michael Intrator

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

COREWEAVE CASH MANAGEMENT LLC,

as Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ Michael Intrator

Name:

 

Michael Intrator

Title:

 

President and Secretary


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Brian Sanderson

Name:

 

Brian Sanderson

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 3, 2025, relating to the financial statements of CoreWeave, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California

March 11, 2025

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of CoreWeave, Inc. of our report dated January 22, 2025 relating to the consolidated financial statements of CoreWeave, Inc., appearing in the Preliminary Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts”.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

March 11, 2025